SET(BT_VERSION_MAJOR "2")
SET(BT_VERSION_MINOR "9")
-SET(BT_VERSION_PATCH "1")
+SET(BT_VERSION_PATCH "2")
#SET(BT_VERSION_BUILD "") # Temporarily uncomment this line for release procedures
ENDIF (NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
#Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto
-LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it nl nn_NO pl pt pt_BR ro ru sk zh_TW)
+LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS ar da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it nl pt pt_BR ru sk zh_TW)
#WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS,
#also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed.
-LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs de es fi fr hu it nl pt_BR)
+LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS ar cs de es hu it pt_BR)
LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS ar bg cs da de es fi fr it hu ko nl pt_BR ru)
+IF(NOT BT_FORCE_USE_QT4)
+# Automatically use Qt5 if available
+FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Core QUIET)
+ENDIF()
+
# Find required packages
-SET(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.5.0)
-SET(QT_USE_QTXML 1)
-SET(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT 1)
-SET(QT_USE_QTMAIN 1)
-FIND_PACKAGE(Qt4 REQUIRED)
+IF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5LinguistTools REQUIRED)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5PrintSupport REQUIRED)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5WebKit REQUIRED)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5WebKitWidgets REQUIRED)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Widgets REQUIRED)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt5Xml REQUIRED)
+ MESSAGE( "-- Found Qt5")
+ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ SET(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.5.0)
+ SET(QT_USE_QTXML 1)
+ SET(QT_USE_QTWEBKIT 1)
+ SET(QT_USE_QTMAIN 1)
+ FIND_PACKAGE(Qt4 REQUIRED)
+ MESSAGE( "-- Found Qt4")
+ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+
IF (QT_QTDBUS_FOUND AND NOT APPLE)
SET(QT_USE_QTDBUS 1)
MESSAGE(STATUS "Using DBUS")
IF (APPLE)
SET(BT_DESTINATION "../MacOS/")
SET(BT_SHARE_PATH "../share/")
+ SET(CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER "/usr/bin/g++")
ENDIF (APPLE)
# Define $bibletime_SOURCES
#
# The actual build options
#
-INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES(
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui
- ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work
- ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers
- ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h
- ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}
-)
-
-# this will run uic on .ui files:
-QT4_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS})
+IF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES(
+ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui
+ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work
+ ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers
+ ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h
+ ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}
+ ${Qt5PrintSupport_INCLUDE_DIRS}
+ ${Qt5WebKitWidgets_INCLUDE_DIRS}
+ ${Qt5Widgets_INCLUDE_DIRS}
+ ${Qt5Xml_INCLUDE_DIRS}
+ )
+ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES(
+ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} #for .h files generated from .ui
+ ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src # so that include paths like "frontend/..." work
+ ${CLUCENE_INCLUDE_DIR} #CLucene headers
+ ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY_DIR} #CLucene/clucene-config.h
+ ${SWORD_INCLUDE_DIR}
+ )
+ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
-# this will run moc on source files
-QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS})
+IF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ QT5_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS})
+ QT5_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS})
+ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ QT4_WRAP_UI(bibletime_UIS_H ${bibletime_UIS})
+ QT4_WRAP_CPP(bibletime_MOC_SOURCES ${bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS})
+ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
SOURCE_GROUP("QM Files" REGULAR_EXPRESSION ".*\\.qm")
# )
#ENDIF (CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
-INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE})
-TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME}
- ${QT_LIBRARIES}
- ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}
- ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
- ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
- ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
- ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
- ${SWORD_LIBRARY}
-)
+IF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME}
+ ${Qt5Widgets_LIBRARIES}
+ ${Qt5Xml_LIBRARIES}
+ ${Qt5Core_LIBRARIES}
+ ${Qt5WebKitWidgets_LIBRARIES}
+ ${Qt5WebKit_LIBRARIES}
+ ${Qt5PrintSupport_LIBRARIES}
+ ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}
+ ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${SWORD_LIBRARY}
+ )
+ qt5_use_modules(${EXECUTABLE_NAME} Widgets WebKit Network)
+ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE})
+ TARGET_LINK_LIBRARIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME}
+ ${QT_LIBRARIES}
+ ${CLUCENE_LIBRARY}
+ ${CURL_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ICU_I18N_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${ZLIB_LIBRARIES} # optional, empty if not found
+ ${SWORD_LIBRARY}
+ )
+ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
IF (APPLE)
# enable support MacOS 10.5+
SET_TARGET_PROPERTIES(${EXECUTABLE_NAME}
PROPERTIES
- COMPILE_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk"
- LINK_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.5.sdk"
+ COMPILE_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.8.sdk/"
+ LINK_FLAGS "-mmacosx-version-min=10.5 -isysroot /Applications/Xcode.app/Contents/Developer/Platforms/MacOSX.platform/Developer/SDKs/MacOSX10.8.sdk/ -F /Library/Frameworks/"
)
ENDIF (APPLE)
-
IF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT)
SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX "install/") #install to ./build/install, allow override
ENDIF (CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX_INITIALIZED_TO_DEFAULT)
DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/icons/"
)
# display templates
-FILE(GLOB INSTALL_DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_LIST ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/*.tmpl)
-INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_LIST}
- DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/"
-)
-FILE(GLOB INSTALL_DISPLAY_CSS_LIST ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/*.css)
-INSTALL(FILES ${INSTALL_DISPLAY_CSS_LIST}
- DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/"
-)
+INSTALL(DIRECTORY ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/src/display-templates/
+ DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/display-templates/")
# javascript
INSTALL(FILES "src/frontend/display/bthtml.js"
DESTINATION "${BT_SHARE_PATH}bibletime/javascript/"
+2013-06-03 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee>
+ * Released 2.9.2.
+
+2013-05-19 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com>
+ * Fix multi-arch path issue in FindCLucene.cmake
+
+2013-05-18 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com>
+ * Changes needed for Qt5
+
+2013-05-18 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com>
+ * Fix problem with text not displaying when using QtWebKit 2.3
+
+2012-09-10 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com>
+ * Fix bug 14 - Headers displayed as plain text in some modules
+
+2012-03-30 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com>
+ * Fix crash when closing window with tab.
+
+2012-02-25 Gary Holmlund <gary.holmlund@gmail.com>
+ * Fix bug 3483206 where duplicate works menus appear on ubuntu with its Global Menus
+
+2011-12-28 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee>
+ * Fixed settings dialog tab contents not being translated.
+
2011-12-22 Jaak Ristioja <jaak@ristioja.ee>
* Released 2.9.1.
INSTALL(CODE "
FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS
\"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*${CMAKE_SHARED_LIBRARY_SUFFIX}\")
-# FILE(GLOB_RECURSE QTPLUGINS
-# \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/*.bundle\")
- INCLUDE(BundleUtilities)
-
-
- function(gp_item_default_embedded_path_override item default_embedded_path_var)
- set(path \"\@executable_path/../MacOS\")
- set(overridden 0)
-
- if(item MATCHES \"plugins/iconengines/.*\\\\.dylib$\")
- set(path \"\@executable_path/plugins/iconengines\")
- set(overridden 1)
- endif(item MATCHES \"plugins/iconengines/.*\\\\.dylib$\")
- if(item MATCHES \"plugins/imageformats/.*\\\\.dylib$\")
- set(path \"\@executable_path/plugins/imageformats\")
- set(overridden 1)
- endif(item MATCHES \"plugins/imageformats/.*\\\\.dylib$\")
-
- if (overridden)
- set(\${default_embedded_path_var} \"\${path}\" PARENT_SCOPE)
- endif (overridden)
- endfunction(gp_item_default_embedded_path_override)
+ INCLUDE(BundleUtilities)
FIXUP_BUNDLE(
- \"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/BibleTime\"
+ \"\${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/BibleTime\"
\"\${QTPLUGINS}\"
\"\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/imageformats;\${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins/iconengines\"
)
INCLUDE(CPack)
ENDIF(APPLE)
-
SET(bibletime_UI_translations)
-FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE
- NAMES lupdate-qt4 lupdate
- PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR}
- NO_DEFAULT_PATH
-)
+IF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ SET(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE ${Qt5_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE})
+ SET(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE ${Qt5_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE})
+ELSE (Qt5Core_FOUND)
+ FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LUPDATE_EXECUTABLE
+ NAMES lupdate-qt4 lupdate
+ PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR}
+ NO_DEFAULT_PATH
+ )
-FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE
- NAMES lrelease-qt4 lrelease
- PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR}
- NO_DEFAULT_PATH
-)
+ FIND_PROGRAM(QT_LRELEASE_EXECUTABLE
+ NAMES lrelease-qt4 lrelease
+ PATHS ${QT_BINARY_DIR}
+ NO_DEFAULT_PATH
+ )
+ENDIF (Qt5Core_FOUND)
FOREACH(MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG ${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS})
ADD_CUSTOM_COMMAND(OUTPUT "bibletime_ui_${MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANG}.qm"
SET(TRIAL_LIBRARY_PATHS
$ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
+ /usr/lib/i386-linux-gnu
+ /usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu
/usr/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
/opt/local/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
/usr/lib${LIB_SUFFIX}
$ENV{CLUCENE_HOME}/include
${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include
/usr/local/include
+ /opt/local/include
/usr/include
/sw/include
/usr/pkg/include
GenericName=Bible Study Tool
Terminal=false
Type=Application
-Categories=X-Bible;X-Religion;Literature;Education;Dictionary;Qt
+Categories=X-Bible;X-Religion;Literature;Education;Dictionary;Qt;
DocPath=bibletime/handbook/index.html
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905066"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="id14947557"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="خلاصة"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس، ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من جمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير."><meta name="keywords" content="كيوت 4, بيبل تايم, سورد, كروس وير, نافذة المساعدة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="فصل 1. مقدمة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467296"></a>دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="idp26712032"></a><p>يوزع دليل إستخدام بيبل تايم مع برنامج دراسة الكتاب المقدس بيبل تايم.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="خلاصة"><p class="title"><b>خلاصة</b></p><p>بيبل تايم هو برنامج مجاني تماماً لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. واجهة البرنامج مبنية
بإطار عمل كيوت، والذي يتيح للبرنامج العمل على عدة أنظمة تشغيل تتضمن لينكس،
ويندوز، فري بي إس دي و ماك أو إس إكس. البرنامج يستخدم مكتبة برمجة سورد ليعمل
مجاناً مع أكثر من 200 ترجمة للكتاب المقدس، تفاسير، قواميس وكتب مقدمة من
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příručka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Příručka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. Úvod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Příručka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>Příručka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="idp26708192"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several
operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The
software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen anzeigen</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"
-depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen
+</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to
-allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para>
+ <action>An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</action> Benutzen Sie
+diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten
+Büchern anzusehen.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
ausgeliefert.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>Januar 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</span> Diese Einstellung maximiert
das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Fenster.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bücherregal anzeigen</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Bücherregal anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die
Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies
kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lesezeichen anzeigen</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Lesezeichen anzeigen.</span> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie
die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich
sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Lupe anzeigen</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Lupenfenster anzeigen.</span> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das
Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen
+</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to
-allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</span> Benutzen Sie
+diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten
+Büchern anzusehen.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">Ansicht</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Werkzeugleisten</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Hauptleiste
anzeigen</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Haupt-Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</span> Diese Funktion stellt die
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software nutzt die SWORD-Programmierbibliothek, um mit über 200 freien Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Wörterbüchern und Büchern zu laufen, die von der Crosswire Bible Society zur Verfügung gestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem Qt-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac OS X. Die Software nutzt die SWORD-Programmierbibliothek, um mit über 200 freien Bibeltexten, Kommentaren, Wörterbüchern und Büchern zu laufen, die von der Crosswire Bible Society zur Verfügung gestellt werden."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Hilfe-Dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch wird zusammen mit der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Studienhilfe
ausgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein absolut freies Bibelarbeits-Programm. Seine
Benutzeroberfläche ist mit dem <span class="application">Qt</span>-Rahmenwerk erstellt, das es auf mehreren
Betriebssystemen lauffähig macht, darunter Linux, Windows, FreeBSD und Mac
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
<copyright>
- <year>1999-2011</year>
+ <year>1999-2013</year>
<holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
&bibletime; study program.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The
program's user interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes
it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows,
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
&bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software usa la librería de programación de SWORD con más de 200 textos libres, Biblias, comentarios, diccionarios y libros provistos por la Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Manual BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Manual BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de Qt, que hace que corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y Mac OS X. El software usa la librería de programación de SWORD con más de 200 textos libres, Biblias, comentarios, diccionarios y libros provistos por la Sociedad Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Dialogo de Ayuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Manual BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introducción"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Manual BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>El Manual <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>El Manual de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> es distribuido con el programa de estudio bíblico
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> es un programa de estudio bíblico completamente libre. La
interfaz del programa está construida con el framework de <span class="application">Qt</span>, que hace que
corra en múltiples sistemas operativos incluyendo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD y
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelmä"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelmä</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several
operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The
software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de travailler avec plus de 200 textes de la Bible gratuite, des commentaires, des dictionnaires et des livres fournis par le Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre Qt, qui lui fait tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation SWORD de travailler avec plus de 200 textes de la Bible gratuite, des commentaires, des dictionnaires et des livres fournis par le Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre 1. Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> est un programme d'études offert gratuitement Bible. L'interface
utilisateur du programme est construit avec le cadre <span class="application">Qt</span>, qui lui fait
tourner sur plusieurs systèmes d'exploitation dont Linux, Windows, FreeBSD
et Mac OS X. Le logiciel utilise la librairie de programmation <span class="application">SWORD</span> de
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; programmal együtt terjesztve.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>A &bibletime; egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat használja, több, mint 200 ingyenes Bibliaváltozattal, kommentárokkal, szótárakkal és könyvekkel, amit a Crosswire Bible Society biztosít."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kézikönyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="A BibleTime egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A program kezelőfelülete a Qt keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a SWORD programozási könyvtárat használja, több, mint 200 ingyenes Bibliaváltozattal, kommentárokkal, szótárakkal és könyvekkel, amit a Crosswire Bible Society biztosít."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Segítség párbeszédablak"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezetés"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kézikönyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kézikönyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programmal együtt terjesztve.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy teljesen ingyenes és szabad Biblia tanulmányozó program. A
program kezelőfelülete a <span class="application">Qt</span> keretrendszerre épült, ami lehetővé teszi
többféle operációs rendszeren való futtatását, mint Linux, Windows, FreeBSD
és Mac OS X rendszeren. A szoftver a <span class="application">SWORD</span> programozási könyvtárat
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
&bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il software usa la libreria SWORD per lavorare con oltre 200 testi della Bibbia, commenti, dizionari e libri gratuiti forniti da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2011 Il Team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14947560"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Il Manuale di BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework Qt, che lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. Il software usa la libreria SWORD per lavorare con oltre 200 testi della Bibbia, commenti, dizionari e libri gratuiti forniti da Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Finestra di aiuto"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capitolo 1. Introduzione"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Il Manuale di BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>Il Manuale di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> è distribuito con il programma di studio di
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> è un programma di studio della Bibbia completamente
gratuito. L'interfaccia del programma è costruita con il framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, che
lo fa funzionare su diversi sistemi operativi inclusi Linux, Windows,
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
<para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>January 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
14905074"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="id14947562"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime Handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Crosswire Bible Society."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime Handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id
p25467424"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="idp26712352"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several
operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The
software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-display">
<title>
- <guimenu>Display</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu>
</title>
<para>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma
dessas opções:
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-desk">
<title>
- <guimenu>Desk</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Mesa</guimenu>
</title>
<para>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser
personalizados no &bibletime;. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<title>
- <guimenu>Languages</guimenu>
+ <guimenuitem>Idiomas</guimenuitem>
</title>
<para>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros
bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_configfonts.png" width="100%"
contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>
+ <phrase>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</phrase>
</textobject>
<caption>
<para>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</para>
<entry>
<ulink
url="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads">
-SIL unicode fonts</ulink>
+Fontes unicode SIL</ulink>
</entry>
<entry>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer.</entry>
</row>
</row>
<row>
<entry>
- <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/">
-Crosswire's font directory</ulink>
+ <ulink url="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/"> Diretório
+de fontes crosswire</ulink>
</entry>
<entry>Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</entry>
<sect2 id="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts">
<title>
- <guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Atalhos</guimenu>
</title>
<para>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no
<imagedata fileref="ss_shortcuts.png" width="100%" contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" />
</imageobject>
- <para>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut
-defined, CTRL+2.</para>
+ <para>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário
+definido, CTRL+2.</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
</chapter>
<sect1 id="hdbk-intro-about">
<title>Sobre &bibletime;</title>
- <para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
-and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
-
manage. It is built on the <ulink
-url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/">&sword;</ulink> library, which
-provides the back-end functionality for &bibletime;, such as viewing Bible
-
text, searching etc. &sword; is the flagship product of the <ulink
+ <para>&bibletime; é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes
+tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são
+
fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<ulink
+url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/">&sword;</ulink>, que provê a
+funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto
+
bíblico, pesquisar, etc. &sword; é o produto carro-chefe da <ulink
url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>.</para>
<para>&bibletime; foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos
<sect2 id="hdbk-intro-works">
<title>Obras disponíveis</title>
- <para>
Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink
-url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. These include: <variablelist>
+ <para>
Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <ulink
+url="http://www.crosswire.org">&cbs;</ulink>. Estão inclusos: <variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>Bíblias</term>
<listitem>
<varlistentry>
<term>Léxicos/Dicionários</term>
<listitem>
- <para>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the
-International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include
-Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's
-Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical
-Bible.</para>
+ <para>Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e
+a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis
+incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego
+de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913,
+Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist></para>
<title>Operação do programa</title>
<sect1 id="hdbk-op-overview">
<title>Viso geral do programa</title>
- <para>This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: <mediaobject>
+ <para>Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do &bibletime;: <mediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="ss_mainterms.png" width="100%"
contentdepth="100%" scalefit="1" format="PNG" /> </imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>
+ <phrase>A janela do aplicativo &bibletime; </phrase>
</textobject>
- </mediaobject> You can easily see the different parts of the
-application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the
-Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The
-little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information
-that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote
-marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the
-footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the
-Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</para>
+ </mediaobject> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do
+aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas
+na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus
+marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para
+mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando
+você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai
+mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá
+acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você
+realmente faz seu trabalho.</para>
<para>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</para>
</sect1>
<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo">
<title>Informação adicional sobre obras</title>
- <para>If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the
-symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are
-relevant for this work. <guimenuitem>"About this work"</guimenuitem> opens
-a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work.
-<guimenuitem>"Unlock this work"</guimenuitem> opens a small dialog for
-encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the
-work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <ulink
-url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> Locked
-Modules</ulink> page on the &cbs; web site.</para>
+ <para>Se você clicar com o botão <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no
+símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para
+essa obra. <guimenuitem>"Sobre essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela com
+várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra
+selecionada. <guimenuitem>"Destravar essa obra"</guimenuitem> abre um
+pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a
+chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras
+travadas, veja <ulink
+url="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp"> essa
+página</ulink> no site da &cbs;.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search">
<title>Buscando em obras</title>
- <para>You can search in a work by clicking with the
-<mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting
-<guimenuitem>"Search in work(s)"</guimenuitem>. By pressing &Shift; and
-clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same
-procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these
-documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features
-can be found on the <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">Searching in Works
-section</link>.</para>
+ <para>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão
+<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando
+<guimenuitem>"Buscar em obra(s)"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; e
+clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o
+mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em
+todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de
+busca podem ser encontrados <link linkend="hdbk-op-search">Fazendo Buscas
+nas seções das Obras</link>.</para>
</sect3>
<sect3 id="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks">
seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para
exemplos.</para>
- <para>
Available text types: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">
+ <para>
Tipos de texto disponíveis: <table id="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">
<title>Tipos de Busca</title>
<tgroup cols="3">
<thead>
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">
<title>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</title>
- <para>Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard
-drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is
-"~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
-Data\Sword" for Windows.</para>
+ <para>Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante no
+disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é
+"~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
+Data\Sword" para Windows.</para>
<tip>
<para>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco
<sect2 id="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">
<title>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</title>
- <para>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
-"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These
-libraries may be local (e.g. a &sword; CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's
-online repository of &sword; modules, or another site offering &sword;
-modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <guibutton>Get
-list...</guibutton> when you have <guibutton>New Installation
-Source</guibutton> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with
-<guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete
-library</guibutton>.</para>
+ <para>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado
+"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas
+bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do &sword;), ou remota (por
+ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos &sword;, ou outro site
+oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em
+<guibutton>Obter lista...</guibutton> quando houver aberto o diálogo
+<guibutton>Nova fonte de instalação</guibutton>. Você pode gerenciar suas
+bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e
+<guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>.</para>
<para>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma
biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-file">
<title>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu>
</title>
<para>
<variablelist>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_folder_open.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abrir obra</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Open work.</action> This will give you a menu that will allow you to
-open installed books.</para>
+ <para><action>Trabalho Aberto.</action> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir
+os livros instalados.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_exit.png" width="32" depth="32"
format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>File</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Sair</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-view">
<title>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu>
</title>
<variablelist>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F5</keycap>
</keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"
-depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem>
+depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo em Tela Cheia</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_books.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bookmark.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"
-depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lupa</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_checkbox.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar textos dos
+cabeçalhos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to
-allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</para>
+ <action>Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</action>Alternar esta
+visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos
+trabalhos abertos. </para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Toggles Main Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn
-the main toolbar on or off.</para>
+ <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</action> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem>
-<guimenuitem>Show navigation</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de
+Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir navegação</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Toggles Navigation in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the
-full toolbar in the open works</para>
+ <para><action>Alternar navegação nas obras.</action> Alternar essa configuração
+para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser
+útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem>
-<guimenuitem>Show works</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de
+posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the works icons in the open works.</para>
+ <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem>
-<guimenuitem>Show tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de
+ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir ferramentas</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Toggles tools in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the tools icons in the open works.</para>
+ <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem>
-<guimenuitem>Show format</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de
+Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir formato</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Toggles format.</action> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in
-Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</para>
+ <para><action>Alterna formato.</action> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos
+comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas
+formatação.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry
id="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem>
-<guimenuitem>Show toolbars in text windows</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de
+ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir barras de ferramentas nas
+janelas de texto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Toggles toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the complete toolbar in open works.</para>
+ <para><action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</action> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-search">
<title>
- <guimenu>Search</guimenu>
+ O <guimenuitem>Busca</guimenuitem>
</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible">
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32"
format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Search in standard bible</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Buscar na bíblia padrão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_find.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in
-open work(s)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar nos
+trabalhos abertos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-window">
<title>
- <guimenu>Window</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Janela</guimenu>
</title>
<variablelist>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close
-window</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar
+Janela</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Closes active window</action>.</para>
+ <action>Fecha todas as janelas ativas</action>.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_fileclose.png" width="32" depth="32"
format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Close all</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_cascade.png" width="32" depth="32"
format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Cascade</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile.png" width="32" depth="32"
format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu>
-<guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+<guimenuitem>Organizar</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
- <action>Tiles all open windows</action>.
+ <action>Organiza todas as janelas abertas</action>.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_vert.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile
-vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar
+verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile
-horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar
+horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de
+organização</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the
-opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
-the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically,
-Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</para>
+ <para><action>Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das
+janelas</action>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se
+quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas,
+Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar
+ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save
-session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar
+sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<term>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo> </shortcut>
-<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save as new session</guimenuitem>
+<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar como nova sessão</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load
-session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Carregar
+sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete
-session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apagar
+sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
<title>
- <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Configurações</guimenu>
</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime">
<term>
<menuchoice> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configure.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F4</keycap>
</keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_configuresword.png" width="32"
-depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>
+depth="32" format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Configurações</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador de
+Livros</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<sect2 id="hdbk-reference-menus-help">
<title>
- <guimenu>Help</guimenu>
+ <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu>
</title>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime">
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F1</keycap>
</keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap>
</keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_contents2.png" width="32" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bible Study HowTo</guimenuitem>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap>
</keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <inlinemediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_light_bulb.png" width="22" depth="32"
-format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>
+format="PNG" /> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do dia</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
- <para><action>Opens a helpful tip</action> The Tip of the Day provides a useful
-tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;.</para>
+ <para><action>Abre uma dica útil</action> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que
+ajudará no uso do &bibletime;.</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<varlistentry id="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about">
<term>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem>
-</menuchoice>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sobre</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<listitem>
<para>
- Search in selected works.
+ Buscando nas obras selecionadas.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
<listitem>
<para>
- Select a book.
+ Selcione um Livro.
</para>
</listitem>
</varlistentry>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de
+posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-organizar
+verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; alterna organização
+automática de janelas.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement
-mode</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Tabbed</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de
+posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Com abas</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo.</entry>
</row>
<row>
</entry>
<entry>
- <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"> <menuchoice>
-<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>
-</link> windows equivalent.
+ <link linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <menuchoice>
+<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar Janelas</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> </link> Janelas equivalentes.
</entry>
</row>
<keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy
-HowTo</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy
+Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the
-Day</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;.</entry>
+ <menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do Dia</guimenuitem>
+</menuchoice> Abre uma dica útil para usar o &bibletime;.</entry>
</row>
<row>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start-starting">
<title>Iniciando &bibletime;</title>
- <para>&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
-can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: <mediaobject>
+ <para>&bibletime; é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode
+iniciar o &bibletime; do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: <mediaobject>
<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="i_bibletime.png" width="32" depth="32"
format="PNG" /> </imageobject>
<textobject>
- <phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>
+ <phrase>ícone para iniciar o &bibletime; </phrase>
</textobject>
</mediaobject></para>
- <para>&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch
-&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: <screen>bibletime</screen></para>
+ <para>&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o
+&bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: <screen>bibletime</screen></para>
</sect2>
<sect2 id="hdbk-start-custom">
<title>Personalização de início</title>
- <para>From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the
-default bible: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</screen> To open at a given
-passage like John 3:16, use: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</screen> You can
-also use booknames in your current bookname language.</para>
+ <para>De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versículo
+aleatório na bíblia padrão: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</screen>Para abrir
+uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: <screen>bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</screen>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em
+seu idioma</para>
</sect2>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="hdbk-start-firstrun">
- <title>Starting &bibletime; for the first time</title>
+ <title>Iniciando &bibletime; pela primeira vez</title>
- <para>If you are starting &bibletime; for the first time, you will want to
-configure the following options, available under the <link
-linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">Settings menu bar</link>.</para>
+ <para>Se você está iniciando o &bibletime; pela primeira vez, você precisará
+configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<link
+linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-settings">barra de menu Configurações</link>.</para>
<variablelist>
<varlistentry>
<term>
- <interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface>
+ <interface>Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime; </interface>
</term>
<listitem>
<para>
<varlistentry>
<term>
- <interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface>
+ <interface>Gerenciador de Livros</interface>
</term>
<listitem>
<para><action>Modifica sua Estante.</action> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar
</authorgroup>
<!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder>
</copyright>
<legalnotice>
- <para>The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program.</para>
+ <para>O Manual do &bibletime; é distribuído como parte do programa &bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>December 2011</date>
+ <date>Janeiro 2012</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.9.1</releaseinfo>
+ <releaseinfo>2.9.2</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
- <para>&bibletime; is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
-interface is built with &qt; framework, which makes it run on several
-operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The
-software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free
-Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;.</para>
+ <para>&bibletime; é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A
+interface com o usuário é construída com o framework &qt;, que pode ser
+executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD
+e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o &sword; biblioteca de programação que
+trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e
+livros providos pela &cbs;.</para>
</abstract>
<keywordset>
<keyword>BibleTime</keyword>
<keyword>SWORD</keyword>
<keyword>Crosswire</keyword>
- <keyword>Help dialog</keyword>
+ <keyword>Diálogo de ajuda</keyword>
</keywordset>
</bookinfo>
&hdbkchap1; &hdbkchap2; &hdbkchap3; &hdbkchap4; &hdbkchap5;
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
- <span class="guimenu">Display</span>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config"></a>Capítulo 4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk">
- <span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
- <span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
+ <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts">
- <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span>
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nessa seção você vai encontrar uma visão geral de como configurar o
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, que pode ser encontrado em <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> no
menu principal.</p><div class="sect1" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-config-bt"></a>Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p>A interface de usuário do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser personalizada de várias
maneiras, dependendo das suas necessidades. Você pode acessar o diálogo de
-configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="
Display"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Display</span>
+configuração selecionando <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>.</p><div class="sect2" title="
Exibir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-display"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>O comportamento de inicialização pode ser personalizado. Selecione uma
dessas opções:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Mostrar logo de inicialização</p></li></ul></div><p>Modelos de exibição definem o estilo do texto (cores, tamanho, etc.). Há
vários modelos internos disponíveis. Se você escolher um, irá ver uma
-pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="
Desk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
+pré-visualização no painel direito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="
Mesa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-desk"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Muitos recursos providos pelo backend do Sword podem agora ser
personalizados no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Esses recursos estão documentados no próprio
diálogo. Você também tem a possibilidade de especificar obras padrões que
referência. Um exemplo: a Bíblia padrão usada para mostrar o conteúdo de
referências cruzadas na Bíblia. Quando você passar por cima delas, a lupa
vai mostrar o conteúdo dos versículos referidos, de acordo com a Bíblia
-padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="
Languages"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
+padro que você especificou.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="
Idiomas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-languages"></a>
+ <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar que idioma deve ser usado para os livros
bíblicos. Deixe-o no seu idioma nativo, se disponível, e você se sentirá em
casa.</p><p>Por padrão, <span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa a fonte padro do sistema. Você pode sobrescrever
essa fonte se necessário. Alguns idiomas requerem fontes especiais para
serem exibidos corretamente, e esse diálogo permite a você especificar uma
-fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="O
ptions Dialog - fonts"></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você
+fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_configfonts.png" height="360" alt="O
diálogo de Opções - Fontes."></td></tr></table><div class="caption"><p>O diálogo de Opções - Fontes.</p></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode agora usar todas as fontes suportadas. Se as obras que você
deseja ver forem exibidas corretamente, nada precisa ser feito aqui. Se uma
obra somente mostra uma série de pontos de interrogação (??????) ou caixas
vazias, então a fonte de exibição padrão não contém os caracteres usados
</td><td>Talvez a melhor fonte Unicode gratuita, cobrindo uma vasta gama de
caracteres.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&cat_id=FontDownloads" target="_top">
-SIL unicode fonts</a>
+Fontes unicode SIL</a>
</td><td>Excelentes fontes Unicode do Instituto de Linguística Summer.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/" target="_top"> FreeFont</a>
</td><td>Uma nova iniciativa de fonte Unicode gratuita.</td></tr><tr><td>
- <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top">
-Crosswire's font directory</a>
+ <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/" target="_top"> Diretório
+de fontes crosswire</a>
</td><td>Várias fontes disponíveis do site Ftp da Crosswire Bible Society.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/" target="_top">
Bitstream CyberBit</a>
</td><td>Cobertura parcial, ver informações no site linkado.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem boas listas de fontes Unicode na net, como a feita por Christoph
Singer (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm" target="_top">Fontes TrueType
UnicodeMulti-idiomas na Internet</a>), ou a por Alan Wood (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html" target="_top">Faixas de caracteres
-Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Shortcuts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span>
+Unicode e fontes Unicodes que as suportam</a>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Atalhos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>Teclas de atalho são comandos de tecla especiais que podem ser usados no
lugar de itens de menu e cones. Vários comandos do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> têm teclas de
atalho pré-definidas (veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">esta
seção</a> para uma listagem completa). A maior parte dos comandos do
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser associado a teclas de atalho aqui. Isso muito til para
-acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut
-defin
ed, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+acessar rapidamente as funes que você mais usa.</p><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_shortcuts.png" height="360"></td></tr></table><p>No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário
+defin
ido, CTRL+2.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exportando e Imprimindo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 5. Referência</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts
-and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and
-manage. It is built on the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a> library, which
-provides the back-end functionality for <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, such as viewing Bible
-
text, searching etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> is the flagship product of the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Introdução</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Introdução</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-term.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro"></a>Capítulo 1. Introdução</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Sobre BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-intro-about"></a>Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes
+tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são
+fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/" target="_top"><span class="application">SWORD</span></a>, que provê a
+funcionalidade de back-end para o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, tal como visualizar texto
+
bíblico, pesquisar, etc. <span class="application">SWORD</span> é o produto carro-chefe da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>.</p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> foi desenhado para ser usado com obras codificadas em um dos
formatos suportados pelo projeto Sword. Informações completas sobre os
formatos de documentos suportados podem ser encontradas na <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp" target="_top"> seção de
-desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponíveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>
Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. These include: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong,
+desenvolvimento</a> do Projeto Sword, Crosswire Bible Society.</p><div class="sect2" title="Obras disponíveis"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-works"></a>Obras disponíveis</h3></div></div></div><p>
Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org" target="_top"><span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></a>. Estão inclusos: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Bíblias</span></dt><dd><p>O texto completo da Bíblia, com itens opcionais como os números Strong,
cabeçalhos e/ou rodapés no texto. Bíblias estão disponíveis em muitos
idiomas, e incluem no somente verses modernas, mas também textos antigos
como o Codex Leningradensis ("WLC", hebraico), e a Septuaginta ("LXX",
John Wesley, o comentário de Matthew Henry e o "Comentário sobre Gálatas" de
Lutero. Com o comentário <span class="emphasis"><em>pessoal</em></span> você pode <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk-write" title="Editando seu próprio comentário"> gravar suas próprias notas
pessoas</a> nas seções da Bíblia.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Devocionais diários</span></dt><dd><p>Muitas pessoas apreciam essas pores dirias da palavra de Deus. Obras
-disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the
-International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include
-Strong's Hebrew Bible Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's
-Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical
-B
ible.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivação"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer
+disponíveis incluem Daily Light on the Daily Path, e o Losungen (inglês).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Léxicos/Dicionários</span></dt><dd><p>Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e
+a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis
+incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego
+de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913,
+B
íblia em Tópicos de Nave.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Motivação"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-intro-motivation"></a>Motivação</h3></div></div></div><p>Nosso desejo servir a Deus, e fazer nossa parte em ajudar outros a crescer
no seu relacionamento com Ele. Nós batalhamos para tornar isso um programa
poderoso e de qualidade, e ainda assim faz-lo simples e de operação
intuitiva. nosso desejo que Deus seja louvado, pois ele a origem de todas
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O Gerenciador da Estante</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-output.html" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-output.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager"></a>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></h2></div></div></div><p>O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span> é uma ferramenta para
gerenciar sua Estante. Você pode instalar novas obras em sua Estante, e
atualizar ou remover obras existentes da sua Estante. Acesse-o clicando em
<span class="guimenu">Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da
Estante</span> no menu principal.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se esta é a primeira vez que você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, clique no
-botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Here you can specify where <span class="application">BibleTime</span> may store your Bookshelf on the hard
-drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is
-"~/.sword/" on *nix and "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
-Data\Sword"
for Windows.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco
+botão Atualizar para ver uma lista de livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path"></a>Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</h3></div></div></div><p>Aqui você pode especificar onde o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode armazenar sua Estante no
+disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é
+"~/.sword/" no *nix e em "C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Application
+Data\Sword"
para Windows.</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Se você tem um CD do Sword, mas não quer instalar todas as obras no disco
rígido, e sim us-las diretamente do CD, então você pode adicionar o caminho
para o CD como um dos caminhos da sua estante. Quando você iniciar o
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called
-"library"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These
-libraries may be local (e.g. a <span class="application">SWORD</span> CD), or remote (e.g. Crosswire's
-online repository of <span class="application">SWORD</span> modules, or another site offering <span class="application">SWORD</span>
-modules). You can install other sources by clicking on <span class="guibutton">Get
-list...</span> when you have <span class="guibutton">New Installation
-Source</span> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with
-<span class="guibutton">Add library</span> and <span class="guibutton">Delete
-
library</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, ele mostrará todas as obras no CD se estiver presente.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Instalar/atualizar obra(s)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate"></a>Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</h3></div></div></div><p>Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado
+"biblioteca"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. Essas
+bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do <span class="application">SWORD</span>), ou remota (por
+ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos <span class="application">SWORD</span>, ou outro site
+oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em
+<span class="guibutton">Obter lista...</span> quando houver aberto o diálogo
+<span class="guibutton">Nova fonte de instalação</span>. Você pode gerenciar suas
+bibliotecas com <span class="guibutton">Adicionar biblioteca</span> e
+
<span class="guibutton">Excluir biblioteca</span>.</p><p>Para começar o processo de instalação ou atualização, selecione uma
biblioteca qual você queira conectar e um caminho de Estante local para
instalar a(s) obra(s). Então clique em <span class="guibutton">Conectar
biblioteca</span>. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> irá varrer o conteúdo da biblioteca e
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exportando e Imprimindo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exportando e Imprimindo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-config.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exportando e Imprimindo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-output"></a>Exportando e Imprimindo</h2></div></div></div><p>Em muitos lugares, você pode abrir um menu de contexto clicando com o botão
<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse. Dependendo do contexto, ele
permitir a você <span class="guimenuitem">Selecionar</span>,
<span class="guimenuitem">Copiar</span> (para a rea de transferência),
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-search.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-parts"></a>Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="A Estante de Livros"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf"></a>A Estante de Livros</h3></div></div></div><p>A Estante de Livros lista todas as obras instaladas, classificadas por
categoria e idioma. Ela também tem uma categoria chamada "Marcadores". Aqui
onde você pode armazenar e acessar seus próprios marcadores.</p><div class="sect3" title="Lendo obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open"></a>Lendo obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Para abrir uma obra da estante para leitura, simplesmente clique com o
<span class="mousebutton">boto esquerdo do mouse</span> na categoria desejada
versículo/passagem (o cursor muda para uma mo) e arraste-o para a
Estante. Solte-o na obra que você quer abrir, e ele ser aberto pra leitura
no local especificado. Você também pode arrastar uma referência de versículo
-para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informação adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>If you click with the <span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on the
-symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are
-relevant for this work. <span class="guimenuitem">"About this work"</span> opens
-a window with lots of interesting information about the selected work.
-<span class="guimenuitem">"Unlock this work"</span> opens a small dialog for
-encrypted documents, where you can enter the unlock key to access the
-work. For additional information on locked works, please see the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> Locked
-Modules</a> page on the <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span> web site.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>You can search in a work by clicking with the
-<span class="mousebutton">right</span> mouse button on its symbol and selecting
-<span class="guimenuitem">"Search in work(s)"</span>. By pressing Shift and
-clicking on other works you can select more than one. Then follow the same
-procedure to open the search dialog. You will be searching in all of these
-documents. A complete description of the operation of the search features
-can be found on the <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Searching in Works
-section</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p>
+para uma janela de leitura j existente, e ele vai para o local desejado.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Informação adicional sobre obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-metainfo"></a>Informação adicional sobre obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Se você clicar com o botão <span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no
+símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para
+essa obra. <span class="guimenuitem">"Sobre essa obra"</span> abre uma janela com
+várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra
+selecionada. <span class="guimenuitem">"Destravar essa obra"</span> abre um
+pequeno diálogo para documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a
+chave de liberção para acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras
+travadas, veja <a class="ulink" href="http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp" target="_top"> essa
+página</a> no site da <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h4></div></div></div><p>Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão
+<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando
+<span class="guimenuitem">"Buscar em obra(s)"</span>. Pressionando Shift e
+clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o
+mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em
+todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de
+busca podem ser encontrados <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">Fazendo Buscas
+nas seções das Obras</a>.</p></div><div class="sect3" title="Trabalhando com marcadores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-bookmarks"></a>Trabalhando com marcadores</h4></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Arraste e solte obras aqui</p></div><p>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Buscando em obras</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Buscando em obras</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Buscando em obras"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-search"></a>Buscando em obras</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op-search-intext"></a>Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</h3></div></div></div><p>Você pode procurar uma palavra ou frase na janela de leitura aberta (ex. o
capítulo da bíblia que estiver lendo) da mesma maneira que está acostumado
em outros programas. Isso pode ser feito clicando com o botão
<span class="mousebutton">direito</span> do mouse e selecionando
parênteses permite agrupar termos de busca, por exemplo '(Jesus OR esprito)
AND Deus'.</p><p>Para buscar texto que não seja o texto principal, entre com o tipo de texto
seguido de ':', e então o termo de busca. Refira-se à tabela abaixo para
-exemplos.</p><p>
Available text types: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar
+exemplos.</p><p>
Tipos de texto disponíveis: </p><div class="table"><a name="hd-op-search-config-syntax-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 3.1. Tipos de Busca</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Tipos de Busca" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><th>Prefixo</th><th>Significado</th><th>Exemplo</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>cabeçalho:</td><td>busca em cabeçalhos</td><td>heading:Jesus</td></tr><tr><td>footnote:</td><td>busca em rodapés</td><td>footnote:Moisés</td></tr><tr><td>strong:</td><td>busca em Números Strong</td><td>strong:G535</td></tr><tr><td>morph:</td><td>busca em códigos morfológicos</td><td>morph:N-GSM</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><p><br class="table-break"></p><div class="tip" title="Dica" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Dica</h3><p>Você pode clicar com o botão direito em um livro instalado e selecionar
<span class="guimenu">Sobre</span> para encontrar qual dos critérios de busca acima
podem funcionar para você. Nem todos os livros tem características embutidas
para permitir este tipo de busca.</p></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> usa o módulo de busca da Lucene para realizar suas buscas. Ele
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>This is what a typical <span class="application">BibleTime</span> session looks like: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="The BibleTime application window"></td></tr></table></div><p> You can easily see the different parts of the
-application. The top left window is used to open installed works in the
-Bookshelf tab, and with the Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The
-little "Mag" window below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information
-that is embedded in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote
-marker, for example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the
-footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the
-Desk on the right side is where you do your real work.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op-parts.html" title="Partes da janela de aplicação do BibleTime"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-op"></a>Capítulo 3. Operação do programa</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Viso geral do programa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-op-overview"></a>Viso geral do programa</h2></div></div></div><p>Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="100%"><tr><td><img src="ss_mainterms.png" height="360" alt="A janela do aplicativo BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes do
+aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras instaladas
+na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus
+marcadores. A pequena janela "Lupa" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para
+mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos documentos. Quando
+você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai
+mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe dá
+acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado direito onde você
+realmente faz seu trabalho.</p><p>Vamos agora proceder olhando diferentes partes da aplicação individualmente.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Índice de teclas de atalho</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Índice de teclas de atalho</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-shortcuts"></a>Índice de teclas de atalho</h2></div></div></div><p>Esse o índice de todas as teclas de atalho e suas descrições
correspondentes no livro de mão. As teclas de atalho esto ordenadas (mais ou
menos) alfabeticamente. Se você deseja encontrar diretamente qual tecla de
atalho um menu tem, você pode olhar no item em si no <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (pois ele
automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+I</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-tile</span>
-equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de
+posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Auto-organizar
+verticalmente</span> equivalente; alterna organização
+automática de janelas.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+J</strong></span>
</td><td>
<span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de posicionamento
posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+T</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tabbed</span>
-equivalent; organizes windows with tabs across the top.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de
+posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Com abas</span> equivalente; organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> </a> equivalente; salva layout atual como nova sessão.</td></tr><tr><td>
</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span>
-</a> windows equivalent.
+ <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar Janelas</span> </a> Janelas equivalentes.
</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span>
</td><td>
mão</span> equivalente; abre o livro de mão.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy
-HowTo</span> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy
+Howto</span> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span>
</td><td>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the
-Day</span> Opens a helpful tip to use <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do Dia</span> Abre uma dica útil para usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager">
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-reference.html" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-reference.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-works"></a>Referência</h2></div></div></div><p>
Nesta seção você pode encontrar descrições dos ícones associados com livros
abertos.
</p><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-search"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span></span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
- Search in selected works.
+ Buscando nas obras selecionadas.
</p></dd></dl></div><p>
</p><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-displayconfig"></a><span class="term">
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-book"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_book.png" width="32"></span></span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
- Select a book.
+ Selcione um Livro.
</p></dd></dl></div><p>
</p><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-works-list-lexicon"></a><span class="term">
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
- <span class="guimenu">File</span>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 5. Referência</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire,
Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-config.html" title="Capítulo 4. Configurando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-reference-works.html" title="Referência"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 5. Referência</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-config.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 5. Referência"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference"></a>Capítulo 5. Referência</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
+ <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search">
- <span class="guimenu">Search</span>
+ O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window">
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
- <span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span>
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Referência do menu principal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus"></a>Referência do menu principal</h2></div></div></div><p>Nessa seção você pode encontrar descrições detalhadas de todos os itens do
menu principal do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>. Eles são apresentados na mesma ordem em que
aparecem no <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, com todos os sub-itens listados sob o item ao qual
eles pertencem. Você também pode ver a tecla de atalho para cada item; uma
-listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="
File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">File</span>
+listagem completa de todas as teclas de atalho pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html" title="Índice de teclas de atalho">nessa seção</a>.</p><div class="sect2" title="
Arquivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span>
</h3></div></div></div><p>
</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-open-work"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Open work</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Open work.</span> This will give you a menu that will allow you to
-o
pen installed books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Quit</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_folder_open.png" width="32"></span>Arquivo</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Abrir obra</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Trabalho Aberto.</span> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir
+o
s livros instalados.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_exit.png" width="32"></span>File</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sair</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Q</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Fecha o <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ir perguntar se você
deseja salvar mudanças não-salvas para o disco.</p></dd></dl></div><p>
- </p></div><div class="sect2" title="
View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">View</span>
+ </p></div><div class="sect2" title="
Exibir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-fullscreenmode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fullscreen mode</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_window_fullscreen.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo em Tela Cheia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F5</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Alterna exibição em tela inteira.</span> Alterne essa chave para
maximizar a janela do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookshelf</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_books.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Estante</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Alterna exibição da Estante.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir
ou ocultar a Estante no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser til quando você
precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookmarks"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Bookmarks</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_bookmark.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Marcadores</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</span> Alterne essa chave para
exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil
quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show Mag</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_document_magnifier.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar Lupa</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Alterna exibição da Lupa.</span> Alterne essa chave para exibir ou
ocultar a Lupa no painel esquerdo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-showparalleltextheaders"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show parallel text headers</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_checkbox.png" width="32"></span>Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Mostrar textos dos
+cabeçalhos</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Toggles viewing of additional works</span> Toggle this setting to
-allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</span>Alternar esta
+visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos
+trabalhos abertos. </p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showmain"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show main</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F6</strong></span></strong></span>)
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Main Toolbar display.</span> Toggle this setting to turn
-the main toolbar on or off.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show navigation</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Navigation in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the
-full toolbar in the open works</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show works</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles Toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the works icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show tools</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles tools in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the tools icons in the open works.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show format</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles format.</span> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in
-Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Toolbars</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Show toolbars in text windows</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Toggles toolbars in works.</span> Toggle this setting to add or
-remove the complete toolbar in open works.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Search"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Search</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</span> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-shownavigation"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de
+Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir navegação</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alternar navegação nas obras.</span> Alternar essa configuração
+para adicionar ou remover a "combo box" de navegação em obras. Isto pode ser
+útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showworks"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de
+posicionamento</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas.
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtools"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de
+ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir ferramentas</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</span> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showformat"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de
+Ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir formato</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna formato.</span> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos
+comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas
+formatação.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-view-toolbars-showtoolbarsintextwindows"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Barras de
+ferramentas</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Exibir barras de ferramentas nas
+janelas de texto</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</span> Alterne
+essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="O Busca"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search"></a>
+ O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
-<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in standard bible</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>)
+<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar na bíblia padrão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+F</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar somente na Bíblia
padro</span>. Mais obras podem ser adicionadas no Diálogo de Busca. Uma
descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Search in
-open work(s)</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_find.png" width="32"></span>Search</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Buscar nos
+trabalhos abertos</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+O</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre o Diálogo de Busca para procurar em todas as
obras</span>. Obras podem ser adicionadas ou removidas no Diálogo de
-Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span>
+Busca. Uma descrição mais detalhada sobre busca pode ser encontrada <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-search.html" title="Buscando em obras">aqui</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Janela"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-close"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close
-window</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar
+Janela</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+W</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">
Closes active window</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="action">
Fecha todas as janelas ativas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"></a><span class="term">
<span class="guimenu">
-<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Close all</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>)
+<span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_fileclose.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Fechar tudo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+W</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Fecha todas as janelas abertas</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_cascade.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+J</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Organiza em cascata todas as janelas abertas</span>.
</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+I</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
- <span class="action">Tiles all open windows</span>.
+ <span class="action">Organiza todas as janelas abertas</span>.
</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile
-vertically</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_vert.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar
+verticalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+G</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Automaticamente divide verticalmente todas as janelas
abertas</span>.
</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tile
-horizontally</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_tile_horiz.png" width="32"></span>Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Organizar
+horizontalmente</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+H</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Automaticamente divide horizontalmente todas as janelas
abertas</span>.
</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-arrangement_mode"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Arrangement
-mode</span>
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</span>. In the
-opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of
-the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically,
-Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save
-session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Modo de
+organização</span>
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das
+janelas</span>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se
+quer cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas,
+Auto-organizar verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar
+ou Auto-cascata. Basta experimentá-los!</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savesession"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar
+sessão</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Diretamente salva a sessão atual</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de
contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para salvar. Ela
pode ser sobrescrita com sua sessão atual. Veja o próximo item sobre como
salvar para uma nova sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Save as new session</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Salvar como nova sessão</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>Ctrl+Alt+S</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Salva a sessão atual sob um novo nome</span>. Essa irá perguntar
por um novo nome para salvar a sessão.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-loadsession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Load
-session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Carregar
+sessão</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Carrega uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de
contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para carregar.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-window-deletesession"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Delete
-session</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Apagar
+sessão</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Exclui uma sessão existente</span>. Essa irá abrir um menu de
-contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Settings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
+contexto onde você pode selecionar uma sessão existente para excluir.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Configurações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configure.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Configurar <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>
</span></dt><dd><p> <span class="action">Abre o diálogo de configuração principal do
<span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>. Você pode mudar todo tipo de configurações legais aqui
para adaptar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> sua necessidade. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Settings</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_configuresword.png" width="32"></span>Configurações</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador de
+Livros</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F4</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre um diálogo onde você pode mudar sua configuração do Sword e
-gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span>
+gerenciar sua Estante</span>. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante">essa seção</a> para detalhes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" title="
Ajuda"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help"></a>
+ <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span>
</h3></div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bibletime"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Handbook</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Manual</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F1</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Abre o guia de usuário <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span> que você está lendo
agora.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-bible_study_howto"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Bible Study HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_contents2.png" width="32"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">BibleStudy HowTo</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F2</strong></span></strong></span>)
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Abre um guia sobre como estudar a Bíblia</span> A equipe do
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> espera que esse HowTo ir incentivar os leitores a estudar as
esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas
dizem. Se você começar com a intenção de que deseja que o Senhor semeie sua
palavra em seu coração, Ele não irá desapontá-lo.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-tip_of_the_day"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Tip of the Day</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>)
- </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Opens a helpful tip</span> The Tip of the Day provides a useful
-
tip that will assist in the use of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term">
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">About</span>
+ <span class="guimenu"> <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="i_light_bulb.png" width="22"></span>Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Dica do dia</span> (<span class="shortcut"><strong><span class="keycap"><strong>F3</strong></span></strong></span>)
+ </span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Abre uma dica útil</span> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que
+
ajudará no uso do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></dd><dt><a name="hdbk-reference-menus-help-about"></a><span class="term">
+ <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span> → <span class="guimenuitem">Sobre</span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Abre uma janela com informações do projeto <span class="application">BibleTime</span></span>
contém informações sobre a versão do software <span class="application">BibleTime</span>, contribuidores do
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Starting BibleTime for the first time</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</h2></div></div></div><p>If you are starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time, you will want to
-configur
e the following options, available under the <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Settings">Settings menu bar</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
- <span class="interface">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> dialog</span>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-term.html" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-op.html" title="Capítulo 3. Operação do programa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-term.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-op.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start-firstrun"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</h2></div></div></div><p>Se você está iniciando o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez, você precisará
+configur
ar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings" title="Configurações">barra de menu Configurações</a>.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">
+ <span class="interface">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </span>
</span></dt><dd><p>
<span class="action">Customiza <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</span> Esse diálogo permite adaptar o
<span class="application">BibleTime</span> s suas necessidades. Veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt" title="Diálogo de configuração do BibleTime">a
descrição detalhada</a> desse diálogo.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">
- <span class="interface">Bookshelf Manager</span>
+ <span class="interface">Gerenciador de Livros</span>
</span></dt><dd><p><span class="action">Modifica sua Estante.</span> Esse diálogo permite a você modificar
sua Estante, adicionar ou excluir obras do seu sistema. S ser exibido se
nenhuma Estante padro for encontrada. Por favor veja <a class="link" href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html" title="O Gerenciador da Estante"> essa seção</a> para mais detalhes. Se
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Starting BibleTime for the first time"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You
-can launch <span class="application">BibleTime</span> from the Start Menu with this icon: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="BibleTime start icon"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch
-<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, open a terminal window and type: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalização de início"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>From a terminal you can use <span class="application">BibleTime</span> to open a random verse in the
-default bible: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p> To open at a given
-passage like John 3:16, use: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p> You can
-also use booknames in your current bookname language.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="prev" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html" title="Iniciando BibleTime pela primeira vez"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="hdbk-term"></a>Capítulo 2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Como iniciar o BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="hdbk-start"></a>Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Iniciando BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-starting"></a>Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode
+iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: </p><div class="mediaobject"><table border="0" summary="manufactured viewport for HTML img" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" width="32"><tr style="height: 32px"><td><img src="i_bibletime.png" width="32" alt="ícone para iniciar o BibleTime"></td></tr></table></div><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o
+<span class="application">BibleTime</span>, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime</pre></div><div class="sect2" title="Personalização de início"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="hdbk-start-custom"></a>Personalização de início</h3></div></div></div><p>De um terminal você pode usar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span> para abrir um versículo
+aleatório na bíblia padrão: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "<random>"</pre><p>Para abrir
+uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: </p><pre class="screen">bibletime --open-default-bible "João 3:16"</pre><p>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes em
+seu idioma</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="hdbk-intro.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Introdução </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user interface is built with Qt framework, which makes it run on several operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The software uses the SWORD programming library to work with over 200 free Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14905074"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.1</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2011 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14947561"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Handbook is distributed with the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> study program.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a completely free Bible study program. The program's user
-interface is built with <span class="application">Qt</span> framework, which makes it run on several
-operating systems including Linux, Windows, FreeBSD and Mac OS X. The
-software uses the <span class="application">SWORD</span> programming library to work with over 200 free
-Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span> for the first time</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
- <span class="guimenu">Display</span>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mão do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A interface com o usuário é construída com o framework Qt, que pode ser executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o SWORD biblioteca de programação que trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e livros providos pela Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire."><meta name="keywords" content="Qt4, BibleTime, SWORD, Crosswire, Diálogo de ajuda"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Capítulo 1. Introdução"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mão do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467424"></a>O livro de mão do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.9.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="idp26712288"></a><p>O Manual do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é distribuído como parte do programa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A
+interface com o usuário é construída com o framework <span class="application">Qt</span>, que pode ser
+executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD
+e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o <span class="application">SWORD</span> biblioteca de programação que
+trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e
+livros providos pela <span class="application">Sociedade Bíblica Crosswire</span>.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introdução</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponíveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivação</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-starting">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalização de início</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-start-firstrun.html">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span> pela primeira vez</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operação do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicação do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o diálogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuração de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configuração do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">índices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Diálogo de configuração do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-desk">
- <span class="guimenu">Desk</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Mesa</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
- <span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
+ <span class="guimenuitem">Idiomas</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-shortcuts">
- <span class="guimenu">Shortcuts</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Atalhos</span>
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-reference.html">5. Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus">Referência do menu principal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-file">
- <span class="guimenu">File</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Arquivo</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-view">
- <span class="guimenu">View</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Exibir</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search">
- <span class="guimenu">Search</span>
+ O <span class="guimenuitem">Busca</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window">
- <span class="guimenu">Window</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Janela</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-settings">
- <span class="guimenu">Settings</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Configurações</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-help">
- <span class="guimenu">Help</span>
+ <span class="guimenu">Ajuda</span>
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html">Referência</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-reference-works.html#hdbk-reference-works-list"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-reference-shortcuts.html">Índice de teclas de atalho</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>3.1. <a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hd-op-search-config-syntax-table">Tipos de Busca</a></dt><dt>4.1. <a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-unicode-fonts-table">Fontes Unicode</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Introdução</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</attribution> <para>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</attribution>
+ <para>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون
ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر
"نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا
-نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر:
+نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر:
InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي
-الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات التوراة
-فقد إستطاع الحصول على الحياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة في حد ذاتها هي كل ما
-يبتغون. لكنهم للأسف كانوا مخدوعين في هذا.</para>
-<para>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</para>
+ <para>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن
ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب
المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title>
-<para>الإستماع والقراءة يوفران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما
-الدراسة والحفظ يوفران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل في
-نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والحفظ لتتشكل
-الكلمة في أذهاننا.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>استمع</title>
-<para>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>اقرأ</title>
-<para>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</para>
-<para>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>ادرس</title>
-<para>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة
-بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا."
-</para>
-<para>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>استمع</title>
+ <para>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>اقرأ</title>
+ <para>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</para>
+ <para>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>ادرس</title>
+ <para>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة
+بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا."</para>
+ <para>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا
كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>احفظ</title>
-<para>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>تأمل</title>
-<para>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>احفظ</title>
+
<para>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>تأمل</title>
+
<para>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا
وليلا. فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في
-اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.
-</para>
-
-<para>يفسر النافيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك
-نستطيع التأمل في نفس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. فالتأمل هو مفتاح الحصول على
-إعلان. يكون المسيحي الجديد في إحتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من
-حاجته إلى الدراسة والحفظ، وهذا لكي يصبح أكثر إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب
-المقدس.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>دراسة الموضوعات</title>
-<para>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>دراسة الشخصيات</title>
-<para>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>الدراسة التفسيرية</title>
-<para>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>المحتوى</title>
-<para>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا
+اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.</para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>دراسة الموضوعات</title>
+ <para>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>دراسة الشخصيات</title>
+ <para>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>الدراسة التفسيرية</title>
+ <para>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>المحتوى</title>
+ <para>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا
تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>السياق</title>
-<para>ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن
-تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title>
-<para>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته،
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>السياق</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title>
+
<para>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته،
لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title>
-<para>تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية
-المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا
-بإختيار أعداداً مختلفة في الفقرة واسأل نفسك إن كانت تتسق مع فكرة الآية
-المفتاحية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واحد في ورقة الملاحظات الخاصة بك.</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي
-جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه الفكرة؟ </para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>عندما تعطي</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>عندما تصوم</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>عندما تصلي</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>عندما تعطي</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>عندما تصوم</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>عندما تصلي</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في
القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>عندما تعطي <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>اعطي في الخفاء</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>إلخ.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>كيف تجد آية محددة</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>"امينة هي جروح المحب"</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>"اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>قصة الغني ولعازر</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </title>
-<para>لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الفداء." أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في الفهرس
-الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات ذات
-الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، فدية" بل وحتى "يشتري" أو
-"اشترى." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</title>
-<para>ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا
-تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروحي فيحكم في كل
-شيء وهو لا يحكم فيه من احد" فالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو
-يحكم هي "judge و judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلفتين في اليونانية،
-وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما في الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن فصاعداً
-سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>ابحث عن "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919
-والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>والآن قم بالبحث عن "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي
-اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919
-ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</title>
-<para>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</para>
-<para>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>نابال</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>ابيجايل</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>يشوع</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>برنابا</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>عندما تعطي <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>اعطي في الخفاء</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>إلخ.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>كيف تجد آية محددة</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ "امينة هي جروح المحب"
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>قصة الغني ولعازر</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</title>
+ <para>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</para>
+ <para>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>نابال</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ابيجايل</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>يشوع</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>برنابا</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>أهمية كلمة الله</title>
-<para>هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب
-المقدس هي واحدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع
-الله.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>كتاب فريد</title>
-<para>لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في
-السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام
-الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من
-خلفيات مختلفة، ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واحد.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات
-العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>العمل الأدبي</entry>
-<entry>متى كتب</entry>
-<entry>أقدم نسخة</entry>
-<entry>الفاصل الزمني</entry><entry>عدد النسخ</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>هيرودوت</entry>
-<entry>448 - 428 ق.م.</entry><entry>900 م</entry>
-<entry>1300 سنة</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>تاسيتس</entry>
-<entry>100 م</entry><entry>1100 م</entry>
-<entry>1000 سنة</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</entry>
-<entry>50 - 58 ق.م.</entry><entry>900 م</entry>
-<entry>950 سنة</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</entry>
-<entry>59 ق.م. - 17 م</entry><entry>900 م</entry>
-<entry>900 سنة</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>العهد الجديد</entry>
-<entry>40 م - 100 م</entry><entry>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</entry> <entry>30 - 310 سنة</entry><entry>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>توجد عشرة نسخ من "الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من
-كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود
-للعام 350 م ، برديات تحتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء
-من إنجيل يوحنا من العام 130 م. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاحة لدينا
-للمقارنة فيما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية و 10,000 باللاتينية! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26</attribution><para>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل
-وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title>
-<para>العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله حية وفعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 :
-4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من فم الله." عندما
-نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، فإن روح الله يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار.
-</para>
-<para>في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله" هل تؤمن
-بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل في موقف يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر:
-InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 </attribution><para>فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم
-كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب
-قال' بنفس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي في تكوين 2 : 24
-بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنفس الطريقة قال، 'حسنا تنبأ
-اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'، عندما كان يشير إلى حديث مباشرمن
-الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع نفسه هو مصدر قناعة
-كتاب العهد الجديد بفكرة الدور الثنائي في كتابة الكتاب المقدس. فبالنسبة لهم
-كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً
-مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من الروح القدس' ( بطرس الثانية
-1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت
-بطريقة تحرف أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الحقيقتين لا يمكن
-تجاهلهما. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد المسيح للنص المقدس. فشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة
-الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيحيين يؤمنون بالوحي الإلهي للكتاب المقدس
-هو أن يسوع المسيح نفسه علم به. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب
-الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح." إذا قبلنا
-فعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو
-مرجعنا في كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرفات. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>كتاب يعمل</title>
-<para>
-ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول
-أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا فيكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس،
-قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>الشاهد</entry>
-<entry>العمل</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>أفسس 5 : 26
-</entry>
-<entry>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-أعمال الرسل 20 : 32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع
-المقدسين. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-رومية 15 : 4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-رومية 10 : 17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-متى 4 : 4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من
-فم الله."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>كتاب يحرر</title>
-<para>
-يوحنا 8 : 32 "وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة
-بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟
-الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النصف الأول من الجملة في عدد 31. "ان ثبتم في كلامي
-فبالحقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."</para>
-<para>كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله.</para>
-
-<para>عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريح" المذكورة في أفسس 4 : 14 في اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها
-تعني (ريح عنيفة). "كي لا نكون فيما بعد اطفالا مضطربين ومحمولين بكل ريح تعليم
-..." واحد من الإمتيازات التي نحصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها
-تثبتنا في الحق، وبالتالي لا يصبح من السهل على الرياح أن "تقتلع جذورنا".</para>
-
-<para>فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29</para>
-<para>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>كلمة الله</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>قوة الله </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>كتاب يحارب</title>
-<para>
-في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>سلاح الحرب الروحية</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>سؤال</entry>
-<entry>جواب</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</entry><entry>واحد</entry></row>
-<row><entry>وماهو؟ </entry><entry>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>النصائح</title>
-<para>
-تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا
-كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."
-</para>
-<para>
-كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن فيكم كلمة المسيح بغنى وانتم بكل حكمة معلّمون ومنذرون
-بعضكم بعضا بمزامير وتسابيح واغاني روحية بنعمة مترنمين في قلوبكم للرب."
-</para>
-
-<para>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ </para>
-<para>
-ليس بالقليل!</para>
-
-<para>
-الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الحكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات
-قد أعطيت من راع واحد. وبقي فمن هذا يا ابني تحذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية
-والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد."
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر:
-InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107</attribution> <para>الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في
-العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة
-'مرة واحدة' لتعني مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع. فالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على
-صلاحية أبدية لا تحتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص في
-العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واحدة إلى جميع
-القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس في رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته
-للخطية مرة واحدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 ؛ العبرانيين 9
-: 26 - 28) </para> <para>
-ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة
-من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان
-في المسيح. ومحاولة الإضافة إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيح... وهما الصخرتان
-اللتان بنيت عليهما حركة الإصلاح -- فالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تحتاج لإضافة
-تقاليد البشر، والمسيح قد أتم العمل وهو لا يحتاج لإضافة إستحقاق البشر. وكان
-الشعار الاساسي للمصلحين هو "وحده الكتاب المقدس" يكفي لتعليمنا و "وحدها
-النعمة" تكفي لخلاصنا.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title> <para> إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك
-تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع
-#4، أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً.
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم
-المقابل له في الشهر.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على
-سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع
-اصحاح واحد كل يوم.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>أهمية كلمة الله</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>كتاب فريد</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>العمل الأدبي</entry>
+ <entry>متى كتب</entry>
+ <entry>أقدم نسخة</entry>
+ <entry>الفاصل الزمني</entry>
+ <entry>عدد النسخ</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>هيرودوت</entry>
+ <entry>448 - 428 ق.م.</entry>
+ <entry>900 م</entry>
+ <entry>1300 سنة</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>تاسيتس</entry>
+ <entry>100 م</entry>
+ <entry>1100 م</entry>
+ <entry>1000 سنة</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</entry>
+ <entry>50 - 58 ق.م.</entry>
+ <entry>900 م</entry>
+ <entry>950 سنة</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</entry>
+ <entry>59 ق.م. - 17 م</entry>
+ <entry>900 م</entry>
+ <entry>900 سنة</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>العهد الجديد</entry>
+ <entry>40 م - 100 م</entry>
+ <entry>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 سنة</entry>
+ <entry>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل
+وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>كتاب كلام الله</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر:
+InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>كتاب يعمل</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>الشاهد</entry>
+ <entry>العمل</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>أفسس 5 : 26</entry>
+ <entry>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>رومية 15 : 4</entry>
+ <entry>تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>رومية 10 : 17</entry>
+ <entry>تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11</entry>
+ <entry>تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>متى 4 : 4</entry>
+ <entry>تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من
+فم الله."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>كتاب يحرر</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>كلمة الله</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>قوة الله</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>كتاب يحارب</title>
+ <para>في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>سلاح الحرب الروحية</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>سؤال</entry>
+ <entry>جواب</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</entry>
+ <entry>واحد</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>وماهو؟</entry>
+ <entry>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>النصائح</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</para>
+ <para>ليس بالقليل!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم
+المقابل له في الشهر.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على
+سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع
+اصحاح واحد كل يوم.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد
القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم في
-سنتين وأسبوعين.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+سنتين وأسبوعين.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title>
-<para>بعد أن تحدثنا عن المحتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر
-بالحديث عن قواعد التفسير الكتابي، والتي تهدف إلى إكتشاف المعنى الأصلي الذي
-يقصده كاتب النص (والوحي بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية
-الصحيحة للنص، هناك تفسير واحد صحيح له. الكتاب المقدس نفسه يقول أنه لا توجد
-نصوص ذات تفسير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب
-ليست من تفسير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشاف المعنى الحقيقي،
-وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير في حق أنفسنا وحق سامعينا. ( بطرس
-الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي فيها اشياء عسرة الفهم يحرّفها غير العلماء وغير
-الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك انفسهم." )</para>
-
-<para>كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى
-أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه
-القواعد في ذهنك وأنت تدرس:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</title>
-<para>كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا
-أفضل. حاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المفتاحية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات: </para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>التعريف</title>
- <para>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>التعريف</title>
+ <para>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل
أيضاً يكون حاسماً.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title>
- <para>قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية
-(وليست الكلمة العربية) في النص قد يوضح أو يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على
-التعريف. كيف يستخدم نفس الكاتب هذه الكلمة في أماكن اخرى؟ وكيف يستخدمها كتاب
-أخرين؟ قد توفر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة في وثائق غير كتابية
-أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تكفي الكلمة العربية؟ لأن
-هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى نفس الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات
-اليونانية قد تعطي أحيانا بعض الفوارق الدقيقة جداً في المعنى.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>مثال 1 أ</title>
-<para>يوحنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟
-فهنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن يُلمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة
-أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صحيحاً، لذا دعنا نبحث عن الكلمة
-بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤلف Spiros Zodhiates (
-الناشر: AMG Publishers، 1991).</para>
-
-<para>بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الحروف
-تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف
-(ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. فعل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم
-ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير فيه... وهي تختلف عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني
-في الواقع مجرد لمس سطح أحد الأشياء. " والآن لنبحث عن "pim." الرموز النحوية
-عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ في ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي في زمن "present
-imperative active (80)". في ص857، وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر
-يعبر عن الأمر بفعل شيء ما في المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي
-بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقاف فعل شيء ما. " بما أن الفعل في الآية جاء في
-صيغة النهي، إذاً فهي تعني الأمر بإيقاف فعل ما كان يحدث بالفعل. إذاً، ما الذي
-توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بالفعل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوقف
-عن هذا.</para>
-<para><emphasis>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به!
-</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>مثال 1 ب</title>
-<para>في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو
-دهان الزيت المقصود؟</para>
-<para>تعريف aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى
-تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - "المسح أو دهن بالزيت، مثل
-المسح بالزيت لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة فعل، إذاً
-علينا أن ننظر لزمن الفعل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن
-الaorist participle يعبر عن فعل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بالفعل الرئيسي
-مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى فعل يسبق الفعل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة
-حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت
-تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع
-ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة
-والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "chrio"
-هو الإستخدام الروحي.</para>
-
-<para>وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام
-الكلمة ذاتها)، عندما قام السامري الصالح بالإعتناء بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن
-طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروح. لذا فالزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية في زمن
-السيد المسيح.
-</para>
-<para>والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض احد
-بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى
-المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روحي أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي!</para>
-<para>
-وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه
-بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة
-وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص
-المريض والصلاة من أجله في اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي
-يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروحي.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title>
-<para>فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا
-الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصحاح؟ السفر؟ هل يتماشى تفسيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت
-الإجابة بلا، إذاً فتفسيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوفر السياق ما نحتاج إليه لكي نفسر
-النص بطريقة صحيحة. السياق هو المفتاح. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى
-بعد أن نكون قد فسرنا النص في ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبحث بشكل أعمق.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>مثال 2 أ</title>
-<para>تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروح" في ضوء السياق، ماهو
-الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟</para>
-<para>لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة في المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون
-بمثابة تحول كبير في موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً
-إلى تغير مجرى الحديث، فربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تفسيرك عن الطريق الصحيح!
-الماء هو السائل الذي يحيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>مثال 2 ب</title>
-<para>يجب أن تفسر الآية في كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم في الكنائس" مع
-السياق الكتابي في كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]"</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>مثال 2 ج</title>
-<para>أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع
-المسيح لغفران الخطايا [...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا
-كانت هذه هي الآية الوحيدة التي لدينا في الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص فربما كنا
-سنستنتج هذا. لكن في ضوء التعليم الواضح في مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق
-الإيمان بيسوع المسيح، إذاً ينبغي أن يختلف تفسيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد
-بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا يحث سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة
-الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول في
-كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان المسيح لم يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."؟
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title>
-<para>
-السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي
-كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة
-لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخلفية التاريخية والثقافية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين
-الإعتبار.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>مثال 3 أ</title><para> "ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم
-يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في
-بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام في صباح الأحد ، ويتفق هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 )
-"وفي اليوم الثالث يقوم"؟ التفسير الحرفي لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" و "أيام" لن يساعد
-في تفسير التناقض الظاهري.</para>
-<para>نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل،
-مثلما نقوم نحن بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نصف ممتلئ)،
-ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب حتى لو كان أحدهم نصف ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون
-للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ في الساعة السادسة
-مساءاً وتنتهي في السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة
-مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً =
-اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأحد الخامسة صباحاً أو نحو
-ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا فالتفسير بحسب السياق الثقافي يجنبنا الأخطاء.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>مثال 3 ب</title><para>تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور
-بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق في ايام ابرام. فكلا
-الطرفين كان يسير في الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على نفسه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم
-بتنفيذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن في القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله فقط هو
-من عبر في الوسط، مما يجعله إتفاقاً من طرف واحد.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title>
-<para>تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات
-التي يكون لها معاني خاصة.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>مثال 4 أ</title>
-<para>"العين الشريرة" في متى 6 : 23.</para>
-<para>قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة "شريرة" و "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، السياق
-يزيد من حيرتنا. فلا تبدو الفكرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا
-إذاً تحذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من فهمها بشكل صحيح.</para>
-<para>ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، "عين شريرة". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى
-لهذا المصطلح: متى 20 : 15 "او ما يحل لي ان افعل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك
-شريرة لاني انا صالح." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو إصطلاح عبري يعني كون
-الشخص بخيل أو حسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاحظ كيف أن فهمنا للعبارة بهذه
-الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>مثال 4 ب</title>
-<para>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</para>
-<para>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</para>
-<para>
-يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا
-بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجحوا في إقناع
-الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن في إستطاعتهم أن يصبحوا آلهة مثله! في أحد
-المحاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤلف كتاب "مملكة البدع")،
-تحدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. فطلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة
-آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخوافيه يظللك وتحت اجنحته تحتمي".عندها قال والتر
-مارتن، "لو افترضنا جدلاً بصحة تفسيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان
-إنساناً، فتطبيق نفس القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان
-طائراً". أما المورمون فلم يتمكنوا إلا من الضحك بعدما أدركوا تفاهة موقفهم.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title>
-<para>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</para>
-<para>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</para>
-
-<para>بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة
-هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص
-تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة لتوضيح نقطة واحدة. من الخطورة أن نحصل على
-عقيدة من المثل، فالأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني
-مختلفة. نحن نحتاج إلى الحصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضحة الموجودة بالكتاب
-المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً يوضح هذا.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>مثال 5 أ</title>
-<para>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً:
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>المراجع ذات الصلة</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>مثال 1 أ</title>
+ <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به!
+</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>مثال 1 ب</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة
+حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت
+تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع
+ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>مثال 2 أ</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>مثال 2 ب</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>مثال 2 ج</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
+<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>مثال 3 أ</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
+ <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>مثال 3 ب</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>مثال 4 أ</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>مثال 4 ب</title>
+ <para>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</para>
+ <para>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title>
+ <para>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</para>
+ <para>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>مثال 5 أ</title>
+ <para>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً:
اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</para>
-<para>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن
-الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>مثال 5 ب</title>
-<para>مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة
-الرمزية؟ </para>
-<para>امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم
-سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم يمتدح على سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+ <para>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن
+الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>مثال 5 ب</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>بيبل تايم</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "دليل استخدام بيبل تايم">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>بوب</firstname>
- <surname>هارمان</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>فريق بيبل تايم</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم ;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص <link
+ <title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>بوب</firstname>
+ <surname>هارمان</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>تلخيص</title>
-
- <para>
- <application>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</application> .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب
-المقدس
- </para>
- <para>
- يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع
-القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل
-بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على
-قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع
-الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>الكتاب المقدس</keyword>
- <keyword>ادرس</keyword>
- <keyword>كيفية دراسة</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>تلخيص</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>الكتاب المقدس</keyword>
+ <keyword>ادرس</keyword>
+ <keyword>كيفية دراسة</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>الإستماع والقراءة يوفران النظرة الشمولية التلسكوبية للنص المقدس بينما
-الدراسة والحفظ يوفران النظرة المجهرية الميكروسكوبية للنص المقدس. التأمل في
-نصوص الكتاب المقدس يمزج كلاً من الإستماع، القراءة، الدراسة والحفظ لتتشكل
-الكلمة في أذهاننا.</p><div class="sect2" title="استمع"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="اقرأ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="ادرس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة
-بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."
-</p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="استمع"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>استمع</h3></div></div></div><p>لوقا 11 : 28 "طوبى للذين يسمعون كلام الله ويحفظونه."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="اقرأ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>اقرأ</h3></div></div></div><p>الرؤيا 1 : 3 "طوبى للذي يقرأ وللذين يسمعون اقوال النبوة [...]"</p><p>تيموثاوس الأولى 4 : 13 "الى ان اجيء اعكف على القراءة والوعظ والتعليم "</p></div><div class="sect2" title="ادرس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>ادرس</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 17 : 11 "‎وكان هؤلاء اشرف من الذين في تسالونيكي فقبلوا الكلمة
+بكل نشاط فاحصين الكتب كل يوم هل هذه الامور هكذا‎."</p><p>تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا
كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="احفظ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>احفظ</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 119 : 11 خبأت كلامك في قلبي لكيلا اخطئ اليك‎.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="تأمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>تأمل</h3></div></div></div><p>مزمور 1 : 2 - 3 لكن في ناموس الرب مسرّته وفي ناموسه يلهج نهارا
وليلا‎. ‎فيكون كشجرة مغروسة عند مجاري المياه. التي تعطي ثمرها في
-اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.
-</p><p>يفسر النافيجيتورز هذا بالقول أنه كما يستطيع الإبهام أن يلمس كل الاصابع، كذلك
-نستطيع التأمل في نفس وقت قيامنا بالأربعة الأخرى. فالتأمل هو مفتاح الحصول على
-إعلان. يكون المسيحي الجديد في إحتياج إلى سماع وقراءة الكتاب المقدس أكثر من
-حاجته إلى الدراسة والحفظ، وهذا لكي يصبح أكثر إلماماً بالرسالة العامة للكتاب
-المقدس.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+اوانه. وورقها لا يذبل. وكل ما يصنعه ينجح.</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية
-المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا
-بإختيار أعداداً مختلفة في الفقرة واسأل نفسك إن كانت تتسق مع فكرة الآية
-المفتاحية. بمجرد أن تجدها، أكتبها كرقم واحد في ورقة الملاحظات الخاصة بك.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>ما الذي تعنيه عبارة "تصنعوا صدقتكم"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ أي
-جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه الفكرة؟ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في
-القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن "يصوت بالبوق" هذه الأيام؟)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصوم</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تصلي</p></li></ol></div><p>والآن اكتب في ورقة الملاحظات إرشادات محددة عن كيفية تجنب الطرق الخاطئة في
+القيام بالأعمال الجيدة.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>عندما تعطي </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a
+trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اعطي في الخفاء</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>إلخ.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">قواعد التفسير الصحيح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="المحتوى"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا
-تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="السياق"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن "السياق هو الأساس" -- يجب أن
-
تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته،
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>قواعد التفسير الصحيح</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="المحتوى"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>المحتوى</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول؟ ماذا يقول في اللغة الأصلية؟ كن حريصاً مع الأشياء الصريحة. لا
+تفترض شيئاً لا يقوله النص.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="السياق"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>السياق</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+
passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>المراجع ذات الصلة</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا يقول الكتاب المقدس في مواضع أخرى حول هذا الموضوع؟ الله لا يناقض ذاته،
لذا فتفسيرنا في حاجة إلى إجتياز الإمتحان في ضوء النصوص الأخرى. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس: </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الموضوعات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الشخصيات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="الدراسة التفسيرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="قواعد التفسير الصحيح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الموضوعات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>دراسة الموضوعات</h3></div></div></div><p>اختر موضوعاً معيناً وابحث فيه، بإستخدام المراجع ذات الصلة أو الفهرس الأبجدي.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="دراسة الشخصيات"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>دراسة الشخصيات</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="الدراسة التفسيرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>الدراسة التفسيرية</h3></div></div></div><p>دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> قواعد التفسير الصحيح</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="كيف تجد آية محددة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>"امينة هي جروح المحب"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </h3></div></div></div><p>لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع "الفداء." أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في الفهرس
-الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات ذات
-الصلة والمراجع المذكورة لها أيضاً، مثال "يخلص، خلص، فدية" بل وحتى "يشتري" أو
-"اشترى." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 "لا
-تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 "واما الروحي فيحكم في كل
-شيء وهو لا يحكم فيه من احد" فالكلمة الإنجليزية المستخدمة هنا بمعنى يدين أو
-يحكم هي "judge و judgeth" ربما كانت هناك كلمتين مختلفتين في اليونانية،
-وكلاهما تم ترجمتهما في الإنجليزية إلى الكلمة "judge" ؟ (من الآن فصاعداً
-سنستخدم أرقام سترونج) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث عن "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919
-والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>والآن قم بالبحث عن "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي
-اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919
-ومعنى 350 وستجد الإجابة عن سؤالك! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="كيف تجد آية محددة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>كيف تجد آية محددة</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة.</p></li></ol></div><p>ابحث عن هذه الآيات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ "امينة هي جروح المحب"
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ "اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح"
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قصة الغني ولعازر</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</h3></div></div></div><p>بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية.</p><p>ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>نابال</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ابيجايل</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يشوع</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>برنابا</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون
-ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فتشوا الكتب لانكم تظنون ان لكم فيها حياة ابدية. وهي التي تشهد لي. ولا تريدون
+ان تأتوا اليّ لتكون لكم حياة.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>الغاية الرئيسية من الكتاب هي مساعدتنا للوصول إلى الشخصية. قال مارتن لوثر
"نحن نذهب إلى المهد فقط من أجل الطفل" وكذلك الحال في دراسة الكتاب، فنحن لا
-نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي
-الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، " من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات التوراة
-فقد إستطاع الحصول على الحياة الأبدية." لقد كانت الدراسة في حد ذاتها هي كل ما
-
يبتغون. لكنهم للأسف كانوا مخدوعين في هذا.</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن
+نفعل هذا كهدف في حد ذاته لكن كوسيلة للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع الرب.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
deceived. [...]</p><p>لا توجد ميزة ولا فائدة من وراء قراءة الكتاب المقدس كهدف في حد ذاته، إلا أن
ينجح النص في قيادتنا إلى يسوع المسيح. كل ما نحتاج إليه حين نقرأ الكتاب
المقدس هو الإنتظار الصادق للتقابل مع شخص المسيح من خلاله.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist, الناشر:
InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب كلام الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p>العبرانيين 4 : 12 "لان كلمة الله حية وفعالة... " وقال يسوع (متى 4 :
-4),"مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من فم الله." عندما
-نقرأ الكتاب المقدس، فإن روح الله يتكلم إلى قلوبنا بطريقة متجددة بإستمرار.
-</p><p>في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، "كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله" هل تؤمن
-بهذا؟قبل أن تجيب، تأمل في موقف يسوع تجاه الكتاب المقدس. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم
-كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب
-قال' بنفس المعنى. وكان بإمكانه أن يقتبس من تعليق الراوي في تكوين 2 : 24
-بإعتباره كلام الخالق ذاته ( متى 19 : 4 - 5 ). وبنفس الطريقة قال، 'حسنا تنبأ
-اشعياء عنكم انتم المرائين كما هو مكتوب'، عندما كان يشير إلى حديث مباشرمن
-الرب الإله ( مرقس 7 : 6 و اشعياء 29 : 13 ). لقد كان يسوع نفسه هو مصدر قناعة
-كتاب العهد الجديد بفكرة الدور الثنائي في كتابة الكتاب المقدس. فبالنسبة لهم
-كان قولهم 'الله بعد ما كلم الآباء بالانبياء' ( العبرانيين 1 : 1 ) تماماً
-مثلما يقولون 'تكلم اناس الله القديسون مسوقين من الروح القدس' ( بطرس الثانية
-1 : 21 ). لم يتكلم الله بطريقة تطمس شخصية الكاتب البشري، ولا الناس تكلمت
-بطريقة تحرف أقوال الله. الله تكلم والناس تكلمت. وكلا الحقيقتين لا يمكن
-تجاهلهما. ...
-</p><p>
-هذه، إذاً، كانت نظرة السيد المسيح للنص المقدس. فشهادة الكتاب المقدس هي شهادة
-الله. والسبب الرئيسي الذي يجعل المسيحيين يؤمنون بالوحي الإلهي للكتاب المقدس
-هو أن يسوع المسيح نفسه علم به. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر:
-InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، "ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب
-الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح." إذا قبلنا
-فعلاً أن الكتاب المقدس هو كلام الله إلينا، عندئذ يكون الكتاب المقدس هو
-مرجعنا في كل الأمور المتعلقة بالإيمان والتصرفات. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب كلام الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب كلام الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب كلام الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>كتاب كلام الله</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R.W. Stott, "الكتاب: Christ the Controversialist", الناشر:
+InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يعمل</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="النصائح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p>
-تيموثاوس الثانية 2 : 15 "اجتهد ان تقيم نفسك للّه مزكّى عاملا لا يخزى مفصّلا
-كلمة الحق بالاستقامة."
-</p><p>
-كولوسي 3 : 16 "لتسكن فيكم كلمة المسيح بغنى وانتم بكل حكمة معلّمون ومنذرون
-بعضكم بعضا بمزامير وتسابيح واغاني روحية بنعمة مترنمين في قلوبكم للرب."
-</p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟ </p><p>
-ليس بالقليل!</p><p>
-الجامعة 12 : 11 - 12 "كلام الحكماء كالمناسيس وكاوتاد منغرزة ارباب الجماعات
-قد أعطيت من راع واحد. وبقي فمن هذا يا ابني تحذر. لعمل كتب كثيرة لا نهاية
-والدرس الكثير تعب للجسد."
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>النصائح</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">النصائح</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="النصائح"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>النصائح</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟</p><p>ليس بالقليل!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحارب </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحرر"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p>
-يوحنا 8 : 32 "وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم." عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة
-بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟
-الإجابة تجدها عند قراءة النصف الأول من الجملة في عدد 31. "ان ثبتم في كلامي
-فبالحقيقة تكونون تلاميذي..."</p><p>كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله.</p><p>عندما نقرأ كلمة "ريح" المذكورة في أفسس 4 : 14 في اللغة اليونانية نجد إنها
-تعني (ريح عنيفة). "كي لا نكون فيما بعد اطفالا مضطربين ومحمولين بكل ريح تعليم
-..." واحد من الإمتيازات التي نحصل عليها من دراسة الكتاب المقدس هي أنها
-تثبتنا في الحق، وبالتالي لا يصبح من السهل على الرياح أن "تقتلع جذورنا".</p><p>فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم "تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله." متى 22 : 29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحرر</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="كتاب يعمل"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="كتاب يحارب"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحرر</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحرر"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>كتاب يحرر</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>كلمة الله</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>قوة الله</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يعمل </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحارب</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في
-العهد الجديد اليوناني وهي (hapax) و (ephapax). والتي تترجم عادة إلى عبارة
-'مرة واحدة' لتعني مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع. فالكلمة تستخدم هنا للدلالة على
-صلاحية أبدية لا تحتاج أبداً للتكرار، وتنطبق على كلاً من الإعلان والخلاص في
-العهد الجديد. ولهذا، يشير يهوذا إلى الإيمان المعطى مرة واحدة إلى جميع
-القديسين ( يهوذا 1 : 3 )، ويقول بولس في رومية، "لان الموت الذي ماته قد ماته
-للخطية مرة واحدة" (رومية 6 : 10 أنظر أيضاً بطرس الأولى 3 : 18 ؛ العبرانيين 9
-: 26 - 28) </p><p>
-ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة
-من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان
-في المسيح. ومحاولة الإضافة إلى أي منهما تعد إساءة للمسيح... وهما الصخرتان
-اللتان بنيت عليهما حركة الإصلاح -- فالله قد أعلن كلمته وهي لا تحتاج لإضافة
-تقاليد البشر، والمسيح قد أتم العمل وهو لا يحتاج لإضافة إستحقاق البشر. وكان
-الشعار الاساسي للمصلحين هو "وحده الكتاب المقدس" يكفي لتعليمنا و "وحدها
-النعمة" تكفي لخلاصنا.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: "Christ the Controversialist," الناشر:
-InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">النصائح </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p> إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك
-تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع
-#4، أو #2 مع #5. نوع البرنامج المختار من سنة لأخرى ليظل متجدداً.
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر الأمثال في شهر: اقرأ اصحاح واحد من سفر الأمثال كل يوم، بالتوافق مع اليوم
المقابل له في الشهر.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>سفر المزامير في شهر: اقرأ 5 مزامير بفارق 30 مزمور بين كل منهم في كل يوم، على
سبيل في اليوم ال20 تقرأ مزمور 20، 50، 80، 110، و140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>المزامير والأمثال في 6 شهور: اقرأ بالترتيب في سفر المزامير والأمثال بواقع
اصحاح واحد كل يوم.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>العهد القديم بدون المزامير والأمثال في سنتين: إذا قرأت اصحاح واحد من العهد
القديم كل يوم، وتخطيت المزامير والأمثال، ستتمكن من قراءة العهد القديم في
-سنتين وأسبوعين.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+سنتين وأسبوعين.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحارب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحارب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحارب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>كتاب يحارب</h2></div></div></div><p>
-في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="سلاح الحرب الروحية" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>سؤال</th><th>جواب</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</td><td>واحد</td></tr><tr><td>وماهو؟ </td><td>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحرر </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> النصائح</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يحارب</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="النصائح"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يحارب</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يحارب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>كتاب يحارب</h2></div></div></div><p>في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.3. سلاح الحرب الروحية</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="سلاح الحرب الروحية" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>سؤال</th><th>جواب</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟</td><td>واحد</td></tr><tr><td>وماهو؟</td><td>الكلمة - ( باليونانية)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب يحرر </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> النصائح</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يعمل</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يعمل</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يعمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>كتاب يعمل</h2></div></div></div><p>
-ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول
-أن كلمة الله "تعمل ايضا فيكم انتم المؤمنين." بجانب كل جزء من الكتاب المقدس،
-قم بكتابة العمل الذي تعمله الكلمة.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>الشاهد</th><th>العمل</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>أفسس 5 : 26
-</td><td>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-أعمال الرسل 20 : 32
-</td><td>
-تبني -- "... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع
-المقدسين‎. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-رومية 15 : 4
-</td><td>
-تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-رومية 10 : 17
-</td><td>
-تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11
-</td><td>
-تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-متى 4 : 4
-</td><td>
-تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من
-فم الله."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب كلام الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحرر</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كتاب يعمل</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="كتاب يحرر"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كتاب يعمل</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="كتاب يعمل"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>كتاب يعمل</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.2. في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>الشاهد</th><th>العمل</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>أفسس 5 : 26</td><td>تطهر -- "لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة."</td></tr><tr><td>أعمال الرسل 20 : 32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>رومية 15 : 4</td><td>تشجع -- "حتى بالصبر والتعزية بما في الكتب يكون لنا رجاء." </td></tr><tr><td>رومية 10 : 17</td><td>تعطينا الإيمان -- "اذا الايمان بالخبر والخبر بكلمة الله." </td></tr><tr><td>كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11</td><td>تنذر -- "فهذه الامور جميعها اصابتهم مثالا وكتبت لإنذارنا" </td></tr><tr><td>متى 4 : 4</td><td>تغذي -- "فاجاب وقال مكتوب ليس بالخبز وحده يحيا الانسان بل بكل كلمة تخرج من
+فم الله."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كتاب كلام الله </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب يحرر</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب
-المقدس هي واحدة من الطرق الأساسية التي نتعلمها للوصول إلى علاقة شخصية مع
-الله.</p><div class="sect1" title="كتاب فريد"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>كتاب فريد</h2></div></div></div><p>لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في
-السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام
-الأكثر مبيعاً كل عام.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من
-خلفيات مختلفة، ومع ذلك تشعر عند قراءته بأنه مكتوب بواسطة شخص واحد.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في "هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟" مخطوطات
-العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>العمل الأدبي</th><th>متى كتب</th><th>أقدم نسخة</th><th>الفاصل الزمني</th><th>عدد النسخ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>هيرودوت</td><td>448 - 428 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>1300 سنة</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>تاسيتس</td><td>100 م</td><td>1100 م</td><td>1000 سنة</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</td><td>50 - 58 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>950 سنة</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</td><td>59 ق.م. - 17 م</td><td>900 م</td><td>900 سنة</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>العهد الجديد</td><td>40 م - 100 م</td><td>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</td><td>30 - 310 سنة</td><td>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>توجد عشرة نسخ من "الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من
-كتابة قيصر للأصل، إلخ. بالمقارنة بالعهد الجديد لدينا مخطوطات كاملة تعود
-للعام 350 م ، برديات تحتوي معظم العهد الجديد من القرن الثاني الميلادي، وجزء
-من إنجيل يوحنا من العام 130 م. ترى كم يبلغ عدد المخطوطات المتاحة لدينا
-للمقارنة فيما بينهم؟ 5,000 باليونانية و 10,000 باللاتينية! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل
-وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in "Questions of Life" ص. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب كلام الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="كتاب كلام الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="كتاب فريد"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>كتاب فريد</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>جدول 1.1. مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>العمل الأدبي</th><th>متى كتب</th><th>أقدم نسخة</th><th>الفاصل الزمني</th><th>عدد النسخ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>هيرودوت</td><td>448 - 428 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>1300 سنة</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>تاسيتس</td><td>100 م</td><td>1100 م</td><td>1000 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>"الحرب الغاليّة" لقيصر</td><td>50 - 58 ق.م.</td><td>900 م</td><td>950 سنة</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>"التاريخ الروماني" لليفي</td><td>59 ق.م. - 17 م</td><td>900 م</td><td>900 سنة</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>العهد الجديد</td><td>40 م - 100 م</td><td>130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة</td><td>30 - 310 سنة</td><td>5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"مع صحة وإكتمال الدلائل التي يعتمد عليها، يتفرد نص العهد الجديد تماماً بل
+وبلا منافسة بين جميع الكتابات النثرية القديمة."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="left" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> كتاب كلام الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</h2></div></div></div><p>فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا
-الجانبين؟ ماهو طابع الاصحاح؟ السفر؟ هل يتماشى تفسيرك مع هذا؟ إذا كانت
-الإجابة بلا، إذاً فتفسيرك خاطيء. عادة، يوفر السياق ما نحتاج إليه لكي نفسر
-النص بطريقة صحيحة. السياق هو المفتاح. وإذا كان لا يزال هناك إلتباس بالمعنى
-بعد أن نكون قد فسرنا النص في ضوء السياق، إذاً علينا أن نبحث بشكل أعمق.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 2 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>مثال 2 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 "يولد من الماء والروح" في ضوء السياق، ماهو
-الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟</p><p>لم تكن المعمودية بالماء هي المقصودة في المناقشة هنا، لأن هذا كان سيكون
-بمثابة تحول كبير في موضوع النقاش بين الرب يسوع ونيقوديموس. كن منتبهاً دائماً
-إلى تغير مجرى الحديث، فربما يكون مؤشراً لإبتعاد تفسيرك عن الطريق الصحيح!
-الماء هو السائل الذي يحيط بالجنين، " يولد من الماء" = الولادة الطبيعية.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>مثال 2 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>يجب أن تفسر الآية في كورنثوس الأولى 14 : 34 "لتصمت نساؤكم في الكنائس" مع
-السياق الكتابي في كورنثوس الأولى 11 : 5 "كل امرأة تصلّي او تتنبأ [...]"</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ج"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>مثال 2 ج</h3></div></div></div><p>أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 "فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع
-المسيح لغفران الخطايا ‎[...]". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا
-كانت هذه هي الآية الوحيدة التي لدينا في الكتاب المقدس بهذا الخصوص فربما كنا
-سنستنتج هذا. لكن في ضوء التعليم الواضح في مواضع أخرى بأن التجديد يتم عن طريق
-الإيمان بيسوع المسيح، إذاً ينبغي أن يختلف تفسيرنا لهذه الآية مع التجديد
-بالمعمودية. إن بطرس هنا يحث سامعيه على المعمودية كإشارة إستجابة لبشارة
-الإنجيل. لو كانت المعمودية هي الطريق للولادة الثانية، لما كان بولس يقول في
-كورنثوس الأولى 1 : 17 "لان المسيح لم يرسلني لاعمد بل لابشر."؟
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 2 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>مثال 2 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>مثال 2 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 2 ج"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>مثال 2 ج</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</h2></div></div></div><p>
-السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون "مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟" بل "ما الذي
-كان يعنيه للقراء الأصليين؟" ثم بعدها نستطيع التساؤل "مامعنى النص بالنسبة
-لي؟". علينا أن نأخذ الخلفية التاريخية والثقافية للكاتب والمتلقي بعين
-الإعتبار.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 3 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>مثال 3 أ</h3></div></div></div><p> "ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم
-يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في
-بعد ظهر يوم الجمعة وقام في صباح الأحد ، ويتفق هذا مع قول متى ( 16 : 21 )
-"وفي اليوم الثالث يقوم"؟ التفسير الحرفي لمعنى كلمة "ثلاثة" و "أيام" لن يساعد
-في تفسير التناقض الظاهري.</p><p>نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل،
-مثلما نقوم نحن بعد أكواب المياة (إذا كانوا 6 أكواب ممتلئة وكوب نصف ممتلئ)،
-ونقول أن هناك سبعة أكواب حتى لو كان أحدهم نصف ممتلئ. كذلك كان اليهود ينظرون
-للأمر، أي جزء من اليوم يعد بيوم كامل، والأيام كانت تبدأ في الساعة السادسة
-مساءاً وتنتهي في السادسة مساءاً. إذا الجمعة من الساعة الثالثة إلى السادسة
-مساءاً = اليوم الأول. الجمعة من السادسة مساءاً إلى السبت السادسة مساءاً =
-اليوم الثاني. السبت من الساعة السادسة مساءاً إلى الأحد الخامسة صباحاً أو نحو
-ذلك = اليوم الثالث. لهذا فالتفسير بحسب السياق الثقافي يجنبنا الأخطاء.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 3 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>مثال 3 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور
-بين الأجزاء كانت هي الوسيلة المعتادة لإبرام المواثيق في ايام ابرام. فكلا
-الطرفين كان يسير في الوسط، أخذاً عهداً على نفسه بأن تقطع أوصاله مالم يقم
-بتنفيذ الجانب الخاص به من الميثاق. لكن في القصة المذكورة هنا كان الله فقط هو
-من عبر في الوسط، مما يجعله إتفاقاً من طرف واحد.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 3 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>مثال 3 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 3 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>مثال 3 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</h2></div></div></div><p>تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات
-التي يكون لها معاني خاصة.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 4 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>مثال 4 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>"العين الشريرة" في متى 6 : 23.</p><p>قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة "شريرة" و "عين" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، السياق
-يزيد من حيرتنا. فلا تبدو الفكرة هنا أنها منسجمة مع ما قبلها وما بعدها! هذا
-إذاً تحذير لنا بأننا لم نتمكن من فهمها بشكل صحيح.</p><p>ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، "عين شريرة". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى
-لهذا المصطلح: متى 20 : 15 "او ما يحل لي ان افعل ما اريد بما لي. أم عينك
-شريرة لاني انا صالح." نجد هنا أن إمتلاك "عين شريرة" هو إصطلاح عبري يعني كون
-الشخص بخيل أو حسود. الآن نعود إلى متى 6 ونلاحظ كيف أن فهمنا للعبارة بهذه
-الطريقة يتناسب تماماً مع سياق النص.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 4 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>مثال 4 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</p><p>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</p><p>
-يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا
-بإستغلال الآيات التي تشير إلى الله بأجزاء بشرية. بمجرد أن ينجحوا في إقناع
-الناس بهذا ينتقلون إلى التعليم بأن في إستطاعتهم أن يصبحوا آلهة مثله! في أحد
-المحاضرات التي كان يلقيها الدكتوروالتر مارتن (مؤلف كتاب "مملكة البدع")،
-تحدته مجموعة من شيوخ المورمون بآيات مثل هذه. فطلب د. مارتن من المورمون قراءة
-آية أخرى: مزمور 91 : 4 "بخوافيه يظللك وتحت اجنحته تحتمي".عندها قال والتر
-مارتن، "لو افترضنا جدلاً بصحة تفسيركم للآيات التي ذكرتموها أن الله كان
-إنساناً، فتطبيق نفس القواعد على الآية الأخيرة يؤدي إلى الإستنتاج بأنه كان
-طائراً". أما المورمون فلم يتمكنوا إلا من الضحك بعدما أدركوا تفاهة موقفهم.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 4 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>مثال 4 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 4 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>مثال 4 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>اشعياء 59 : 1 "ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛"</p><p>تثنية 33 : 27 "والاذرع الابدية من تحت."</p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</h2></div></div></div><p>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</p><p>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</p><p>بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة
-هي كلمة الله، والأشواك هي الهموم والطمع، وهكذا. لكن معظم الأمثال ليست قصص
-تامة الرمزية ولكنها قصص بسيطة لتوضيح نقطة واحدة. من الخطورة أن نحصل على
-عقيدة من المثل، فالأمثال من الممكن أن يتم تشكيلها عمداً لإيصال عدة معاني
-مختلفة. نحن نحتاج إلى الحصول على عقيدتنا من النصوص الواضحة الموجودة بالكتاب
-
المقدس، وعندها لا بأس إذا كان هناك مثلاً يوضح هذا.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 5 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>مثال 5 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً:
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th><td width="20%" align="left"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</h2></div></div></div><p>القصة الرمزية هي: "هي قصة كل عنصر فيها له مغزى."</p><p>كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="مثال 5 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>مثال 5 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل الأرملة وقاضي الظلم في لوقا 18 : 1 - 8. هذه القصة تعلمنا درساً واحداً:
اللجاجة في الصلاة. لكن ما الذي سنحصل عليه إذا قمنا بتأويلها إلى قصة رمزية؟</p><p>سيتشوه النص بأكمله: فالله يصبح وكأنه لا يرغب في حماية حقوق الأرملة، وكأن
-الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 5 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>مثال 5 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة
-الرمزية؟ </p><p>امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم
-سيأتي وهو ليس معه. لكنه لم يمتدح على سلوكه الغير أخلاقي بغشه لسيده. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+الصلاة "تزعجه"، إلخ.</p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 5 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>مثال 5 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">أعلى</a></td><td width="40%" align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>بعد أن تحدثنا عن المحتوى والسياق والمراجع ذات الصلة. نود أن نتعمق أكثر
-بالحديث عن قواعد التفسير الكتابي، والتي تهدف إلى إكتشاف المعنى الأصلي الذي
-يقصده كاتب النص (والوحي بالطبع!). وبينما هناك العديد من التطبيقات العملية
-الصحيحة للنص، هناك تفسير واحد صحيح له. الكتاب المقدس نفسه يقول أنه لا توجد
-نصوص ذات تفسير خاص. ( بطرس الثانية 1 : 20 "عالمين هذا اولا ان كل نبوة الكتاب
-ليست من تفسير خاص." ). هناك قواعد معينة تساعدنا على إكتشاف المعنى الحقيقي،
-وإذا تجاهلنا هذه القواعد نخطئ خطئاً كبير في حق أنفسنا وحق سامعينا. ( بطرس
-الثانية 3 : 16 "... التي فيها اشياء عسرة الفهم يحرّفها غير العلماء وغير
-الثابتين كباقي الكتب ايضا لهلاك انفسهم." )</p><p>كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى
-أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه
-القواعد في ذهنك وأنت تدرس:</p><div class="section" title="القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</h2></div></div></div><p>كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا
-أفضل. حاول إيجاد المعنى المضبوط للكلمات المفتاحية بإستخدام هذه الخطوات: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="التعريف"><b>التعريف. </b>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل
-أيضاً يكون حاسماً.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><b>المراجع ذات الصلة. </b>قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية
-(وليست الكلمة العربية) في النص قد يوضح أو يلقي مزيداً من الضوء على
-التعريف. كيف يستخدم نفس الكاتب هذه الكلمة في أماكن اخرى؟ وكيف يستخدمها كتاب
-أخرين؟ قد توفر لك أدوات المراجع إستخدامات للكلمة في وثائق غير كتابية
-أيضاً. ولماذا علينا الرجوع إلى اللغات الاصلية؛ ألا تكفي الكلمة العربية؟ لأن
-هناك أكثر من كلمة يونانية يمكن ترجمتها إلى نفس الكلمة العربية، ولأن الكلمات
-اليونانية قد تعطي أحيانا بعض الفوارق الدقيقة جداً في المعنى.</p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>مثال 1 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>يوحنا 20 : 17 "لا تلمسيني" قد تبدو هذه الكلمة صعبة بعض الشيء، أليس كذلك؟
-فهنا يبدو أن يسوع لايريد أن يُلمس بعد قيامته، كما لو أن السبب هو قدسية غامضة
-أو شيء من هذا القبيل. ولكن هذا لا يبدو صحيحاً، لذا دعنا نبحث عن الكلمة
-بإستخدام "The Complete Word Study New Testament" للمؤلف Spiros Zodhiates (
-الناشر: AMG Publishers، 1991).</p><p>بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة "تلمسيني" الرمز "pim680." الحروف
-تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف
-(ص879). "680. Haptomai; من hapto (681), يلمس. فعل يشير إلى التعامل مع جسم
-ما بطريقة تؤثر عليه أو تغير فيه... وهي تختلف عن pselaphao (5584), والتي تعني
-في الواقع مجرد لمس سطح أحد الأشياء. " والآن لنبحث عن "pim." الرموز النحوية
-عند Zodhiates تأتي بعد الرؤيا؛ في ص849 نرى ان pim تأتي في زمن "present
-imperative active (80)". في ص857، وهذا الزمن عندما يأتي هكذا بصيغة الأمر
-يعبر عن الأمر بفعل شيء ما في المستقبل بطريقة مستمرة أو متكررة، وعندما يأتي
-بصيغة النهي يعبر عن الأمر بإيقاف فعل شيء ما. " بما أن الفعل في الآية جاء في
-صيغة النهي، إذاً فهي تعني الأمر بإيقاف فعل ما كان يحدث بالفعل. إذاً، ما الذي
-توصلنا إليه من هذا؟ أن مريم بالفعل كانت تمسك بيسوع، وأنه يطلب منها أن تتوقف
-عن هذا.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به!
-</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>مثال 1 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو
-دهان الزيت المقصود؟</p><p>تعريف aleipho (218) هو - "يدهن" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية أخرى
-تترجم بمعنى "يدهن" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - "المسح أو دهن بالزيت، مثل
-المسح بالزيت لتقديس مكان أو خدمة دينية" (سترونج). وبما أن الكلمة فعل، إذاً
-علينا أن ننظر لزمن الفعل أيضاً، "apta" أو aorist participle active. "وزمن
-الaorist participle يعبر عن فعل بسيط وليس مستمراً... وعلاقته بالفعل الرئيسي
-مؤقتة، وهو عادة ما يشير إلى فعل يسبق الفعل الرئيسي." (Zodhiates ص851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>فصل 3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="التعريف"><b>التعريف. </b>ابحث عن المعنى في القاموس اليوناني او العبري. بالنسبة للأفعال، زمن الفعل
+أيضاً يكون حاسماً.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="المراجع ذات الصلة"><b>المراجع ذات الصلة. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 أ"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>مثال 1 أ</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>مريم كانت تمسك بيسوع بالفعل، وهو يخبرها بأن تكف عن الإمساك به!
+</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="مثال 1 ب"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>مثال 1 ب</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة
حنوطا ليأتين ويدهنّه.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت
تمسحهما بشعر راسها وتقبل قدميه وتدهنهما بالطيب.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>يوحنا 12 : 3 فاخذت مريم منا من طيب ناردين خالص كثير الثمن ودهنت قدمي يسوع
-ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة
-والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: "aleipho" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "chrio"
-هو الإستخدام الروحي.</p><p>وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام
-الكلمة ذاتها)، عندما قام السامري الصالح بالإعتناء بالرجل الذي ضربه اللصوص عن
-طريق سكب الزيت والخمر على الجروح. لذا فالزيت كانت له إستخدامات طبية في زمن
-السيد المسيح.
-</p><p>والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 "أمريض احد
-بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب." هل المعنى
-المقصود من دهان الزيت هنا روحي أم عملي؟ الإجابة: عملي!</p><p>
-وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني "بعد أن يدهنوه
-بزيت," أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة ("باسم الرب" تعود على الصلاة
-وليس دهان الزيت). إن يعقوب 5 يخبرنا بأن على شيوخ الكنيسة إعطاء الدواء للشخص
-المريض والصلاة من أجله في اسم الرب. ألا يعبر هذا عن التوازن الجميل الذي
-يطلبه منا الله بين الجانب العملي والروحي.
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ومسحت قدميه بشعرها.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>لوقا 4 : 18 "روح الرب عليّ لانه مسحني لابشر المساكين ..."</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+
practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">السابق</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">البداية</a></td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content='تلخيص كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب المقدس يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل.'><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">بوب</span> <span class="surname">هارمان</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">فريق بيبل تايم</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 2001-2009 فريق بيبل تايم ;
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="id14943873"></a><p>
- كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="تلخيص"><p class="title"><b>تلخيص</b></p><p>
- <span class="application">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</span> .هو دليل لدراسة الكتاب
-المقدس
- </p><p>
- يتمنى فريق بيبل تايم أن يكون "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس" سبباً في تشجيع
-القراء على دراسة الكتاب المقدس والتعرف إلى تعاليمه. لقد تم إختيار هذا الدليل
-بشكل خاص لحرصه على البعد عن الدعوة لأفكار تخص مذهب معين بذاته. نشجعكم على
-قراءة ودراسة الكتاب المقدس لفهم ما يقوله. إذا بدأت وأنت تشتاق إلى أن يزرع
-الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. أهمية كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">سلاح الحرب الروحية</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="تلخيص The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the بيبل تايم team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="الكتاب المقدس, ادرس, كيفية دراسة"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF" dir="rtl"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="right"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">بوب</span> <span class="surname">هارمان</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">حقوق النشر © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="ملاحظة قانونية"><a name="idp26706720"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>نصوص الكتاب المقدس العربية مقتبسة من ترجمة سميث فان دايك مالم يذكر غير ذلك.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="تلخيص"><p class="title"><b>تلخيص</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">بيبل تايم</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>قائمة المحتويات</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. أهمية كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">كتاب فريد</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">كتاب كلام الله</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">كتاب يعمل</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">كتاب يحرر</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">كتاب يحارب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">النصائح</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">ملحق: "مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">الهدف من قراءة الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">خطوات دراسة كلمة الله</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">استمع</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">اقرأ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">ادرس</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">احفظ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">تأمل</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">دراسة الموضوعات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">دراسة الشخصيات</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">الدراسة التفسيرية</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">قواعد التفسير الصحيح</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">المحتوى</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">السياق</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">المراجع ذات الصلة</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">كيف تجد آية محددة</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">للقيام بدراسة موضوعية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">لإيجاد معاني الاسماء</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">مثال 1 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">مثال 1 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">مثال 2 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">مثال 2 ب</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">مثال 2 ج</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">مثال 3 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">مثال 3 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">مثال 4 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">مثال 4 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">القاعدة 5 - افهم الغرض من الأمثال والفرق بين المثل والقصة الرمزية</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">مثال 5 أ</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">مثال 5 ب</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>قائمة الجداول</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">سلاح الحرب الروحية</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="right"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">التالي</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> فصل 1. أهمية كلمة الله</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Основи на изучаването на Библията</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Целта на изучаването</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Основи на изучаването на Библията</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Целта на изучаването</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си,
+
<para>Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си,
освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при
четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с
Христос.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title>
+
<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Слушане</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Слушане</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Четене</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Четене</title>
+
<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title>
-<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Study</title>
+ <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Запаметяване</title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Запаметяване</title>
+
<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Размисъл</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Размисъл</title>
+
<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Тематично изучаване</title>
-<para>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Тематично изучаване</title>
+ <para>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или
конкорданс.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Изучаване на герои</title>
-<para>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Изучаване на герои</title>
+
<para>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф
(Бит. 37-50)</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Изследване</title>
-<para>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Съдържание</title>
-<para>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Изследване</title>
+
<para>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Съдържание</title>
+
<para>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с
дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Контекст</title>
-<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Препратки</title>
-<para>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи,
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Контекст</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Препратки</title>
+ <para>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи,
така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата
част от Библията.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you fast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you pray</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да
избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>За да намерим определен стих</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>За да проследим тема </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
-not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>За да разберем значенията на имената</title>
-<para>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>do it secretly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>За да намерим определен стих</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>За да проследим тема</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>За да разберем значенията на имената</title>
+ <para>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или
еврейски.</para>
-<para>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Навал</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Авигея</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Исус Навиев</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Варава</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Навал</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Авигея</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Исус Навиев</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Варава</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Важността на Божието Слово</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Важността на Божието Слово</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Книга, която е уникална</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Книга, която е уникална</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Произведение</entry>
-<entry>Написано</entry>
-<entry>Най-старо копие</entry>
-<entry>Разлика във времето</entry><entry>Брой копия</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Херодот</entry>
-<entry>448-428 пр. хр.</entry><entry>900 сл. хр.</entry>
-<entry>1300 години</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Тацит</entry>
-<entry>100 сл. хр.</entry><entry>1100 сл. хр.</entry>
-<entry>1000 години</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>Галската война</emphasis> на Цезар</entry>
-<entry>50-58 пр. хр.</entry><entry>900 сл. хр.</entry>
-<entry>950 години</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Ливиевата <emphasis>Римска История</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</entry><entry>900 сл. хр.</entry>
-<entry>900 години</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Нов Завет</entry>
-<entry>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</entry><entry>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</entry> <entry>30 - 310 години</entry><entry>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Произведение</entry>
+ <entry>Написано</entry>
+ <entry>Най-старо копие</entry>
+ <entry>Разлика във времето</entry>
+ <entry>Брой копия</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Херодот</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 пр. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>900 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 години</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Тацит</entry>
+ <entry>100 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 години</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Галската война</emphasis> на Цезар</entry>
+ <entry>50-58 пр. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>900 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>950 години</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ливиевата <emphasis>Римска История</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>900 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>900 години</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Нов Завет</entry>
+ <entry>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</entry>
+ <entry>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 години</entry>
+ <entry>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат,
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат,
новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни
-творби." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+творби."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "<emphasis>Всичкото писание е
-боговдъхновено...</emphasis>" Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете
-за Исусовото отношение към Писанието. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<emphasis>...и полезно за поука, за
-изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият
-човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</emphasis>"
-Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че
-тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Книга, която е действена</title>
-<para>
-С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че
-Библията "<emphasis>действува между вас, вярващите</emphasis>". Нека
-разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Стих</entry>
-<entry>Действие</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Еф. 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Деяния 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Римл. 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Римл. 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Кор. 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Мат 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее
-човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за
-истината на Божието Слово.</para>
-
-<para>Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <emphasis>буреносен
-вятър</emphasis>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от
-всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни
-помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че
-няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</para>
-
-<para>"<emphasis>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете
-писанията нито Божията сила.</emphasis>" Мат. 22:29</para>
-<para>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Писанията</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Божията сила </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title>
-<para>
-Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Духовната броня</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Въпрос</entry>
-<entry>Отговор</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Колко - за нападение?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Кое? </entry><entry>Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Съвети</title>
-<para>
-2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<emphasis>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога
-работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на
-истината.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Кол. 3:16 казва: "<emphasis>Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с
-пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни,
-като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? </para>
-<para>
-Немалко!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Книга, която е действена</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Стих</entry>
+ <entry>Действие</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Еф. 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Деяния 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Римл. 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Римл. 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Кор. 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Мат 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее
+човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Писанията</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Божията сила</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Книга за духовното воюване</title>
+ <para>Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Духовната броня</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Въпрос</entry>
+ <entry>Отговор</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Колко - за нападение?</entry>
+ <entry>One</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Кое?</entry>
+ <entry>Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Съвети</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?</para>
+ <para>Немалко!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата,
-съответстваща на датата)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата,
+съответстваща на датата)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между
псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и
-140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава
+140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава
дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария
-Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</title>
+
<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Препратки</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Препратки</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1.1</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Пример 1.1</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Example 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
+them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <emphasis>"Болен ли е
-някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него
-и го помажат с масло в Господното име"</emphasis>. В какъв смисъл се
-използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2.1</title>
-<para>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<emphasis>"да се роди от вода и
-Дух"</emphasis>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Пример 2.1</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+
<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2.2</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Пример 2.2</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2.3</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Пример 2.3</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3.1</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Пример 3.1</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3.2</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Пример 3.2</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4.1</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Пример 4.1</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4.2</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Пример 4.2</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
+
<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5.1</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Пример 5.1</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава
-правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5.2</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава
+правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Пример 5.2</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license <link
+ <title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Резюме</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Резюме</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Study</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Study</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Подходи към Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Подходи към Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Подходи към Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слушане"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слушане</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Четене"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Четене</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>“</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запаметяване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запаметяване</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размисъл"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размисъл</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Начини за изучаване на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да
-избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span>
-today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да
+избегнем грешното "вършите делата на правдата":</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основи на правилното интерпретиране </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Как да използваме конкорданс?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Съдържание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с
-дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Препратки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основи на правилното интерпретиране</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Съдържание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Съдържание</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво точно се казва? Какво се казва на оригиналния език? Внимавайте с
+дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Препратки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Препратки</h3></div></div></div><p>Какво се казва в други стихове по тази тема? Бог никога не си противоречи,
така че нашето тълкувание трябва да може да издържи проверката на останалата
част от Библията.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Начини за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематично изучаване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Начини за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основи на правилното интерпретиране"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Начини за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Начини за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Начини за изучаване на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематично изучаване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематично изучаване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изберете си определена тема и я следвайте, като използвате препратките или
конкорданс.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучаване на герои"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучаване на герои</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на живота на определен библейски герой. Например: живота на Йосиф
(Бит. 37-50)</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изследване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Изследване</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Подходи към Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основи на правилното интерпретиране</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да намерим определен стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да проследим тема"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да разберем значенията на имената"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как да използваме конкорданс?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как да използваме конкорданс?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Как да използваме конкорданс?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да намерим определен стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>За да намерим определен стих</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният...</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да проследим тема"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>За да проследим тема</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="За да разберем значенията на имената"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>За да разберем значенията на имената</h3></div></div></div><p>По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или
еврейски.</p><p>Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Исус Навиев</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варава</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Целта на изучаването"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Подходи към Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Целта на изучаването"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Целта на изучаването</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
-to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</p><p>Четенето на Библията не е заслуга и не носи никаква изгода само по себе си,
освен ако не ни приближава до Исус Христос. Това от което имаме нужда при
четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, която е боговдъхновена</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Всичкото писание е
-боговдъхновено...</em></span>" Вярвате ли го? Преди да отговорите, помислете
-за Исусовото отношение към Писанието. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: "<span class="emphasis"><em>...и полезно за поука, за
-изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият
-човек усъвършенствуван, съвършено приготвен за всяко добро дело.</em></span>"
-Ако приемем, че Библията е Божието Слово, отправено към нас, то следва, че
-
тя ще бъде авторитет за нас по всички въпроси касаещи вярата и поведението. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+
faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е действена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Съвети"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Тим. 2:15 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старай се да се представиш одобрен пред Бога
-работник, който няма от що да се срамува, като излагаш право словото на
-истината.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Кол. 3:16 казва: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Христовото слово да се вселява във вас богато; с
-пълна мъдрост учете се и увещавайте се с псалми и химни и духовни песни,
-като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</em></span>"
-</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате? </p><p>
-Немалко!</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Съвети</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Съвети</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Съвети"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Съвети</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?</p><p>Немалко!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга за духовното воюване </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за
-истината на Божието Слово.</p><p>Гръцката дума за "вятър", използвана в Еф. 4:14 означава <span class="emphasis"><em>буреносен
-вятър</em></span>. "...за да не бъдем вече деца, блъскани и завличани от
-всеки вятър на учение..." Едно от нещата, в които изучаването на Библията ни
-помага, е че ни поставя на здравата основа на Истината, което означава, че
-няма лесно да бъдем "завличани".</p><p>"<span class="emphasis"><em>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете
-
писанията нито Божията сила.</em></span>" Мат. 22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която дарява свобода</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Книга, която е действена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга за духовното воюване"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която дарява свобода</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, която дарява свобода</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+
God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Писанията</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божията сила</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е действена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга за духовното воюване</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Съвети </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата,
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месец: четете по една глава от Притчи всеки ден (например главата,
съответстваща на датата)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми за месец:четете по пет псалома всеки ден, като разликата между
псалмите е поне 30 - например: на 20-ти прочетете псалом 20, 50, 80, 110 и
140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Старият Завет без Псалми и Пртитчи за 2 години: ако четете по една глава
дневно, като пропуснете Псалми и Притчи, ще успеете да прочетете Стария
-Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое? </td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга за духовното воюване</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Съвети"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга за духовното воюване</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга за духовното воюване"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга за духовното воюване</h2></div></div></div><p>Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовната броня</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовната броня" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Въпрос</th><th>Отговор</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Колко - за нападение?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Кое?</td><td>Словото - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която дарява свобода </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Съвети</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е действена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p>
-С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че
-Библията "<span class="emphasis"><em>действува между вас, вярващите</em></span>". Нека
-разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26
-</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Деяния 20:32
-</td><td>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Римл. 15:4
-</td><td>
-утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Римл. 10:17
-</td><td>
-вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Кор. 10:11
-</td><td>
-поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Мат 4:4
-</td><td>
-духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее
-човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, която е действена</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, която дарява свобода"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, която е действена</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е действена"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Книга, която е действена</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Стих</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф. 5:26</td><td>очистване - "...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото"</td></tr><tr><td>Деяния 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Римл. 15:4</td><td>утеха - "...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда"</td></tr><tr><td>Римл. 10:17</td><td>вяра - "И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Кор. 10:11</td><td>поука - "А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам"</td></tr><tr><td>Мат 4:4</td><td>духовна храна - "А Той в отговор каза: 'Писано е: Не само с хляб ще живее
+човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, която е боговдъхновена </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която дарява свобода</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е уникална"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, която е боговдъхновена"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Книга, която е уникална"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Книга, която е уникална</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Произведение</th><th>Написано</th><th>Най-старо копие</th><th>Разлика във времето</th><th>Брой копия</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Херодот</td><td>448-428 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>1300 години</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 сл. хр.</td><td>1100 сл. хр.</td><td>1000 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Галската война</em></span> на Цезар</td><td>50-58 пр. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>950 години</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливиевата <span class="emphasis"><em>Римска История</em></span></td><td>59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр.</td><td>900 сл. хр.</td><td>900 години</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Нов Завет</td><td>40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр.</td><td>130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи</td><td>30 - 310 години</td><td>5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат,
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"С неоспорими и разнообразни доказателства на които се облягат,
новозаветните текстове са неоспоримо уникални сред останалите древни
-творби." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+творби."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, която е боговдъхновена</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<span class="emphasis"><em>"да се роди от вода и
-
Дух"</em></span>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2.1</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+
Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2.2</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2.3"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2.3</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but
<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3.1</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4.1</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4.2</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и алегория"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5.1</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Истинско насилие над оригиналното значиение: на Бог не му се ще да защитава
-правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory?
</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+правата на вдовиците, молитвите "го изморяват" и т.н.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5.2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5.2</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ниво нагоре</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
-алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Как да използваме конкорданс?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you.
How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Препратки"><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Препратки"><b>Препратки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1.1"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1.1</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли е
-някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над него
-и го помажат с масло в Господното име"</em></span>. В какъв смисъл се
-използва думата "помазвам" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Назад</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как да използваме конкорданс? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторски права"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Ръководство за изучаване на Библията</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторски права © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторски права"><a name="idp26706720"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Съдържание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важността на Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Книга, която е уникална</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, която е боговдъхновена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Книга, която е действена</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, която дарява свобода</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга за духовното воюване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Съвети</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Допълнение: "Веднъж завинаги"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основи на изучаването на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Целта на изучаването</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Подходи към Божието Слово</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слушане</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Четене</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запаметяване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размисъл</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Начини за изучаване на Библията</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематично изучаване</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучаване на герои</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Изследване</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основи на правилното интерпретиране</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Съдържание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Препратки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Как да използваме конкорданс?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">За да намерим определен стих</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">За да проследим тема</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">За да разберем значенията на имената</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2.2</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2.3</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5: Разбирайте целите на притчите и правете разлика между притча и
алегория</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5.1</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5.2</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Списък на таблиците</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовната броня</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Напред</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важността на Божието Слово</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Základy studia Bible</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Základy studia Bible</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k
+
<para>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k
Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se
takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title>
+
<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Slyšení</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Slyšení</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Čtení</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Čtení</title>
+
<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
indicated</title>
-<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+
<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorování</title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memorování</title>
+
<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditování</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Meditování</title>
+
<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typy studia Bible</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Tématické studium</title>
-<para>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Typy studia Bible</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Tématické studium</title>
+ <para>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají
se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studium postavy</title>
-<para>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Vysvětlující studium</title>
-<para>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Obsah</title>
-<para>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Studium postavy</title>
+
<para>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Vysvětlující studium</title>
+
<para>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Základy správného výkladu</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Obsah</title>
+
<para>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na
definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Souvislosti</title>
-<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Odkazy</title>
-<para>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe,
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Souvislosti</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Odkazy</title>
+ <para>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe,
proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you fast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you pray</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům
praktikování spravedlnosti:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>K nalezení konkrétního verše</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>K tématickému studiu </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
-not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>K nalezení významu jmen</title>
-<para>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</para>
-<para>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nábal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Jozue</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabáš</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>do it secretly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Jak používat konkordanci</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>K nalezení konkrétního verše</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>K tématickému studiu</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>K nalezení významu jmen</title>
+ <para>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</para>
+ <para>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nábal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jozue</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabáš</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Význam Božího Slova</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Význam Božího Slova</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Jedinečná kniha</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Jedinečná kniha</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Text</entry>
-<entry>Kdy napsáno</entry>
-<entry>Nejstarší opis</entry>
-<entry>Časový odstup</entry><entry>Počet opisů</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodotus</entry>
-<entry>448-428 př.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry>
-<entry>1300 let</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 n.l.</entry><entry>1100 n.l.</entry>
-<entry>1000 let</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 př.K.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry>
-<entry>950 let</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</entry><entry>900 n.l.</entry>
-<entry>900 let</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Nový Zákon</entry>
-<entry>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</entry><entry>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</entry> <entry>30 - 310 let</entry><entry>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Text</entry>
+ <entry>Kdy napsáno</entry>
+ <entry>Nejstarší opis</entry>
+ <entry>Časový odstup</entry>
+ <entry>Počet opisů</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodotus</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 př.K.</entry>
+ <entry>900 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 let</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 let</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 př.K.</entry>
+ <entry>900 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>950 let</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>900 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>900 let</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nový Zákon</entry>
+ <entry>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</entry>
+ <entry>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 let</entry>
+ <entry>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona
-absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona
+absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <emphasis>"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</emphasis>
-Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <emphasis>"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k
-napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a
-vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</emphasis> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je
-opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry
-a chování. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title>
-<para>
-Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <emphasis>"slovo
-Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</emphasis> Popišme si, co všechno
-Slovo vykonává.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Odkaz</entry>
-<entry>Vliv</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef 5,26
-</entry>
-<entry>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Sk 20,32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Ř 15,4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Ř 10,17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1K 10,11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro
-napomenutí nám"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mt 4,4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které
-vychází z Božích úst.'"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího
-slova.</para>
-
-<para>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <emphasis>prudký
-vítr</emphasis>. <emphasis>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená
-každým větrem učení...</emphasis> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible
-přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' =
-děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</emphasis>Mt 22,29</para>
-<para>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Boží slovo</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Boží moc </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title>
-<para>
-V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Duchovní zbroj</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Otázka</entry>
-<entry>Odpověď</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Kolik je jich útočných?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Která (-é)? </entry><entry>Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Napomenutí</title>
-<para>
-<emphasis>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako
-osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně
-vykládá slovo pravdy."</emphasis> (2Tm 2,15)
-</para>
-<para>
-<emphasis>"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší
-moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a
-duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu."</emphasis> (Kol
-3,16)
-</para>
-
-<para>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? </para>
-<para>
-Nemálo!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Kniha, která pracuje</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Odkaz</entry>
+ <entry>Vliv</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef 5,26</entry>
+ <entry>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Sk 20,32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ř 15,4</entry>
+ <entry>povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ř 10,17</entry>
+ <entry>dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1K 10,11</entry>
+ <entry>napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro
+napomenutí nám"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mt 4,4</entry>
+ <entry>sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které
+vychází z Božích úst.'"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Boží slovo</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Boží moc</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Kniha, která bojuje</title>
+ <para>V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Duchovní zbroj</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Otázka</entry>
+ <entry>Odpověď</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kolik je jich útočných?</entry>
+ <entry>One</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Která (-é)?</entry>
+ <entry>Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Napomenutí</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?</para>
+ <para>Nemálo!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v
-měsíci.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel,
-například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu
-denně.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v
+měsíci.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel,
+například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu
+denně.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu
kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a
-dva týdny.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+dva týdny.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</title>
+
<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Odkazy</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Odkazy</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Příklad 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Příklad 1A</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Example 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
+them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání"
-duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Příklad 2A</title>
-<para>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<emphasis>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z
-Ducha</emphasis>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Příklad 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+
<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Příklad 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Příklad 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Přiklad 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Přiklad 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Příklad 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Příklad 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Příklad 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Příklad 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Příklad 4A</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Příklad 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Příklad 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Příklad 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
alegorií</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
+
<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Příklad 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Příklad 5A</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej
-obtěžuje atd.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Příklad 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej
+obtěžuje atd.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Příklad 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Jak studovat Bibli</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license <link
+ <title>Jak studovat Bibli</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Původní anglické znění:</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Původní anglické znění:</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
indicated</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
-scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Slyšení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
-it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Čtení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>“</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
-Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
-God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
-word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
-Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
-meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
-streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Slyšení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Slyšení</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+it.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Čtení"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Čtení</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+prophecy [...]</span>“</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>“</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
+word of truth.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+Thee.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditování"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditování</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
+streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>“</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům
-praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>“</span>
-today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>“</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům
+praktikování spravedlnosti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span>“</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Základy správného výkladu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Jak používat konkordanci</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Základy správného výkladu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Obsah"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na
-definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Souvislosti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Základy správného výkladu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typy studia Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Základy správného výkladu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Základy správného výkladu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Základy správného výkladu</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Obsah"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Obsah</h3></div></div></div><p>Co text říká? Co text říká v originálním jazyce? Dávejte si pozor na
+definice. Nesnažte se "číst" něco, co text neříká.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Souvislosti"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Souvislosti</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Odkazy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Odkazy</h3></div></div></div><p>Co říkají ostatní verše k tomuto tématu v celé Bibli? Bůh nepopře sám sebe,
proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typy studia Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tématické studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Základy správného výkladu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tématické studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Tématické studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Zvolí se určité téma a procházejí se místa, která o tématu mluví. Využívají
se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium postavy"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studium postavy</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Vysvětlující studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Vysvětlující studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Základy správného výkladu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení konkrétního verše"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="K tématickému studiu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>“</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>“</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení významu jmen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak používat konkordanci</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak používat konkordanci</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Jak používat konkordanci</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení konkrétního verše"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>K nalezení konkrétního verše</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru).</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>“</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>“</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K tématickému studiu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>K tématickému studiu</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>“</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>“</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="K nalezení významu jmen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>K nalezení významu jmen</h3></div></div></div><p>Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině.</p><p>Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozue</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabáš</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
-life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
-to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just
-so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
-deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k
-Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se
-takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
+to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+ </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+said <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>“</span>; just
+so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
+God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</p><p>V samotném čtení Písma není žádná zásluha ani zisk, pokud nás nepřivede k
+Ježíši Kristu. Při každém čtení Bible je potřeba horlivě očekávat, že se
+takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
-word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
-As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <span class="emphasis"><em>"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem..."</em></span>
-Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
-said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
-did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
-Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
-of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
-reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <span class="emphasis"><em>"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k
-napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a
-vybavený ke každému dobrému dílu."</em></span> Pokud přijmeme, že Bible je
-opravdu Bůh mluvící k nám, budeme ji mít jako autoritu ve všech věcech víry
-
a chování. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+
faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která pracuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Napomenutí"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"Usiluj [v ang. KJV 'Study'=studuj], aby ses mohl představit jako
-osvědčený před Bohem, dělník, který se nemá za co stydět a který správně
-vykládá slovo pravdy."</em></span> (2Tm 2,15)
-</p><p>
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"Ať ve vás bohatě přebývá Kristovo slovo ve vší
-moudrosti. Vyučujte a napomínejte jedni druhé žalmy, chvalozpěvy a
-duchovními písněmi; s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu."</em></span> (Kol
-3,16)
-</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte? </p><p>
-Nemálo!</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
-of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
-endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Napomenutí</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Napomenutí</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Napomenutí"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Napomenutí</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?</p><p>Nemálo!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která bojuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího
-slova.</p><p>Řecké slovo pro "vítr" v Ef 4,14 má význam <span class="emphasis"><em>prudký
-vítr</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>abychom už nebyli nemluvňata zmítaná a unášená
-každým větrem učení...</em></span> Jedna z věcí, které nám studium Bible
-přináší, je zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše "odfouknuti".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: "Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' =
-děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc."</em></span>Mt 22,29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která osvobozuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kniha, která bojuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která osvobozuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kniha, která osvobozuje</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Boží slovo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boží moc</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která pracuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která bojuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
-by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
-Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
-as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+
Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Napomenutí </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
-more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v
-měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel,
-například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu
-denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu
-kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a
-dva týdny.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Přísloví za měsíc: čtěte jednu kapitolu Přísloví denně, podle čísla dne v
+měsíci.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy za měsíc: čtěte každý den pět Žalmů s odstupem třiceti čísel,
+například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Žalmy a Přísloví za šest měsíců: čtěte od začátku do konce jednu kapitolu
+denně.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Starý Zákon bez Žalmů a Přísloví za dva roky: když budete číst jednu
+kapitolu denně a přeskočíte Žalmy a Přísloví, přečtete celý SZ za dva roky a
+dva týdny.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 2. Základy studia Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
-
V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)? </td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která bojuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+
indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Napomenutí"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která bojuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která bojuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kniha, která bojuje</h2></div></div></div><p>V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.3. Duchovní zbroj</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Duchovní zbroj" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Otázka</th><th>Odpověď</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kolik je jich útočných?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Která (-é)?</td><td>Slovo - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha, která osvobozuje </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Napomenutí</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <span class="emphasis"><em>"slovo
-Boží, jež také působí ve vás věřících."</em></span> Popišme si, co všechno
-Slovo vykonává.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26
-</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Sk 20,32
-</td><td>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Ř 15,4
-</td><td>
-povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Ř 10,17
-</td><td>
-dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1K 10,11
-</td><td>
-napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro
-napomenutí nám"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mt 4,4
-</td><td>
-sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které
-vychází z Božích úst.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kniha, která pracuje</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kniha, která osvobozuje"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kniha, která pracuje</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kniha, která pracuje"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kniha, která pracuje</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.2. Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Odkaz</th><th>Vliv</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>očišťuje - "...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo."</td></tr><tr><td>Sk 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Ř 15,4</td><td>povzbuzuje - "abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději."</td></tr><tr><td>Ř 10,17</td><td>dává víru - "Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží."</td></tr><tr><td>1K 10,11</td><td>napomíná - "A toto všechno se jim stalo na výstrahu a bylo to zapsáno pro
+napomenutí nám"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4,4</td><td>sytí - "Je napsáno: 'Nejen chlebem bude člověk živ, ale každým slovem, které
+vychází z Božích úst.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha, která osvobozuje</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Jedinečná kniha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
-Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
-New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
-containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona
-absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Jedinečná kniha"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Jedinečná kniha</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabulka 1.1. Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Text</th><th>Kdy napsáno</th><th>Nejstarší opis</th><th>Časový odstup</th><th>Počet opisů</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>1300 let</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.l.</td><td>1100 n.l.</td><td>1000 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarova <span class="emphasis"><em>Válka Galská</em></span></td><td>50-58 př.K.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>950 let</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyho <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 př.K. - 17 n.l.</td><td>900 n.l.</td><td>900 let</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nový Zákon</td><td>40 n.l. - 100 n.l.</td><td>130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy</td><td>30 - 310 let</td><td>5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"V pravdivosti a plnosti důkazů, kterými je podepřen, je text Nového Zákona
+absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak studovat Bibli </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z
-Ducha</em></span>". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
-change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span> has to
-be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Přiklad 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Příklad 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Příklad 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>“</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>“</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Přiklad 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Přiklad 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>“</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+
not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span> but
-<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
-explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
-as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
-of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
-walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
-dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>but
+<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>“</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>“</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Příklad 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>“</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Příklad 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
-what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
-I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
-go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
-giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of
-interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Příklad 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>“</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Příklad 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>“</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>“</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>“</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
alegorií</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
-alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
-alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
-meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
-allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
-scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
-illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
-what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej
-obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+alegorií</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a alegorií"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+alegorií</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
+meaning.</em></span></p><p>Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Příklad 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Příklad 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
+what do we have?</p><p>Zcela znásilněný obraz - Bůh je neochotný bránit práva vdov, modlitebník jej
+obtěžuje atd.</p></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Příklad 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nahoru</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
-alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
-want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
-goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
-interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
-scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing
-this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
-interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
-correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
-your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
-words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Odkazy"><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
-(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
-on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
-authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
-have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
-Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
-in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
-The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
-pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
-something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
-after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
-indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
-or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
-something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
-Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
-aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
-signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
-cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
-oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono "pomazání"
-duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
-"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
-saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Jak používat konkordanci"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitola 3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</span>“</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>“</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Odkazy"><b>Odkazy. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Příklad 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Příklad 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
+them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Předcházející</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Jak používat konkordanci </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Domů</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Původní anglické znění:"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
-guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
-to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Jak studovat Bibli</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Původní anglické znění: The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Jak studovat Bibli</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Jak studovat Bibli"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Jak studovat Bibli</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Právní doložka"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Původní anglické znění:"><p class="title"><b>Původní anglické znění:</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Význam Božího Slova</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Jedinečná kniha</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kniha vdechnutá Bohem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kniha, která pracuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kniha, která osvobozuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kniha, která bojuje</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Napomenutí</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Dodatek: "Jednou provždy"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Příloha: Plány čtení Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Základy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Proč přistupujeme k Bibli</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Přístupy k Božímu Slovu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Slyšení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Čtení</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorování</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditování</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typy studia Bible</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Tématické studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studium postavy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Vysvětlující studium</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Základy správného výkladu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Obsah</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Souvislosti</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Odkazy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Jak používat konkordanci</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">K nalezení konkrétního verše</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">K tématickému studiu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">K nalezení významu jmen</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Příklad 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Příklad 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Příklad 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Přiklad 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Příklad 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Příklad 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Příklad 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Příklad 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Pravidlo 5. - Pochopení smyslu podobenství a rozdílu mezi podobenstvím a
alegorií</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Příklad 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Příklad 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Seznam tabulek</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Duchovní zbroj</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Další</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitola 1. Význam Božího Slova</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bible Study Basics</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</attribution> <para>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Bible Study Basics</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</attribution>
+ <para>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt
liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at
få liv.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde
<quote>vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</quote>; sådan er det også
med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at
-have fællesskab med Gud.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+have fællesskab med Gud.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den
-hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige,
-"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det
-kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet
-bitterligt bedraget. [...]</para>
-<para>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</para>
+
<para>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen
skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver
gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi
må møde Kristus.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title>
-<para>At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og
-udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer
-lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore
-sind.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hør</title>
-<para>Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Læs</title>
-<para>Åb.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Hør</title>
+
<para>Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Læs</title>
+
<para>Åb.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord
[...]</quote></para>
-<para>1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen
-[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studér</title>
-<para>ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i
+ <para>1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen
+[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Studér</title>
+ <para>ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i
Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt
-Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der
+Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</quote></para>
+ <para>2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der
ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Lær uden ad</title>
-<para>Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Lær uden ad</title>
+
<para>Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod
dig.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditér</title>
-<para>Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Meditér</title>
+
<para>Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag
og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til
rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for
-ham.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre
-alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de
-første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug
-for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at
-de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Emne Studie</title>
-<para>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en
+ham.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Typer af bibelstudie</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Emne Studie</title>
+ <para>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en
bibelordbog.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Person Studie</title>
-<para>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Forklarende studie</title>
-<para>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Indhold</title>
-<para>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Person Studie</title>
+
<para>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Forklarende studie</title>
+
<para>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Indhold</title>
+
<para>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær
forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Sammenhæng</title>
-<para>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen --
-passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Krydsreference</title>
-<para>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Sammenhæng</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Krydsreference</title>
+
<para>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke
sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre
skriftsteder. ææ</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at
-blive set af dem</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Når du giver</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Når du faster</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Når du beder</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at
+blive set af dem</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Når du giver</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Når du faster</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Når du beder</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong
ways of practicing our righteousness:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>gør det i det skjulte.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>osv.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>At finde et bestemt vers</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>At lave et emnestudie </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
-not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</title>
-<para>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>gør det i det skjulte.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>osv.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>At finde et bestemt vers</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>At lave et emnestudie</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</title>
+ <para>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller
hebraisk.</para>
-<para>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigajil</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Josva</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigajil</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Josva</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabas</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title>
-<para>At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie
-af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>En Bog der er Unik</title>
-<para>Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om
-året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40
-forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som
-den var skrevet af en.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis>
-sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>En Bog der er Unik</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
tekster.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Værk</entry>
-<entry>Blev skrevet</entry>
-<entry>Første Kopi</entry>
-<entry>Tidsforløb</entry><entry>Antal Kopier</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodotus</entry>
-<entry>448-428 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
-<entry>1300 år</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 e.kr.</entry><entry>110 e.kr.</entry>
-<entry>1000 år</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>80-58 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
-<entry>950 år</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
-<entry>900 år</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Det nye testamente</entry>
-<entry>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</entry><entry>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</entry> <entry>30 - 310 år</entry><entry>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Værk</entry>
+ <entry>Blev skrevet</entry>
+ <entry>Første Kopi</entry>
+ <entry>Tidsforløb</entry>
+ <entry>Antal Kopier</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodotus</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 f.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 år</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>110 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 år</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>80-58 f.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>950 år</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 år</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Det nye testamente</entry>
+ <entry>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</entry>
+ <entry>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 år</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det
Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre
-oldhistoriske prosa." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+oldhistoriske prosa."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>En bog Gud åndede</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
-Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til
-bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske,
-som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god
-gerning.</emphasis>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der
-snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle
-anliggender af tro og handling. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>En Bog der Virker</title>
-<para>
-What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible
-"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
-scripture, write down the work the Word performs.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Reference</entry>
-<entry>Handling</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef. 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved
-ordet,"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-ApG 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til
-alle dem, der er helliget. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rom. 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os,
-kan fastholde håbet.
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rom. 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres,
-kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1. Kor. 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende
-eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Matt. 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af
-brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>En bog som befrier</title>
-<para>
-Joh.8.32"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre
-jer frie.</emphasis>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et
-betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab?
-Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31.
-"<emphasis>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine
-disciple... </emphasis>" </para>
-<para>Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds
-ord.</para>
-
-<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
-wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>En Bog der Virker</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Reference</entry>
+ <entry>Handling</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved
+ordet,"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ApG 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rom. 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os,
+kan fastholde håbet.</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rom. 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres,
+kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1. Kor. 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende
+eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Matt. 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af
+brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>En bog som befrier</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
-God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para>
-<para>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Guds ord</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Guds kraft </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title>
-<para>
-Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Åndelig Rustning</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Spørgsmål</entry>
-<entry>Svar</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Hvor mange er offensive?</entry><entry>Et</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Hvile(t)? </entry><entry>ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Formaninger</title>
-<para>
-2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for
-Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig
-over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt
-sandheden.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at
-udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv
-med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres
-hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. </emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? </para>
-<para>
-Ikke kun en smule!</para>
-
-<para>
-Præd.12:11-12 "<emphasis> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i
-tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig
-advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen
-læsning bliver man træt af.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Guds ord</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Guds kraft</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>En Bog som Bekriger</title>
+ <para>Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Åndelig Rustning</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Spørgsmål</entry>
+ <entry>Svar</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hvor mange er offensive?</entry>
+ <entry>Et</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hvile(t)?</entry>
+ <entry>ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Formaninger</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?</para>
+ <para>Ikke kun en smule!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title> <para> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan
-bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4,
-eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende
-til dagen på måneden.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for
-eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene
-et kapitel om dagen.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende
+til dagen på måneden.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for
+eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene
+et kapitel om dagen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser
et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne &
Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2
-uger.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+uger.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</title>
-<para>Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af
-ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige
-betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Krydsreference</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Krydsreference</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Eksempel 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Eksempel 1A</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Eksempel 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Eksempel 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig
-til at prædike [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig
+til at prædike [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Eksempel 2A</title>
-<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
-Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Eksempel 2A</title>
+
<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+
<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Eksempel 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Eksempel 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Eksempel 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Eksempel 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Eksempel 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Eksempel 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Eksempel 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Eksempel 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Eksempel 4A</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Eksempel 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Eksempel 4B</title>
-<para>Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote></para>
-<para>5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Eksempel 4B</title>
+ <para>Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote></para>
+ <para>5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</title>
-<para>En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en
+
<para>En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en
betydning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Eksempel 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Eksempel 5A</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Eksempel 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Eksempel 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret
-under vilkårene af denne licens <link
+ <title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre
-andet er indikeret.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Abstrakt</title>
-
- <para>
- <application>Biblestudie vejledningen</application> er en guide til at
-studere Bibelen.
- </para>
- <para>
- Det er &bibletime; holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne
-til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er
-blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings
-doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den
-siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så
-hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Studér</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre
+andet er indikeret.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Abstrakt</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Studér</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og
-udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer
-lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore
-
sind.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hør"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hør</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Læs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Læs</h3></div></div></div><p>Åb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hør"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hør</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Læs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Læs</h3></div></div></div><p>Åb.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord
[...]</span>”</span></p><p>1. Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen
-[...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studér"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studér</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i
+[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studér"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studér</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i
Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt
-Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der
+Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</span>”</span></p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der
ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lær uden ad"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Lær uden ad</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod
dig.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditér"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditér</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag
og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til
rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for
-ham.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre
-alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de
-første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug
-for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at
-de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ham.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-
Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at
-blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Når du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong
-ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>
-today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gør det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at
+blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Når du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Når du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong
+ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gør det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Indhold"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær
-forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhæng</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen --
-passage
n må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Krydsreference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Indhold"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær
+forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhæng</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage
must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Krydsreference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke
sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre
skriftsteder. ææ</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Emne Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Emne Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en
bibelordbog.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Person Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Person Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Forklarende studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Forklarende studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At finde et bestemt vers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="At lave et emnestudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At Finde Betydningen af Navne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At finde et bestemt vers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At lave et emnestudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At Finde Betydningen af Navne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller
hebraisk.</p><p>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigajil</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt
liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at
-få liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde
+få liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</span>”</span>; sådan er det også
med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at
-have fællesskab med Gud.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den
-hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige,
-"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det
-kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet
-bitterligt bedraget. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen
+have fællesskab med Gud.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen
skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver
gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi
må møde Kristus.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud åndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog Gud åndede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud åndede</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud åndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog Gud åndede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud åndede</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
-Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "<span class="emphasis"><em>og nyttigt til undervisning, til
-bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske,
-som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god
-gerning.</em></span>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der
-snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle
-anliggender af tro og handling. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Formaninger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for
-Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig
-over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt
-sandheden.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at
-udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv
-med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres
-hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. </em></span>"
-</p><p>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? </p><p>
-Ikke kun en smule!</p><p>
-Præd.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i
-tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig
-advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen
-læsning bliver man træt af.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Formaninger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?</p><p>Ikke kun en smule!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog som befrier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Joh.8.32"<span class="emphasis"><em>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre
-jer frie.</em></span>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et
-betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab?
-Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31.
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine
-disciple... </em></span>" </p><p>Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds
-ord.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
-wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog som befrier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
-us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
-God.</em></span>"
Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+God.</em></span>"
Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan
-bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4,
-eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillæg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende
til dagen på måneden.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for
eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene
et kapitel om dagen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne & Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser
et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne &
Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2
-uger.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillæg: "En gang for alle" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+uger.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillæg: "En gang for alle" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Åndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Spørgsmål</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)? </td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Åndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Åndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Spørgsmål</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)?</td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der Virker"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p>
-What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
-scripture, write down the work the Word performs.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
-</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved
-ordet,"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-ApG 20:32
-</td><td>
-opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til
-alle dem, der er helliget. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rom. 15:4
-</td><td>
-trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os,
-kan fastholde håbet.
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rom. 10:17
-</td><td>
-giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres,
-kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1. Kor. 10:11
-</td><td>
-vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende
-eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Matt. 4:4
-</td><td>
-næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af
-brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud åndede </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der Virker"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved
+ordet,"</td></tr><tr><td>ApG 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os,
+kan fastholde håbet.</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 10:17</td><td>giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres,
+kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."</td></tr><tr><td>1. Kor. 10:11</td><td>vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende
+eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt. 4:4</td><td>næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af
+brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud åndede </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie
-af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.</p><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der er Unik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om
-året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40
-forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som
-den var skrevet af en.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-velbevarethed. I <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span>
-sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud åndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der er Unik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
tekster.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
-tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Værk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Første Kopi</th><th>Tidsforløb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 år</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 år</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 år</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 år</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 år</td><td>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Værk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Første Kopi</th><th>Tidsforløb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 år</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 år</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 år</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 år</td><td>5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det
Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre
-oldhistoriske prosa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog Gud åndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+oldhistoriske prosa."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En bog Gud åndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Eksempel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
-Spirit."</em></span>
In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han bærer dig på stærke arme...</span>”</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>”</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">han bærer dig på stærke arme...</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>En allegori er: <span class="emphasis"><em>En historie hvor hvert element har en
betydning.</em></span></p><p>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Eksempel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory?
</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af
-ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige
-
betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Krydsreference"><b>Krydsreference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Krydsreference"><b>Krydsreference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Eksempel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig
til at prædike [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt Biblestudie vejledningen er en guide til at studere Bibelen. Det er BibleTime holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Retslig note"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret
-under vilkårene af denne licens "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre
-andet er indikeret.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p>
- <span class="application">Biblestudie vejledningen</span> er en guide til at
-studere Bibelen.
- </p><p>
- Det er <span class="application">BibleTime</span> holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne
-til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er
-blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings
-doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den
-siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så
-hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studér, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Retslig note"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre
+andet er indikeret.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud åndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hør</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Læs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studér</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lær uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditér</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabelliste</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
tekster.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Åndelig Rustning</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">næste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Joh. 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin;
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Joh. 5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin;
und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass
ihr das Leben hättet.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther
sagte <quote>Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen</quote>; genauso
ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen,
-sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift
-gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He
-who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of
-the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier
-wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]</para>
-<para>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck,
+
<para>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift
+gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He who
+has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the
+world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie
+schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]</para>
+
<para>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck,
nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn
wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie
Christus zu finden.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title>
-<para>Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title>
+
<para>Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren
und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über
die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und
-verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hören</title>
-<para>Lukas 11,28 <quote>Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort
+verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Hören</title>
+
<para>Lukas 11,28 <quote>Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort
Gottes hören und es befolgen.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lesen</title>
-<para>Offenbarung 1,3 <quote>Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Lesen</title>
+
<para>Offenbarung 1,3 <quote>Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer
sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist
nahe.</quote></para>
-<para>1. Timotheus 4,13 <quote>Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne
-und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studium</title>
-<para>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <quote>Diese waren freundlicher als die in
+ <para>1. Timotheus 4,13 <quote>Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne
+und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Studium</title>
+ <para>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <quote>Diese waren freundlicher als die in
Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten
Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so
-verhielte.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2. Timotheus 2,15 <quote>Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich
+verhielte.</quote></para>
+ <para>2. Timotheus 2,15 <quote>Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich
vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht,
als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Auswendiglernen</title>
-<para>Psalm 119,11 <quote>Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Auswendiglernen</title>
+
<para>Psalm 119,11 <quote>Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich
nicht sündige.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Nachdenken</title>
-<para>Psalm 1,1-3 <quote>Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, /
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Nachdenken</title>
+
<para>Psalm 1,1-3 <quote>Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, /
nicht auf dem Weg der Sünder geht, nicht im Kreis der Spötter sitzt, sondern
Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag
und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der
zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles,
-was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle
+was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote></para>
+ <para>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle
Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir
irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein
Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und
-lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise
-wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Thematische Studie</title>
-<para>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter
+lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der
+Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Thematische Studie</title>
+ <para>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter
Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Charakterstudie</title>
-<para>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Charakterstudie</title>
+
<para>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in
1. Mose 37-50</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Textauszugsstudie</title>
-<para>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhalt</title>
-<para>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Textauszugsstudie</title>
+
<para>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Inhalt</title>
+
<para>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien
Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt
wird.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Kontext</title>
-<para>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst
-die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten
-Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Querverweise</title>
-<para>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Kontext</title>
+ <para>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heißt die Devise -
+der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten
+Buches Sinn ergeben.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Querverweise</title>
+
<para>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott
widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere
Stellen bestehen.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title>
-<para>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text
-durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach
-dem Vers, der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie
-fertig sind? Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen
-heraussuchen und dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses
-passen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die
-Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title>
+ <para>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich
+durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers,
+der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig
+gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des
+Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des
+Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie
+ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
<para>Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text
irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt?
<emphasis>Unsere Absichten!</emphasis> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln
diesen Gedanken?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Wenn Sie spenden</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Wenn Sie fasten</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Wenn Sie beten</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Wenn Sie spenden</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Wenn Sie fasten</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Wenn Sie beten</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es
vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Wenn Sie geben <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das <quote>vor
-sich herposaunen lassen</quote>?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>usw.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses
-heraus.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Finden Sie diese Verse: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </title>
-<para>Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort
-"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der
-Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann
-könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen nachschlagen
-, z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "kaufen" oder
-"erkauft." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</title>
-<para>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <quote>Richtet
-nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Korinther 2,15
-(Lutherbibel von 1545) <quote>Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von
-niemand gerichtet.</quote> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei
-verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten"
-im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine
-Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische
-Wort. Schreiben Sie es auf.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT,
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Wenn Sie geben <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das
+<quote>vor sich herausposaunen</quote> lassen?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>usw.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses
+heraus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Finden Sie diese Verse: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Eine thematische Studie durchführen</title>
+ <para>Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort "Erlösung" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie das
+Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen
+nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen
+Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld", sogar "kaufen" oder
+"erkauft".</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</title>
+ <para>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 <quote>Richtet nicht,
+damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Kor 2,15 <quote>Der
+Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.</quote>
+entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische
+Wörter, die beide mit "richten"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen
+ab jetzt Strongnummern).</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine
+Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische
+Wort. Schreiben Sie sie auf.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT,
also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch
ist). Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und
-Sie haben ihre Antwort! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</title>
-<para>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder
+Sie haben Ihre Antwort!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</title>
+ <para>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder
Hebräischen Namen finden.</para>
-<para>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Josua</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Josua</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabas</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title>
-<para>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes
-Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott
-kommunizieren zu lernen.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</title>
-<para>Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title>
+ <para>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes
+Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten,
+mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</title>
+ <para>Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig
bezüglich:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen
-Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der
-Bestseller.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40
-verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest
-sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament
-Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit
-anderen altertümlichen Texten:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Werk</entry>
-<entry>Erstellungszeit</entry>
-<entry>Erstausgabe</entry>
-<entry>Zeitspanne</entry><entry>Anzahl von Kopien</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodot</entry>
-<entry>448-428 v.Chr..</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry>
-<entry>1300 Jahre</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>1100 n.Chr.</entry>
-<entry>1000 Jahre</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 v.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry>
-<entry>950 Jahre</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</entry><entry>900 n.Chr.</entry>
-<entry>900 Jahre</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Neues Testament</entry>
-<entry>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</entry><entry>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</entry> <entry>30 - 310 Jahre</entry><entry>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis>,
-die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert
-usw. Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350
-n.Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten
-Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des
-Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie
-miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen
+Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche
+Bestseller.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40
+verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest
+sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament
+Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit
+anderen altertümlichen Texten:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Werk</entry>
+ <entry>Erstellungszeit</entry>
+ <entry>Erstausgabe</entry>
+ <entry>Zeitspanne</entry>
+ <entry>Anzahl von Kopien</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodot</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 v.Chr..</entry>
+ <entry>900 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 Jahre</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 Jahre</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 v.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>950 Jahre</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 Jahre</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Neues Testament</entry>
+ <entry>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 Jahre</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis> existieren, die
+erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für
+das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350
+n.Chr. datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des
+Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von
+130 n.Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu
+vergleichen? 5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
Bd. 1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <emphasis>Questions of
-Life</emphasis> S. 25-26</attribution><para>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text
+Life</emphasis> S. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text
des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen
-alten Prosaschriften." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4,12 <quote> Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und
-kräftig...</quote></emphasis>, Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt. 4,4), <quote>Er
-aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom
-Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht."
-</quote></emphasis> Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in
-unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art.
-</para>
-<para>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <emphasis><quote>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott
-eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</quote></emphasis> Glauben Sie das?
-Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in
-Betracht. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </attribution><para>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als
-Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte
-sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte
-einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des
-Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat
-von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was
-er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 &
-Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes
-ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es
-genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei
-Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie
-'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet'
-(2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise
-gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch
-haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen
-Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden
-Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das
-Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen
-an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus
-selbst ihn gelehrt hat. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <emphasis><quote>ist nütze zur Lehre,
-zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass
-der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk
-geschickt. </quote></emphasis> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel
-wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie
-unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title>
-<para>
-Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt,
-dass die Bibel <emphasis><quote> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr
-glaubet.</quote> </emphasis> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit
-nieder, die das Wort durchführt.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Referenz</entry>
-<entry>Zweck</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Epheser 5,26
-</entry>
-<entry>es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im
-Wort...</quote>
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Apostelgeschichte 20,32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der
+alten Prosaschriften."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb 4,12</emphasis> "<emphasis>Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig
+und kräftig...</emphasis>" Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt 4,4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein,
+sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'</emphasis>"
+Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein
+zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art.</para>
+ <para>2. Tim 3:16 erklärt "<emphasis>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben
+[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</emphasis>" Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten,
+ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95</attribution>
+ <para>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache
+voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er
+konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er
+konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des
+Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie
+fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und
+zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6
+& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen
+Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift
+erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten
+vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die
+Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben
+Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder
+in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen
+Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um
+das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer
+sprachen. Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen
+abzulenken. ...</para>
+ <para>Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes
+Zeuge. Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund,
+warum Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus
+Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: " <emphasis>ist nütze zur Lehre, zur
+Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der
+Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </emphasis>"
+Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird
+die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des
+Glaubens und Wandels ist.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title>
+ <para>Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt,
+dass die Bibel "<emphasis>auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</emphasis>"
+Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Referenz</entry>
+ <entry>Zweck</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Epheser 5,26</entry>
+ <entry>es reinigt -- <quote>[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im
+Wort...</quote></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Apostelgeschichte 20,32</entry>
+ <entry>es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der
da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die
-geheiligt sind. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Römer 15,4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-es ermutigt -- <quote>Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre
+geheiligt sind. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Römer 15,4</entry>
+ <entry>es ermutigt -- <quote>Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre
geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung
-haben. </quote>
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Römer 10,17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-es gibt Glauben -- <quote>So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen
-aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote>
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1. Korinther 10,11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-es warnt -- <quote> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber
-geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote>
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Matthäus 4,4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-Nahrung -- <quote>Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der
+haben. </quote></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Römer 10,17</entry>
+ <entry>es gibt Glauben -- <quote>So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen
+aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1. Korinther 10,11</entry>
+ <entry>es warnt -- <quote> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber
+geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote></entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Matthäus 4,4</entry>
+ <entry>Nahrung -- <quote>Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der
Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem
-Wort Gottes geht."</quote>
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title>
-<para>
-Joh. 8,32 "<emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit wird
-euch frei machen.</emphasis>" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst
+Wort Gottes geht."</quote></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title>
+ <para>Joh. 8,32 " <emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit
+wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>" Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst
zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es
Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus,
-indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "<emphasis>Wenn
-ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig meine
-Jünger...</emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der
+indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, "
+<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig
+meine Jünger...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der
Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</para>
-
-<para>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint
-einen <emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>. <emphasis>Als Folge sind wir
+ <para>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint
+einen "<emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>". "<emphasis>Als Folge sind wir
nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von
-jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der
+jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der
Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der
-Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <quote>weggeblasen werden</quote>.</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <quote>Ihr irrt, weil
-ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</quote></emphasis>
-Matthäus 22,29</para>
-<para>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Gottes Wort</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Gottes Kraft </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title>
-<para>
-Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Geistliche Rüstung</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Frage</entry>
-<entry>Antwort</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</entry><entry>Eins</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Welche? </entry><entry>das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Ermahnungen</title>
-<para>
-2. Thimotheus 2,15<emphasis><quote>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu
-erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort
-der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</quote></emphasis>
-</para>
-<para>
-Kollosser 3,16<emphasis><quote> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch
+Folge, dass wir nicht leicht "weggeblasen werden".</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen,</emphasis>
+"<emphasis>Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft
+Gottes.</emphasis>" Matthäus 22,29</para>
+ <para>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gottes Wort</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gottes Kraft</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title>
+ <para>Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Geistliche Rüstung</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Frage</entry>
+ <entry>Antwort</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</entry>
+ <entry>Eins</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Welche?</entry>
+ <entry>das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Ermahnungen</title>
+ <para>2. Timotheus 2,15 "<emphasis>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen
+als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der
+Wahrheit recht austeilt.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Kolosser 3,16 " <emphasis>Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch
wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen,
Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren
-Herzen. </quote></emphasis>
-</para>
-
-<para>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </para>
-<para>
-Nicht wenig!</para>
-
-<para>
-Prediger 12,11-12 "<emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und wie
-eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem Hirten
-gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des vielen
-Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib
-müde. </emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote></title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus
+Herzen.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?</para>
+ <para>Nicht wenig!</para>
+ <para>Prediger 12,11-12 " <emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und
+wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem
+Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des
+vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib
+müde.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote></title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus
wird durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch
das Adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> und
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. Es wird normalerweise mit "einmal"
oder "ein für allemal" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von "einmal für immer"
-[<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version" eng. "once", "once
+[<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version") engl. "once", "once
for all" kann auch als "endgültig" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für
das benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und
es wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich
-bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen
+bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen
überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt "<emphasis>Denn was er gestorben
ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</emphasis>" (Römer
-6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28). </para> <para>
-Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das
-Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche
-Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt
-sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus
-zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten
+6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28).</para>
+ <para>Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und
+dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die
+christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in
+Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne
+abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten
[<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die
-protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den
-Ergänzungen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den
-Ergänzungen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren
-waren <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> für die Autorität und
+protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das
+Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das
+Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren
+waren <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> für unsere Autorität und
<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title> <para> Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title>
+ <para>Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu
lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit
#4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch
-zu halten.
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage
-die Woche.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche,
-dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall
+zu halten.</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage
+die Woche.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche,
+dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall
von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140
-lesen.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und
-Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich
+lesen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und
+Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich
ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie
-das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title>
-<para>Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title>
+ <para>Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext
(="context") und Querverweise (="cross-reference"). Wir möchten dies nun
-durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der
+durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel
es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!)
herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind,
-ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass
-keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 <quote>Und das
-sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache
-eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die
-korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben
-Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten
-gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu
-verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch
-die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</quote></para>
-
-<para>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines
-Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre
+ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies
+dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20
+<quote>Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der
+Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln
+können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung
+dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große
+Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge
+schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen
+verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen
+Verdammnis.</quote></para>
+
<para>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines
+Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre
Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung
-ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</title>
-<para>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein
+Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</title>
+
<para>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein
können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte
Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte
befolgen:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Bestimmung</title>
-
<para>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch-
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Bestimmung</title>
+ <para>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch-
Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Querverweise</title>
- <para>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische
-oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird,
-kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor
-das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen
-auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum
-müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche
-Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das
-selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter
-verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Querverweise</title>
+ <para>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder
+hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann
+die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe
+Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten
+Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten
+geben. Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist
+das deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches
+Wort in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen
+Wörter verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben
können.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Beispiel 1A</title>
-<para>Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>"Rühre mich nicht an"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? Es
-klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden
-ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Beispiel 1A</title>
+
<para>Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>"Rühre mich nicht an"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? Es
+klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er auferstanden
+ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das scheint nicht
richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The
Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)
nachschlagen.</para>
-
-<para>Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem
+ <para>Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem
Wort "Rühre" "pim680". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil der
Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die
Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). "680. Haptomai; von hapto (681),
-berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf
-einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584),
-was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen wir nun
-"pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der
+berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf
+dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao
+(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen
+wir nun "pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der
Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für "Präsens Imperativ Aktiv
(80)" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht "Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen
Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine
andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist,
ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden." Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl,
-so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir
-nun herausgefunden?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn
-nicht weiter festhalten solle!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Beispiel 1B</title>
-<para>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <emphasis>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden,
+so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben
+wir nun herausgefunden?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn
+nicht weiter festhalten solle!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Beispiel 1B</title>
+ <para>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <emphasis>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden,
der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben</emphasis>. Was meint dieses
salben?</para>
-<para>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein
+ <para>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein
anderes griechisches Wort, das mit "salben" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) -
-"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder
+"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder
religiösen Dienst" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus
in Betracht, "apta" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. "Das Aorist Partizip drückt
einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die
Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine
-Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. " (Zodhiates
+Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet." (Zodhiates
S. 851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Querverweise für aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen
-und Jesus zu salben.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie
-mit dem Öl.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Querverweise für chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk 4,18 <quote>Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Querverweise für aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen
+und Jesus zu salben.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie
+mit dem Öl.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Querverweise für chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk 4,18 <quote>Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich
gesalbt. Er hat mich gesandt, damit ich den Armen eine gute Nachricht
-bringe...</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist
-und mit Kraft</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut
+bringe...</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist
+und mit Kraft</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut
die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede:
-<emphasis>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE
-GEISTLICHE</emphasis>.</para>
-
-<para>Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl
+<emphasis>"aleipho" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und "chrio" eine
+geistliche</emphasis>.</para>
+ <para>Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl
hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den
von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden
-säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.
-</para>
-<para>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14
-anwenden <emphasis><quote>Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die
+säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.</para>
+ <para>Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus
+5,14 anwenden <emphasis>"Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die
Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im
-Namen des Herrn.</quote></emphasis> Ist hier <quote>salben</quote> geistlich
-oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</para>
-<para>
-Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit
+Namen des Herrn."</emphasis> Ist hier "salben" geistlich oder praktisch
+gemeint? Praktisch!</para>
+ <para>Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit
"gesalbt haben" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und dann
des Gebets ("Im Namen des Herrn" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das
Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben
-und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das
-wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem
-Gott aus?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title>
-<para>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu
+und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht das wunderbare
+Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei unseremGott aus?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title>
+ <para>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu
erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des
Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht,
so ist sie fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem,
was wir zur richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der
-Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung
-des Textes ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter
-nachforschen.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Beispiel 2A</title>
-<para>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5
-<emphasis><quote>geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</quote></emphasis> Im
-Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</para>
-<para>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von
+Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt,
+nach dem wir den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben,
+müssen wir weiter nachforschen.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Beispiel 2A</title>
+
<para>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5
+<emphasis>"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist"</emphasis> betrachtet. Im Bezug
+auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</para>
+
<para>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von
Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem
-plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre
+plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre
Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, "geboren aus
Wasser" = natürliche Geburt.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Beispiel 2B</title>
-<para>1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der
-Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von
-1. Korinther 11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet
-[...]</quote> genommen werden.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Beispiel 2C</title>
-<para>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und
-jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer
-Sünden [...]"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der
-einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies
-folgern. Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass
-Wiedergeburt durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders
-auslegen. Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das
-Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu
-werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>"Denn
-Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu
-verkünden"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title>
-<para>
-Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Beispiel 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der
+Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther
+11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</quote>
+gesehen werden.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Beispiel 2C</title>
+ <para>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und jeder
+lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden
+[...]"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige Vers
+der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem
+Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den
+Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt
+seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn
+die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in
+1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>"Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu
+taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title>
+ <para>Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote>,
sondern <quote>Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</quote>;
später können wir fragen <quote>Was bedeutet es für mich?</quote>. Wir
müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der
Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Beispiel 3A</title><para> "3 Tage & 3 Nächte" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer "Mittwochs
-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie
-konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und
-trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen
-von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu
-erklären.</para>
-<para>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Beispiel 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 Tage & 3 Nächte</quote> (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer
+"Mittwochs-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders zum Kult des
+Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen
+auferstehen und trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)?
+Genaue Bedeutungen von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren
+Widerspruch zu erklären.</para>
+ <para>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil
eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir
sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben
-Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es
+Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es
jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage
-begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h =
-1. Tag. Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag
-vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts
-hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Beispiel 3B</title><para>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von
+begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr =
+Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis
+Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen
+Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Beispiel 3B</title>
+ <para>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von
Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale
-Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner
+Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner
gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf
sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber
-in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag
-macht.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen
+Vertrag macht.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</title>
-<para>Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich
+
<para>Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich
sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Beispiel 4A</title>
-<para><quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23.</para>
-<para>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Beispiel 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt. 6,23.</para>
+ <para>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht
weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch mehr zu
verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach steht!
Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.</para>
-<para>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, "böses Auge". Lasst uns
-andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 "<emphasis>Oder
-habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst
-du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. "gut"]
-bin?</emphasis>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu haben, ein Idiom für
-geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen,
-wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Beispiel 4B</title>
-<para>Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote></para>
-<para>
-Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um
-nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen
-davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden
-können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) forderte eine Gruppe von
-Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin
-forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4
+ <para>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <quote>böses
+Auge</quote>. Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen:
+Mt. 20,15 " <emphasis>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will,
+mit dem was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so
+gütig [wörtl. "gut"] bin?</emphasis>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu
+haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück
+zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang
+passt.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Beispiel 4B</title>
+ <para>Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote></para>
+ <para>Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um
+nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen
+davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können
+just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von
+Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin
+forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4
<quote>Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben
-unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W.M. folgerte "Mit den selben Regeln der
-Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist,
-haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist." Die Mormonen
-mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
+unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W. M. folgerte <quote>Mit denselben Regeln
+der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch
+ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</quote>. Die
+Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position
+begriffen.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title>
-<para>Eine Allegorie ist <emphasis>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine
+
<para>Eine Allegorie ist <emphasis>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine
Bedeutung hat.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</para>
-
-<para>Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des
+ <para>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</para>
+ <para>Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des
Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen
und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern
einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist
-gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht
-werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren
-Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich
-verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Beispiel 5A</title>
-<para>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese
+gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so
+gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre
+aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese
+zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Beispiel 5A</title>
+
<para>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese
Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Üb.: im
Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie
verwandeln, was haben wir dann?</para>
-<para>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die
-Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Beispiel 5B</title>
-<para>Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der
-springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie? </para>
-<para>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der
+ <para>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die
+Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Beispiel 5B</title>
+ <para>Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der
+springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?</para>
+ <para>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der
vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht
-haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt,
-nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit
+dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>Das BibleTime-Team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Das Team von &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist
-unter die Bestimmungen der <link
+ <title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>Das BibleTime-Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist
+unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link> Lizenz gestellt.
- </para>
- <para>
- <emphasis>Anm. des Übersetzers:</emphasis> Der deutsche Text der
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink> gestellt.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Anm. des Übersetzers:</emphasis> Der deutsche Text der
Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984
-entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Zusammenfassung</title>
-
- <para>
- Die <application>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy
-HowTo)</application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.
- </para>
- <para>
- Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser
+entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Zusammenfassung</title>
+ <para>Die <application>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy
+HowTo)</application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.</para>
+ <para>Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser
zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen
hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine
-bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die
-Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung
-herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht
-enttäuschen.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bibel</keyword>
- <keyword>Studium</keyword>
- <keyword>Anleitung</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen,
+dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie
+mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr
+Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bibel</keyword>
+ <keyword>Studium</keyword>
+ <keyword>Anleitung</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Annäherung an Gottes Wort</h2></div></div></div><p>Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren
und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über
die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und
-verfestigt d
ie Worte in unseren Köpfen.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hören"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort
+verfestigt d
as Wort in unseren Köpfen.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hören"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hören</h3></div></div></div><p>Lukas 11,28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er erwiderte: Selig sind vielmehr die, die das Wort
Gottes hören und es befolgen.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lesen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lesen</h3></div></div></div><p>Offenbarung 1,3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Selig, wer diese prophetischen Worte vorliest und wer
sie hört und wer sich an das hält, was geschrieben ist; denn die Zeit ist
nahe.</span>“</span></p><p>1. Timotheus 4,13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Lies ihnen eifrig (aus der Schrift) vor, ermahne
-und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in
+und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studium</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 17,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Diese waren freundlicher als die in
Thessalonich; mit großer Bereitschaft nahmen sie das Wort auf und forschten
Tag für Tag in den Schriften nach, ob sich dies wirklich so
-verhielte.</span>“</span>
-</p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich
+verhielte.</span>“</span></p><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemüh [in der engl. KJV `Study'] dich darum, dich
vor Gott zu bewähren als ein Arbeiter, der sich nicht zu schämen braucht,
als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Auswendiglernen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Auswendiglernen</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 119,11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ich berge deinen Spruch im Herzen, damit ich gegen dich
nicht sündige.</span>“</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Nachdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Nachdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Psalm 1,1-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wohl dem Mann, der nicht dem Rat der Frevler folgt, /
Freude hat an der Weisung des Herrn, über seine Weisung nachsinnt bei Tag
und bei Nacht. Er ist wie ein Baum, der an Wasserbächen gepflanzt ist, der
zur rechten Zeit seine Frucht bringt und dessen Blätter nicht welken. Alles,
-was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span>
-</p><p>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle
+was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</span>“</span></p><p>Die Seeleute verdeutlichen dies, indem sie sagen, dass der Daumen alle
Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir
irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein
Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und
-lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise
-
wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der
+
Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arten des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text
-durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach
-dem Vers, der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie
-fertig sind? Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen
-heraussuchen und dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses
-passen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die
-Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“</span>? Gibt der Text
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich
+durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers,
+der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig
+gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des
+Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des
+Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie
+
ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen</p></li></ol></div><p>Was bedeutet <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</span>“</span>? Gibt der Text
irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Unsere Absichten!</em></span> Welche Unterüberschriften behandeln
diesen Gedanken?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie spenden</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie fasten</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie beten</p></li></ol></div><p>Füllen Sie jetzt die Übersicht mit spezifischen Anweisungen, wie man es
-vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie geben </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">vor
-
sich herposaunen lassen</span>“</span>?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Wenn Sie geben </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das
+
<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">vor sich herausposaunen</span>“</span> lassen?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Tun Sie es im Verborgenen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>usw.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhalt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhalt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhalt</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagt der Text aus? Was sagt er in der ursprünglichen Sprache aus? Seien
Sie vorsichtig mit Definitionen. Lesen Sie nicht hinein, was nicht gesagt
-wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kontext"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst
-die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten
-
Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Querverweise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott
+wird.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kontext"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Kontext</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heißt die Devise -
+der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten
+
Buches Sinn ergeben.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Querverweise"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Querverweise</h3></div></div></div><p>Was sagen andere Verse über dieses Thema im Rest der Bibel aus? Gott
widerspricht sich nicht, deshalb muss unsere Auslegung den Test durch andere
Stellen bestehen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arten des Bibelstudiums </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Thematische Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arten des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arten des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arten des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Arten des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Thematische Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Thematische Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Suchen Sie sich ein bestimmtes Thema heraus und folgen Sie ihm unter
Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Charakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Charakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Studieren des Lebens einer Person der Bibel, z.B. Josephs Leben in
1. Mose 37-50</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Textauszugsstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Textauszugsstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annäherung an Gottes Wort </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses
-heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Eine thematische Studie durchführen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen </h3></div></div></div><p>Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort
-"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der
-Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann
-könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen nachschlagen
-, z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar "kaufen" oder
-"erkauft." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Richtet
-nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“</span> und 1. Korinther 2,15
-(Lutherbibel von 1545) <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von
-niemand gerichtet.</span>“</span> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei
-verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten"
-im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine
-Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische
-Wort. Schreiben Sie es auf.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses
+heraus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden.</p></li></ol></div><p>Finden Sie diese Verse: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</span>“</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</span>“</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Eine thematische Studie durchführen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Eine thematische Studie durchführen</h3></div></div></div><p>Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort "Erlösung" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie das
+Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen
+nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen
+Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld", sogar "kaufen" oder
+"erkauft".</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</h3></div></div></div><p>Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Richtet nicht,
+damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</span>“</span> und 1. Kor 2,15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der
+Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.</span>“</span>
+entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische
+Wörter, die beide mit "richten"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen
+ab jetzt Strongnummern).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine
+Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische
+Wort. Schreiben Sie sie auf.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT,
also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch
ist). Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und
-Sie haben
ihre Antwort! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder
+Sie haben
Ihre Antwort!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit den selben Schritten können wir die Bedeutung von griechischen oder
Hebräischen Namen finden.</p><p>Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin;
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Annäherung an Gottes Wort"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ihr sucht in der Schrift, denn ihr meint, ihr habt das ewige Leben darin;
und sie ist's die von mir zeugt; aber ihr wollt nicht zu mir kommen, dass
-ihr das Leben hättet.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh. 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther
+ihr das Leben hättet.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh. 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>Die Hauptabsicht des Buches ist es uns zur Person zu bringen. Martin Luther
sagte <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Wir gehen nur zur Wiege um des Kindes willen</span>“</span>; genauso
ist es mit dem Bibelstudium, wir tun es nicht um unser selbst willen,
-sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift
-gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He
-who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of
-the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier
-wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck,
+sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift
+gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He who
+has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the
+world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie
+schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]</p><p>Es gibt weder Verdienst noch Profit beim Lesen der Schrift als Selbstzweck,
nur wenn sie uns wirkungsvoll auf Jesus Christus hinführt. Jedesmal wenn
wenn wir die Bibel lesen, brauchen wir die eifrige Erwartung, durch sie
Christus zu finden.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4,12 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und
-kräftig...</span>“</span></em></span>, Jesus sagte <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt. 4,4), <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er
-aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der Mensch lebt nicht vom
-Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht."
-</span>“</span></em></span> Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in
-unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art.
-</p><p>2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn alle Schrift, von Gott
-eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</span>“</span></em></span> Glauben Sie das?
-Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in
-Betracht. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als
-Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte
-sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte
-einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des
-Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat
-von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was
-er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 &
-Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes
-ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es
-genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei
-Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie
-'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet'
-(2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise
-gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch
-haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen
-Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden
-Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ...
-</p><p>
-Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das
-Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen
-an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus
-selbst ihn gelehrt hat. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ist nütze zur Lehre,
-zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass
-der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk
-geschickt. </span>“</span></em></span> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel
-wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie
-unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des Glaubens und Wandels ist. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb 4,12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig
+und kräftig...</em></span>" Jesus sagte <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4,4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein,
+sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'</em></span>"
+Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein
+zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art.</p><p>2. Tim 3:16 erklärt "<span class="emphasis"><em>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben
+[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</em></span>" Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten,
+ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache
+voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er
+konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er
+konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des
+Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie
+fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und
+zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6
+& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen
+Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift
+erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten
+vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die
+Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben
+Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder
+in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen
+Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um
+das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer
+sprachen. Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen
+abzulenken. ...</p><p>Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes
+Zeuge. Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund,
+warum Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus
+Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: " <span class="emphasis"><em>ist nütze zur Lehre, zur
+Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der
+Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </em></span>"
+Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird
+die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des
+Glaubens und Wandels ist.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das arbeitet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ermahnungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2. Thimotheus 2,15<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu
-erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort
-der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</span>“</span></em></span>
-</p><p>
-Kollosser 3,16<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ermahnungen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ermahnungen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ermahnungen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Ermahnungen</h2></div></div></div><p>2. Timotheus 2,15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen
+als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der
+Wahrheit recht austeilt.</em></span>"</p><p>Kolosser 3,16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch
wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen,
Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren
-Herzen. </span>“</span></em></span>
-</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon? </p><p>
-Nicht wenig!</p><p>
-Prediger 12,11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und wie
-eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem Hirten
-gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des vielen
-Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib
-müde. </em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Herzen.</em></span>"</p><p>Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?</p><p>Nicht wenig!</p><p>Prediger 12,11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und
+wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem
+Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des
+vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib
+müde.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Joh. 8,32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit wird
-euch frei machen.</em></span>" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich selbst
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das befreit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das befreit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Ein Buch, das befreit</h2></div></div></div><p>Joh. 8,32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit
+wird euch frei machen.</em></span>" Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst
zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es
Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus,
-indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "<span class="emphasis"><em>Wenn
-ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig meine
-Jünger...</em></span>"</p><p>Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der
-Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</p><p>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint
-einen <span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>. <span class="emphasis"><em>Als Folge sind wir
+indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig
+meine Jünger...</em></span>"</p><p>Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der
+Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht.</p><p>Das griechische Wort für "Wind", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint
+einen "<span class="emphasis"><em>gewaltsamen Wind</em></span>". "<span class="emphasis"><em>Als Folge sind wir
nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von
-jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der
+jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</em></span>". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der
Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der
-Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">weggeblasen werden</span>“</span>.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ihr irrt, weil
-ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</span>“</span></em></span>
-Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Folge, dass wir nicht leicht "weggeblasen werden".</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen,</em></span>
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft
+Gottes.</em></span>" Matthäus 22,29</p><p>Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Wort</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gottes Kraft</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das arbeitet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: „Einer für Alle“</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus
wird durch ein Wort des Griechischen Testamentes ausgedrückt, nämlich durch
das Adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> und
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. Es wird normalerweise mit "einmal"
oder "ein für allemal" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von "einmal für immer"
-[<span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version" eng. "once", "once
+[<span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. d. Übers.: (in der "Authorized Version") engl. "once", "once
for all" kann auch als "endgültig" übersetzt werden</em></span>]. Es wird für
das benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und
es wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich
-bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen
+bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen
überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt "<span class="emphasis"><em>Denn was er gestorben
ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</em></span>" (Römer
-6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28). </p><p>
-Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das
-Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche
-Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt
-sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus
-zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten
+6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28).</p><p>Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und
+dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die
+christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in
+Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne
+abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten
[<span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen</em></span>] wurde die
-protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den
-Ergänzungen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den
-Ergänzungen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren
-waren <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> für die Autorität und
+protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das
+Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das
+Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren
+waren <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span> für unsere Autorität und
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> für unsere Erlösung.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ermahnungen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Anhang: Bibellesepläne</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p> Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Anhang: „Einer für Alle“"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Anhang: Bibellesepläne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Anhang: Bibellesepläne</h2></div></div></div><p>Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu
lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit
#4 oder #2 mit #5. Verändern Sie den Leseplan von Jahr zu Jahr um ihn frisch
-zu halten.
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage
+zu halten.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage
die Woche.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p> Die Sprüche in einem Monat: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel der Sprüche,
dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Die Psalmen in einem Monat: Lesen Sie täglich 5 Psalmen in einem Intervall
von 30, am 20. müssten Sie zum Beispiel die Psalmen 20,50,80,110 & 140
lesen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalme & Sprüche in 6 Monaten: Lesen Sie sich durch die Psalmen und
Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Das alte Testament ohne Psalmen und Sprüchen in 2 Jahren: Wenn Sie täglich
ein Kapitel lesen und wenn sie die Psalmen und Sprüche auslassen, werden Sie
-das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>Eins</td></tr><tr><td>Welche? </td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Ermahnungen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</h2></div></div></div><p>Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.3. Geistliche Rüstung</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geistliche Rüstung" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Frage</th><th>Antwort</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?</td><td>Eins</td></tr><tr><td>Welche?</td><td>das Wort - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das befreit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ermahnungen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt,
-dass die Bibel <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr
-glaubet.</span>“</span> </em></span> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit
-nieder, die das Wort durchführt.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26
-</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im
-Wort...</span>“</span>
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Apostelgeschichte 20,32
-</td><td>
-es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Ein Buch, das befreit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das arbeitet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Ein Buch, das arbeitet</h2></div></div></div><p>Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt,
+dass die Bibel "<span class="emphasis"><em>auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</em></span>"
+Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.2. Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referenz</th><th>Zweck</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Epheser 5,26</td><td>es reinigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] Er hat sie gereinigt durch das Wasserbad im
+Wort...</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Apostelgeschichte 20,32</td><td>es erbaut -- " Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der
da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die
-geheiligt sind. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Römer 15,4
-</td><td>
-es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre
+geheiligt sind. "</td></tr><tr><td>Römer 15,4</td><td>es ermutigt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Denn was zuvor geschrieben ist, dass ist uns zur Lehre
geschrieben, damit wir durch Geduld und den Trost der Schrift Hoffnung
-haben. </span>“</span>
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Römer 10,17
-</td><td>
-es gibt Glauben -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen
-aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span>
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1. Korinther 10,11
-</td><td>
-es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber
-geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span>
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Matthäus 4,4
-</td><td>
-Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der
+haben. </span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Römer 10,17</td><td>es gibt Glauben -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">So kommt der Glaube aus der Predigt, das Predigen
+aber durch das Wort Christi.</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>1. Korinther 10,11</td><td>es warnt -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Die wiederfuhr ihnen als ein Vorbild. Es ist aber
+geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</span>“</span></td></tr><tr><td>Matthäus 4,4</td><td>Nahrung -- <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er aber antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: "Der
Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem
-Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span>
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Wort Gottes geht."</span>“</span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das befreit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes
-Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott
-kommunizieren zu lernen.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig
-bezüglich:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen
-Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der
-Bestseller.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40
-verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest
-sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament
-Documents Reliable?</em></span> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit
-anderen altertümlichen Texten:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischem Krieg</em></span>,
-die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert
-usw. Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350
-n.Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten
-Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des
-Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie
-miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes
+Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten,
+mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig
+bezüglich:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen
+Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche
+Bestseller.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40
+verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest
+sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament
+Documents Reliable?</em></span> die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit
+anderen altertümlichen Texten:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabelle 1.1. Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Erstellungszeit</th><th>Erstausgabe</th><th>Zeitspanne</th><th>Anzahl von Kopien</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodot</td><td>448-428 v.Chr..</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>1300 Jahre</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 n.Chr.</td><td>1100 n.Chr.</td><td>1000 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischer Krieg</em></span></td><td>50-58 v.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>950 Jahre</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius' <span class="emphasis"><em>Römische Geschichte</em></span></td><td>59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr.</td><td>900 n.Chr.</td><td>900 Jahre</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Neues Testament</td><td>40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr.</td><td>130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte</td><td>30 - 310 Jahre</td><td>5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Zehn Kopien von Cäsars <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallischem Krieg</em></span> existieren, die
+erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für
+das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350
+n.Chr. datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des
+Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von
+130 n.Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu
+vergleichen? 5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In der Wahrheit und Fülle der Beweise, auf der er aufbaut steht der Text
des Neuen Testamentes absolut und unerreichbar alleine über den anderen
-alten Prosaschriften." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+alten Prosaschriften."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
Bd. 1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
Life</em></span> S. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu
erfolgen. Was sagen die Verse jeder Seite aus? Was ist das Thema des
Kapitels? Des Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht,
so ist sie fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem,
was wir zur richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der
-Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung
-des Textes ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter
-nachforschen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5
-<span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</span>“</span></em></span> Im
-
Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von
+Schlüssel. Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt,
+nach dem wir den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben,
+
müssen wir weiter nachforschen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Beispiel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist"</em></span> betrachtet. Im Bezug
+auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?</p><p>Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von
Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem
-plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre
+plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre
Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, "geboren aus
Wasser" = natürliche Geburt.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Beispiel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Korinther 14,34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der
-Gemeindeversammlung</span>“</span> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von
-1. Korinther 11,5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet
-[...]</span>“</span> genommen werden.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und
-jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer
-Sünden [...]"</span>“</span> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der
-einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies
-folgern. Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass
-Wiedergeburt durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders
-auslegen. Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das
-Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu
-werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <span class="emphasis"><em>"Denn
-Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu
-verkünden"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Gemeindeversammlung</span>“</span> muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther
+11,5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</span>“</span>
+gesehen werden.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Beispiel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und jeder
+lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden
+[...]"</span>“</span> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige Vers
+der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem
+Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den
+Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt
+seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn
+die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in
+1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <span class="emphasis"><em>"Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu
+taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was bedeutet dies für mich?</span>“</span>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</h2></div></div></div><p>Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was bedeutet dies für mich?</span>“</span>,
sondern <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</span>“</span>;
später können wir fragen <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Was bedeutet es für mich?</span>“</span>. Wir
müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der
-Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> "3 Tage & 3 Nächte" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer "Mittwochs
-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie
-konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und
-trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen
-von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu
-erklären.</p><p>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil
+Empfänger in Betracht ziehen.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Beispiel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 Tage & 3 Nächte</span>“</span> (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer
+"Mittwochs-Kreuzigungstheorie" geführt, besonders zum Kult des
+Armstrongismus. Wie konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen
+auferstehen und trotzdem "...am dritten Tage auferstehen" (Mt. 16,21)?
+Genaue Bedeutungen von "drei" oder "Tagen" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren
+Widerspruch zu erklären.</p><p>Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil
eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir
sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben
-Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es
+Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es
jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage
-begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h =
-1. Tag. Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag
-vielleicht 5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts
-hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von
+begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr =
+Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis
+Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen
+
Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Beispiel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von
Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale
-Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner
+Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner
gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf
sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber
-in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag
-macht.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen
+
Vertrag macht.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</h2></div></div></div><p>Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich
-sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“</span> in Mt.6,23.</p><p>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht
+sein. Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Beispiel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses Auge</span>“</span> in Mt. 6,23.</p><p>Regel 1, Definition von "böse" und "Auge" - hilft hier auch nicht
weiter. Regel 2, Zusammenhang: Dies scheint uns nur noch mehr zu
verwirren. Es scheint nicht mit dem zu passen, was davor und danach steht!
-Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.</p><p>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, "böses Auge". Lasst uns
-andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Oder
-habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst
-du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. "gut"]
-bin?</em></span>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu haben, ein Idiom für
-geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen,
-wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p>
-Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um
-nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen
-davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden
-können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) forderte eine Gruppe von
-Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin
-forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4
+Dies sollte uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen.</p><p>Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">böses
+Auge</span>“</span>. Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen:
+Mt. 20,15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will,
+mit dem was mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. "böse"] drein, weil ich so
+gütig [wörtl. "gut"] bin?</em></span>". Wir sehen, dass ein "böses Auge" zu
+haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück
+zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang
+passt.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Beispiel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jes. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</span>“</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"><span class="emphasis"><em> unter den ewigen Armen.</em></span></span>“</span></p><p>Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um
+nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen
+davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können
+just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von
+Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin
+forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4
<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben
-unter seinen Flügeln...</span>“</span>. W.M. folgerte "Mit den selben Regeln der
-Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist,
-haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist." Die Mormonen
-mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
+unter seinen Flügeln...</span>“</span>. W. M. folgerte <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit denselben Regeln
+der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch
+ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</span>“</span>. Die
+Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position
+
begriffen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der Sprache"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Eine Allegorie ist <span class="emphasis"><em>eine Geschichte, in der jedes Element eine
Bedeutung hat.</em></span></p><p>Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?</p><p>Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des
Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen
und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern
einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist
-gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht
-werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren
-Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich
-
verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese
+gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so
+gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre
+aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese
+
zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich.</p><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Beispiel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis der Witwe mit dem ungerechten Richter in Lukas 18,1-8. Diese
Geschichte verdeutlicht eine Lektion: Mut im Gebet. [Anm. d. Üb.: im
Engl. "boldness in prayer"]. Wenn wir das Ganze in eine Allegorie
verwandeln, was haben wir dann?</p><p>Alle Arten von Gewalt geschehen in der Bedeutung: Gott ist widerwillig die
Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete "ärgern" Ihn, usw.</p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Beispiel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der
-springende
Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie? </p><p>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der
+springende
Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?</p><p>Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der
vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht
-haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt,
-
nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit
+
dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Nach oben</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Wir haben bereits von den "3 C" gehört: Inhalt (="content"), Kontext
(="context") und Querverweise (="cross-reference"). Wir möchten dies nun
-durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der
+durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel
es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!)
herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind,
-ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass
-keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Und das
-sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache
-eigener Auslegung ist</span>“</span>). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die
-korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben
-Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten
-gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu
-verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch
-die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</span>“</span></p><p>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines
-Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre
+ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies
+dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20
+<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der
+Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</span>“</span>). Verschiedene Regeln
+können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung
+dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große
+Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">[...] in denen einige Dinge
+schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen
+verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen
+Verdammnis.</span>“</span></p><p>Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines
+Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre
Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung
-
ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein
+
Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</h2></div></div></div><p>Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein
können, desto besser ist unsere Auslegung. Versuchen Sie die exakte
Bedeutung der Schlüsselwörter zu finden, indem sie die folgenden Schritte
befolgen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Bestimmung"><b>Bestimmung. </b>Schlagen Sie die Begriffsbestimmung in einem Griechisch- oder Hebräisch-
-Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Querverweise"><b>Querverweise. </b>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische
-oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird,
-kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor
-das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen
-auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum
-müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche
-Wort nicht gut genug? <span class="emphasis"><em>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das
-selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter
-verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben
+Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Querverweise"><b>Querverweise. </b>Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder
+hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann
+die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe
+Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten
+Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten
+geben. Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist
+das deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? <span class="emphasis"><em>Weil mehr als ein griechisches
+Wort in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen
+Wörter verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben
können.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Beispiel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh. 20,17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Rühre mich nicht an"</em></span> klingt hart, oder? Es
-klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden
-ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht
+klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er auferstanden
+ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das scheint nicht
richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The
Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991)
nachschlagen.</p><p>Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem
Wort "Rühre" "pim680". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil der
Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns die
Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). "680. Haptomai; von hapto (681),
-berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf
-einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584),
-was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen wir nun
-"pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der
+berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf
+dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao
+(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren." Schlagen
+wir nun "pim" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der
Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für "Präsens Imperativ Aktiv
(80)" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht "Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen
Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine
andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist,
ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden." Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl,
-so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir
-nun herausgefunden?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn
-nicht weiter festhalten solle!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <span class="emphasis"><em>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden,
+so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben
+wir nun herausgefunden?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria klammert sich bereits an Jesus und er sagt, dass man ihn
+nicht weiter festhalten solle!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Beispiel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Beispiel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <span class="emphasis"><em>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden,
der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben</em></span>. Was meint dieses
-salben?</p><p>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein
+salben?</p><p>Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - "ölen" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein
anderes griechisches Wort, das mit "salben" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) -
-"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder
+"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder
religiösen Dienst" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus
in Betracht, "apta" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. "Das Aorist Partizip drückt
einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die
Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine
-Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. " (Zodhiates
+Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet." (Zodhiates
S. 851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen
und Jesus zu salben.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie
mit dem Öl.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Querverweise für chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk 4,18 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Der Geist des Herrn ruht auf mir; denn der Herr hat mich
bringe...</span>“</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist
und mit Kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ...</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut
die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE
-GEISTLICHE</em></span>.</p><p>Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und "chrio" eine
+geistliche</em></span>.</p><p>Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl
hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den
von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden
-säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.
-</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14
-anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die
+säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu.</p><p>Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus
+5,14 anwenden <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die
Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im
-Namen des Herrn.</span>“</span></em></span> Ist hier <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">salben</span>“</span> geistlich
-oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p>
-Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit
+Namen des Herrn."</em></span> Ist hier "salben" geistlich oder praktisch
+gemeint? Praktisch!</p><p>Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit
"gesalbt haben" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und dann
des Gebets ("Im Namen des Herrn" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht auf das
Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person Medizin geben
-und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht das
-wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem
-Gott aus?
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht das wunderbare
+Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei unseremGott aus?</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Zurück</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Zum Anfang</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Das BibleTime-Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 Das Team von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist
-unter die Bestimmungen der "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike" Lizenz gestellt.
- </p><p>
- <span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. des Übersetzers:</em></span> Der deutsche Text der
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Zusammenfassung Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy HowTo) ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel. Es ist die Hoffnung des BibleTime-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibel, Studium, Anleitung"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">Das BibleTime-Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist
+unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a> gestellt.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Anm. des Übersetzers:</em></span> Der deutsche Text der
Bibelstellen ist meistens der deutschen revidierten Lutherbibel von 1984
-entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p>
- Die <span class="application">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy
-HowTo)</span> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.
- </p><p>
- Es ist die Hoffnung des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser
+entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p>Die <span class="application">Anleitung zum Bibelstudium (Das Biblestudy
+HowTo)</span> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel.</p><p>Es ist die Hoffnung des <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser
zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen
hat. Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine
-bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die
-Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung
-herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht
-enttäuschen.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
+bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen,
+dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie
+mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr
+Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Ein Buch, das arbeitet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Ein Buch, das befreit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Ein Buch, das Krieg führt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Ermahnungen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Anhang: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Einer für Alle</span>“</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anhang: Bibellesepläne</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Annäherung an Gottes Wort</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hören</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lesen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studium</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Auswendiglernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Nachdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Arten des Bibelstudiums</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Thematische Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Charakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Textauszugsstudie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhalt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Kontext</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Querverweise</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Eine thematische Studie durchführen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Die Bedeutung von Namen finden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Beispiel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Beispiel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Beispiel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Beispiel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Beispiel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Beispiel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Beispiel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der
Sprache</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Beispiel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Beispiel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Verstehen des Zwecks einer Parabeln und des Unterschiedes zwischen
einer Parabel und einer Allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Beispiel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Beispiel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabellenverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geistliche Rüstung</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Weiter</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kapitel 1. Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bible Study Basics</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that
-in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you
-are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just so
-in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
-Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
-himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
-deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of
-Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus
-Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that
-through it we may meet Christ.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
-scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hear</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and
-observe it.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Read</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Study</title>
-<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
-Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself
-approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling
-accurately the word of truth.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorize</title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not
-sin against Thee.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditate</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And
-in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted
-by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not
-wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all
-the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the
-Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become
-familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Topical Study</title>
-<para>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a
-concordance.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Character Study</title>
-<para>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in
-Gen.37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Expository Study</title>
-<para>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Content</title>
-<para>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful
-with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Context</title>
-<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make
-sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Cross-reference</title>
-<para>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God
-doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums
-up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself
-if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area
-of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our
-righteousness:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give
- <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>To Find a Particular Verse</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn to this word alphabetically.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses:
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>To Do a Topical Study </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the
-concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g.
-"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15
-<quote>He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in
-English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used.
- Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the
- OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>To Find Meanings of Names</title>
-<para>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</para>
-<para>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Joshua</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabus</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Bible Study Basics</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them
+ you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me;
+ and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have
+ life.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person.
+ Martin Luther said
+ <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>;
+ just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for
+ fellowship with God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott,
+ <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity
+ Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess
+ Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say,
+ "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to
+ himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in
+ itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</para>
+ <para>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of
+ Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces
+ us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is
+ an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Approaches to God's Word</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the
+ scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view
+ of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading,
+ studying and memorization together and cements the word in our
+ minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Hear</title>
+ <para>Lk.11:28
+ <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ it.</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Read</title>
+ <para>Rev.1:3
+ <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of
+ this prophecy [...]</quote></para>
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13
+ <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+ [...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Study</title>
+ <para>Acts 17:11
+ <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+ Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness,
+ examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were
+ so.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15
+ <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+ God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling
+ accurately the word of truth.</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memorize</title>
+ <para>Ps.119:11
+ <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin
+ against Thee.</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Meditate</title>
+ <para>Ps.1:2-3
+ <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law
+ he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly
+ planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its
+ season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he
+ prospers.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb
+ can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do
+ any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new
+ Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to
+ study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with
+ the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Types of Bible Studies</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Topical Study</title>
+ <para>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using
+ cross-references or a concordance.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Character Study</title>
+ <para>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life
+ in Gen.37-50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Expository Study</title>
+ <para>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or
+ book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Content</title>
+ <para>What does it say? What does it say in the original
+ language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it
+ doesn't say.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Context</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the
+ rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the
+ entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Cross-reference</title>
+ <para>What do other verses about this subject say through the
+ rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our
+ interpretation needs to stand the test of other
+ scriptures.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first
+ looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole
+ passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in
+ the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of
+ the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of
+ your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be
+ noticed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does
+ <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+ give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
+ <emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this
+ thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you fast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you pray</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to
+ avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give
+ <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone
+ <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>do it secretly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>To Find a Particular Verse</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the
+ verse.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn to this word alphabetically.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of listings until you find your
+ verse.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses:
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>To Do a Topical Study</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word
+ "redemption." First you would look up that word in the
+ concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could
+ look up related words and references listed for them, e.g.
+ "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between
+ Mt.7:1
+ <quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15
+ <quote>He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe
+ there are two different Greek words here, both being translated
+ "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right
+ is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write
+ it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember,
+ you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is
+ Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350
+ and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>To Find Meanings of Names</title>
+ <para>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in
+ the Greek or Hebrew.</para>
+ <para>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Joshua</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importance of God's Word</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on
-God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>A Book that is Unique</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis>
-compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Work</entry>
-<entry>When Written</entry>
-<entry>Earliest Copy</entry>
-<entry>Time Lapse</entry><entry>Number of Copies</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodotus</entry>
-<entry>448-428 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>1300 years</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 A.D.</entry><entry>1100 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>1000 years</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>950 years</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>900 years</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>New Testament</entry>
-<entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry><entry>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350
-A.D. Full manuscripts</entry> <entry>30 - 310 years</entry><entry>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest of which was copied
-900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have
-full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New
-Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How
-many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000
-in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the
-Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> p.
-25-26</attribution><para>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which
-it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably
-alone among other ancient prose writings." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and active...
-</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that
-proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
-As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
-God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude
-toward the Scriptures. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for
-granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say
-'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in
-Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He
-said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He
-went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
-is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to
-say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to
-say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not
-speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor
-did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God
-spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
-reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for
-correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate,
-equipped for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
-speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith
-and conduct. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A Book that Works</title>
-<para>
-What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible
-"<emphasis>performs its work in you
-who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word
-performs.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>What does Bible study do for Christians?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Reference</entry>
-<entry>Action</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Eph. 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Acts 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up --
-"
-...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the
-inheritance among all those who are sanctified.
-"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rom. 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-encourages -- "that through perseverance and the
-encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rom. 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-gives faith --
-"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of
-Christ."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Cor. 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-instructs --
-"Now these things happened to them for an example,
-and they were written for our instruction"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mt. 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-nourishment --
-"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone,
-but on every word that proceeds out of the
-mouth of God.'"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A Book that Liberates</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you
-free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by
-itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to
-all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the
-sentence, in v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.</para>
-
-<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind.</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by
-waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</emphasis>"One
-thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the
-result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not
-understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para>
-<para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>God's word</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>God's power </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A Book that Wars</title>
-<para>
-Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Spiritual Armor</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Question</entry>
-<entry>Answer</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>How many are offensive?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Which one(s)? </entry><entry>the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortations</title>
-<para>
-2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly
-dividing the word of truth.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another
-with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you
-have? </para>
-<para>
-Not a little!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these
-collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But
-beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and
-excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendix: "Once for
-All"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the
-finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek
-Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
-<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
-Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as
-to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT
-to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was
-once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>"
-(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once
-for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian
-revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete.
-Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are
-the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed
-word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without
-the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your
-Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4,
-or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a
-week.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day,
-corresponding to the day of the month.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day,
-for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs
-one chapter per day.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if
-you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Importance of God's Word</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call
+ on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we
+ learn to communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>A Book that is Unique</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500
+ million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and
+ year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by
+ 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as
+ if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in
+ <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with
+ other ancient texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+ texts.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Work</entry>
+ <entry>When Written</entry>
+ <entry>Earliest Copy</entry>
+ <entry>Time Lapse</entry>
+ <entry>Number of Copies</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodotus</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 B.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 years</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 years</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Caesar's
+ <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 B.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>950 years</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Livy's
+ <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>900 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>900 years</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>New Testament</entry>
+ <entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full
+ manuscripts</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 years</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's
+ <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest of which was
+ copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New
+ Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+ containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment
+ of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to
+ compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in
+ the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in
+ <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it
+ rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and
+ unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>A Book that God Breathed</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis>
+ "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and active...</emphasis>"
+ Jesus said
+ <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+ <emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on
+ every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of
+ God.</emphasis>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to
+ speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "
+ <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+ God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer,
+ consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott,
+ <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity
+ Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted
+ that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally
+ say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a
+ comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the
+ Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah
+ prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+ on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 &
+ Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament
+ authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of
+ Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of
+ old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say
+ that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21).
+ God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+ of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to
+ corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke.
+ Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other.
+ ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their
+ witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the
+ testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes
+ in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself
+ taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "
+ <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training
+ in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for
+ every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is
+ God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all
+ matters of faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>A Book that Works</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says
+ that the Bible "
+ <emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside
+ each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>What does Bible study do for Christians?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Reference</entry>
+ <entry>Action</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Eph. 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing
+ of water with the word."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Acts 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is
+ able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among
+ all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rom. 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>encourages -- "that through perseverance and the
+ encouragement of the Scriptures we might have
+ hope."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rom. 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>gives faith -- "So faith comes from hearing, and
+ hearing by the word of Christ."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Cor. 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>instructs -- "Now these things happened to them for
+ an example, and they were written for our
+ instruction"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mt. 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is
+ written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+ word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>A Book that Liberates</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 "
+ <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+ you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
+ conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds
+ of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the
+ sentence, in v.31. "
+ <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
+ Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically
+ speaking of the truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a
+ <emphasis>violent wind.</emphasis>"
+ <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here
+ and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+ doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is
+ to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily
+ "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>"
+ <emphasis>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the
+ Scriptures, or the power of God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from
+ error?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>God's word</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>God's power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>A Book that Wars</title>
+ <para>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Spiritual Armor</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Question</entry>
+ <entry>Answer</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive
+ weapons?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>How many are offensive?</entry>
+ <entry>One</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Which one(s)?</entry>
+ <entry>the word -
+ <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Exhortations</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "
+ <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that
+ needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+ truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 "
+ <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all
+ wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns
+ and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+ God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you
+ have?</para>
+ <para>Not a little!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 "
+ <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of
+ these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+ Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many
+ books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to
+ the body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott,
+ <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity
+ Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in
+ Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the
+ adverb
+ <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
+ <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated
+ in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used
+ of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need
+ repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and
+ redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all
+ delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+ <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>"
+ (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ
+ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian
+ revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ
+ complete. Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory
+ to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the Protestant
+ Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the
+ addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were
+ <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority
+ and
+ <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase>for our
+ salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your
+ Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance
+ #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to
+ keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5
+ days a week.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each
+ day, corresponding to the day of the month.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each
+ day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110,
+ & 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms
+ and Proverbs one chapter per day.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years:
+ if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping
+ over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in
+ 2 years and 2 weeks.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by
-delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says
-this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no
-prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning;
-by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are
-some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to
-their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been
-drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be.
-Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
- <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Cross-reference</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
- (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author
- use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
- documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough?
- <emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek
- words may have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Example 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want
-to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look
-it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters
-give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up
-the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying
-influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look
-up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for
-"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do
-something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This
-is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated
-"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's).
- Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action,
-as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main
-verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the
-definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good
-Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal
-use in Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let
-him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would
-be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the
-Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person
-medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and
-spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the
-verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not,
-it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
-confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Example 2A</title>
-<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is
-the water under discussion here?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being
-discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your
-interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Example 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to be taken within the biblical
-context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Example 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent,
-and let each of you be baptized in the name of
-Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
-only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching
-elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging
-baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again,
-how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>.
-We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have
-led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory,"
-esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning
-yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the
-apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets
-of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish
-mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3
-p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. =
-day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Example 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context
-is that cutting animals in two and then walking between
-the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking
-the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But
-in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and
-figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Example 4A</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even
-more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't
-understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15
-"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I
-am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious.
-Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Example 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we
-are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a
-lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>)
-with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same
-rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons
-had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of
-God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one
-point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get
-our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Example 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one
-lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para>
-<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer
-"bothers" Him, etc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Example 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it
-an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a
-time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context,
+ cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into
+ biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended
+ by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a
+ passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture
+ itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private
+ interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV
+ <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any
+ private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward
+ discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have
+ brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16
+ <quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the
+ untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the
+ Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a
+ passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular
+ verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out?
+ Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the
+ words.</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning
+ of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the
+ exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary.
+ For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Cross-reference</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same
+ Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in
+ scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition.
+ How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word
+ in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to
+ the original languages; why isn't the English word good
+ enough?
+ <emphasis>Because more than one Greek word may be translated
+ into the same English word, and the Greek words may have
+ different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Example 1A</title>
+ <para>Jn.20:17
+ <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't
+ it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is
+ risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem
+ right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates'
+ <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG
+ Publishers, 1991).</para>
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch"
+ we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of
+ speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference.
+ Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto
+ (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a
+ modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao
+ (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+ something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates
+ come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for
+ "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative.
+ In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in
+ the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when
+ it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a
+ negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is
+ already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying
+ to stop holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Example 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14,
+ <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+ sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we
+ also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) -
+ "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or
+ religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the
+ tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist
+ participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+ action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it
+ usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
+ (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your
+ head</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might
+ come and anoint Him.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many
+ sick people and healing them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them
+ with the perfume</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and
+ wiped them with her hair</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18
+ <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has
+ anointed me to preach [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost
+ and power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look
+ back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up
+ the difference:
+ <emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+ spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the
+ practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared
+ for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the
+ wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to
+ James 5:14
+ <emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of
+ the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in
+ the name of the Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or
+ practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be
+ better translated "having anointed," so the order is the
+ anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers
+ to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the
+ elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in
+ the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+ practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do
+ the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The
+ book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is
+ flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly
+ interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to
+ the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context,
+ we have to look further.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Example 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5
+ <emphasis>"born of water and the Spirit."</emphasis>In context,
+ what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be
+ a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and
+ Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a
+ clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the
+ amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Example 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34
+ <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to be
+ taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5
+ <quote>every woman [...] while praying or prophesying
+ [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Example 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38
+ <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+ baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your
+ sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If
+ this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to
+ conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere
+ that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to
+ interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his
+ hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+ being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17
+ <emphasis>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach
+ the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking
+ <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
+ <quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we
+ can ask,
+ <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into
+ account the historical and cultural background of the author and
+ the recipients.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Example 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to
+ come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of
+ Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise
+ Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact
+ meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent
+ contradiction.</para>
+ <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a
+ day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there
+ were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7
+ buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the
+ Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days
+ started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+ p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday
+ 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the
+ cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Example 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals
+ in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of
+ entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked
+ between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to
+ them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in
+ this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+ covenant.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be
+ figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special
+ meanings.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Example 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule
+ 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit
+ with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we
+ aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom,
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom:
+ Mt.20:15 "
+ <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is
+ my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous
+ [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a
+ Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+ notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the
+ context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Example 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1
+ <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27
+ <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day
+ Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they
+ convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become
+ God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of
+ Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+ <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of
+ verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one
+ more scripture: Ps.91:4
+ <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+ shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said,
+ <quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved
+ God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The
+ Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their
+ position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the
+ difference between a parable and an allegory</title>
+ <para>An allegory is:
+ <emphasis>A story where each element has a
+ meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of
+ the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns
+ are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories
+ but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get
+ our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of
+ things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay
+ it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Example 5A</title>
+ <para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in
+ Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer.
+ If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</para>
+ <para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is
+ reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him,
+ etc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Example 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What
+ is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness
+ in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have
+ it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in
+ cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-
- <copyright>
- <year>2001-2009</year>
- <holder>The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder>
- </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and
- is licensed under the terms of the license
- <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">
- "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Abstract</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
- readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This
- particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to
- advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read
- and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start
- with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your
- heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Study</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+ <title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+ <copyright>
+ <year>1999-2013</year>
+ <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder>
+ </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is
+ licensed under the terms of the license
+ <ulink url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">
+ "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible
+ unless otherwise indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Abstract</title>
+ <para>The
+ <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying
+ the Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo
+ will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they
+ say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care
+ not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We
+ recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what
+ they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the
+ Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Study</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approaches to God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
-scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
-cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hear"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and
-observe it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Read"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
-prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
-Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself
-approved to God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling
-accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorize"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not
-sin against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And
-in His law he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted
-by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does not
-wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all
-the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read the
-Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they become
-familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approaches to God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approaches to God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approaches to God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approaches to God's Word</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the
+ scripture while study and memorization provide a microscopic view
+ of scripture. Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading,
+ studying and memorization together and cements the word in our
+ minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hear"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hear</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Read"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Read</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of
+ this prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+ [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+ Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness,
+ examining the Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were
+ so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+ God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling
+ accurately the word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorize"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorize</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin
+ against Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditate"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditate</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law
+ he meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly
+ planted by streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its
+ season, And its leaf does not wither; And in whatever he does, he
+ prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb
+ can touch all the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do
+ any of the first four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new
+ Christian needs to hear and read the Bible more than they need to
+ study and memorize it. This is so that they become familiar with
+ the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types of Bible Studies</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the key verse, the verse that sums
-up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself
-if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the passage give any examples? What area
-of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong ways of practicing our
-righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span> today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first
+ looking for the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole
+ passage. Think you have it? Test it by picking different places in
+ the passage and asking yourself if they relate to the thought of
+ the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman numeral One of
+ your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be
+ noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+ give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this
+ thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to
+ avoid wrong ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basics of Correct Interpretation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Content"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful
-with definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the passage must make
-sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Cross-reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? God
-doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the test of other scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basics of Correct Interpretation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types of Bible Studies"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basics of Correct Interpretation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basics of Correct Interpretation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Content"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Content</h3></div></div></div><p>What does it say? What does it say in the original
+ language? Be careful with definitions. Don't read into it what it
+ doesn't say.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the
+ rule -- the passage must make sense within the structure of the
+ entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Cross-reference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Cross-reference</h3></div></div></div><p>What do other verses about this subject say through the
+ rest of the Bible? God doesn't contradict Himself, so our
+ interpretation needs to stand the test of other
+ scriptures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types of Bible Studies </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types of Bible Studies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a
-concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Character Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in
-Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Expository Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types of Bible Studies</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basics of Correct Interpretation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types of Bible Studies</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types of Bible Studies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types of Bible Studies</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using
+ cross-references or a concordance.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Character Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Character Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life
+ in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Expository Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Expository Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or
+ book.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approaches to God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basics of Correct Interpretation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find a Particular Verse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Do a Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would look up that word in the
-concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e.g.
-"redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15
-<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in
-English? (We're using Strong's from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used.
- Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the
- OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find Meanings of Names"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find a Particular Verse"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>To Find a Particular Verse</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the
+ verse.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn to this word alphabetically.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your
+ verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Do a Topical Study"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>To Do a Topical Study</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word
+ "redemption." First you would look up that word in the
+ concordance and look up references listed for it. Then you could
+ look up related words and references listed for them, e.g.
+ "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between
+ Mt.7:1
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe
+ there are two different Greek words here, both being translated
+ "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right
+ is a number, 2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write
+ it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember,
+ you're in the NT so the language is Greek, while the OT is
+ Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with the meaning of 350
+ and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="To Find Meanings of Names"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>To Find Meanings of Names</h3></div></div></div><p>By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in
+ the Greek or Hebrew.</p><p>Look up these names and write down their meaning:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that
-in them you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you
-are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
-said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just so
-in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
-himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
-deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of
-Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus
-Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that
-through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
-Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approaches to God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them
+ you have eternal life; and it is these that bear witness of Me;
+ and you are unwilling to come to Me, that you may have
+ life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+ </p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person.
+ Martin Luther said
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>;
+ just so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for
+ fellowship with God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess
+ Scripture was tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say,
+ "He who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to
+ himself the life of the world to come." Their study was an end in
+ itself. In this they were grievously deceived. [...]</p><p>There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of
+ Scripture for its own sake, but only if it effectively introduces
+ us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the Bible is read, what is needed is
+ an eager expectation that through it we may meet Christ.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott,
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity
+ Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approaches to God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that God Breathed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...
-</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every word that
-proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
-As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
-God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider Jesus' attitude
-toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for
-granted that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say
-'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in
-Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He
-said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He
-went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
-is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true to
-say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to
-say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not
-speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor
-did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God
-spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
-reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "<span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for
-correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate,
-equipped for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
-speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of faith
-and conduct. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that God Breathed</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that God Breathed</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that God Breathed"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A Book that God Breathed</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span>
+ "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and active...</em></span>"
+ Jesus said
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on
+ every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of
+ God.</em></span>" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to
+ speak it to our hearts in a continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+ God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer,
+ consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted
+ that behind them all was a single divine Author. He could equally
+ say 'Moses said' or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a
+ comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the
+ Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah
+ prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+ on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 &
+ Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament
+ authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of
+ Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of
+ old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say
+ that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21).
+ God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+ of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to
+ corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke.
+ Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the other.
+ ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their
+ witness was God's witness. The testimony of the Bible is the
+ testimony of God. And the chief reason why the Christian believes
+ in the divine origin of the Bible is that Jesus Christ Himself
+ taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott,
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity
+ Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction, for training
+ in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped for
+ every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is
+ God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all
+ matters of faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Works</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly
-dividing the word of truth.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another
-with psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</em></span>"
-</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you
-have? </p><p>
-Not a little!</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of these
-collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one Shepherd. But
-beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is endless, and
-excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for
-All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a workman that
+ needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+ truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with all
+ wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns
+ and spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+ God.</em></span>"</p><p>If you're rich in something, how much of it do you
+ have?</p><p>Not a little!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters of
+ these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+ Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many
+ books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to
+ the body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Wars </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendix: "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Liberates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you
-free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by
-itself. Is this a conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to
-all kinds of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the
-sentence, in v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here and there by
-waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</em></span>"One
-thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the truth, with the
-result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not
-understanding the Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Liberates</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A Book that Works"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A Book that Wars"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Liberates</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Liberates"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A Book that Liberates</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+ you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
+ conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds
+ of knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the
+ sentence, in v.31. "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
+ Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically
+ speaking of the truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>violent wind.</em></span>"
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed here
+ and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+ doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is
+ to ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily
+ "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>"
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>You are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the
+ Scriptures, or the power of God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from
+ error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>God's word</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>God's power</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Works </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Wars</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for
-All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for
-All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the
-finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek
-Testament, namely the adverb <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
-Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as
-to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT
-to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was
-once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>"
-(Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once
-for all and Christ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian
-revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ complete.
-Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory to Christ... These are
-the two rocks on which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed
-word without the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without
-the addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendix: "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendix: "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendix: "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in
+ Christ is conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the
+ adverb
+ <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
+ <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated
+ in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used
+ of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need
+ repetition, and is applied in the NT to both revelation and
+ redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once for all
+ delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>"
+ (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ
+ has suffered once for all. This means that the Christian
+ revelation and the Christian redemption are both alike in Christ
+ complete. Nothing can be added to either without being derogatory
+ to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the Protestant
+ Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+ of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the
+ addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were
+ <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola scriptura</em></span>for our authority
+ and
+ <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span>for our
+ salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott,
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity
+ Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your
-Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4,
-or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a
-week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day,
-corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day,
-for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs
-one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if
-you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for
-All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Appendix: "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your
+ Bible. You can do more than one at a time if you like, for instance
+ #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. Vary the program from year to year to
+ keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5
+ days a week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each
+ day, corresponding to the day of the month.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each
+ day, for instance on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110,
+ & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms
+ and Proverbs one chapter per day.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years:
+ if you read one chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping
+ over Psalms & Proverbs, you will read the Old Testament in
+ 2 years and 2 weeks.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendix: "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Wars"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)? </td><td>the word - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Wars</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Wars</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Wars"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A Book that Wars</h2></div></div></div><p>Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.3. Spiritual Armor</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Spiritual Armor" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Answer</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>How many of the weapons listed here are defensive
+ weapons?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>How many are offensive?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Which one(s)?</td><td>the word -
+ <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that Liberates </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p>
-What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you
-who believe.</em></span>" Beside each scripture, write down the work the Word
-performs.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26
-</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Acts 20:32
-</td><td>
-builds up --
-"
-...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and to give you the
-inheritance among all those who are sanctified.
-"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rom. 15:4
-</td><td>
-encourages -- "that through perseverance and the
-encouragement of the Scriptures we might have hope."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rom. 10:17
-</td><td>
-gives faith --
-"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of
-Christ."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Cor. 10:11
-</td><td>
-instructs --
-"Now these things happened to them for an example,
-and they were written for our instruction"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mt. 4:4
-</td><td>
-nourishment --
-"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone,
-but on every word that proceeds out of the
-mouth of God.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Book that Works</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A Book that Liberates"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Book that Works</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Book that Works"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A Book that Works</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says
+ that the Bible "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside
+ each scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.2. What does Bible study do for Christians?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="What does Bible study do for Christians?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Eph. 5:26</td><td>cleanses -- "...having cleansed her by the washing
+ of water with the word."</td></tr><tr><td>Acts 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is
+ able to build you up and to give you the inheritance among
+ all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 15:4</td><td>encourages -- "that through perseverance and the
+ encouragement of the Scriptures we might have
+ hope."</td></tr><tr><td>Rom. 10:17</td><td>gives faith -- "So faith comes from hearing, and
+ hearing by the word of Christ."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor. 10:11</td><td>instructs -- "Now these things happened to them for
+ an example, and they were written for our
+ instruction"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>nourishment -- "But He answered and said, 'It is
+ written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+ word that proceeds out of the mouth of God.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Book that God Breathed </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that Liberates</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for
-All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on
-God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Book that is Unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span>
-compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350
-A.D. Full manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was copied
-900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New Testament we have
-full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri containing most of the New
-Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How
-many manuscripts do we have to compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000
-in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which
-it rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably
-alone among other ancient prose writings." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the
-Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span> p.
-25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A Book that God Breathed"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call
+ on God's name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we
+ learn to communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Book that is Unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Book that is Unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500
+ million per year. The Bible is both the all-time and
+ year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by
+ 40 different authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as
+ if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+ Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with
+ other ancient texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+ texts.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+ texts." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Work</th><th>When Written</th><th>Earliest Copy</th><th>Time Lapse</th><th>Number of Copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300 years</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950 years</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900 years</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>New Testament</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full
+ manuscripts</td><td>30 - 310 years</td><td>5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest of which was
+ copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the New
+ Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+ containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment
+ of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to
+ compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it
+ rests, the text of the New Testament stands absolutely and
+ unapproachably alone among other ancient prose writings."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in
+ the Original Greek", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">The Biblestudy HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Book that God Breathed</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the
-verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not,
-it is flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
-confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Example 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is
-the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from the subject being
-discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your
-interpretation has been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to be taken within the biblical
-context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent,
-and let each of you be baptized in the name of
-Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
-only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching
-elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging
-baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to being born again,
-how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do
+ the verses on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The
+ book? Does your interpretation fit with these? If not, it is
+ flawed. Usually, the context supplies what we need to correctly
+ interpret the passage. Context is key. If confusion remains as to
+ the meaning after we have interpreted the text within its context,
+ we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Example 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Example 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the Spirit."</em></span>In context,
+ what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be
+ a big switch from the subject being discussed by Jesus and
+ Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden change of topic, it may be a
+ clue that your interpretation has been derailed! The water is the
+ amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Example 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to be
+ taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...] while praying or prophesying
+ [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Example 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+ baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your
+ sins [...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If
+ this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to
+ conclude that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere
+ that regeneration happens by faith in Christ, we have to
+ interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way for his
+ hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+ being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach
+ the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>.
-We have to take into account the historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have
-led some to come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory,"
-esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning
-yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the
-apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, as we would count buckets
-of water (if there were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the Jewish
-mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3
-p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. =
-day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context
-is that cutting animals in two and then walking between
-the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking
-the pledge that dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But
-in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we
+ can ask,
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into
+ account the historical and cultural background of the author and
+ the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to
+ come up with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of
+ Armstrongism. How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise
+ Sunday morning yet "be raised on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact
+ meanings of "three" or "days" won't help explain the apparent
+ contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a
+ day as a full day, as we would count buckets of water (if there
+ were six and one-half buckets of water, we would say there were 7
+ buckets of water even if one was only partly full). So to the
+ Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full day, and days
+ started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+ p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday
+ 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the
+ cultural context keeps us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Example 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals
+ in two and then walking between the pieces was the normal way of
+ entering a contract in Abraham's day. Both parties walked
+ between, taking the pledge that dismemberment would happen to
+ them if they didn't live up to their part of the contract. But in
+ this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+ covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and
-figurative language be figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Example 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context: seems to confuse us even
-more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't
-understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I
-am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious.
-Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we
-are. Once they convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a
-lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>)
-with an enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
-Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same
-rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons
-had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be
+ figurative. And watch out for idioms, which have special
+ meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Example 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Example 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule
+ 2, context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit
+ with what goes before and after! This should tip us off that we
+ aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom,
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up other uses of this idiom:
+ Mt.20:15 "
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do what I wish with what is
+ my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because I am generous
+ [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye" is a
+ Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+ notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the
+ context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Example 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day
+ Saints to prove that God was once a man just as we are. Once they
+ convince people of that, they go on to teach that we can become
+ God just like He is! At a lecture he was giving, a group of
+ Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of
+ verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one
+ more scripture: Ps.91:4
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+ shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said,
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved
+ God to be a man, you just proved that He is a bird</span>”</span>. The
+ Mormons had to laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their
+ position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the
+ difference between a parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of
-God, the thorns are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate one
-point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get
-our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Example 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one
-lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer
-"bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of the parable? Is it
-an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he had to prepare for a
-time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the
+ difference between a parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the
+ difference between a parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is:
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
+ meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, true or false?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of
+ the sower is an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns
+ are worries and greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories
+ but simply stories to illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get
+ our doctrine from parables; they can be twisted to say all sorts of
+ things. We need to get our doctrine from clear scriptures that lay
+ it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Example 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Example 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in
+ Lk.18:1-8. This story illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer.
+ If we draw it into an allegory, what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is
+ reluctant to protect the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him,
+ etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Example 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Example 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What
+ is the point of the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness
+ in using what he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have
+ it. But he is not commended for his unethical behavior in
+ cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We want to expand that now by
-delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says
-this by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no
-prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning;
-by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are
-some things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to
-their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say your attention has been
-drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the better our interpretation will be.
-Try to find the exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Cross-reference"><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
- (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition. How does the same author
- use this word elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
- documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why isn't the English word good enough?
- <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek
- words may have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Example 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want
-to be touched now that He is risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look
-it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680." The letters
-give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up
-the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying
-influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of something. " Now look
-up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for
-"present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do
-something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This
-is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek word translated
-"anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's).
- Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist participle expresses simple action,
-as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main
-verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio:
- </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-references and the
-definitions, and sum up the difference: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of oil at that time, when the good
-Samaritan cared for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal
-use in Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let
-him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would
-be better translated "having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the
-Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person
-medicine and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of practical and
-spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapter 3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the
+ words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the
+ difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context,
+ cross-reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into
+ biblical hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended
+ by the original author (and Author!). While many applications of a
+ passage are valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture
+ itself says this by saying that no scripture is of any private
+ interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any
+ private interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward
+ discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have
+ brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things hard to understand, which the
+ untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the
+ Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a
+ passage? Let's say your attention has been drawn to a particular
+ verse whose meaning is not clear to you. How do you study it out?
+ Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the
+ words.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning
+ of the words the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the
+ exact meaning of the key words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary.
+ For verbs, the verb tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Cross-reference"><b>Cross-reference. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same
+ Greek or Hebrew word (not the English word) is used in
+ scripture may clarify or throw new light on the definition.
+ How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+ authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word
+ in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to
+ the original languages; why isn't the English word good
+ enough?
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek word may be translated
+ into the same English word, and the Greek words may have
+ different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Example 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Example 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't
+ it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is
+ risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem
+ right, so let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates'
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG
+ Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch"
+ we see "pim680." The letters give us a code for the part of
+ speech, and the number refers to Strong's dictionary reference.
+ Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto
+ (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an object as to exert a
+ modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from pselaphao
+ (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+ something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates
+ come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for
+ "present imperative active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative.
+ In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in
+ the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, when
+ it is negated, a command to stop doing something. " This is a
+ negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is
+ already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying
+ to stop holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14,
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+ sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we
+ also have another Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) -
+ "to smear or rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or
+ religious service" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the
+ tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The aorist
+ participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+ action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it
+ usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
+ (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your
+ head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might
+ come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many
+ sick people and healing them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them
+ with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and
+ wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has
+ anointed me to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost
+ and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look
+ back over the cross-references and the definitions, and sum up
+ the difference:
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+ spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the
+ practical use of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared
+ for the man beat up by robbers he poured oil and wine in the
+ wound. So oil had a medicinal use in Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to
+ James 5:14
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of
+ the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in
+ the name of the Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or
+ practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be
+ better translated "having anointed," so the order is the
+ anointing first, then the prayer ("in the name of the Lord"refers
+ to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is saying that the
+ elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him in
+ the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+ practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and
- is licensed under the terms of the license
-
- "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
- readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This
- particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to
- advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read
- and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start
- with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your
- heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for
-All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading
-Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical
-context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The Biblestudy HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstract The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The Biblestudy HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The Biblestudy HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>The Biblestudy HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team (bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is
+ licensed under the terms of the license
+ <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top">
+ "Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible
+ unless otherwise indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p>The
+ <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying
+ the Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo
+ will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they
+ say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care
+ not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We
+ recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what
+ they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the
+ Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance of God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Book that is Unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A Book that God Breathed</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A Book that Works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A Book that Liberates</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A Book that Wars</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendix: "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bible Reading Programs</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approaches to God's Word</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hear</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Read</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorize</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditate</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types of Bible Studies</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Character Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Expository Study</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basics of Correct Interpretation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Content</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Cross-reference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">To Find a Particular Verse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">To Do a Topical Study</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">To Find Meanings of Names</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the
+ words.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Example 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Example 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Example 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Example 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural
+ context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Example 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in
+ language</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Example 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Example 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the
+ difference between a parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Example 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Example 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+ texts.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">What does Bible study do for Christians?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Spiritual Armor</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Importance of God's Word</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Estudio Bíblico básico</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Juan 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Estudio Bíblico básico</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Juan 5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis
la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir
a mí, para que tengáis vida.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin
Luther dijo <quote>vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</quote>; sólo
que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para
-tener comunión con Él.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+tener comunión con Él.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras
-equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a
-sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo
-venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron gravemente
-engañados. [...]</para>
-<para>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</para>
+
<para>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para
nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo
Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa
ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title>
-<para>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura
-mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una
-visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento,
-leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en
-nuestras mentes.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Oír</title>
-<para>Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Oír</title>
+ <para>Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la
guardan.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Leer</title>
-<para>Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Leer</title>
+
<para>Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las
palabras de esta profecía [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la
-Escritura[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudio</title>
-<para>Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que
+ <para>1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la
+Escritura[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Estudio</title>
+ <para>Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que
estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo,
examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran
-así.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado
+así.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado
para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con
precisión la palabra de verdad.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title>
-<para>Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memorizar</title>
+
<para>Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra
ti.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title>
-<para>Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Meditar</title>
+
<para>Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley
medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a
corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en
-todo lo que hace, prospera.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede
-tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los
-primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo
-cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar
-y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la
-Biblia.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudio Temático</title>
-<para>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias
+todo lo que hace, prospera.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Estudio Temático</title>
+ <para>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias
cruzadas o una concordancia.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudio de Personajes</title>
-<para>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Estudio de Personajes</title>
+
<para>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de
José en Gen.37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudio Expositivo</title>
-<para>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenido</title>
-<para>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Estudio Expositivo</title>
+
<para>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Contenido</title>
+
<para>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las
definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title>
-<para>¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es
-la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el
-pasaje y del libro.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
-<para>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia?
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Contexto</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
+ <para>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia?
Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene
que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title>
-<para>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el
-versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene?
-Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se
-refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un
-número romano Uno en su esquema: </para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos
-ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros
-motivos!</emphasis> ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. da</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ayuna</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ora</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cuando Ud. da</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cuando Ud. ayuna</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cuando Ud. ora</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar
caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote>
-hoy en día?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>hazlo secretamente.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Para hacer un Estudio Temático </title>
-<para>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra
-"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y
-busque las referencias que figuran en ella. Entonces usted verá palabras
-relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir,
-rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró". </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</title>
-<para>¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis
-para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual
-juzga todas las cosas.</quote> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes
-aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos
-ambos de fuente desde aquí en adelante) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Busque "juez"</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número
-2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Ahora busque "juzga".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el
-lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de
-2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</title>
-<para>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>hazlo secretamente.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Para hacer un Estudio Temático</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</title>
+ <para>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o
hebreo.</para>
-<para>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Bernabé</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Josué</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Bernabé</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title>
-<para>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los
-que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las
-principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro que es único</title>
-<para>La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por
-año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores
-de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por
-uno.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?
-(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</emphasis> compara
-manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Obra</entry>
-<entry>Cuando fue escrita</entry>
-<entry>Copia más antigua</entry>
-<entry>Tiempo transcurrido</entry><entry>Número de Copias</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Heródoto</entry>
-<entry>448-428 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry>
-<entry>1300 años</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tácito</entry>
-<entry>100 DC</entry><entry>1100 DC</entry>
-<entry>1000 años</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César</entry>
-<entry>50-58 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry>
-<entry>950 años</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio</entry>
-<entry>59 AC - 17 DC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry>
-<entry>900 años</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Nuevo Testamento</entry>
-<entry>40 DC - 100 DC</entry><entry>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 años</entry><entry>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César,
-siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original,
-etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350
-DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un
-fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos
-tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El
-Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado
-en <emphasis>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</emphasis> p. 25-26</attribution><para>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Un libro que es único</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Obra</entry>
+ <entry>Cuando fue escrita</entry>
+ <entry>Copia más antigua</entry>
+ <entry>Tiempo transcurrido</entry>
+ <entry>Número de Copias</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Heródoto</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 AC</entry>
+ <entry>900 DC</entry>
+ <entry>1300 años</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tácito</entry>
+ <entry>100 DC</entry>
+ <entry>1100 DC</entry>
+ <entry>1000 años</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César</entry>
+ <entry>50-58 AC</entry>
+ <entry>900 DC</entry>
+ <entry>950 años</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio</entry>
+ <entry>59 AC - 17 DC</entry>
+ <entry>900 DC</entry>
+ <entry>900 años</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nuevo Testamento</entry>
+ <entry>40 DC - 100 DC</entry>
+ <entry>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 años</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto
del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos
-escritos en prosa". </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y
-eficaz</emphasis>" Jesús dice <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda
-palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</emphasis>"
-Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros
-corazones de una manera fresca continuamente.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<emphasis>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios
-[lit. aliento de Dios]</emphasis>" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar,
-considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
-Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos
-ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o
-'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en
-Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo
-19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está
-escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios
-(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del
-Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la
-Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres
-por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fue decir 'hombres movidos por el
-Espíritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal
-manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres
-hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios
-habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo del
-otro. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración
-era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de
-Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino
-de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "<emphasis>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para
-corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea
-perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</emphasis>" Si
-aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablándonos, se deduce que será
-nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro que Obra</title>
-<para>
-¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que
-la Biblia "<emphasis>obra también en vosotros que creísteis.</emphasis>" Al
-lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Referencia</entry>
-<entry>Acción</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Efesios 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Hechos 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para
-sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Romanos 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras,
-tengamos esperanza."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Romanos 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Corintios 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son
-escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mateo 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá
-el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro que libera</title>
-<para>
-Juan 8:32 "<emphasis>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará
-libres.</emphasis>" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa
-condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento?
-Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase,
-en el verso 31. "<emphasis>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis
-verdaderamente mis discípulos;</emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la
-verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</para>
-
-<para>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un
-<emphasis>viento violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>para que ya no seamos niños
-fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</emphasis>"
-Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la
-verdad, con el resultado que no será fácil "soplarnos fuera."</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo:
-</emphasis>"<emphasis>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las
-Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</emphasis>" Mateo 22:29</para>
-<para>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>La palabra de Dios </para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>El poder de Dios </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title>
-<para>
-Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Armadura Espiritual</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Pregunta</entry>
-<entry>Respuesta</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</entry><entry>Una</entry></row>
-<row><entry>¿Cúal? </entry><entry>la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortaciones</title>
-<para>
-2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<emphasis>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios
-aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la
-palabra de verdad.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Col.3:16 "<emphasis>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros,
-enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e
-himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones
-al Señor. </emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? </para>
-<para>
-¡No un poco!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "<emphasis>Las palabras de los sabios son como
-aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por
-un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos
-libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
-Polémico)</emphasis> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es
-transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los
-adverbios <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> y
-<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>.Por lo general se traduce en la
-Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto
-se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y
-se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto,
-Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3),
-y los Romanos, dice,"<emphasis>Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para
-siempre</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha
-sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y
-de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada
-puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las
-dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios
-revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin
-agregados de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran
-<foreignphrase>sólo la escritura</foreignphrase> para nuestra autoridad y
-<foreignphrase>sólo la gracia</foreignphrase> para nuestra salvación.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title> <para> Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma
-sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere,
-por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para
-mantenerlo fresco!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que
-corresponde al día del mes.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por
-ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios
-de un capítulo por día.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo
+escritos en prosa".</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Un libro que Obra</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Referencia</entry>
+ <entry>Acción</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Efesios 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hechos 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Romanos 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras,
+tengamos esperanza."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Romanos 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Corintios 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son
+escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mateo 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá
+el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Un libro que libera</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La palabra de Dios </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>El poder de Dios</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Un libro que guerrea</title>
+ <para>Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Armadura Espiritual</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Pregunta</entry>
+ <entry>Respuesta</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</entry>
+ <entry>Una</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>¿Cúal?</entry>
+ <entry>la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Exhortaciones</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?</para>
+ <para>¡No un poco!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que
+corresponde al día del mes.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por
+ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios
+de un capítulo por día.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo
al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el
-Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title>
-<para>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia
-cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica
-bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original
-(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas,
-sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la
-Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <quote>entendiendo
-primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación
-privada</quote>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido
-correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos
-problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...entre las
-cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e
-inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia
-perdición.</quote></para>
-
-<para>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos
-que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo
-significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</title>
-<para>Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las
-palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el
-significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definición</title>
- <para>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos,
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definición</title>
+ <para>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos,
también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
- <para>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o
-Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una
-nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros
-lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la
-palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los
-idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en
-Español?<emphasis>Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede
-traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden
-tener distintos matices de significado. </emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Ejemplo 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"No me toques"</emphasis> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena
-como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es
-demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a
-ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament
-(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</emphasis> (AMG
-Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos
-"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los
-números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la
-definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la
-manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia
-sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa
-que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código
-gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849
-vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857,
-"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para
-hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o,
-cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden
-negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está
-ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Ejemplo 1B</title>
-<para>En Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por
-él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</emphasis>. ¿Qué es esta
-unción?</para>
-<para>La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también
-tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar
-o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio
-religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo
-también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa
-una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es
-decir, momentánea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es
-temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo
-principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a
-ungirle.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lucas 4:18 <quote>El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para
-predicar [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con
-poder</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las
-referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la
-diferencia:<emphasis>"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y
-"chrio" es uno espiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica
-del aceite en esa época, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado
-por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un
-uso medicinal en la época de Jesús.
-</para>
-<para>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a
-Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los
-ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre
-del Señor."</emphasis> Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</para>
-<para>
-Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como
-"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la
-oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la
-unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento
-a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan
-un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title>
-<para>Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los
-versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su
-interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto
-suple lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente un pasaje. El
-contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado
-después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar
-más allá.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Ejemplo 2A</title>
-<para>El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <emphasis>"nacido de agua y del
-Espíritu"</emphasis> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?</para>
-<para>El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del
-tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de
-tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El
-agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Ejemplo 2B</title>
-<para>1 Corintios 14:34 <quote>Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</quote>
-tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <quote>toda
-mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Ejemplo 2C</title>
-<para>Hechos 2:38 <quote>Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno
-de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados;
-[...]" </quote>. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este
-fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que
-concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la
-regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro
-modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes
-respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo
-podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <emphasis>"Porque no me envió Cristo
-a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" </emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title>
-<para>
-Al principio no nos preguntamos <quote>¿Qué significa para mí?</quote>, sino
-que primero preguntemos <quote>¿Qué significó para sus lectores
-originales?</quote>; luego puede preguntar <quote>¿Qué significa para
-mí?</quote>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y
-culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Ejemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 días y 3 noches</quote> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una
-"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del
-Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resucitar
-Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El
-significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente
-contradicción.</para>
-<para>Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de
-un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos
-y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno
-esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judía, una parte del
-día es contada como un día, y los días comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a
-las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a
-Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación
-en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Ejemplo 3B</title><para>Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y
-luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato
-en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el
-compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de
-su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que
-es un pacto unilateral.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Ejemplo 1A</title>
+ <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Ejemplo 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a
+ungirle.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lucas 4:18 <quote>El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para
+predicar [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con
+poder</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Ejemplo 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Ejemplo 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Ejemplo 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
+<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Ejemplo 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
+ <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Ejemplo 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
idioma</title>
-<para>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea
-figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un
-significado especial.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Ejemplo 4A</title>
-<para><quote>ojo malvado</quote> en Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el
-contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede
-antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto
-correctamente!!</para>
-<para>Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <quote>ojo malvado</quote>. Vamos a
-buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>¿No es legal para mi
-hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"],
-porque soy bueno?</emphasis>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un
-modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe
-cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Ejemplo 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote></para>
-<para>
-Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los
-Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como
-nosotros. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, van a enseñar que podemos
-llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un
-grupo de ancianos del Mormón desafió a Walter Martin (autor del
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</emphasis>) con una
-enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a
-leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 <quote>Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y
-debajo de sus alas estarás seguro</quote>. W.M. dijo: <quote>Por las mismas
-reglas de interpretación que ustedes acaban de demostrar que Dios es un
-hombre, ustedes acaban de demostrar que Él es un pájaro</quote>. Los
-mormones tuvieron que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su
-posición.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Ejemplo 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Ejemplo 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
parábola y una alegoría</title>
-<para>Una alegoría es: <emphasis>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un
+
<para>Una alegoría es: <emphasis>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un
significado.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</para>
-
-<para>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es
-una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las
-preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son
-alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso
-obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parábolas; ella puede ser retorcida para
-decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotros necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de
-desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parábola ilustra
-eso, bien.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Ejemplo 5A</title>
-<para>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia
+ <para>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Ejemplo 5A</title>
+ <para>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia
ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría,
¿qué tenemos?</para>
-<para>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los
-derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Ejemplo 5B</title>
-<para>La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de
-la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría? </para>
-<para>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que
-tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es
-elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los
+derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Ejemplo 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está
-disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <link
-url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">"Creative Commons
-Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo
+ <title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo
contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé
-SpaRVG2004]
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Resumen</title>
-
- <para>
- El <application>Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</application> es una guía para el
-estudio de la Biblia.
- </para>
- <para>
- Es la esperanza del equipo &bibletime; que este Cómo provoque a los lectores
-a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en
-particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina
-confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para
-entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la
-palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Estudio</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+SpaRVG2004]</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Resumen</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Estudio</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura
-mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una
-visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento,
-leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en
-nuestras mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Oír"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Oír</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Oír"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Oír</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la
guardan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Leer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Leer</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalipsis 1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las
palabras de esta profecía [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Timoteo 4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">presta atención a la lectura pública de la
-Escritura[...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que
+Escritura[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ahora éstos eran de mentalidad más noble que los que
estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo,
examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran
-así.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado
+así.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado
para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con
precisión la palabra de verdad.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra
ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley
medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a
corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en
-todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede
-tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los
-primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo
-cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar
-y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la
-Biblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el
-versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene?
-Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se
-refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un
-número romano Uno en su esquema: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>¿Qué quiere decir <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicar piedad</span>”</span>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos
-ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <span class="emphasis"><em>Nuestros
-motiv
os!</em></span> ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar
-caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tocar trompeta</span>”</span>
-
hoy en día?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motiv
es!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar
+caminos equivocados para practicar piedad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a
+
trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenido"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las
-definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es
-la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el
-pasaje y del libro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencias Cruzadas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia?
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenido"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las
+definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencias Cruzadas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia?
Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene
que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias
cruzadas o una concordancia.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio de Personajes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudio de Personajes</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de
José en Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudio Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar un versículo particular."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Para hacer un Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temático </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra
-"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y
-busque las referencias que figuran en ella. Entonces usted verá palabras
-relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir,
-rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compró". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">No juzguéis
-para que no seáis juzgados</span>”</span> y 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El que es espiritual
-juzga todas las cosas.</span>”</span> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes
-aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en español? (Usaremos
-ambos de fuente desde aquí en adelante) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Busque "juez"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número
-2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ahora busque "juzga".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el
-lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de
-2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar un versículo particular."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para hacer un Estudio Temático"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temático</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o
hebreo.</p><p>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bernabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque a vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis
la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir
-a mí, para que tengáis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin
+a mí, para que tengáis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin
Luther dijo <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</span>”</span>; sólo
que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para
-tener comunión con Él.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras
-equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a
-sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo
-venidero." Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron gravemente
-engañados. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para
+tener comunión con Él.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para
nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo
Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa
ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y
-eficaz</em></span>" Jesús dice <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda
-palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</em></span>"
-Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros
-corazones de una manera fresca continuamente.
-</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios
-[lit. aliento de Dios]</em></span>" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar,
-considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos
-ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o
-'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en
-Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo
-19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está
-escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios
-(Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del
-Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la
-Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres
-por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fue decir 'hombres movidos por el
-Espíritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal
-manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres
-hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios
-habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo del
-otro. ...
-</p><p>
-Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración
-era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de
-Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino
-de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
-Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "<span class="emphasis"><em>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para
-corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea
-perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</em></span>" Si
-aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablándonos, se deduce que será
-nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortaciones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios
-aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la
-palabra de verdad.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros,
-enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e
-himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones
-al Señor. </em></span>"
-</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? </p><p>
-¡No un poco!</p><p>
-Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Las palabras de los sabios son como
-aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por
-un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos
-libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortaciones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?</p><p>¡No un poco!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que libera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Juan 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará
-libres.</em></span>" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa
-condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento?
-Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase,
-en el verso 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis
-verdaderamente mis discípulos;</em></span>"</p><p>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la
-verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</p><p>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un
-<span class="emphasis"><em>viento violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>para que ya no seamos niños
-fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</em></span>"
-Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la
-verdad, con el resultado que no será fácil "soplarnos fuera."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo:
-</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las
-Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</em></span>" Mateo 22:29</p><p>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que libera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es
-transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los
-adverbios <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> y
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>.Por lo general se traduce en la
-Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto
-se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y
-se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto,
-Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3),
-y los Romanos, dice,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para
-siempre</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha
-sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y
-de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada
-puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las
-dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios
-revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin
-agregados de méritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sólo la escritura</em></span> para nuestra autoridad y
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sólo la gracia</em></span> para nuestra salvación.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
-Polémico)</em></span> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma
-sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere,
-por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para
-mantenerlo fresco!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que
corresponde al día del mes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por
ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios
de un capítulo por día.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo
al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el
-Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Estudio Bíblico básico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que guerrea"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cúal? </td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que guerrea"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p>Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>¿Cúal?</td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Obra"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p>
-¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que
-la Biblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>obra también en vosotros que creísteis.</em></span>" Al
-lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Acción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26
-</td><td>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Hechos 20:32
-</td><td>
-edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para
-sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Romanos 15:4
-</td><td>
-alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras,
-tengamos esperanza."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Romanos 10:17
-</td><td>
-da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Corintios 10:11
-</td><td>
-instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son
-escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mateo 4:4
-</td><td>
-alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá
-el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Obra"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. ¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Acción</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26</td><td>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"</td></tr><tr><td>Hechos 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Romanos 15:4</td><td>alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras,
+tengamos esperanza."</td></tr><tr><td>Romanos 10:17</td><td>da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Corintios 10:11</td><td>instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son
+escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"</td></tr><tr><td>Mateo 4:4</td><td>alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá
+el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los
-que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las
-principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que es único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es único</h2></div></div></div><p>La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por
-año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores
-de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por
-uno.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-conservación. F. F. Bruce en <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?
-(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</em></span> compara
-manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fue escrita</th><th>Copia más antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Número de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Heródoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 años</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tácito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 años</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 años</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 años</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 años</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existen Diez copias de <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César,
-siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original,
-etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350
-DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un
-fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos
-tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que es único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es único</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fue escrita</th><th>Copia más antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Número de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Heródoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 años</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tácito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 años</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 años</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 años</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto
del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos
-escritos en prosa". </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El
-Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado
-
en <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+escritos en prosa".</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los
-versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su
-interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto
-suple lo que necesitamos para interpretar correctamente un pasaje. El
-contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado
-después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar
-más allá.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nacido de agua y del
-Espíritu"</em></span> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?</p><p>El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del
-tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de
-tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El
-agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corintios 14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</span>”</span>
-tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toda
-mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno
-de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados;
-[...]" </span>”</span>. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este
-fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que
-concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la
-regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro
-modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes
-respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo
-podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque no me envió Cristo
-a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio" </em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Al principio no nos preguntamos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">¿Qué significa para mí?</span>”</span>, sino
-que primero preguntemos <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">¿Qué significó para sus lectores
-originales?</span>”</span>; luego puede preguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">¿Qué significa para
-mí?</span>”</span>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y
-culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 días y 3 noches</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una
-"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del
-Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resucitar
-Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El
-significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente
-contradicción.</p><p>Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de
-un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos
-y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno
-esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judía, una parte del
-día es contada como un día, y los días comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a
-las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a
-Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación
-en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y
-luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato
-en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el
-compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de
-su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que
-es un pacto unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
idioma</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
idioma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
-idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea
-figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un
-significado especial.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>”</span> en Mt.6:23.</p><p>La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el
-contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede
-antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto
-correctamente!!</p><p>Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>”</span>. Vamos a
-buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>¿No es legal para mi
-hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"],
-porque soy bueno?</em></span>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un
-modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe
-cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p><p>
-Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los
-Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como
-nosotros. Una vez que convencen a la gente de eso, van a enseñar que podemos
-llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un
-grupo de ancianos del Mormón desafió a Walter Martin (autor del
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</em></span>) con una
-enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a
-leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y
-debajo de sus alas estarás seguro</span>”</span>. W.M. dijo: <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Por las mismas
-reglas de interpretación que ustedes acaban de demostrar que Dios es un
-hombre, ustedes acaban de demostrar que Él es un pájaro</span>”</span>. Los
-mormones tuvieron que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su
-posición.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
+idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
parábola y una alegoría</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
parábola y una alegoría</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una parábola y una alegoría"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
parábola y una alegoría</h2></div></div></div><p>Una alegoría es: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un
-significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</p><p>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es
-una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las
-preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son
-alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso
-obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parábolas; ella puede ser retorcida para
-decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotros necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de
-desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parábola ilustra
-eso, bien.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia
+significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia
ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría,
¿qué tenemos?</p><p>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los
-derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de
-la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría? </p><p>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que
-tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es
-
elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+
for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
idioma </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
-parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia
-cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica
-bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original
-(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas,
-sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la
-Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">entendiendo
-primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación
-privada</span>”</span>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido
-correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos
-problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...entre las
-cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e
-inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia
-perdición.</span>”</span></p><p>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos
-que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo
-significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</p><div class="section" title="Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las
-palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el
-significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definición"><b>Definición. </b>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos,
-también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencias Cruzadas"><b>Referencias Cruzadas. </b>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o
-Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una
-nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros
-lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la
-palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los
-idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en
-Español?<span class="emphasis"><em>Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede
-traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden
-tener distintos matices de significado. </em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"No me toques"</em></span> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena
-como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es
-demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a
-ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament
-(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</em></span> (AMG
-Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos
-"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los
-números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la
-definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la
-manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia
-sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa
-que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código
-gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849
-vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857,
-"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para
-hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o,
-cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden
-negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está
-ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>En Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por
-él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</em></span>. ¿Qué es esta
-unción?</p><p>La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también
-tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar
-o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio
-religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo
-también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa
-una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es
-decir, momentánea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es
-temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo
-principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a
+parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definición"><b>Definición. </b>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos,
+también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencias Cruzadas"><b>Referencias Cruzadas. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a
ungirle.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para
predicar [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con
-poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las
-referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la
-diferencia:<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" es un uso práctico de aceite y
-"chrio" es uno espiritual</em></span></p><p>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica
-del aceite en esa época, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado
-por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un
-uso medicinal en la época de Jesús.
-</p><p>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a
-Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los
-ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre
-del Señor."</em></span> Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</p><p>
-Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como
-"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la
-oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la
-unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento
-a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan
-un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Resumen El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia es una guía para el estudio de la Biblia. Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime que este Cómo provoque a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14943877"></a><p>
- Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está
-disponible bajo los términos de la licencia "Creative Commons
-Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual"..
- </p><p>
- Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumen The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="idp26710880"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo
contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé
-SpaRVG2004]
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p>
- El <span class="application">Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</span> es una guía para el
-estudio de la Biblia.
- </p><p>
- Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> que este Cómo provoque a los lectores
-a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en
-particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina
-confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para
-entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la
-palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bíblico básico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+SpaRVG2004]</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bíblico básico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro propósito es como nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Oír</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versículo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temático</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
parábola y una alegoría</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Joh 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Joh 5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen
elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun
luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <quote>Menemme
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <quote>Menemme
kehdon luo vauvan takia</quote>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee
-sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten
-omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana
-sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan
-maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he
-olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</para>
-<para>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</para>
+
<para>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta
vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa
Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme
Kristuksen.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title>
-<para>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan
-kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen
-kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen,
-tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Kuuntele</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Kuuntele</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja
seuraavat sitä.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lue</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Lue</title>
+
<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka
kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tutki</title>
-<para>Apt. 17:11 <quote>Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Tutki</title>
+ <para>Apt. 17:11 <quote>Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin
Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin
-kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
+kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden
sanaa oikein.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Paina mieleen</title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Paina mieleen</title>
+
<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi
sinua vastaan.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Mietiskele</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Mietiskele</title>
+
<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja
öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan,
-eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia
-sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on
-avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua
-enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat
-tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</title>
-<para>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai
+eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</title>
+ <para>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai
sanahakemistoa.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</title>
-<para>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Selittävä tutkiminen</title>
-<para>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Sisältö</title>
-<para>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</title>
+
<para>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Selittävä tutkiminen</title>
+
<para>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Sisältö</title>
+
<para>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka
määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Asiayhteys</title>
-<para>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö -
-tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan
-kanssa.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title>
-<para>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Asiayhteys</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Ristiinviittaukset</title>
+ <para>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole
itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin
kirjoituksiin.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title>
-<para>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin
-avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista
-jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko
-ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se
-roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Mitä tarkoittaa <quote>hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</quote>? Antaako
-tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu?
-<emphasis>Motiivimme!</emphasis> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Kun annat</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Kun paastoat</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Kun rukoilet</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Kun annat</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Kun paastoat</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Kun rukoilet</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa
hurskauttamme:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <quote>kuulostaa
-trumpetilta</quote> tänäpäivänä?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>tee se salaisesti.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>jne.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Löydä erityinen jae</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </title>
-<para>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun
-tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut
-viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden
-viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa
-"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</title>
-<para>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <quote>Älkää
-tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</quote> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <quote>Hengellinen
-ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan
-voi tutkia.</quote> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin
-käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Katso "tuomio".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku
-viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Nyt katso "tuomio".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa
-Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.)
-Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</title>
-<para>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>tee se salaisesti.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>jne.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Löydä erityinen jae</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Tee aiheen tutkiminen</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</title>
+ <para>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien
merkityksiä.</para>
-<para>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Joosua</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Joosua</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabas</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title>
-<para>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka
-kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista
-oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</title>
-<para>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen
-seuraavissa asioissa:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla
-dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best
-seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin
-ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi
-kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat
-luotettavia?</emphasis> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden
-muinaisten tekstien kanssa:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Työ</entry>
-<entry>Milloin kirjoitettu</entry>
-<entry>Varhaisin kopio</entry>
-<entry>Aikaväli</entry><entry>Kopioiden lukumäärä</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodotus</entry>
-<entry>448-428 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry>
-<entry>1300 vuotta</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 jKr.</entry><entry>1100 jKr.</entry>
-<entry>1000 vuotta</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 eKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry>
-<entry>950 vuotta</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</entry><entry>900 jKr.</entry>
-<entry>900 vuotta</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Uusi Testamentti</entry>
-<entry>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</entry><entry>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</entry> <entry>30 - 310 vuotta</entry><entry>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen
-sota</emphasis>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen
-jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta
-350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia
-vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130
-jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään?
-5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <emphasis>Questions of
-Life</emphasis> s. 25-26</attribution><para>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Työ</entry>
+ <entry>Milloin kirjoitettu</entry>
+ <entry>Varhaisin kopio</entry>
+ <entry>Aikaväli</entry>
+ <entry>Kopioiden lukumäärä</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodotus</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 eKr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 vuotta</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 vuotta</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 eKr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>950 vuotta</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 vuotta</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Uusi Testamentti</entry>
+ <entry>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</entry>
+ <entry>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 vuotta</entry>
+ <entry>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin
tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten
-proosatekstien joukossa." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja
-toimii... </emphasis>" Jeesus sanoi <emphasis>(Matt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan
-jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</emphasis>" Kun luemme
-Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt
-kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja
-kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</emphasis>" Uskotko sinä
-tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+proosatekstien joukossa."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan
-todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt
-uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus
-itse opetti niin. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<emphasis>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi,
-ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan
-ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</emphasis>" Jos
-hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa,
-että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title>
-<para>
-Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu
-"<emphasis>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</emphasis>" Beside each
-scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen
-rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Viittaus</entry>
-<entry>Toiminta</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef. 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Apt 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat
-meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Room. 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten
-rohkaisuun kautta."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Room. 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Kor. 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat
-kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Matt. 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä
-ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title>
-<para>
-Joh.8:32 "<emphasis>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä
-vapaita.</emphasis>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai
-ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset
-lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<emphasis>Jos te pysytte
-uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella
-opetuslapsiani... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan
-totuudesta.</para>
-
-<para>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa
-<emphasis>rajuilmaa.</emphasis> "<emphasis>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä,
-jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien
-ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</emphasis>"Yksi asia, minkä
-Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä
-seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </emphasis>"<emphasis>Te
-kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan
-voimaa.</emphasis>"Matt.22:29</para>
-<para>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Jumalan sana</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Jumalan voima </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title>
-<para>
-Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Hengellinen sotavaruste</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Kysymys</entry>
-<entry>Vastaus</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</entry><entry>Yksi</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Mikä niistä? </entry><entry>sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Kehotus</title>
-<para>
-2 Tim.2:15 "<emphasis>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
-luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden
-sanaa oikein.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Kol.3:16 "<emphasis>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana
-keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja
-laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä
-lauluja.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </para>
-<para>
-Ei pieni!</para>
-
-<para>
-Saarn.12:11-12 "<emphasis>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan
-piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman
-paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla
-kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää
-ruumiin.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Kirja, joka toimii</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Viittaus</entry>
+ <entry>Toiminta</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Apt 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Room. 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten
+rohkaisuun kautta."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Room. 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Kor. 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat
+kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Matt. 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä
+ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jumalan sana</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jumalan voima</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Kirja, joka sotii</title>
+ <para>Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Hengellinen sotavaruste</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kysymys</entry>
+ <entry>Vastaus</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</entry>
+ <entry>Yksi</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mikä niistä?</entry>
+ <entry>sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Kehotus</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?</para>
+ <para>Ei pieni!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on
-kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen
-lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen
-täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava
-Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen
-reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden
-lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden
-lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> auktoriteetiksemme ja <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> pelastukseksemme.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title> <para> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti
-Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot,
-esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta
-pitääksesi sen tuoreena!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem
-kuukaudenpäivää.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla
-luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi
-yksi luku päivässä.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem
+kuukaudenpäivää.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla
+luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi
+yksi luku päivässä.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos
luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit &
-Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että
-huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille
-selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</title>
-<para>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen
-kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen
-merkitys näillä askelilla:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Määrittely</title>
- <para>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Määrittely</title>
+ <para>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta
Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Ristiinviittaukset</title>
- <para>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai
-hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä,
-selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja
-käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat
-sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin
-Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana
-ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <emphasis>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan
-kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla
-voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esimerkki 1A</title>
-<para>Joh.20:17 <emphasis>"Älä koske minuun"</emphasis> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta,
-eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt
-kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei
-näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta'
-<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers,
-1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Ristiinviittaukset</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Esimerkki 1A</title>
+ <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Esimerkki 1B</title>
-<para>Jaak. 5:14, <emphasis>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja
-rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</emphasis>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Esimerkki 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut
-julistamaan [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja
-määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <emphasis>"aleipho" on öljyn
-jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan
-kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä
-ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen
-päivinä.
-</para>
-<para>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <emphasis>"Jos
-joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä
-voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan
-Herran nimeen."</emphasis> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä?
-Jokapäiväistä!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut
+julistamaan [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title>
-<para>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo?
-Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on
-virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan
-tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan
-jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esimerkki 2A</title>
-<para>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"syntynyt vedestä ja
-Hengestä."</emphasis> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä
-asiayhteydessään?</para>
-<para>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja
-Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä
-muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on
-näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esimerkki 2B</title>
-<para>1 Kor.14:34 <quote>Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</quote> on otettu
-raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <quote>jokainen nainen [...]
-rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esimerkki 2C</title>
-<para>Apt. 2:38 <quote>Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin
-kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi
-[...] " </quote>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos
-tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta
-selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla
-Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen
-kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie
-uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17
-<emphasis>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan
-evankeliumia"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title>
-<para>
-Emme kysy ensiksi <quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote> vaan <quote>Mitä
-se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</quote>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä,
-<quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon
-kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esimerkki 3A</title><para> <quote>3 päivää & 3 yötä</quote> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia
-"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin
-kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös
-sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)?
-Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään
-silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</para>
-<para>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän
-osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja
-puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa,
-vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä
-tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja
-päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai
-klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6
-i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta
-poistaa ongelman.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esimerkki 3B</title><para>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin
-sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä
-palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin
-rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen
-mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella
-sopimuksella.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title>
-<para>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla
-kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esimerkki 4A</title>
-<para><quote>paha silmä</quote> Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö
-2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja
-jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä
-oikein!!</para>
-<para>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <quote>evil
-eye</quote>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15
-"<emphasis>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä
-karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</emphasis>"
-Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai
-kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä
-ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esimerkki 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote></para>
-<para>5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Esimerkki 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Esimerkki 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Esimerkki 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
+<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Esimerkki 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
+ <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Esimerkki 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Esimerkki 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Esimerkki 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote></para>
+ <para>5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat
ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää
heidät.</quote></para>
-<para>
-Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli
-kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat
-opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen
-antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin
-(<emphasis>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</emphasis> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla
-joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden
-tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <quote>Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet
-turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja
-kilpi.</quote>. W.M. sanoi, <quote>Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte
-Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</quote>. Mormonien oli
-naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</title>
-<para>Vertauskuva on: <emphasis>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on
+
<para>Vertauskuva on: <emphasis>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on
merkitys.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</para>
-
-<para>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on
-vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta,
-jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia
-kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä
-opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden
-sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista,
-jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esimerkki 5A</title>
-<para>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus
+ <para>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Esimerkki 5A</title>
+ <para>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus
valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen
vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</para>
-<para>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun
-puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esimerkki 5B</title>
-<para>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen
-merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </para>
-<para>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa
-valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei
-kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun
+puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Esimerkki 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on
-lisensioitu <link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">
-"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link> -lisenssillä.
- </para>
- <para>
- Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta
-standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Abstrakti</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+ <title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta
+standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Abstrakti</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Tutki</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Tutki</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Kuuleminen ja lukeminen tarjoavat kaukonäköisen kuvan
-kirjoituksista. Tutkiminen ja muistiinpaneminen tarjoavat mikroskooppisen
-kuvan kirjoituksista. Kirjoitusten mietiskely liittää kuulemisen, lukemisen,
-
tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kuuntele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Kuuntele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Kuuntele</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Siunattuja ovat he, ketkä kuulevat Jumalan Sanan, ja
seuraavat sitä.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lue"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lue</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Autuas se, joka tämän toisille lukee, autuaat ne, jotka
-kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tutki"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin
+kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tutki"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tutki</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 17:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Juutalaiset olivat täällä avarakatseisempia kuin
Tessalonikassa. He ottivat sanan halukkaasti vastaan ja tutkivat päivittäin
-kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
+kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden
sanaa oikein.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Paina mieleen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Paina mieleen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Minä talletan kaikki ohjeesi sydämeeni, etten rikkoisi
sinua vastaan.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mietiskele"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Mietiskele</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Vaan löytää ilonsa Herran laista, tutkii sitä päivin ja
öin. Hän on kuin puu, vetten äärelle istutettu: se antaa hedelmän ajallaan,
-eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>Navigaattorit kuvaavat tätä sanomalla, että peukalo voi koskettaa kaikkia
-sormia. Me voimme mietiskellä Sanaa kuten neljää ensimmäistä: mietiskely on
-avain ilmestykseen. Uuden kristityn tarvitsee kuulla ja lukea Raamattua
-enemmän kuin opetella ja muistaa sitä. Tämä sen tähden, että he tulevat
-tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin
-avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista
-jae ottamalla erilaisia kohtia tekstistä ja kysymällä itseltäsi, sopivatko
-ne avainjakeen kanssa yhteen. Kun löydät avainjakeen, kirjoita se
-roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>Mitä tarkoittaa <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</span>”</span>? Antaako
-tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu?
-
<span class="emphasis"><em>Motiivimme!</em></span> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa
-hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">kuulostaa
-trumpet
ilta</span>”</span> tänäpäivänä?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+
motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Kun annat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun paastoat</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kun rukoilet</p></li></ol></div><p>Täytä nyt määrätyillä toimenpiteillä kuinka välttää väärät tavat harjoittaa
+hurskauttamme:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">sound a
+trumpet
</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>tee se salaisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>jne.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Sisältö"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka
-määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Asiayhteys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö -
-tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan
-kanssa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ristiinviittaukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Sisältö"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Sisältö</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä se sanoo? Mitä se sanoo alkuperäiskielellä? Ole tarkka
+määrittelyissä. Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Asiayhteys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Asiayhteys</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ristiinviittaukset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Ristiinviittaukset</h3></div></div></div><p>Mitä muut jakeet sanovat tästä aiheesta muualla Raamatussa? Jumala ei ole
itseään vastaan, tulkintamme tulee perustua kirjoitusten vertailulla muihin
kirjoituksiin.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Ota jokin yksittäinen aihe ja seuraa sitä käyttäen viittauksia tai
sanahakemistoa.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Henkilöiden tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Henkilöiden tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Selittävä tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Selittävä tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Löydä erityinen jae"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tee aiheen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen </h3></div></div></div><p>Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun
-tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut
-viittaukset. Sitten sinun tulisi katsoa liittyvät sanat ja niiden
-viittaukset. Esim. "lunastus, lunastettu, lunnaat," jopa
-"ostaa" tai " ostettu." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Älkää
-tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</span>”</span> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hengellinen
-ihminen sen sijaan pystyy tutkimaan kaikkea, mutta häntä itseään ei kukaan
-voi tutkia.</span>”</span> Siellä on ehkä kaksi eri kreikankielistä sanaa, kumpikin
-käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi? </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku
-viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nyt katso "tuomio".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa
-Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.)
-Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi nimien merkityksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Löydä erityinen jae"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Löydä erityinen jae</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tee aiheen tutkiminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Tee aiheen tutkiminen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Etsi nimien merkityksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Etsi nimien merkityksiä</h3></div></div></div><p>Samalla menetelmällä voimme löytää kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten nimien
merkityksiä.</p><p>Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joosua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Te kyllä tutkitte kirjoituksia, koska luulette niistä löytävänne ikuisen
elämän -- ja nehän juuri todistavat minusta. Mutta te ette tahdo tulla minun
-luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme
+luokseni, että saisitte elämän.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>Kirjan päätarkoitus on tuoda meille Martti Lutherin sanat <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Menemme
kehdon luo vauvan takia</span>”</span>; juuri kuten Raamatun tutkimisessa, emme tee
-sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten
-omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana
-sanoa, "Hän, kuka on ymmärtänyt Torahin sanat, hänellä on tulevan
-maailman elämä itsellään." Heidän tutkiminen oli lopussa. Tässä he
-olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta
+sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</p><p>Kirjoitusten lukemisessa ei ole ansiota eikä hyötyä itsensä takia, mutta
vain jos se tehokkaasti tuo esiin Jeesus Kristusta. Milloin tahansa
Raamattua luetaan, tarvitaan innostunutta odotusta, että sen kautta tapaamme
Kristuksen.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sanojen mukaan Jumala elää ja
-toimii... </em></span>" Jeesus sanoi <span class="emphasis"><em>(Matt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>On kirjoitettu,Ei ihminen elä ainoastaan leivästä, vaan
-jokaisesta sanasta, joka lähtee Jumalan suusta.</em></span>" Kun luemme
-Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla.
-</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt
-kirjoitus on hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, ojennukseksi ja
-kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään.</em></span>" Uskotko sinä
-
tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+
Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-Tämä oli Kristuksen näkemys kirjoituksiin. Niiden todistus oli Jumalan
-todistus. Raamatun todistus on Jumalan todistus. Ja pääsyy, miksi kristityt
-uskovat Raamatun olevan jumalallista alkuperää, on se, että Jeesus Kristus
-itse opetti niin. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, "<span class="emphasis"><em>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi,
-ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan
-ihmisestä tulee täydellinen ja kaikkeen hyvään kykenevä.</em></span>" Jos
-hyväksymme, että Raamattu on todella Jumalan puhetta meille, siitä seuraa,
-että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka toimii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kehotus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pyri kaikin voimin osoittautumaan Jumalan silmissä
-luotettavaksi työntekijäksi, joka ei häpeä työtään ja joka opettaa totuuden
-sanaa oikein.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Kol.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Antakaa Kristuksen sanan asua runsaana
-keskuudessanne. Opettakaa ja neuvokaa toisianne kaikella viisaudella ja
-laulakaa kiitollisin mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä
-lauluja.</em></span>"
-</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat? </p><p>
-Ei pieni!</p><p>
-Saarn.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Viisaiden sanat ovat teräviä kuin häränajajan
-piikki, mietelauselmat kuin lujia nauloja. Nämä sanat ovat kaikki saman
-paimenen antamia. Ja vielä: Poikani, paina varoitus mieleesi. Paljolla
-kirjojen tekemisellä ei ole loppua, ja alituinen tutkistelu väsyttää
-ruumiin.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kehotus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kehotus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kehotus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Kehotus</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?</p><p>Ei pieni!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka sotii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Joh.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä
-vapaita.</em></span>"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai
-ehdoton lupaus? Toimiiko se kaikenlaisille tiedoille? Löydä vastaukset
-lauseen ensimmäisestä puolikkaasta, jakeessa 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Jos te pysytte
-uskollisina minun sanalleni, te olette todella
-opetuslapsiani... </em></span>"</p><p>Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan
-totuudesta.</p><p>Kreikankielinen sana "tuulelle" käytettynä Ef.4:14 tarkoittaa
-<span class="emphasis"><em>rajuilmaa.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>silloin emme enää ole alaikäisiä,
-jotka ajelehtivat kaikenlaisten opin tuulten heiteltävinä ja ovat kavalien
-ja petollisten ihmisten pelinappuloita...</em></span>"Yksi asia, minkä
-Raamatuntutkiminen tekee meille on, että se perustaa meitä totuuteen sillä
-seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti "tuulen vietäviä."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Te
-kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan
-voimaa.</em></span>"Matt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Kirja, joka sotii"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Kirja, joka vapahtaa</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan sana</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jumalan voima</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka toimii </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka sotii</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on
-kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen
-lunastus ja kristityn lunastus ovat samanlaisia Kristuksen
-täydellisyydessä. Mitään ei voi lisätä eikä ottaa pois olematta halventava
-Kristukselle... Nämä ovat kaksi peruskiveä, joille protestanttinen
-reformaatio pohjautuu -- Jumalan ilmoittamat sanat ilman ihmistraditioiden
-lisäyksiä ja Kristuksen loppuunsuoritettu työ ilman ihmisansioiden
-lisäystä. Reformistien suuri sanonta oli <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> auktoriteetiksemme ja <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> pelastukseksemme.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kehotus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p> Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti
-Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot,
-esimerkiksi #1 ja #4, tai #2 ja #5. Vaihda ohjelmaa vuosi vuodelta
-pitääksesi sen tuoreena!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Liite: "Kerran kaikille"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sananlaskut kuukaudessa: Lue yksi luku Sananlaskuja joka päivä vastatem
kuukaudenpäivää.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit yhdessä kuukaudessa: Lue 5 Psalmia 30:n päivän aikana, 20. kerralla
luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmit & Sananlaskut 6 kuukaudessa: Lue Psalmit ja Sananlaskut läpi
yksi luku päivässä.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vanha Testamentti ilman Psalmeja & Sananlaskuja kahdessa vuodessa: Jos
luet yhden kappaleen päivässä Vanhaa Testamenttia ohittaen Psalmit &
-Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa..</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Liite: "Kerran kaikille" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä? </td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka sotii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Kehotus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka sotii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka sotii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Kirja, joka sotii</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.3. Hengellinen sotavaruste</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hengellinen sotavaruste" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kysymys</th><th>Vastaus</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?</td><td>Yksi</td></tr><tr><td>Mikä niistä?</td><td>sana - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, joka vapahtaa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kehotus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>vaikuttaa teissä, jotka uskotte.</em></span>" Beside each
-scripture, write down the work the Word performs. Jokaisen kirjoituksen
-rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
-</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Apt 20:32
-</td><td>
-rakentaa -- " ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat
-meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Room. 15:4
-</td><td>
-rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten
-rohkaisuun kautta."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Room. 10:17
-</td><td>
-antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Kor. 10:11
-</td><td>
-opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat
-kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Matt. 4:4
-</td><td>
-ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä
-ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kirja, joka toimii</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Kirja, joka vapahtaa"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kirja, joka toimii</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kirja, joka toimii"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Kirja, joka toimii</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.2. Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Viittaus</th><th>Toiminta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>puhdistaa -- "...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla."</td></tr><tr><td>Apt 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Room. 15:4</td><td>rohkaisee -- "että meillä toivo olisit pitkäjänteisyyden ja kirjoitusten
+rohkaisuun kautta."</td></tr><tr><td>Room. 10:17</td><td>antaa uskon -- "Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>opetus -- "Nyt nämä asiat tapahtuivat heille esimerkiksi, ja ne ovat
+kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt. 4:4</td><td>ravitsemus -- "Mutta Hän vastasi ja sanoi, 'On kirjoitettu, Ihminen ei elä
+ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, joka vapahtaa</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka
-kutsuvat Jumalan nimeä. Raamatun tutkiminen on yksi ensisijaisista tavoista
-oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ainutlaatuinen kirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen
-seuraavissa asioissa:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla
-dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best
-seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin
-ollutta kirjoittajaa 1600 vuoden aikana, silti luetaan kuin sen olisi
-kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat
-luotettavia?</em></span> vertailee Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoitusta muiden
-muinaisten tekstien kanssa:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen
-sota</em></span>, Vanhin kopioitiin 900 vuotta alkuperäisen kirjoittamisen
-jälkeen, jne. Meillä on Uuden Testamentin täydellinen käsikirjoitus vuodelta
-350 jKr, papyrus-kääröjä sisältäen suurimman osan Uutta Testamenttia
-vuodesta 200 lähtien, ja katkelma Johanneksen Ilmestyksestä vuodelta 130
-jKr. Kuinka monta käsikirjoitusta meillä on vertaillaksemme niitä keskenään?
-5000 kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Ainutlaatuinen kirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Ainutlaatuinen kirja</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Taulu 1.1. Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Työ</th><th>Milloin kirjoitettu</th><th>Varhaisin kopio</th><th>Aikaväli</th><th>Kopioiden lukumäärä</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>1300 vuotta</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 jKr.</td><td>1100 jKr.</td><td>1000 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesarin <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallialainen sota</em></span></td><td>50-58 eKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>950 vuotta</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livyn <span class="emphasis"><em>Rooman historia</em></span></td><td>59 eKr. - 17 jKr.</td><td>900 jKr.</td><td>900 vuotta</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Uusi Testamentti</td><td>40 jKr. - 100 jKr.</td><td>130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset</td><td>30 - 310 vuotta</td><td>5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Todisteiden totuudellisuuteen ja täydellisyyteen nojaten Uuden Testamentin
tekstit ovat abosluuttisesti ja kansantajuissesti yksin muiden muinaisten
-proosatekstien joukossa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
-Life</em></span>
s. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+proosatekstien joukossa."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+Life</em></span>
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo?
-Mikä on luvun teema? Kirjan teema? Sopiiko tulkintasi näihin? Jos ei, se on
-virheelinen. Tavallisesti asiayhteys varustaa meidät tulkitsemaan
-tekstinkohdan oikein. Asiayhteys on avain. Jos tekstinkohdan tulkinnan
-jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"syntynyt vedestä ja
-Hengestä."</em></span> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä
-asiayhteydessään?</p><p>Vesikasteesta ei keskustella tässä, mikä on suuri muutos Juuesuksen ja
-Nikodeemuksen keskustelun aiheeseen. Tarkastele aiheen äkillistä
-muutosta. Johtolanka tulkinnastasi on suistunut raiteiltaan! Vesi on
-näytevettä, "syntynyt vedestä" = luonnollinen syntymä.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Nainen vaietkoon seurakunnassa</span>”</span> on otettu
-raamatulliseen yhteyteen 1 Kor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">jokainen nainen [...]
-rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Apt. 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin
-kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi
-[...] " </span>”</span>. Onko tämä opetus kasteesta uudestisyntymiselle? Jos
-tämä olisi ainoa meillä oleva tekstien jae, me päättelisimme näin. Mutta
-selvän opetuksen valossa uudestisyntyminen tapahtuu uskolla
-Kristukseen. Meidän tulee tulkita se toisin. Pietari kehottaa hänen
-kuulijoitaan ottamaan kasteen evankeliumin vaikuttamana. Jos kaste olisi tie
-uudelleensyntymiseen, kuinka Pietari kirjoittaisi 1 Kor.1:17
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"Eihän Kristus lähettänyt minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan
-evankeliumia"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esimerkki 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esimerkki 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esimerkki 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Emme kysy ensiksi <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span> vaan <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä
-se merkitsi alkuperäisille lukijoille?</span>”</span>; myöhemmin voimme kysyä,
-<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</span>”</span>. Meidän tulee ottaa huomioon
-kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 päivää & 3 yötä</span>”</span> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia
-"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan," erityisesti Armstrongismin
-kultissa. Kuinka Jeesus kuoli perjantaina iltapäivällä ja nousi ylös
-sunnuntaiaamuna kuten sanotaan "nousi ylös kolmantena päivänä" (Matt.16:21)?
-Sanojen "kolme" or "päivää" täsmällinen merkitys ei auta selittämään
-silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa.</p><p>Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän
-osat yhdeksi päiväksi, kuten me laskemme ämpärillistä vettä (jos on kuusi ja
-puoli ämpärillistä vettä, voimme sanoa, että on 7 ämpärillistä vettä jopa,
-vaikka yksi olisi vain osittain täysi). Siten juutalaisessa ajattelussa mikä
-tahansa päivän osa lasketaan koko päiväksi. Päivät alkaen klo 6 i.p. ja
-päättyen klo 6 i.p. Perjantaista klo 3 i.p. klo 6 i.p. = päivä 1. Perjantai
-klo 6 i.p. lauantaihin klo 6 i.p. = toinen päivä. Lauantaista klo 6
-i.p. sunnuntaihin klo 5 i.p. on kolmas päivä. Kulttuurisidonnainen tulkinta
-poistaa ongelman.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin
-sopimuksia halkaisemalla eläimet kahdeksi kappaleeksi ja sitten kävelemällä
-palojen välissä. Kumpikin osapuoli käveli välissä ottaen pantin. Pantin
-rikkipaloitteleminen tapahtuu niille, jos he eivät elä sopimuksen
-mukaan. Mutta tässä tapauksessa vain Jumala toteuttaa sen yksipuolisella
-sopimuksella.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
+<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">”<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esimerkki 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esimerkki 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla
-kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">”<span class="quote">paha silmä</span>”</span> Mt.6:23.</p><p>Sääntö 1, sanojen "evil" ja "eye" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. Sääntö
-2, asiayhteys: sekoittaa meitä yhä enemmän. Ei näytä sopivan aiempaan ja
-jäljempään tekstiin! Tämän pitäisi näyttää meille, että emme ymmärrä
-oikein!!</p><p>Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil
-eye</span>”</span>. Tarkastellaanpa tämän sanonnan muita merkityksiä: Mt.20:15
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>ja kai minä saan omallani tehdä mitä haluan? Katsotko sinä
-karsaasti [lit."evil"] sitä, että minä olen hyvä [lit. "jalo"]?</em></span>"
-Huomaamme, että "evil eye" on heprealainen sanonta olla kitsas tai
-kateellinen. Palaa nyt takaisin Matteuksen 6. lukuun ja huomaa kuinka tämä
-ymmärtäminen sitoutuu niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esimerkki 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esimerkki 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</span>”</span></p><p>5. Moos. 33:27 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat
ikuiset käsivarret. Hän karkotti tieltäsi viholliset ja käski sinun hävittää
-heidät.</span>”</span></p><p>
-Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli
-kerran mies kuten me. Kun he ovat vakuuttaneet ihmiset siitä, he jatkavat
-opettamista, että me voimme tulla Jumaliksi juuri kuten Hän on! Hänen
-antamalla luennolla ryhmä vanhempia mormoneja haastoi Walter Martinin
-(<span class="emphasis"><em>Kulttien kuningaskunnan</em></span> tekijä) riitaan lukuisalla
-joukolla samanlaisia jakeita. Tohtori Martin pyysi mormoneja lukemaan yhden
-tekstin lisää. Ps. 91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Hän levittää siipensä yllesi, ja sinä olet
-turvassa niiden alla. Hänen uskollisuutensa on sinulle muuri ja
-kilpi.</span>”</span>. W.M. sanoi, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Samalla tulkinnalla, jolla todistitte
-Jumalan ihmiseksi, te todistitte, että hän on lintu.</span>”</span>. Mormonien oli
-naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+heidät.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan välillä"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</h2></div></div></div><p>Vertauskuva on: <span class="emphasis"><em>Kertomus, jossa kullakin osalla on
-merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on
-vertauskuva. Siemen on Jumalan Sana. Orjantappurat ovat huolia ja ahneutta,
-jne. Mutta suurin osa vertauksista ei ole vertauskuvia, mutta yksinkertaisia
-kertomuksia valaisemaan yhden näkökulman. On vaarallista tehdä
-opinkappaletta vertauksesta. Ne voivat olla monimutkaisia kaikkien asioiden
-sanomiseen. Meidän tulee selvittää opinkappale selvistä kirjoituksista,
-jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus
+merkitys.</em></span></p><p>Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esimerkki 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus leskestä ja väärämielisestä tuomarista Luuk.18:1-8. Tämä kertomus
valaisee yhden läksyn: lannistumaton rukoilu. Jos me sijoitamme sen
vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?</p><p>Kaikenlaisia vääryyksiä tapahtuu merkityksille. Jumala on halutun
-puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen
-merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? </p><p>Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa
-valmistautuessaan virasta erottamisen jälkeiseen aikaan. Mutta häntä ei
-
kunnioiteta hänen epäeettisen käytöksen takia mestarinsa petkuttamisesta. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat "kiusaavat" Häntä, jne.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esimerkki 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+
for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Ylös</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
-välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Luku 3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että
-huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille
-selvä. Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:</p><div class="section" title="Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen
-kanssa, sitä parempi tulkintamme on. Yritä löytää avainsanojen todellinen
-merkitys näillä askelilla:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Määrittely"><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta
-Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Ristiinviittaukset"><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai
-hepreankielinen sana (ei englanninkielinen sana) on käytetty tekstissä,
-selvittää tai antaa uutta valaistusta määritelmään. Kuinka sama kirjoittaja
-käyttää tätä sanaa muualla? Muut kirjoittajat? Referenssityökalusi antavat
-sinulle yhtä hyvin esimerkkejä sanan käytöstä muissa asiakirjoissa kuin
-Raamattussa. Miksi meidän pitää mennä alkukieleen, miksi englantilainen sana
-ei ole tarpeeksi hyvä? <span class="emphasis"><em>Koska useampi kreikankielinen sana voidaan
-kääntää samaksi englanninkieliseksi sanaksi, ja kreikankielisillä sanoilla
-voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Joh.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Älä koske minuun"</em></span> (KJV) kuulostaa karkealta,
-eikö vain? Kuulostaa siltä, että Jeesus ei halunnut tulla kosketetuksi nyt
-kun hän on Hengessä, että Hän on pyhä tai jotain sellaista. Mutta tämä ei
-näytä oikealta. Niinpä lue se Spiros Zodhiatesin kirjoittamasta kirjasta'
-<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers,
-1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Määrittely"><b>Määrittely. </b>Katso määreitelmää kreikkalaisesta tai heprealaisesta sanakirjasta
+Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Ristiinviittaukset"><b>Ristiinviittaukset. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esimerkki 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Jaak. 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja
-rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</em></span>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Esimerkki 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esimerkki 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">”<span class="quote">Herran Henki on minun ylläni, sillä hän on voidelut minut
-julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja
-määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" on öljyn
-jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</em></span></p><p>Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan
-kun laupias samarialainen huolehti ryöstäjien lyömän miehen hän kaatoi öljyä
-ja viiniä haavaan. Öljyllä oli siis lääketieteellinen käyttö Jeesuksen
-päivinä.
-</p><p>Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <span class="emphasis"><em>"Jos
-joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä
-voidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan
-Herran nimeen."</em></span> Onko "voitelu" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä?
-Jokapäiväistä!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+julistamaan [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Edellinen</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Alkuun</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on
-lisensioitu
-"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike" -lisenssillä.
- </p><p>
- Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta
-standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakti"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakti The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tutki, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25457120"></a>Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Tekijänoikeudet © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="idp26706720"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Tekstien lainausmerkit ovat peräisin uudesta amerikkalaisesta
+standardi-Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakti"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakti</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisällys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Ainutlaatuinen kirja</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Kirja, joka toimii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Kirja, joka vapahtaa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Kirja, joka sotii</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Kehotus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Liite: "Kerran kaikille"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Kuuntele</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lue</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tutki</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Paina mieleen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Mietiskele</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Raamatuntutkimisen tavat</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Henkilöiden tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Oikean tulkinnan perusteet</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Sisältö</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Asiayhteys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Ristiinviittaukset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Löydä erityinen jae</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Tee aiheen tutkiminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Etsi nimien merkityksiä</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esimerkki 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esimerkki 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esimerkki 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esimerkki 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esimerkki 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esimerkki 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esimerkki 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esimerkki 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esimerkki 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Sääntö 5 - Ymmärrä kertomusten opetus ja ero opetuksen ja vertauskuvan
välillä</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esimerkki 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esimerkki 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Luettelo tauluista</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Hengellinen sotavaruste</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Luku 1. Jumalan Sanan tärkeys</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases de l'étude biblique</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn 5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Bases de l'étude biblique</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn 5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel,
+
<para>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel,
mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que
nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à
travers elle nous pouvons rencontrer Christ.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title>
+
<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Écouter</title>
-<para>Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Écouter</title>
+
<para>Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui
la gardent !</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lire</title>
-<para>Ap 1:3 <emphasis>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Lire</title>
+
<para>Ap 1:3 <emphasis>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de
la prophétie..."</emphasis></para>
-<para>1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Étude</title>
-<para>Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de
+ <para>1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Étude</title>
+ <para>Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de
Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils
examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait
-était exact.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tm 2:15 <quote>"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu
+était exact.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tm 2:15 <quote>"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu
comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense
droitement la parole de la vérité.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Mémoriser</title>
-<para>Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Mémoriser</title>
+
<para>Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher
contre toi.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Méditer</title>
-<para>Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Méditer</title>
+
<para>Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui
la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant
d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit
-point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Étude thématique</title>
-<para>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Étude de personnage</title>
-<para>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn
+point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Types d'études bibliques</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Étude thématique</title>
+ <para>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Étude de personnage</title>
+ <para>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn
37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Étude expositoire</title>
-<para>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenu</title>
-<para>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Étude expositoire</title>
+
<para>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Contenu</title>
+
<para>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte
original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne
signifie pas.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexte</title>
-<para>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est
-roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure
-du passage entier et du livre.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Références croisées</title>
-<para>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Contexte</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Références croisées</title>
+ <para>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible
? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente
face aux autres Écritures.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des
-exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations !
-Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Quand tu fais l'aumône</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Quand tu jeûnes</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Quand tu pries</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quand tu fais l'aumône</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quand tu jeûnes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quand tu pries</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant
d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Quand vous donnez <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Trouvez ces versets : <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Pour faire une étude thématique </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</title>
-<para>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 <quote>Ne
-jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</quote> et 1 Co 2:15
-<quote>L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</quote> ? Peut-être
-y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par
-"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons
-l'affichage des numéros Strong) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Recherche du mot "jugés".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Pour trouver la signification des noms</title>
-<para>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quand vous donnez <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Trouvez ces versets : <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Pour faire une étude thématique</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Pour trouver la signification des noms</title>
+ <para>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des
noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.</para>
-<para>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigaïl</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigaïl</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Josué</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabas</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un livre unique</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Un livre unique</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
anciens.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Ouvrage</entry>
-<entry>Date d'écriture</entry>
-<entry>Copie la plus ancienne</entry>
-<entry>Période écoulée</entry><entry>Nombre de copies</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Hérodote</entry>
-<entry>448-428 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry>
-<entry>1300 ans</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacite</entry>
-<entry>100 après J.C.</entry><entry>1100 après J.C.</entry>
-<entry>1000 ans</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César</entry>
-<entry>50-58 avant J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry>
-<entry>950 ans</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live</entry>
-<entry>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</entry><entry>900 après J.C.</entry>
-<entry>900 ans</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Nouveau Testament</entry>
-<entry>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</entry><entry>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</entry> <entry>30 - 310 ans</entry><entry>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ouvrage</entry>
+ <entry>Date d'écriture</entry>
+ <entry>Copie la plus ancienne</entry>
+ <entry>Période écoulée</entry>
+ <entry>Nombre de copies</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hérodote</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 avant J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 ans</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacite</entry>
+ <entry>100 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 ans</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César</entry>
+ <entry>50-58 avant J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>950 ans</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live</entry>
+ <entry>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 ans</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nouveau Testament</entry>
+ <entry>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</entry>
+ <entry>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 ans</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les
textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part
-parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tm 3:16 dit,"<emphasis>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est
-parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</emphasis>" Le pensez-vous ? Avant de
-répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : "<emphasis>... et utile pour enseigner, pour
-convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme
-de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</emphasis>" Si nous
-admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle
-doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un livre qui agit</title>
-<para>
-Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la
-Bible "<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>" À coté de chaque
-verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Référence</entry>
-<entry>Action</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ep 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir
-purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Ac 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rm 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que
-donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rm 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de
-la parole de Christ."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Co 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et
-elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mt 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain
-seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un livre qui libère</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout
-particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.</para>
-
-<para>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Ep 4:14 signifie plus précisément un
-<emphasis>vent violent. </emphasis> "<emphasis>afin que nous ne soyons plus
-des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de
-doctrine...</emphasis>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous
-ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas
-facilement "emportés".</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Jésus leur répondit : </emphasis>"<emphasis>Vous êtes dans
-l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de
-Dieu.</emphasis>"Mt 22:29</para>
-<para>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Un livre qui agit</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Référence</entry>
+ <entry>Action</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ep 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir
+purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ac 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rm 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que
+donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rm 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de
+la parole de Christ."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Co 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et
+elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mt 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain
+seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Un livre qui libère</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de
l'erreur ?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>La Parole de Dieu</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>La puissance de Dieu </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un livre qui combat</title>
-<para>
-Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>L'armure spirituelle</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Question</entry>
-<entry>Réponse</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Combien sont offensives ?</entry><entry>Un</entry></row>
-<row><entry>La (les) quelle(s) ? </entry><entry>La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Les exhortations</title>
-<para>
-2 Tm 2:15 "<emphasis>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme
-éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la
-parole de la vérité.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Col 3:16 "<emphasis>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment;
-instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par
-des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu
-dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </para>
-<para>
-Pas qu'un peu !</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La Parole de Dieu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La puissance de Dieu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Un livre qui combat</title>
+ <para>Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>L'armure spirituelle</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Question</entry>
+ <entry>Réponse</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Combien sont offensives ?</entry>
+ <entry>Un</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>La (les) quelle(s) ?</entry>
+ <entry>La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Les exhortations</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?</para>
+ <para>Pas qu'un peu !</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour,
-correspondant au jour dans le mois.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour,
+correspondant au jour dans le mois.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par
exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 &
-140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes
-un chapitre par jour.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous
+140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes
+un chapitre par jour.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous
lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes &
-proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</title>
+
<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Définition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Définition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Références croisées</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Références croisées</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemple 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Exemple 1A</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le
-retenir !</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemple 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le
+retenir !</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Exemple 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Références croisées pour aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV :
-"oindre"] Jésus.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds
-avec ses cheveux</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Références croisées pour chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lc 4:18 <quote>L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour
-annoncer [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux
-références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des
-différences: <emphasis>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de
-l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Références croisées pour aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV :
+"oindre"] Jésus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds
+avec ses cheveux</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Références croisées pour chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lc 4:18 <quote>L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour
+annoncer [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc
-5:14 <emphasis>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les
-anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant
-d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</emphasis> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou
-spirituel ? Pratique !</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemple 2A</title>
-<para>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 <emphasis>"...naît
-d'eau et d'Esprit..."</emphasis> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont
-on parle ici ?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Exemple 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemple 2B</title>
-<para>1 Co 14:34 <emphasis>"que les femmes se taisent dans les
-assemblées"</emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co
-11:5 <emphasis>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise..."</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemple 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Exemple 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Exemple 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemple 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Exemple 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemple 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Exemple 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemple 4A</title>
-<para><quote>oeil en mauvais état</quote> dans Mt 6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Exemple 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemple 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</quote></para>
-<para>Dt 33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Exemple 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</quote></para>
+ <para>Dt 33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</title>
-<para>Une allégorie est : <emphasis>Une histoire où chaque élément à une
+
<para>Une allégorie est : <emphasis>Une histoire où chaque élément à une
signification.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemple 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Exemple 5A</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à
-protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemple 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à
+protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Exemple 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>L'équipe BibleTime</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>L'équipe BibleTime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence
-<link url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative
-Commons Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Résumé</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+ <title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Résumé</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Étude</keyword>
- <keyword>Tutoriel</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Étude</keyword>
+ <keyword>Tutoriel</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approche de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Écouter"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Écouter</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11:28 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui
la gardent !</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lire</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1:3 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles de
-la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Tm 4:13 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</span> »</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Ac 17:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de
+la prophétie..."</em></span></p><p>1 Tm 4:13 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Étude</h3></div></div></div><p>Ac 17:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de
Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils
examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait
-était exact.</span> »</span>
-</p><p>2 Tm 2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu
+était exact.</span> »</span></p><p>2 Tm 2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu
comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense
droitement la parole de la vérité.</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Mémoriser"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Mémoriser</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps 119:11 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher
contre toi.</span> »</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Méditer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Méditer</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps 1:2-3 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui
la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant
d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit
-point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</span> »</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</span> »</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Types d'études bibliques</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>Que signifie "pratiquez votre justice" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des
-exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations !
-
Qu'est-ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant
-d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand vous donnez </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span> »</span>
-today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span> »</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+
motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu fais l'aumône</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu jeûnes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quand tu pries</p></li></ol></div><p>Maintenant, complétons notre ébauche avec les instructions permettant
+d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quand vous donnez </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span> »</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>que ton aumône se fasse en secret.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases d'une juste interprétation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases d'une juste interprétation</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Types d'études bibliques"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases d'une juste interprétation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases d'une juste interprétation</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenu</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu'est ce que cela signifie? Qu'est ce que cela signifie dans la texte
original ? Attention aux définitions. Ne lui faites pas dire ce que ça ne
-signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est
-roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure
-du passage entier et du livre.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Références croisées"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible
+signifie pas.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexte</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Références croisées"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Références croisées</h3></div></div></div><p>Que disent les versets à propos de ce thème à travers l'ensemble de la Bible
? Dieu ne se contredit pas, donc notre interprétation doit rester cohérente
face aux autres Écritures.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Types d'études bibliques </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types d'études bibliques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude de personnage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Types d'études bibliques</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases d'une juste interprétation"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Types d'études bibliques</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Types d'études bibliques"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Types d'études bibliques</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Choisir un thème et le suivre, via les références croisées ou par un index.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude de personnage"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Étude de personnage</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn
37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Étude expositoire"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Étude expositoire</h3></div></div></div><p>Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approche de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases d'une juste interprétation</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour rechercher un verset particulier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouvez ces versets : </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour faire une étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Ne
-jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</span> »</span> et 1 Co 2:15
-<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</span> »</span> ? Peut-être
-y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par
-"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons
-l'affichage des numéros Strong) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Recherche du mot "jugés".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour trouver la signification des noms"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour rechercher un verset particulier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Pour rechercher un verset particulier</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trouvez ces versets : </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span> »</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span> »</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour faire une étude thématique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Pour faire une étude thématique</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span> »</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span> »</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Pour trouver la signification des noms"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Pour trouver la signification des noms</h3></div></div></div><p>À l'aide de la même méthode, il est possible de trouver la signification des
noms dans les dictionnaires Grec ou Hébreu.</p><p>Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigaïl</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approche de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
-to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span> »</span>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</p><p>Il n'est aucun mérite ou profit d'étudier les Écritures en tant que tel,
mais uniquement dans le but de rencontrer Jésus Christ. À chaque fois que
nous lisons la Bible, ce qui est nécessaire est la fervente espérance qu'à
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2 Tm 3:16 dit,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est
-parcourue du Souffle de Dieu].</em></span>" Le pensez-vous ? Avant de
-répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : "<span class="emphasis"><em>... et utile pour enseigner, pour
-convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme
-de Dieu soit accompli et propre à toute bonne oeuvre.</em></span>" Si nous
-admettons que la Bible est réellement Dieu nous parlant, il s'ensuit qu'elle
-
doit faire pleinement autorité dans notre foi et notre conduite. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+
faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui agit</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Les exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tm 2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme
-éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la
-parole de la vérité.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Col 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment;
-instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par
-des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu
-dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</em></span>"
-</p><p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ? </p><p>
-Pas qu'un peu !</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Les exhortations</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Les exhortations</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Les exhortations"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Les exhortations</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?</p><p>Pas qu'un peu !</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui combat </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui libère"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout
-particulièrement à propos de la vérité de la Parole.</p><p>Le mot grec pour "vent" utilisé dans Ep 4:14 signifie plus précisément un
-<span class="emphasis"><em>vent violent. </em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>afin que nous ne soyons plus
-des enfants, flottants et emportés à tout vent de
-doctrine...</em></span>"L'une des actions de l'étude de la Bible est de nous
-ancrer dans la vérité, ce qui a pour conséquence que nous ne serons pas
-facilement "emportés".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jésus leur répondit : </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vous êtes dans
-l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de
-Dieu.</em></span>"Mt 22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de
-l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui libère</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un livre qui agit"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un livre qui combat"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui libère</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui libère"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un livre qui libère</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de
+l'erreur ?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La Parole de Dieu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La puissance de Dieu</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui agit </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui combat</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Les exhortations </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour,
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Proverbes en un mois : lire un chapitre des Proverbes par jour,
correspondant au jour dans le mois.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Les Psaumes en un mois : lire 5 Psaumes par intervalles de 30 jours, par
exemple le vingtième jour du mois, lire les psaumes 20, 50, 80, 110 &
140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psaumes & proverbes en 6 mois : lire dans les Psaumes et les Proverbes
un chapitre par jour.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ancien Testament sans les psaumes & proverbes en deux ans : si vous
lisez un chapitre par jour de l'Ancien Testament excepté les Psaumes &
-proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+proverbes, vous aurez lu l'Ancien Testament en 2 ans et 2 semaines.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 2. Bases de l'étude biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui combat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>Un</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ? </td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui combat</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Les exhortations"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui combat</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui combat"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un livre qui combat</h2></div></div></div><p>Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.3. L'armure spirituelle</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="L'armure spirituelle" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Question</th><th>Réponse</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Combien sont offensives ?</td><td>Un</td></tr><tr><td>La (les) quelle(s) ?</td><td>La Parole - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre qui libère </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Les exhortations</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui agit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la
-Bible "<span class="emphasis"><em>...agit en vous qui croyez.</em></span>" À coté de chaque
-verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ep 5:26
-</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir
-purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Ac 20:32
-</td><td>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rm 15:4
-</td><td>
-encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que
-donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rm 10:17
-</td><td>
-foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de
-la parole de Christ."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Co 10:11
-</td><td>
-instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et
-elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mt 4:4
-</td><td>
-nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain
-seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un livre qui agit</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un livre qui libère"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un livre qui agit</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un livre qui agit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un livre qui agit</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.2. Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Référence</th><th>Action</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ep 5:26</td><td>sanctification -- "afin de la sanctifier par la parole, après l'avoir
+purifiée par le baptême d'eau..."</td></tr><tr><td>Ac 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15:4</td><td>encouragement -- "...afin que, par la patience, et par la consolation que
+donnent les Écritures, nous possédions l'espérance."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10:17</td><td>foi -- "Ainsi la foi vient de ce qu'on entend, et ce qu'on entend vient de
+la parole de Christ."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Co 10:11</td><td>instruction -- "Ces choses leur sont arrivées pour servir d'exemple, et
+elles ont été écrites pour notre instruction..."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4:4</td><td>nourriture -- "Jésus répondit : Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain
+seulement, mais de toute parole qui sort de la bouche de Dieu."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre qui libère</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un livre unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un livre unique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un livre unique</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tableau 1.1. Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
anciens.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
-anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+anciens." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ouvrage</th><th>Date d'écriture</th><th>Copie la plus ancienne</th><th>Période écoulée</th><th>Nombre de copies</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodote</td><td>448-428 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>1300 ans</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacite</td><td>100 après J.C.</td><td>1100 après J.C.</td><td>1000 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>la <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerre des Gaules</em></span> de César</td><td>50-58 avant J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>950 ans</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>L'<span class="emphasis"><em>histoire romaine</em></span> de Live</td><td>59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C.</td><td>900 après J.C.</td><td>900 ans</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nouveau Testament</td><td>40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C.</td><td>130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets</td><td>30 - 310 ans</td><td>5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Dans la vérité et la plénitude de l'évidence sur laquelle ils reposent, les
textes du Nouveau Testament se placent absolument et indiscutablement à part
-parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+parmi les autres anciens écrits en prose."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tutoriel d'étude biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"...naît
-d'eau et d'Esprit..."</em></span> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont
-on parle ici ?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemple 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14:34 <span class="emphasis"><em>"que les femmes se taisent dans les
-assemblées"</em></span> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co
-11:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise..."</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemple 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span> »</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span> »</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemple 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span> »</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span> but
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>but
<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span> »</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+<span class="quote">« <span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span> »</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemple 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span> »</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Exemple 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">« <span class="quote">oeil en mauvais état</span> »</span> dans Mt 6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemple 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">evil eye</span> »</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Dt 33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemple 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</span> »</span></p><p>Dt 33:27 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</span> »</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</span> »</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+is a bird</span> »</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une parabole et une allégorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</h2></div></div></div><p>Une allégorie est : <span class="emphasis"><em>Une histoire où chaque élément à une
signification.</em></span></p><p>Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Exemple 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Exemple 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Tout un éventail de brutalités se font jour : Dieu est peu disposé à
-protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory?
</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+protéger les droits des veuves, les prières "L'embêtent", etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemple 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Niveau supérieur</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
-parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Chapitre 3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span> »</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span> »</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you.
How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Définition"><b>Définition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Références croisées"><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Références croisées"><b>Références croisées. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemple 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le
-retenir !</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le
+retenir !</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Exemple 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemple 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées pour aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV :
"oindre"] Jésus.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn 12:3 Marie, (...) oignit les pieds de Jésus, et elle lui essuya les pieds
avec ses cheveux</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Références croisées pour chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4:18 <span class="quote">« <span class="quote">L'Esprit du Seigneur est sur moi, parce qu'il m'a oint pour
-annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux
-références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des
-différences: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de
-
l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+annoncer [...]</span> »</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+
spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc
-5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les
-anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant
-d'huile au nom du Seigneur."</em></span> "oindre" désigne un acte pratique ou
-spirituel ? Pratique !</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Précédent</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Sommaire</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">L'équipe BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 L'équipe BibleTime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="id14943873"></a><p>
- Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence
- "Creative
-Commons Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Résumé The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Étude, Tutoriel"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tutoriel d'étude biblique</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Tutoriel d'étude biblique"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Tutoriel d'étude biblique</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note légale"><a name="idp26710880"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Résumé"><p class="title"><b>Résumé</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matières</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un livre unique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un livre qui agit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un livre qui libère</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un livre qui combat</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Les exhortations</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Annexe : "Une fois pour toutes"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases de l'étude biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approche de la Parole de Dieu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Écouter</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lire</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Étude</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Mémoriser</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Méditer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Types d'études bibliques</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Étude de personnage</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Étude expositoire</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases d'une juste interprétation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexte</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Références croisées</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Pour rechercher un verset particulier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Pour faire une étude thématique</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Pour trouver la signification des noms</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemple 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemple 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemple 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemple 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemple 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemple 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemple 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemple 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemple 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Règle 5 - Comprendre l'objectif des paraboles et la différence entre une
parabole et une allégorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemple 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemple 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Liste des tableaux</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes
anciens.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">L'armure spirituelle</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Suivant</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapitre 1. Importance de la Parole de Dieu</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök
életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok
hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta:
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta:
<quote> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</quote>; de a
Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az
-Istennel való szövetségért.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+Istennel való szövetségért.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi,
-mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta
-a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta
-tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</para>
-<para>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</para>
+ <para>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha
ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható,
szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk
Krisztussal.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title>
-<para>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni
-és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az
-Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást,
-tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hallgatni</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét,
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Hallgatni</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét,
és megtartják azt.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Olvasni</title>
-<para>Jel.1:3 <quote>Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Olvasni</title>
+
<para>Jel.1:3 <quote>Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak
beszédeit [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Tanulmányozni</title>
-<para>ApCsel 17:11 <quote>Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Tanulmányozni</title>
+ <para>ApCsel 17:11 <quote>Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a
Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel,
-naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint
+naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint
oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak
beszédét.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizálni</title>
-<para>Zsolt.119:11 <quote>Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memorizálni</title>
+
<para>Zsolt.119:11 <quote>Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem
ellened.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Elmélkedni</title>
-<para>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <quote>Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Elmélkedni</title>
+
<para>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <quote>Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő
törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek
mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem
-hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes
-megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben
-bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen
-feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van
-szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és
-memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia
-általános üzenetét.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Témák tanulmányozása</title>
-<para>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy
+hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Témák tanulmányozása</title>
+ <para>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy
szószedetek alapján.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterek tanulmányozása</title>
-<para>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Karakterek tanulmányozása</title>
+
<para>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az
1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Megismerő tanulmányozás</title>
-<para>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Tartalom</title>
-<para>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Megismerő tanulmányozás</title>
+
<para>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Tartalom</title>
+
<para>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a
meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Szövegkörnyezet</title>
-<para>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a
-király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes
-szakasszal és könyvvel.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title>
-<para>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Szövegkörnyezet</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Kereszthivatkozások</title>
+ <para>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent
önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok
tesztjének.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title>
-<para>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a
-kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor
-megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Mit jelent a <quote>kegyesség gyakorlása</quote>? Ad erre a szakasz példát?
-Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <emphasis>A
-motivációnknak!</emphasis> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Amikor adsz</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Amikor böjtölsz</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Amikor imádkozol</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Amikor adsz</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Amikor böjtölsz</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Amikor imádkozol</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz
módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <quote>kürtöltethet</quote> bárki manapság?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>titokban csináld.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>stb.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Megtalálni a pontos verset</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </title>
-<para>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először
-nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket
-felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide
-vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a
-"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</title>
-<para>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<quote>Ne ítéljetek,
-hogy ne ítéltessetek!</quote> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <quote>A lelki ember azonban
-mindent megítél</quote> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van,
-amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's
-Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott
-görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a
-görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú
-szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</title>
-<para>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>titokban csináld.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>stb.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Megtalálni a pontos verset</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</title>
+ <para>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy
héberben.</para>
-<para>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nábál</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Józsué</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabás</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nábál</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Józsué</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabás</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Isten szavának jelentősége</title>
-<para>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják
-Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy
-megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</title>
-<para>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt
-hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év
-bestsellere!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel
-rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta
-volna.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <emphasis> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség
-dokumentumai?</emphasis> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más
-ősi iratokkal:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Irat</entry>
-<entry>Keletkezés</entry>
-<entry>Legkorábbi másolat</entry>
-<entry>Eltelt idő</entry><entry>Fennmaradt másolatok</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Hérodotosz</entry>
-<entry>448-428 Kr.e</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry>
-<entry>1300 év</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 Kr.u.</entry><entry>1100 Kr.u.</entry>
-<entry>1000 év</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>58-50 Kr.e.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry>
-<entry>950 év</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</entry><entry>900 Kr.u.</entry>
-<entry>900 év</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Újszövetség</entry>
-<entry>Kr.u. 40 - 100</entry><entry>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</entry> <entry>30 -310 év</entry><entry>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900
-évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan
-példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes
-szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit
-Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja,
-1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet
-Kérdései</emphasis> 25-26. oldalán </attribution><para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Isten szavának jelentősége</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Irat</entry>
+ <entry>Keletkezés</entry>
+ <entry>Legkorábbi másolat</entry>
+ <entry>Eltelt idő</entry>
+ <entry>Fennmaradt másolatok</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hérodotosz</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 Kr.e</entry>
+ <entry>900 Kr.u.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 év</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 Kr.u.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 Kr.u.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 év</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>58-50 Kr.e.</entry>
+ <entry>900 Kr.u.</entry>
+ <entry>950 év</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</entry>
+ <entry>900 Kr.u.</entry>
+ <entry>900 év</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Újszövetség</entry>
+ <entry>Kr.u. 40 - 100</entry>
+ <entry>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</entry>
+ <entry>30 -310 év</entry>
+ <entry>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi
-ősi prózai irat között." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title>
-<para><emphasis>Zsid. 4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Isten igéje élő és
-ható... </emphasis> " Jézus mondta<emphasis> (Mt. 4:4)</emphasis><emphasis>
-Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely
-Isten szájából származik.</emphasis> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten
-Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<emphasis>A teljes Írás Istentől
-ihletett,</emphasis>". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus
-hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó</emphasis>, InterVarsity
-Press 1978, 93-95 </attribution><para>Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy
-Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes
-mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1
-Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt
-mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van
-írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 &
-Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is
-meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra
-valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az
-atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől
-indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem
-Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek
-úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek
-szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten
-bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő
-oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy
-Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "<emphasis>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a
-megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten
-embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</emphasis>" Ha hisszük, hogy a
-Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a
-tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title>
-<para>
-Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy
-"<emphasis>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</emphasis>"
-Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Hivatkozás</entry>
-<entry>Cselekedet</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef. 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva
-megszentelje."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-ApCsel. 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet
-benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Róm. 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Róm. 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde
-által."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Kor. 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül
-íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mt. 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember,
-hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title>
-<para>
-Jn. 8:32 "<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká
-tesz titeket.</emphasis>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták
-idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás
-összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben:
-"<emphasis>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én
-tanítványaim vagytok;</emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten
-igéjének igazságát.</para>
-
-<para>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel,
-<emphasis>erőszakos szél.</emphasis> "<emphasis> Az, hogy nem vagyunk
-gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve
-vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</emphasis>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige
-tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk
-könnyen "elfújhatók."</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az
-Istennek hatalmát.</emphasis>" Mt. 22:29</para>
-<para>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Isten igéje</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Isten hatalma </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title>
-<para>
-Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Szellemi páncél</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Kérdés</entry>
-<entry>Válasz</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Mennyi támadó?</entry><entry>Egy</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Melyik(ek)? </entry><entry>az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Bátorítás</title>
-<para>
-2 Tim. 2:15 " <emphasis> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj,
-mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az
-igazságnak beszédét.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Kol. 3:16 "<emphasis>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon,
-minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal,
-dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az
-Úrnak.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? </para>
-<para>
-Nem kevés!</para>
-
-<para>
-Préd. 12:13-14 "<emphasis>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez,
-és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai;
-melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok
-könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a
-testnek.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</emphasis> InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó
-hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> és az
-<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják:
-egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami
-elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt
-alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás
-apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a
-Római levél is mondja "<emphasis>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</emphasis>"
-(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus
-szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a
-Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban
-teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk
-Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul --
-Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül,
-Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele
-nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a
-<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> a megváltásunkat tekintve</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title> <para> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen
-olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1
-és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről
-évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy
-héten.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak
-megfelelően.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként,
-például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a
-Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet
+ősi prózai irat között."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó</emphasis>, InterVarsity
+Press 1978, 93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hivatkozás</entry>
+ <entry>Cselekedet</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva
+megszentelje."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>ApCsel. 20:32 </entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Róm. 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Róm. 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde
+által."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Kor. 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül
+íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mt. 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember,
+hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Isten igéje</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Isten hatalma</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>A könyv, amely harcol</title>
+ <para>Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Szellemi páncél</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Kérdés</entry>
+ <entry>Válasz</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mennyi támadó?</entry>
+ <entry>Egy</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Melyik(ek)?</entry>
+ <entry>az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Bátorítás</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?</para>
+ <para>Nem kevés!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy
+héten.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak
+megfelelően.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként,
+például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a
+Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet
olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket,
-sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title>
-<para>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet,
-kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai
-hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az
-eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok
-alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga
-az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2
-Pét. 1:20 <quote> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem
-támad saját magyarázatból.</quote>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes
-megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek
-számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16
-<quote>a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a
-tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a
-magok vesztére.</quote></para>
-
-<para>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson
-figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza?
-Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</title>
-<para>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a
-szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő
-lépések követésével:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definíció</title>
- <para>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definíció</title>
+ <para>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az
igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Kereszthivatkozások</title>
- <para>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög
-vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új
-megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan
-használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még
-értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben
-is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a
-magyar? <emphasis>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar
-fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata
-is.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>1A példa</title>
-<para>Jn. 20:17 <emphasis>"Ne érints"</emphasis> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy
-hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt,
-mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés,
-nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</para>
-
-<para>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680
-számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680:
-haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani
-valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao
-(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük
-a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat
-valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet
-befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy
-fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>1B példa</title>
-<para>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
-imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> Mi
-ez a megkenés?</para>
-<para>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is
-amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni,
-bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni"
-(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett
-melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya
-szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli
-főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék
-őt.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a
-saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy
-a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit
-felkentél, [...]</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és
-hatalommal, </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a
-kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata,
-"chrio" pedig a szellemi</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról
-abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert
-emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban
-az időben.
-</para>
-<para>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére
-<emphasis>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
-imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> A
-"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </para>
-<para>
-Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már
-megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak
-nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a
-megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak
-orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos
-az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title>
-<para>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi
-a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az
-baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz
-helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad
-bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében,
-tovább kell keresnünk.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>2A példa</title>
-<para>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>"születik víztől és
-Lélektől"</emphasis> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</para>
-<para>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a
-témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen
-témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a
-magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>2B példa</title>
-<para>1 Kor. 14:34 <quote> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a
-gyülekezetekben,</quote> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <quote>Minden
-asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>2C példa</title>
-<para>ApCsel 2:38 <quote> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és
-keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek
-bocsánatjára; "</quote>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi
-újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre,
-levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az
-újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben
-megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra
-tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a
-bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az
-1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<emphasis> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy
-kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title>
-<para>
-Először ne azt kérdezzük <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem
-<quote>Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</quote> Csak ez után
-tegyük fel a kérdést: <quote>Mit jelent ez számomra?</quote> Be kell
-tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>3A példa</title><para> <quote>Három nap és három éjjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a
-"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong
-kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott
-fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három"
-és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</para>
-<para>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a
-napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a
-vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7
-vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett
-napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és
-este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól
-szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a
-harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>3B példa</title><para>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek
-között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik
-fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is,
-ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált
-keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title>
-<para>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell
-értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük
-is lehet.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>4A példa</title>
-<para><quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban</para>
-<para>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály,
-szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte
-lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen
-értelmezünk!</para>
-<para>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <quote>gonosz
-szem</quote>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést:
-Mt. 20:15 "<emphasis>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit
-akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</emphasis>" Itt
-azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6
--hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a
-szöveget.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>4B példa</title>
-<para>Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote></para>
-<para>5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote></para>
-<para>
-A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy
-bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer
-meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet
-belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon
-elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>
-szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a
-Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4
-<quote>Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</quote>
-W.M azt mondta ekkor: <quote>ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján
-bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</quote>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint
-megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Kereszthivatkozások</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>1A példa</title>
+ <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>1B példa</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék
+őt.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a
+saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk. 4:28 <quote>Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy
+a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit
+felkentél, [...]</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és
+hatalommal, </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>2A példa</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>2B példa</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>2C példa</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
+<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>3A példa</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
+ <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>3B példa</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>4A példa</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>4B példa</title>
+ <para>Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote></para>
+ <para>5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
allegória közt</title>
-<para>Az allegória: <emphasis> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése
+
<para>Az allegória: <emphasis> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése
van.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</para>
-
-<para>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok
-Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat
-nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a
-mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján,
-összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket,
-ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>5A példa</title>
-<para>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a
+ <para>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>5A példa</title>
+ <para>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a
történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként
tekintjük, mit kapunk?</para>
-<para>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek
-jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>5B példa</title>
-<para>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </para>
-<para>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már
-nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája
-becsapását. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+ <para>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek
+jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>5B példa</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a <link
-url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link> felhasználási feltételei szerint
-licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette.
- </para>
- <para>
- Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön
-jelzettek.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Vázlat</title>
-
- <para>
- A <application>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</application> egy vezérfonal a
-biblia tanulmányozásához
- </para>
- <para>
- A &bibletime; csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az
-írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges
-útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson
-semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és
-tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá,
-hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást
-okozni.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Tanulmányozni</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+ <title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön
+jelzettek.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Vázlat</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Tanulmányozni</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hallgatni és olvasni az igét csak egy távlati nézetet ad, míg tanulmányozni
-és memorizálni azt már mikroszkopikus betekintést enged az
-Írásba. Elmélkedni az írásokon együtt jelenti a hallást, olvasást,
-
tanulmányozást és memorizálást, és ez ragasztja az Igét az elménkbe.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hallgatni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hallgatni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hallgatni</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Sőt inkább boldogok a kik hallgatják az Istennek beszédét,
és megtartják azt.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Olvasni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Olvasni</h3></div></div></div><p>Jel.1:3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Boldog, a ki olvassa, és a kik hallgatják e prófétálásnak
-beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tanulmányozni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a
+beszédeit [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">legyen gondod a felolvasásra[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tanulmányozni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Tanulmányozni</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 17:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ezek pedig nemesb lelkűek valának a
Thessalonikabelieknél, úgymint kik bevevék az ígét teljes készséggel,
-naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint
+naponként tudakozva az írásokat, ha úgy vannak-é ezek.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj, mint
oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az igazságnak
beszédét.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizálni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizálni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt.119:11 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Szívembe rejtettem a te beszédedet, hogy ne vétkezzem
ellened.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Elmélkedni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Elmélkedni</h3></div></div></div><p>Zsolt. 1:2-3 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Hanem az Úr törvényében van gyönyörűsége, és az ő
törvényéről gondolkodik éjjel és nappal. És olyan lesz, mint a folyóvizek
mellé ültetett fa, a mely idejekorán megadja gyümölcsét, és levele nem
-hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>A Navigátorok ezt ahhoz hasonlították, hogy ahogyan a hüvelykujj képes
-megérinteni a többi ujjat, úgy mi is tudunk elmélkedni az Igéről miközben
-bármelyiket gyakoroljuk az előző négy közül. Az elmélkedés elengedhetetlen
-feltétele a kijelentések kapásához. Egy friss keresztyénnek inkább van
-szüksége az ige hallására és olvasására, mint arra, hogy tanulmányozza és
-memorizálja. Ez azért van így, mert szükséges, hogy megismerjék a Biblia
-általános üzenetét.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+hervad el; és minden munkájában jó szerencsés lészen.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a
-kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor
-megtalálta, írjon mellé egy római egyest (I):</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>Mit jelent a <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kegyesség gyakorlása</span>”</span>? Ad erre a szakasz példát?
-Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <span class="emphasis"><em>A
-motivációnknak!</em></span> Gyűjtse ki a témaköröket, mit fejlesztenek?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz
-módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">kürtöltethet</span>”</span> bárki manapság?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor adsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor böjtölsz</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Amikor imádkozol</p></li></ol></div><p>Most töltse ki a a vázlatpontokat a javaslatokkal, hogyan kerülje el a rossz
+módját a kegyesség gyakorlásának:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">sound a
+trumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>titokban csináld.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>stb.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A helyes értelmezés alapjai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tartalom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a
-meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Szövegkörnyezet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a
-király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes
-szakasszal és könyvvel.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kereszthivatkozások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>A helyes értelmezés alapjai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Tartalom"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Tartalom</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit is mond? Mit jelent ez az eredeti nyelven? Legyen óvatos a
+meghatározásokkal. Ne olvasson bele olyasmit, amit nem tartalmaz.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Szövegkörnyezet"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Szövegkörnyezet</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Kereszthivatkozások"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Kereszthivatkozások</h3></div></div></div><p>Mit jelent ki ugyanarról a témáról máshol a Biblia? Isten nem mond ellent
önmagának, ezért a mi értelmezésünket kell alávetnünk más igeszakaszok
-tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+tesztjének.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Témák tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="A helyes értelmezés alapjai"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Témák tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Témák tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Válasszon ki egy témát, és kövesse végig a kereszthivatkozások vagy
szószedetek alapján.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterek tanulmányozása"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterek tanulmányozása</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy bibliai személy életének tanulmányozása, például József élete az
-1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Megismerő tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+1Móz. 37-50 szerint.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Megismerő tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Megismerő tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A helyes értelmezés alapjai</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Megtalálni a pontos verset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </h3></div></div></div><p>Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először
-nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket
-felsorol. Azután keresse meg a szavakat és a hivatkozásaikat, melyek még ide
-vannak sorolva, például "megvált, megváltott, váltságdíj" és még a
-"vásárol" vagy "megvette". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Ne ítéljetek,
-hogy ne ítéltessetek!</span>”</span> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">A lelki ember azonban
-mindent megítél</span>”</span> között? Lehet, hogy itt két különböző görög szó van,
-amit ugyanúgy "ítél" szóval fordíthatunk magyarra? (A Strong's
-Görög és Héber szótárat használjuk a továbbiakban.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az "ítél" szót</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott
-görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a
-görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú
-szavak jelentését, és megvan a válasz! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy
-héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Megtalálni a pontos verset"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Megtalálni a pontos verset</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A gazdag ember és Lázár története.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</h3></div></div></div><p>Ugyanez az eljárás, amikor egy név jelentését keressük görögben, vagy
+héberben.</p><p>Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nábál</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Józsué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabás</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Tudakozzátok az írásokat, mert azt hiszitek, hogy azokban van a ti örök
életetek; és ezek azok, a melyek bizonyságot tesznek rólam; És nem akartok
-hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta:
+hozzám jőni, hogy életetek legyen!</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>A fő indítéka ennek a könyvnek, hogy elvezessen Hozzá. Luther mondta:
<span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Csak azért megyünk a bölcsőhöz, hogy ringassuk a babát</span>”</span>; de a
Biblia tanulmányozását mi nem a magunk ringatásáért végezzük, hanem az
-Istennel való szövetségért.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi,
-mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta
-a Tóra szavait, befogadta a világba jövő életet." Ez a fajta
-
tanulmányozás öncélú. És ebben ők keservesen csalódtak. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha
+Istennel való szövetségért.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
deceived. [...]</p><p>Sem nem érdem, sem nem nyereség az Írást önmagáért olvasni, csak ha
ténylegesen bemutatja Jézus Krisztust. Ahogy az a Bibliában is olvasható,
szükség van olyan buzgó reménységre, hogy egyszer mi is találkozhatunk
Krisztussal.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Zsid. 4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Isten igéje élő és
-ható... </em></span> " Jézus mondta<span class="emphasis"><em> (Mt. 4:4)</em></span><span class="emphasis"><em>
-Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember, hanem minden igével, amely
-Isten szájából származik.</em></span> Amikor olvassuk a Bibliát, Isten
-Szelleme ott van, és beszél a szívünkhöz folyamatosan-frissen.
-</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, "<span class="emphasis"><em>A teljes Írás Istentől
-ihletett,</em></span>". Hiszi ezt? Mielőtt válaszol, vegye fontolóra Jézus
-hozzáállását a Szentíráshoz. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy
-Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes
-mondta, mint azt, hogy az Úr mondta (Mk. 7:10.). Ugyanúgy idézte a 1
-Móz. 2:24 narrátorát, mint saját teremtőjét (Mt. 19:4-5). Ugyancsak azt
-mondta: "Találóan prófétált Ézsaiás rólatok, ti képmutatók, amint meg van
-írva:", és amint elkezdi az idézetet Isten szavait mondja (Mk. 7:6 &
-Ésa. 29:13). Ez Jézus hozzáállása, amit az Újszövetség szerzői is
-meggyőződésük szerint átvettek, ti. az írás kettős szerzőségét. Számukra
-valóság volt az, hogy "régen sokszor és sokféleképpen szólt Isten az
-atyákhoz a próféták által," (Zsid 1:1) ugyanúgy, mint "a Szentlélektől
-indíttatva szólaltak meg az Istentől küldött emberek" (2 Pét. 1:21). Sem
-Isten nem beszélt úgy, hogy elvenné az ember személyiségét, sem az emberek
-úgy, hogy sérült volna az Isteni szerző szava. Isten szólt. Emberek
-szóltak. A valóság sem engedi befolyásolni az egyiket a másiktól. ...
-</p><p>
-Akkor ez volt Krisztus nézete az Írásokról. Az ő bizonyságuk volt Isten
-bizonysága. A Biblia tanúbizonysága Isten tanúbizonysága. Éppen ezért a fő
-oka, amiért a keresztyének hisznek a Biblia Isteni eredetében, az az, hogy
-Jézus önmaga is ezt tartotta róla. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity
-Press 1978, 93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: "<span class="emphasis"><em>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, a
-megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az Isten
-embere, minden jó cselekedetre felkészített.</em></span>" Ha hisszük, hogy a
-Bibliából valóban Isten beszél hozzánk, abból következik, hogy az a
-tekintély a hitünk és a magaviseletünk minden területén. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó</em></span>, InterVarsity
+Press 1978, 93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely cselekszik</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bátorítás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim. 2:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em> Igyekezzél, hogy Isten előtt becsületesen megállj,
-mint oly munkás, a ki szégyent nem vall, a ki helyesen hasogatja az
-igazságnak beszédét.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Kol. 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A Krisztusnak beszéde lakozzék ti bennetek gazdagon,
-minden bölcsességben; tanítván és intvén egymást zsoltárokkal,
-dicséretekkel, lelki énekekkel, hálával zengedezvén a ti szívetekben az
-Úrnak.</em></span>"
-</p><p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle? </p><p>
-Nem kevés!</p><p>
-Préd. 12:13-14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A bölcseknek beszédei hasonlatosak az ösztökéhez,
-és mint a szegek, erősen le vannak verve a gyülekezetek tanítóinak szavai;
-melyek egy pásztortól adattak. Mindezekből, fiam, intessél meg: a sok
-könyvek írásának nincs vége, és a sok tanulás fáradságára van a
-testnek.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bátorítás</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bátorítás</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bátorítás"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Bátorítás</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?</p><p>Nem kevés!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely harcol </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn. 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká
-tesz titeket.</em></span>" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták
-idézni. Feltételes, vagy feltétel nélküli az ígéret? Használni kell a tudás
-összes formáját? A válasz a mondat első felében van, a 31. versben:
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ha ti megmaradtok az én beszédemben, bizonynyal az én
-tanítványaim vagytok;</em></span>"</p><p>Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten
-igéjének igazságát.</p><p>A "szél" jelentésű görög szó, ami az Ef. 4:14-ben szerepel,
-<span class="emphasis"><em>erőszakos szél.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em> Az, hogy nem vagyunk
-gyermekek, azt eredményezi, hogy nem dobálnak ide-oda a hullámok, védve
-vagyunk a tanítások akármi szelétől...</em></span>" Egyik dolog, amit az Ige
-tanulmányozása tesz értünk az az, hogy az igazságra alapozva nem leszünk
-könnyen "elfújhatók."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az
-Istennek hatalmát.</em></span>" Mt. 22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv ami megszabadít</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="A könyv, amely harcol"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv ami megszabadít</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>A könyv ami megszabadít</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Isten igéje</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Isten hatalma</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amely cselekszik </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amely harcol</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó
-hordozza a görög Újszövetségben, nevezetesen a
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> és az
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span> határozószó. Ezt úgy fordítják:
-egyszer, egyszer s mindenkorra jelentéssel. Úgy használva, hogy ami
-elvégeztetett, az örökre érvényes, és soha nem kell megismételni, és ezt
-alkalmazzák az ÚSZ-ben, mint megváltás és kinyilatkoztatás. Így Júdás
-apostol szerint is: a hit, amely egyszer a szenteknek adatott (Júd. 3), és a
-Római levél is mondja "<span class="emphasis"><em>a bűnnek halt meg egyszer</em></span>"
-(Róm. 6:10; lásd még: 1 Pét. 3:18; Zsid. 9:26-28). </p><p>
-Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus
-szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a
-Krisztusi kijelentés, és Krisztus megváltása egyszerre Krisztusban
-teljesedett be. Semmi sem adható hozzá, anélkül, hogy lekicsinyelnénk
-Krisztust... Ez az a két szikla, amin a protestáns reformáció alapul --
-Isten kinyilatkoztatott az emberi hagyományok figyelembevétele nélkül,
-Krisztus pedig bevégezte a munkáját emberi szempontok figyelembevétele
-nélkül. A reformátorok remek jelmondata volt a <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> a fenhatóságunkat illetve, és a
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> a megváltásunkat tekintve</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</em></span> InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bátorítás </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p> Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen
-olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1
-és a #4 program, vagy a #2 és az #5 együtt. Változtassa a programját évről
-évre, hogy friss legyen az Ige!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy
héten.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Példabeszédek egy hónap alatt: olvasson egy fejezetet egy nap, dátumnak
megfelelően.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok egy hónap alatt: olvasson 5 zsoltárt naponta, 30 naponként,
például 20 -án olvassa a 20. 50. 80. 110. 140. zsoltárt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek 6 hónap alatt: olvassa át a Zsoltárokat és a
Példabeszédeket egy fejezetenként, naponta.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ószövetség Zsoltárok és Példabeszédek nélkül 2 év alatt: ha egy fejezetet
olvas naponta sz Ószövetségből, kihagyva a Zsoltárokat és a Példabeszédeket,
-sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+sikerül teljesen elolvasni 2 év és 2 hét alatt.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. fejezet - Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)? </td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely harcol</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Bátorítás"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely harcol</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely harcol"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>A könyv, amely harcol</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.3. táblázat - Szellemi páncél</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Szellemi páncél" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Kérdés</th><th>Válasz</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Mennyi támadó?</td><td>Egy</td></tr><tr><td>Melyik(ek)?</td><td>az ige - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">réma</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv ami megszabadít </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bátorítás</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>annak ereje munkálkodik is bennetek, akik hisztek.</em></span>"
-Minden írás mellé jegyezze le, mi az amit az Ige cselekszik.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
-</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva
-megszentelje."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-ApCsel. 20:32
-</td><td>
-felépít -- " ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet
-benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Róm. 15:4
-</td><td>
-vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Róm. 10:17
-</td><td>
-hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde
-által."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Kor. 10:11
-</td><td>
-figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül
-íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mt. 4:4
-</td><td>
-táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember,
-hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>A könyv, amely cselekszik</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="A könyv ami megszabadít"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">A könyv, amely cselekszik</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="A könyv, amely cselekszik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>A könyv, amely cselekszik</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.2. táblázat - Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Hivatkozás</th><th>Cselekedet</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>megtisztít -- "...hogy a víz fürdőjével az ige által megtisztítva
+megszentelje."</td></tr><tr><td>ApCsel. 20:32 </td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Róm. 15:4</td><td>vigasztal -- "Írásokból türelmet és vigasztalást merítve reménykedjünk."</td></tr><tr><td>Róm. 10:17</td><td>hitet ad --" A hit tehát hallásból van, a hallás pedig a Krisztus beszéde
+által."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Kor. 10:11</td><td>figyelmeztet -- "Mindez pedig példaképpen történt velük, figyelmeztetésül
+íratott meg nekünk, akik az utolsó időkben élünk."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt. 4:4</td><td>táplál -- "Ő így válaszolt: 'Meg van írva: Nem csak kenyérrel él az ember,
+hanem minden igével, amely Isten szájából származik.'"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv ami megszabadít</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják
-Isten nevét. A Biblia tanulmányozása egyike az elsődleges módoknak, hogy
-megtanuljunk kommunikálni Istennel.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt
-hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év
-bestsellere!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel
-rendelkező 40 különböző szerzőtől, mégis úgy olvassák, mintha egy írta
-volna.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <span class="emphasis"><em> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség
-dokumentumai?</em></span> műve összehasonlítja az Újszövetség kéziratait más
-ősi iratokkal:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háborújából</em></span> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900
-évvel későbbi másolat, mint az eredeti mű stb. Az Újtestamentum hiánytalan
-példánya 350-ből, több papirusz tekercs, mely az Újtestamentum töredékes
-szövegét tartalmazza a 200-as évekből, míg János evangéliumának töredékeit
-Kr.u. 130-ból datálható. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>1.1. táblázat - Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Irat</th><th>Keletkezés</th><th>Legkorábbi másolat</th><th>Eltelt idő</th><th>Fennmaradt másolatok</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hérodotosz</td><td>448-428 Kr.e</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>1300 év</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 Kr.u.</td><td>1100 Kr.u.</td><td>1000 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Cézár <span class="emphasis"><em>Gall háború</em></span></td><td>58-50 Kr.e.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>950 év</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Livius <span class="emphasis"><em>Róma története</em></span></td><td>59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u.</td><td>900 Kr.u.</td><td>900 év</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Újszövetség</td><td>Kr.u. 40 - 100</td><td>Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok</td><td>30 -310 év</td><td>5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Az eredetiség és a teljesség a bizonyíték arra, hogy a szöveg, amin az
Újszövetség alapszik, abszolút és megközelíthetetlenül egyedülálló a többi
-ősi prózai irat között." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">F.J.A. Hort, "Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben" szöveg kritikája írja,
-1.kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <span class="emphasis"><em>Élet
-Kérdései</em></span> 25-26. oldalán </span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+ősi prózai irat között."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi
-a fejezet témája? a könyvé? Az ön értelmezése egyezik vele? Ha nem, az
-baj. Általában a szövegkörnyezet megad mindent ami szükséges a szakasz
-helyes értelmezéséhez. A szövegkörnyezet a kulcs. Ha ellentmondás marad
-bennünk, miután megpróbáltuk értelmezni a szöveget a szövegkörnyezetében,
-tovább kell keresnünk.</p><div class="section" title="2A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"születik víztől és
-Lélektől"</em></span> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?</p><p>Nem a vízkeresztség kérdéséről beszél itt, ami nagy váltás lenne arról a
-témáról, amiről Jézus és Nikodémus beszél. tekintsünk el a hirtelen
-témaváltástól, mert ez jelezheti, hogy az értelmezés félresiklott! A víz a
-magzatvíz, "születni víztől" = természetes születés.</p></div><div class="section" title="2B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Kor. 14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> A ti asszonyaitok hallgassanak a
-gyülekezetekben,</span>”</span> együtt vizsgálandó az 1 Kor. 11:5-tel <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Minden
-asszony pedig, [...] imádkozik avagy prófétál, [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="2C példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>ApCsel 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és
-keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek
-bocsánatjára; "</span>”</span>. Ez a rész a bemerítés/keresztelés általi
-újjászületésről szól? Ha ez az egyetlen igerész állna rendelkezésünkre,
-levonhatnánk ezt a következtetést. Ám a tiszta tanítás fényében máshol az
-újjászületés Krisztusban való hit által történik meg, ahogy máskülönben
-megérthettük. Péter sürgetése a bemerítkezésre/keresztelésre egy mód arra
-tekintve, hogy a hallgatósága válaszoljon az örömhírre. Ha a
-bemerítés/keresztelés lenne az út az újjászületéshez, hogyan írhatta Pál az
-1 Kor. 1:17 -ben<span class="emphasis"><em> Mert nem azért küldött engem a Krisztus, hogy
-kereszteljek, hanem hogy az evangyéliomot hirdessem</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="2A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>2A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="2B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>2B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="2C példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>2C példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Először ne azt kérdezzük <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Mit jelent ez számomra</span>”</span>, hanem
-<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelentett ez az eredeti olvasói számára?</span>”</span> Csak ez után
-tegyük fel a kérdést: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Mit jelent ez számomra?</span>”</span> Be kell
-tekintenünk a szerző és hallgatósága történelmi és kulturális hátterébe.</p><div class="section" title="3A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Három nap és három éjjel</span>”</span> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a
-"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong
-kultusz követőit. Hogyan halhatott meg Jézus péntek délután, és támadhatott
-fel vasárnap reggel, vagyis "harmadnapon feltámadni" (Mt. 16:21)? A "három"
-és "nap" szó szerint vétele nem segít a látható ellentmondás feloldásában.</p><p>Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a
-napnak teljes napként számolták, úgy, mint ahogyan mi sem számolhatjuk a
-vizesvödröket részben. (ha hat és fél vödör vizünk van, mi is azt mondjuk, 7
-vizesvödör van ott, igaz, egyik félig tele). Ugyanígy a zsidók a megkezdett
-napszakokat is teljes napként számolták, és a napok este 6-kor kezdődtek, és
-este 6-kor végződtek. Így péntek délután 3-6 : első nap. Péntek este 6 -tól
-szombat este 6 -ig : második nap, szombat este 6 -tól vasárnap reggel 5-ig a
-harmadik nap. A kulturális környezet megértése megkímélhet a bajoktól.</p></div><div class="section" title="3B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek
-között áthaladás megszokott módja volt a szövetségek megkötésének. Mindegyik
-fél átsétált a részek között zálogát adva, hogy ugyanez történjen vele is,
-ha nem a szövetség szerint él. Ám ebben az esetben csak az Úr sétált
-keresztül, így ez egyoldalú szövetség.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
+<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="3A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>3A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="3B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>3B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell
-értelmezni. Figyelnünk kell a kifejezésekre, melyeknek speciális jelentésük
-is lehet.</p><div class="section" title="4A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz szem</span>”</span> Mt. 6:23-ban</p><p>1.szabály a "gonosz" és a "szem" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály,
-szövegkörnyezet: még jobban összezavar bennünket, nem illik sem az előtte
-lévő, sem a következő részekhez, ez arra figyelmeztet, hogy nem helyesen
-értelmezünk!</p><p>Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">gonosz
-szem</span>”</span>. Keressük meg, máshol hogyan használják ezt a kifejezést:
-Mt. 20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Avagy nem szabad-é nékem a magaméval azt tennem, amit
-akarok? avagy a te szemed azért gonosz, mert én jó vagyok?</em></span>" Itt
-azt láthatjuk, hogy ez a kifejezés a fukar és irigy. Menjünk vissza Mt. 6
--hoz, és jegyezzük meg, hogy ez az értelmezés hogyan kapcsolja össze a
-szöveget.</p></div><div class="section" title="4B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p>
-A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy
-bemutassák, hogy Isten egykoron olyan ember volt, mint mi vagyunk. Egyszer
-meggyőztek embereket, hogy menjenek és tanítsák azt, hogy Isten lehet
-belőlünk, mint Ő! Egy előadáson, amelyet ők tartottak, egy csoport Mormon
-elöljáró kihívta Walter Martint (a <span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>
-szerzője) egy hasonló versek listájával. Dr. Martin ekkor megkérte a
-Mormonokat, hogy csak egy verset olvassanak még hozzá: Zsolt. 91:4
-<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Tollaival fedez be téged, és szárnyai alatt lészen oltalmad;</span>”</span>
-W.M azt mondta ekkor: <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">ugyanezen értelmezési szabályok alapján
-bebizonyítható, hogy Ő madár</span>”</span>. A Mormonok nevetésben törtek ki, amint
-megértették az álláspontjuk nevetségességét.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="4A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>4A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="4B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>4B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Ésa. 59:1 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</span>”</span></p><p>5 Móz. 33:27 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
allegória közt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
-allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">
Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az allegória közt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
allegória közt</h2></div></div></div><p>Az allegória: <span class="emphasis"><em> történet, melyben minden elemnek külön jelentése
-van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok
-Isten igéi, a bozótok az aggódás, kapzsiság stb. Mégis a legtöbb példázat
-nem allegória, hanem egyszerűen csak olyan történet, ami illusztrálja a
-mondanivalót. Veszélyes lehet tanokat kidolgozni a példázatok alapján,
-összezavarhatnak. A tiszta írás alapján kell kidolgoznunk a véleményünket,
-
ha egy példázat alátámasztja, az csak jó.</p><div class="section" title="5A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a
+van.</em></span></p><p>Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="5A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>5A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Az özvegyasszony és a hamis bíró példázata a Lk.18:1-8 szerint. Ez a
történet egy dolgot tanít: merészségre az imában. Ha ezt allegóriaként
tekintjük, mit kapunk?</p><p>Egy sor durva dolog jön az értelmezésbe: Isten vonakodva védi az özvegyek
-jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" title="5B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória? </p><p>A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már
-nem lesz az. De nem tanácsolta a saját etikátlan magatartását, a gazdája
-becsapását. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+jogait, az ima "bosszantja" Őt, stb.</p></div><div class="section" title="5B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>5B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Fel</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
-allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Már tanultunk a hármas szabályról: jelentés, környezet,
-kereszthivatkozás. Most szeretnénk ezt kiterjeszteni a bibliai
-hermeneutikába való rövid bevezetéssel, aminek a célja, hogy felfedezzük az
-eredeti szerző szándékának jelentését (és a Szerzőét !). Míg a szakaszok
-alkalmazása sok lehet, addig értelmezésüket tekintve csak egy a helyes. Maga
-az írás mondja, hogy egyetlen szó sem támad az igében saját magyarázatból (2
-Pét. 1:20 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote"> Tudván először azt, hogy az írásban egy prófétai szó sem
-támad saját magyarázatból.</span>”</span>). Bizonyos szabályok segítenek a helyes
-megértés felfedezése felé, ezeknek a szabályoknak a mellőzése az emberek
-számára csak a sok bajt hozta, maguknak és követőiknek is. 2 Pét. 3: 16
-<span class="quote">„<span class="quote">a melyekben vannak némely nehezen érthető dolgok, a miket a
-tudatlanok és állhatatlanok elcsűrnek-csavarnak, mint egyéb írásokat is, a
-magok vesztére.</span>”</span></p><p>Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson
-figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza?
-Jegyezze meg ezeket a szabályokat:</p><div class="section" title="1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a
-szavaknak. Próbálja meg a szavak eredeti jelentését megtalálni a következő
-lépések követésével:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definíció"><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az
-igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Kereszthivatkozások"><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög
-vagy héber szó (nem a magyar fordítás) előfordulásai tisztázhatják, vagy új
-megvilágításba helyezhetik a meghatározást. Ugyanaz a szerző hogyan
-használta a szót máshol? Más szerzők? A hivatkozási segédletek adhatnak még
-értelmezési segítséget a szó használatában akár nem bibliai szövegekben
-is. Miért kell nekünk eredeti nyelven is megnéznünk, miért nem elég a
-magyar? <span class="emphasis"><em>Azért mert több görög szónak lehet ugyanaz a magyar
-fordítása, és a görög szavaknak lehetnek eltérő jelentésárnyalata
-is.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="1A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn. 20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ne érints"</em></span> keményen hangzik, nem? Úgy
-hangzik, mintha Jézus nem akarta volna, hogy érintsék most, hogy feltámadt,
-mintha túl szent, vagy ilyesmi lenne. Ám ez korántsem helyes feltevés,
-nézzünk utána Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991). művében.</p><p>Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó "érints" mellett a pim680
-számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: "680:
-haptomai a hapto származéka (681), érints. Pontos jelentése tartani
-valamit/valakit, hatást gyakorolva rá... Megkülönböztetendő a pselaphao
-(5584) szótól, melynek jelentése valaminek a felszínét érinteni. Most nézzük
-a pim jelentését: Present Imperative Active: "Aktív beszéd, utasítást adhat
-valaminek a jövőbeli megcselekvésére, tagadó módban valamilyen cselekedet
-befejezésére." Ez itt egy negatív parancs, vagyis felszólítás arra, hogy
-fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="1B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <span class="emphasis"><em>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
-imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> Mi
-ez a megkenés?</p><p>Az aleipho (218) - "beolajozni" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is
-amit a "megken" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - "bekenni,
-bedörzsölni olajjal, hivatalra, vagy vallási szolgálatra felszentelni"
-(Strong's). Mivel ez ige, vizsgáljuk meg az igeidőt is, "apta" befejezett
-melléknévi igenév, ami egyszerű cselekményre utal, az igéhez való viszonya
-szerint, ha átmeneti a kapcsolat, akkor arra utal, hogy a mondaton belüli
-főigét megelőzően a cselekmény befejeződött" (Zodiathes 851.o)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3. fejezet - A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definíció"><b>Definíció. </b>Keresse meg a meghatározást a görög vagy héber szótárban. Az igéknél az
+igeidő is döntő fontosságú.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Kereszthivatkozások"><b>Kereszthivatkozások. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="1A példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>1A példa</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="1B példa"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>1B példa</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék
őt.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn. 12:3 Mária [...] megkené a Jézus lábait, és megtörlé annak lábait a
saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával.</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk. 4:28 <span class="quote">„<span class="quote">Az Úrnak lelke van én rajtam, mivelhogy felkent engem, hogy
a szegényeknek az evangyéliomot hirdessem [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit
felkentél, [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és
-hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a
-kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" az olaj gyakorlati használata,
-"chrio" pedig a szellemi</em></span></p><p>Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról
-abban az időben, a jó szamaritánus esete, mikor gondoskodott a megvert
-emberről, olajat és bort tett a sebeire. Tehát az olaj gyógyszer volt abban
-az időben.
-</p><p>Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és
-imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</em></span> A
-"megkenvén" szellemi vagy gyakorlati? Gyakorlati! </p><p>
-Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán "már
-megkenve" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni "az Úrnak
-nevében" vagyis az ima történik az Úr nevében, nem a
-megkenetés. Gyakorlatiasan ez az ige azt mondja, a vének előbb adjanak
-orvosságot, majd imádkozzanak a betegért az Úr nevében. Ugye milyen világos
-az egyensúlya a gyakorlatinak és a szelleminek a mi Urunkban!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Előző</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Tartalom</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+hatalommal, </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Vissza</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Főoldal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content='Vázlat A Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát egy vezérfonal a biblia tanulmányozásához A BibleTime csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá, hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást okozni.'><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike" felhasználási feltételei szerint
-licenszelte. A magyar fordítást Novák Géza készítette.
- </p><p>
- Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön
-jelzettek.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Vázlat"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p>
- A <span class="application">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</span> egy vezérfonal a
-biblia tanulmányozásához
- </p><p>
- A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat reménysége, hogy ez a "hogyan" provokálja olvasóit az
-írások tanulmányozására, hogy meglássák, mit is mondanak. Ez a különleges
-útmutató azért lett kiválasztva, mert vigyáz arra, hogy ne támogasson
-semmilyen egyedi felekezeti tanítást. Azt javasoljuk, olvassa és
-tanulmányozza az írásokat, hogy a mondandójukat megértse. Ha úgy kezd hozzá,
-hogy kívánja, hogy az Úr vesse szavát az ön szívébe, Ő nem fog csalódást
-okozni.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
-allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Következő</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Vázlat The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Tanulmányozni, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Harman</span>, <span class="firstname">Bob</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span>, <span class="firstname"></span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Szerzői jog © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi közlemény"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Az idézetek a Károli Gáspár -féle Bibliából származnak, kivéve a külön
+jelzettek.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Vázlat"><p class="title"><b>Vázlat</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Isten szavának jelentősége</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">A könyv, amit Isten ihletett</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">A könyv, amely cselekszik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">A könyv ami megszabadít</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">A könyv, amely harcol</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Bátorítás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Függelék: "Egyszer s mindenkorra"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Biblia tanulmányozási alapok</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">A szándékunk, amellyel hozzáállunk a Bibliához</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Hozzáállás Isten Szavához</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hallgatni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Olvasni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Tanulmányozni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizálni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Elmélkedni</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Témák tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterek tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Megismerő tanulmányozás</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">A helyes értelmezés alapjai</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Tartalom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Szövegkörnyezet</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Kereszthivatkozások</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Megtalálni a pontos verset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Téma szerinti tanulmányozás</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Nevek jelentésének megkeresése</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">1A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">1B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">2A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">2B példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">2C példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">3A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">3B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">4A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">4B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">5. szabály - a példázatok értelmének megértése, különbség a példázat és az
+allegória közt</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">5A példa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">5B példa</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>A táblázatok listája</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Szellemi páncél</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Előre</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1. fejezet - Isten szavának jelentősége</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Elementi di studio della bibbia</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Gv 5,39-40</attribution> <para>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene,
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Elementi di studio della bibbia</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Gv 5,39-40</attribution>
+ <para>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene,
sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a
me per avere la vita. </para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin
Lutero disse <quote>andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del
bambino</quote>; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per
-sé ma per cercare Dio.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+sé ma per cercare Dio.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere
-in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della
-vita. Hillel diceva: "Chi ha acquisito le parole della Torah ha
-acquisito la vita del mondo futuro." Il loro studio era fine a se
-stesso. In questo furono delusi. [...]</para>
-<para>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto
+ <para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</para>
+
<para>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto
se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo
avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title>
-<para>Sentire e leggere danno una visione telescopica della scrittura mentre
-studiare dà una visione microscopica della scrittura. La meditazione sulla
-Bibbia porta insieme l'ascolto, la lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione, e
-fissa la parola nella nostra mente.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>L'ascolto</title>
-<para>Lc 11,28 <quote>Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title>
+ <para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+cements the word in our minds.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>L'ascolto</title>
+
<para>Lc 11,28 <quote>Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la
osservano! </quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>La lettura</title>
-<para>Ap 1,3<quote>Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>La lettura</title>
+
<para>Ap 1,3<quote>Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di
questa profezia [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tm 4,13 <quote>dedicati alla lettura [...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studio</title>
-<para>At 17,11 <quote>Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di
+ <para>1 Tm 4,13 <quote>dedicati alla lettura [...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Studio</title>
+ <para>At 17,11 <quote>Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di
Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni
-giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tm 2,15 <quote>Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un
+giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tm 2,15 <quote>Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un
lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola
della verità.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizzazione</title>
-<para>Sal 119,11 <quote>Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memorizzazione</title>
+
<para>Sal 119,11 <quote>Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di
te.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditazione</title>
-<para>Sal 1,2-3 <quote>Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Meditazione</title>
+
<para>Sal 1,2-3 <quote>Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge
medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà
frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa,
-riesce bene.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>I navigatori spiegano questo dicendo che come possiamo raggiungere con il
-pollice tutte le altre dita possiamo meditare anche facendo i primi quattro
-passi. La meditazione è la chiave della rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano deve
-ascoltare e leggere la bibbia più di studiarla e memorizzarla. Con questo
-conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Studio tematico</title>
-<para>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o
+riesce bene.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Studio tematico</title>
+ <para>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o
una concordanza.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Studio di un Personaggio</title>
-<para>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Studio di un Personaggio</title>
+
<para>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di
Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Esposizione</title>
-<para>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenuto</title>
-<para>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Esposizione</title>
+
<para>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Contenuto</title>
+
<para>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle
definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contesto</title>
-<para>Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola
--- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del
-libro.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referenze</title>
-<para>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Contesto</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Referenze</title>
+ <para>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La
parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra
interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title>
-<para>Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso
-chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo
-trovato? Verificalo guardando in diversi luoghi del brano e chiedendoti se è
-in relazione con il pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato scrivilo
-come il numero I della tua esposizione:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per
-essere ammirati da loro</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Cosa significa <quote>praticare la vostra giustizia</quote>? Ci sono degli
-esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione?
-<emphasis>Le nostre motivazioni!</emphasis> Quali sottopunti sviluppano
-questo pensiero?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Quando tu doni</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Quando tu digiuni</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Quando tu preghi</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per
+essere ammirati da loro</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando tu doni</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando tu digiuni</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando tu preghi</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di
praticare le tue buone opere:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Quando tu doni <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno <quote>suonare la
-tromba</quote> oggi?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>fallo in segreto.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Trova questi versetti <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Leali sono le ferite di un amico</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fare uno Studio Tematico </title>
-<para>Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per
-prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per
-questa parola. Poi puoi scegliere altre parole connesse con essa, per
-esempio: "redimere, redento" fino a "comprare" o
-"comprato." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</title>
-<para>Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 <quote>Non giudicate, per non
-essere giudicati</quote> e 1 Cor 2,15 <quote>L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito,
-invece, giudica ogni cosa.</quote> Può darsi che ci siano due parole diverse
-in Greco, tradotte ambedue con "giudicare" in Italiano? (Per
-un'analisi più approfondita abbiamo bisogno dei numeri di Strong. Perciò i
-seguenti esempi fanno uso della traduzione inglese "King James with Strongs"
-che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Cerca "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo
-fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Adesso cerca "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la
-lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il
-significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</title>
-<para>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando tu doni <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>fallo in segreto.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Trova questi versetti <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Leali sono le ferite di un amico</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Fare uno Studio Tematico</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</title>
+ <para>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o
Ebraico.</para>
-<para>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Joshua</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabus</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Joshua</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title>
-<para>Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in
-Lui. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi primari per imparare a comunicare
-con Dio.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro che è Unico</title>
-<para>La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500
-millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di
-vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40
-differenti autori con uno sfondo culturale differente, eppure si può
-leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
-Reliable?</emphasis> paragona dei manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri
-testi antichi:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Documento</entry>
-<entry>Epoca di Scrittura</entry>
-<entry>Copia più Antica</entry>
-<entry>Differenza di Tempo</entry><entry>Numero delle Copie</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Erodoto</entry>
-<entry>448-428 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry>
-<entry>1300 anni</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacito</entry>
-<entry>100 D.C.</entry><entry>1100 D.C.</entry>
-<entry>1000 anni</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare</entry>
-<entry>50-58 A.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry>
-<entry>950 anni</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio</entry>
-<entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry><entry>900 D.C.</entry>
-<entry>900 anni</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Nuovo testamento</entry>
-<entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry><entry>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anni</entry><entry>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Esistono dieci copie del <emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Cesare, la
-più antica tra queste è stata copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare scrisse
-l'originale, ecc. Per il Nuovo Testamento siamo in possesso di manoscritti
-integrali dal 350 D.C., ci sono papiri che contengono la maggior parte del
-Nuovo Testamento del terzo secolo e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del
-130 D.C. Quanti manoscritti abbiamo per compararli? 5000 in Greco e 10000 in
-Latino! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</para>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Un libro che è Unico</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Documento</entry>
+ <entry>Epoca di Scrittura</entry>
+ <entry>Copia più Antica</entry>
+ <entry>Differenza di Tempo</entry>
+ <entry>Numero delle Copie</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Erodoto</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 A.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 anni</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacito</entry>
+ <entry>100 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 anni</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare</entry>
+ <entry>50-58 A.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>950 anni</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio</entry>
+ <entry>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 anni</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nuovo testamento</entry>
+ <entry>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</entry>
+ <entry>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 anni</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo
Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa
-dell'Antichità." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title>
-<para><emphasis>Eb 4,12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Infatti la parola di Dio è viva,
-efficace...</emphasis>" Gesù disse: <emphasis>(Mt 4,4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che
-esce dalla bocca di Dio</emphasis>" Quando leggiamo la Bibbia lo spirito di
-Dio è presente per parlare al nostro cuore in un modo continuamente
-rinnovato.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<emphasis>Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da
-Dio.</emphasis>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la
-posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse
-un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come
-'Dio disse' (Mc 7,10). Poteva citare il commento del narratore in Gn 2,24
-facendone una richiesta del Creatore Stesso (Mt 19,4-5). In modo simile
-disse 'Bene ha fatto Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto' quando quello
-che stava per citare era un discorso diretto di Dio (Mc 7,6; Is 29,13). Gli
-autori del nuovo testamento hanno preso da Gesù stesso la convinzione della
-doppia autorità della bibbia. Per loro era vero dire 'Dio ha parlato nei
-tempi antichi ai padri per mezzo dei profeti' (Eb 1,1) come dire 'mossi da
-Spirito Santo parlarono quelli uomini da parte di Dio' (2 Pt 1,21). Dio non
-ha parlato in un modo da prevaricare la personalità dell'autore umano, ne
-gli uomini parlarono in un modo da corrompere la parola dell'autore
-divino. Dio parlò. Gli uomini parlarono. Nessuna verità può essere separata
-dall'altra. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-Questa, allora, era l'opinione di Cristo sulle Scritture. La loro
-testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è
-la testimonianza di Dio. E la ragione principale per la quale i cristiani
-credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<emphasis>è anche utile per insegnare, convincere,
-correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e
-ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</emphasis>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia
-è veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra
-guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title>
-<para>
-Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la
-bibbia "<emphasis>opera in voi credenti.</emphasis>" Accanto ad ogni
-scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Riferimento</entry>
-<entry>Effetto</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef 5,26
-</entry>
-<entry>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-At 20,32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-edifica -- " ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare
-e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rm 15,4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che
-provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rm 10,17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la
-parola di Cristo."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Cor 10,11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono
-state scritte per nostro ammonimento"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mt 4,4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di
-ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title>
-<para>
-Gv 8,32 "<emphasis>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà
-liberi.</emphasis>" Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una
-promessa condizionata o incondizionata? È' valida per tutti i generi di
-conoscenza? Scoprirai la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase in
-v. 31. "<emphasis>Se rimanete nella mia parola, siete davvero miei discepoli
-... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare
-della verità della parola di Dio.</para>
-
-<para>La parola Greca per "vento" usata in Ef 4,14 parla di un <emphasis>vento
-violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli
-sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina
-...</emphasis>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che
-saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente
-"soffiati via."</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>E Gesù rispose loro: </emphasis>"<emphasis>Vi ingannate, perché
-non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>"Mt 22,29</para>
-<para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati
+dell'Antichità."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Un libro che Funziona</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Riferimento</entry>
+ <entry>Effetto</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef 5,26</entry>
+ <entry>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>At 20,32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rm 15,4</entry>
+ <entry>consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che
+provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rm 10,17</entry>
+ <entry>dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la
+parola di Cristo."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Cor 10,11</entry>
+ <entry>ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono
+state scritte per nostro ammonimento"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mt 4,4</entry>
+ <entry>nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di
+ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati
dall'errore?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>La parola di Dio</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>La forza di Dio </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title>
-<para>
-Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Armamento spirituale</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Domanda</entry>
-<entry>Risposta</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Quante sono offensive?</entry><entry>Una</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Quale? </entry><entry>La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Esortazioni</title>
-<para>
-2 Tm 2,15 <emphasis><quote>Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona
-degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la
-parola della verità.</quote></emphasis>
-</para>
-<para>
-Col 3,16 "<emphasis>La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente;
-ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con
-gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. </emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </para>
-<para>
-Non poco!</para>
-
-<para>
-Qo 12,11-12 "<emphasis>Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli; come chiodi
-piantati, le raccolte di autori: esse sono date da un solo pastore. Quanto a
-ciò che è in più di questo, figlio mio, bada bene: i libri si moltiplicano
-senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. </emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica
-parola del testamento Greco, cioè nell'avverbio
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e
-<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. Viene normalmente tradotto mediante
-"una volta", nel senso di "una volta per tutte". Viene usato nel contesto di
-qualcosa che è fatto in modo tale da avere un valore eterno e non dover
-esser ripetuto. Nel nuovo testamento viene usato sia per la rivelazione sia
-per la redenzione. Per Questo, Giuda si riferisce alla fede che venne data
-una volte per tutte ai santi (Gd 3), e la lettera ai Romani dice:
-"<emphasis>egli morì al peccato una volta per tutte</emphasis>" (Rm 6,10,
-vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28). </para> <para>
-Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha
-sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione
-Cristiana sia la redenzione Cristiana sono tutte e due completate in
-Cristo. Niente può essere aggiunto ad ambedue senza essere ostile a
-Cristo... Queste sono le due rocce sulle quali si basa la Riforma
-Protestante -- La parola rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta della tradizione
-umana e il lavoro finito di Cristo senza l'aggiunta di meriti umani. Le
-parole chiave dei Riformisti sono <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> per quanto riguarda la nostra autorità e
-<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> per quanto riguarda la nostra
-salvezza.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title> <para> Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi
-svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al
-n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla
-settimana.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al
-giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per
-esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al
-giorno.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La parola di Dio</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>La forza di Dio</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title>
+ <para>Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Armamento spirituale</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Domanda</entry>
+ <entry>Risposta</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quante sono offensive?</entry>
+ <entry>Una</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quale?</entry>
+ <entry>La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Esortazioni</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</para>
+ <para>Non poco!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote></title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla
+settimana.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al
+giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per
+esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al
+giorno.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al
giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a
-leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title>
-<para>Abbiamo già visto le tre regole: contenuto, contesto, riferimenti. Adesso
-vogliamo andare avanti occupandoci dell'ermeneutica biblica, il cui fine è
-di trovare il senso inteso dall'autore originale (e dall'Autore!). Mentre
-sono valide tante applicazioni di un brano, solo una interpretazione è
-valida. La scrittura stessa lo dice stabilendo che nessuna scrittura va
-soggetta a spiegazione privata (2 Pt 1,20 <quote>Sappiate anzitutto questo:
-nessuna scrittura profetica va soggetta a privata spiegazione</quote>)
-Alcune regole aiutano a scoprire il senso corretto, ignorando queste regole
-diversi uomini sono caduti in difficoltà - loro stessi e i loro seguaci. 2
-Pt 3,16 <quote>... In esse ci sono alcune cose difficili da comprendere e
-gli ignoranti e gli instabili le travisano, al pari delle altre Scritture,
-per loro propria rovina.</quote></para>
-
-<para>Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato
-un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni
-queste regole in mente:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title>
-<para>Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto,
-originale, delle parole, tanto migliore sarà la nostra
-interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave
-seguendo questi punti:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definizione</title>
- <para>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</title>
+ <para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</para>
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definizione</title>
+ <para>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il
modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Referenze</title>
- <para>Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o
-Ebraica (non italiana) è usata nella scrittura, può chiarirti o gettare
-nuova luce sulla definizione. Lo stesso autore come usa la stessa parola
-altrove? E altri autori? Potresti anche verificare l'uso di questa parola in
-un contesto non biblico. Perché è necessario risalire alle lingue originali,
-perché i termini italiani non sono sufficienti? <emphasis>Perché più di una
-parola greca può essere stata tradotta nella stessa parola italiana, e i
-termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Esempio 1A</title>
-<para>Gv 20,17 "<emphasis>Non mi trattenere [ingl. toccare]</emphasis>" suona
-aspro, vero? Sembra quasi che Gesù non voglia essere toccato ora che è
-asceso, ora che Egli è troppo sacro o simili. Ma non sembra giusto, quindi
-cerchiamo in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament </emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola "Toccare" vediamo
-"pim680." Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il
-numero si riferisce al riferimento del dizionario di Strong. Leggiamo la
-definizione (p.879). "680. Haptomai; da hapto (681), toccare. Si riferisce
-alla manipolazione di un oggetto allo scopo di modificarlo... Differente da
-pselaphao (5584), che significa realmente solo toccare la superficie di
-qualcosa. " Ora cerchiamo "pim." I codici grammaticali di Zodhiates sono
-subito dopo l'Apocalisse. a p. 849 vediamo che pim significa "presente
-imperativo attivo (80)". A p.857, "Presente Imperativo. Nella voce attiva,
-indica un comando di fare qualcosa in futuro che implica un'azione
-continuata o ripetuta o, quando è negato, un comando di cessare di fare
-qualcosa. ' Questo è un comando negativo, che serve a fermare qualcosa che
-si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi
-trattenerlo!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Esempio 1B</title>
-<para>In Giacomo 5:14, <emphasis>...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su
-di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.</emphasis>. Cosa si intende
-per ungere?</para>
-<para>La definizione di aleipho (218) - "ungere" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra
-parola greca tradotta con "ungere", chrio (5548) - "macchiare o strofinare
-con olio, per consacrare una funzione religiosa" (Strong). Siccome si tratta
-di un verbo, considera anche il tempo, "apta" aoristo participio
-attivo. "L'aoristo participio esprime un'azione semplice, in opposizione ad
-un'azione continuata... Quando la relazione col verbo principale è
-temporale, significa di solito che l'azione precede quella di quest'ultimo."
-(Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Riferimenti di aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi
-capelli</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Riferimenti di chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lc 4,18 <quote>Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Referenze</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Esempio 1A</title>
+ <para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi
+trattenerlo!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Esempio 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Riferimenti di aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi
+capelli</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Riferimenti di chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lc 4,18 <quote>Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha
consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto
-annuncio [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha
-conferito l'unzione</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi
-e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: <emphasis>"aleipho" è
-uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento
-all'epoca, quando il buon samaritano si prese cura dell'uomo malmenato dai
-briganti, versò olio e vino sulle ferite. L'olio aveva un uso medicinale al
-tempo di Gesù.
-</para>
-<para>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a
-Giacomo 5:14 "<emphasis>Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri della
-Chiesa ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del
-Signore.</emphasis>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</para>
-<para>
-Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con "avendo
-unto", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare ("nel nome del
-signore" si riferisce alla preghiera, non all'unzione). Giacomo 5 sta
-dicendo che i presbiteri dovrebbero curare l'infermo e pregare per lui nel
-nome del Signore. Si tratta di un meraviglioso equilibrio di praticità e
-spiritualità nel Signore!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title>
-<para>Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i
-versetti in ogni pagina? Qual è l'argomento del capitolo? E dell'intero
-libro? La tua interpretazione corrisponde con queste? Se no, è errata. Di
-solito, il contesto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per interpretare
-correttamente il passaggio. Il contesto è la chiave. Se dopo aver
-interpretato un testo nel suo contesto rimane della confusione, dobbiamo
-guardare più avanti.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Esempio 2A</title>
-<para>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 <emphasis>"nasce da
-acqua e Spirito."</emphasis> Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</para>
-<para>Il battesimo dell'acqua non è l'argomento, che sarebbe al di là
-dell'argomento di cui stanno discutendo Gesù e Nicodemo. Fai attenzione ad
-un improvviso cambio di argomento, può indicare che la tua interpretazione
-sta prendendo la via sbagliata! L'acqua è il liquido amniotico, "nato
-d'acqua" = nascita naturale.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Esempio 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor 14,34 <quote>le donne nelle assemblee tacciano</quote> deve essere
-considerato nel contesto biblico di 1 Cor 11,5 <quote>ogni donna che prega o
-profetizza [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Esempio 2C</title>
-<para>At 2,38 <quote>E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si
-faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati
-[...]"</quote>. Sta insegnando la rigenerazione battesimale? Se questo
-fosse l'unico versetto della scrittura, dovremmo concludere così. Ma come
-abbiamo imparato altrove questa rigenerazione è la fede in Cristo, e
-dobbiamo interpretare diversamente. Pietro sta sollecitando il battesimo
-come via per chi lo ascolta di rispondere al vangelo. Se il battesimo fosse
-il modo di rinascere, come potrebbe Paolo scrivere in 1 Cor 1,17
-<emphasis>"Cristo infatti non mi ha mandato a battezzare, ma ad annunciare
-il Vangelo"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title>
-<para>
-Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci <quote>Cosa significa per
-me?</quote>, ma <quote>Cosa significava per i lettori originali?</quote>; in
-seguito, possiamo domandarci, <quote>Cosa significa per
-me?</quote>. Dobbiamo tenere conto del retroterra storico e culturale
-dell'autore e dei destinatari.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Esempio 3A</title><para> <quote>3 giorni & 3 notti</quote> (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a
-formulare una "Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì", specialmente il
-culto degli Armstrongisti. Come poteva Gesù morire il pomeriggio del venerdì
-e risorgere la domenica mattina e tuttavia "risorgere il terzo giorno" (Mt
-16,21)? L'esatto significato di "tre" o "giorni" non è d'aiuto nello
-spiegare l'apparente contraddizione.</para>
-<para>Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno
-intero ogni parte di esso, come si farebbe con i secchi d'acqua (se ci
-fossero sei secchi e mezzo, diremmo che ce ne sono sette, anche se uno è
-riempito parzialmente). Per la mentalità ebraica, dunque, ogni parte del
-giorno contava come un giorno intero, e i giorni iniziavano alle 6
-pomeridiane, per finire alle 6 del giorno dopo. Venerdì dalle 15 alle 18 -
-primo giorno. Venerdì dalle 18 alle 18 di sabato - secondo giorno. Sabato
-dalle 18 alle cinque o giù di lì di domenica - terzo giorno. Interpretare
-entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Esempio 3B</title><para>Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e
-camminare tra i pezzi era un modo normale di concludere un contratto
-all'epoca di Abramo. Entrambe le parti camminavano in mezzo, prendendo
-l'impegno che coloro che non avessero tenuto fede alla loro parte del
-contratto sarebbero strati smembrati. Ma in questo caso solo Dio ci passa
-attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title>
-<para>Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai
-attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Esempio 4A</title>
-<para><quote>occhio cattivo</quote> in Mt 6,23.</para>
-<para>Regola 1, definizione di "cattivo" e "occhio" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2,
-contesto: sembra confonderci ancora di più. Non sembra concordare con ciò
-che precede o segue! Questo dovrebbe avvisarci che non stiamo comprendendo
-perfettamente!!</para>
-<para>Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, <quote>occhio
-cattivo</quote>. Cerchiamo altri usi di questa espressione: Mt 20,15
-"<emphasis>non posso fare delle mie cose quello che voglio? Oppure tu sei
-invidioso [lit."occhio cattivo"] perché io sono buono?</emphasis>" Scopriamo
-che avere un "occhio cattivo" è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica per essere
-avaro o invidioso. Ora torniamo a Mt 6 e notiamo come questa definizione
-combacia perfettamente con il contesto.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Esempio 4B</title>
-<para>Is 59,1 <quote>non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</quote></para>
-<para>Dt 33,27 <quote>Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</quote></para>
-<para>
-I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi
-Giorni per provare che Dio era un tempo un uomo come noi. Una volta convinte
-le persone di questo, proseguono insegnando che noi possiamo diventare Dio
-così come Lui lo è! Mentre teneva una lettura, un gruppo di mormoni sfidò
-Walter Martin (autore di<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) con un
-elenco di versetti come questi. Il dott. Martin chiese ai mormoni di leggere
-un'altra scrittura: Sal 91,4 <quote>Ti coprirà con le sue penne, sotto le
-sue ali troverai rifugio; la sua fedeltà ti sarà scudo e
-corazza</quote>. W.M. disse: <quote>Con le stesse regole di interpretazione
-con cui dimostrate che Dio è un uomo, dimostrate che Lui è un
-uccello</quote>. I mormoni risero quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine
-della loro posizione.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+annuncio [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha
+conferito l'unzione</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Esempio 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Esempio 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Esempio 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
+<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Esempio 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
+ <para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Esempio 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Esempio 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Esempio 4B</title>
+ <para>Is 59,1 <quote>non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</quote></para>
+ <para>Dt 33,27 <quote>Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</title>
-<para>Un'allegoria è: <emphasis>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un
+
<para>Un'allegoria è: <emphasis>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un
significato.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</para>
-
-<para>Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è
-un'allegoria: il seme è la parola di Dio, le spine sono ansie e avidità,
-ecc. Ma la maggior parte delle parabole non sono allegorie ma semplici
-storie per illustrare un punto. È pericoloso trarre la nostra dottrina dalle
-parabole; possono essere distorte per dire qualunque cosa. Dobbiamo trarla
-dalle scritture che ce la mostrano chiaramente; se una parabola ce la
-illustra, tanto meglio.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Esempio 5A</title>
-<para>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia
+ <para>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Esempio 5A</title>
+ <para>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia
illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come
un'allegoria, cosa succede?</para>
-<para>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i
-diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Esempio 5B</title>
-<para>La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si
-tratta di un'allegoria? </para>
-<para>Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che
-aveva per prepararsi per un'epoca in cui non avrebbe più avuto. Ma non è
-elogiato per il suo comportamento non etico, imbrogliando il suo padrone. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i
+diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Esempio 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>Il team di BibleTime</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto
-i termini della licenza <link
+ <title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Sommario</title>
-
- <para>
- L'<application>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</application> è una guida per
-lo studio della Bibbia.
- </para>
- <para>
- Il team di &bibletime; spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio
-delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è
-stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu
-legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con
-l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bibbia</keyword>
- <keyword>Studio</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Sommario</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bibbia</keyword>
+ <keyword>Studio</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Sentire e leggere danno una visione telescopica della scrittura mentre
-studiare dà una visione microscopica della scrittura. La meditazione sulla
-Bibbia porta insieme l'ascolto, la lettura, lo studio e la memorizzazione, e
-
fissa la parola nella nostra mente.</p><div class="sect2" title="L'ascolto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11,28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Approcci alla parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Approcci alla parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Approcci alla parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
+
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="L'ascolto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>L'ascolto</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11,28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beati piuttosto coloro che ascoltano la parola di Dio e la
osservano! </span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="La lettura"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>La lettura</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1,3<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Beato chi legge e beati coloro che ascoltano le parole di
-questa profezia [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tm 4,13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dedicati alla lettura [...]</span>»</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studio</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di
+questa profezia [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tm 4,13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">dedicati alla lettura [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studio</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Questi erano di sentimenti più nobili di quelli di
Tessalonica e accolsero la Parola con grande entusiasmo, esaminando ogni
-giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</span>»</span>
-</p><p>2 Tm 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un
+giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</span>»</span></p><p>2 Tm 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona degna, un
lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la parola
della verità.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizzazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizzazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Sal 119,11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ripongo nel cuore la tua promessaper non peccare contro di
te.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditazione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditazione</h3></div></div></div><p>Sal 1,2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ma nella legge del Signore trova la sua gioia, la sua legge
medita giorno e notte. È come albero piantato lungo corsi d'acqua, che dà
frutto a suo tempo: le sue foglie non appassisconoe tutto quello che fa,
-riesce bene.</span>»</span>
-</p><p>I navigatori spiegano questo dicendo che come possiamo raggiungere con il
-pollice tutte le altre dita possiamo meditare anche facendo i primi quattro
-passi. La meditazione è la chiave della rivelazione. Un nuovo cristiano deve
-ascoltare e leggere la bibbia più di studiarla e memorizzarla. Con questo
-conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della Bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+riesce bene.</span>»</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipi di studio della Bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso
-chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo
-trovato? Verificalo guardando in diversi luoghi del brano e chiedendoti se è
-in relazione con il pensiero del verso chiave. Una volta trovato scrivilo
-come il numero I della tua esposizione:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per
-essere ammirati da loro</p></li></ol></div><p>Cosa significa <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">praticare la vostra giustizia</span>»</span>? Ci sono degli
-esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione?
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Le nostre motivazioni!</em></span> Quali sottopunti sviluppano
-questo pensiero?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu digiuni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu preghi</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di
-praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">suonare la
-tromba</span>»</span> oggi?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fallo in segreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per
+essere ammirati da loro</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu digiuni</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu preghi</p></li></ol></div><p>Adesso inserisci i propositi specifici per evitare il modo sbagliato di
+praticare le tue buone opere:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando tu doni </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a
+trumpet</span>»</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fallo in segreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle
-definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contesto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola
--- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del
-libro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenuto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenuto</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa significa? Cosa significa nella lingua originale? Attento alle
+definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contesto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contesto</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referenze"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referenze</h3></div></div></div><p>Cosa dicono altri versetti su questo argomento nel resto della Bibbia? La
parola di Dio non è contradditoria in se stessa, per questo la nostra
interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipi di studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipi di studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipi di studio della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Studio tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Prendi un argomento e seguilo nella Bibbia usando le referenze incrociate o
una concordanza.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studio di un Personaggio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Studio di un Personaggio</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio della vita di un personaggio biblico. Per esempio: La vita di
Giuseppe in Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esposizione"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Esposizione</h3></div></div></div><p>Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Approcci alla parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare un Particolare Versetto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Leali sono le ferite di un amico</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fare uno Studio Tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno Studio Tematico </h3></div></div></div><p>Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per
-prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per
-questa parola. Poi puoi scegliere altre parole connesse con essa, per
-esempio: "redimere, redento" fino a "comprare" o
-"comprato." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Non giudicate, per non
-essere giudicati</span>»</span> e 1 Cor 2,15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito,
-invece, giudica ogni cosa.</span>»</span> Può darsi che ci siano due parole diverse
-in Greco, tradotte ambedue con "giudicare" in Italiano? (Per
-un'analisi più approfondita abbiamo bisogno dei numeri di Strong. Perciò i
-seguenti esempi fanno uso della traduzione inglese "King James with Strongs"
-che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo
-fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Adesso cerca "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la
-lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il
-
significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare i Significati dei Nomi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare un Particolare Versetto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Trovare un Particolare Versetto</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto.</p></li></ol></div><p>Trova questi versetti </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Leali sono le ferite di un amico</span>»</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</span>»</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La storia del ricco e Lazzaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Fare uno Studio Tematico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fare uno Studio Tematico</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>»</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>»</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+
the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Trovare i Significati dei Nomi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la stessa procedura puoi trovare i significati dei nomi in Greco o
Ebraico.</p><p>Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joshua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabus</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Approcci alla parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Voi scrutate le Scritture credendo di avere in esse la vita eterna; ebbene,
sono proprio esse che mi rendono testimonianza. Ma voi non volete venire a
-me per avere la vita. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Gv 5,39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin
+me per avere la vita. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Gv 5,39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>L'intenzione principale del libro sta nel guidarci alla persona. Martin
Lutero disse <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">andiamo al presepio soltanto a causa del
bambino</span>»</span>; nello stesso modo facciamo lo studio della Bibbia non per
-sé ma per cercare Dio.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere
-in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della
-vita. Hillel diceva: "Chi ha acquisito le parole della Torah ha
-acquisito la vita del mondo futuro." Il loro studio era fine a se
-stesso. In questo furono delusi. [...]</p><p>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto
+sé ma per cercare Dio.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+deceived. [...]</p><p>Non c'è merito né profitto nel leggere la Bibbia per se stessi, ma soltanto
se ci porta a Gesù Cristo. Per qualunque motivo leggiamo la bibbia dobbiamo
avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Approcci alla parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Eb 4,12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Infatti la parola di Dio è viva,
-efficace...</em></span>" Gesù disse: <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4,4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo, ma di ogni parola che
-esce dalla bocca di Dio</em></span>" Quando leggiamo la Bibbia lo spirito di
-Dio è presente per parlare al nostro cuore in un modo continuamente
-rinnovato.
-</p><p>2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da
-Dio.</em></span>" Ci credi? Prima di rispondere prendi in considerazione la
-posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse
-un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come
-'Dio disse' (Mc 7,10). Poteva citare il commento del narratore in Gn 2,24
-facendone una richiesta del Creatore Stesso (Mt 19,4-5). In modo simile
-disse 'Bene ha fatto Isaia di voi, ipocriti, come sta scritto' quando quello
-che stava per citare era un discorso diretto di Dio (Mc 7,6; Is 29,13). Gli
-autori del nuovo testamento hanno preso da Gesù stesso la convinzione della
-doppia autorità della bibbia. Per loro era vero dire 'Dio ha parlato nei
-tempi antichi ai padri per mezzo dei profeti' (Eb 1,1) come dire 'mossi da
-Spirito Santo parlarono quelli uomini da parte di Dio' (2 Pt 1,21). Dio non
-ha parlato in un modo da prevaricare la personalità dell'autore umano, ne
-gli uomini parlarono in un modo da corrompere la parola dell'autore
-divino. Dio parlò. Gli uomini parlarono. Nessuna verità può essere separata
-dall'altra. ...
-</p><p>
-Questa, allora, era l'opinione di Cristo sulle Scritture. La loro
-testimonianza era la testimonianza di Dio. La testimonianza della Bibbia è
-la testimonianza di Dio. E la ragione principale per la quale i cristiani
-credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3,16 continua: "<span class="emphasis"><em>è anche utile per insegnare, convincere,
-correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e
-ben preparato per ogni opera buona.</em></span>" Se accettiamo che la Bibbia
-è veramente Dio che si rivolge a noi, allora ne consegue che sarà la nostra
-guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che Funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che Funziona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Esortazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tm 2,15 <span class="emphasis"><em><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sforzati di presentarti a Dio come una persona
-degna, un lavoratore che non deve vergognarsi e che dispensa rettamente la
-parola della verità.</span>»</span></em></span>
-</p><p>
-Col 3,16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La parola di Cristo dimori tra voi abbondantemente;
-ammaestratevi e ammonitevi con ogni sapienza, cantando a Dio di cuore e con
-gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. </em></span>"
-</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete? </p><p>
-Non poco!</p><p>
-Qo 12,11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Le parole dei saggi sono come pungoli; come chiodi
-piantati, le raccolte di autori: esse sono date da un solo pastore. Quanto a
-ciò che è in più di questo, figlio mio, bada bene: i libri si moltiplicano
-senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. </em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro che da Battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Esortazioni</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Esortazioni</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Esortazioni"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Esortazioni</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?</p><p>Non poco!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro che da Battaglia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende Liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende Liberi</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Gv 8,32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà
-liberi.</em></span>" Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una
-promessa condizionata o incondizionata? È' valida per tutti i generi di
-conoscenza? Scoprirai la risposta esaminando la prima metà della frase in
-v. 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Se rimanete nella mia parola, siete davvero miei discepoli
-... </em></span>"</p><p>Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare
-della verità della parola di Dio.</p><p>La parola Greca per "vento" usata in Ef 4,14 parla di un <span class="emphasis"><em>vento
-violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Questo affinché non siamo più come fanciulli
-sballottati dalle onde e portati qua e là da qualsiasi vento di dottrina
-...</em></span>" Un effetto dello studio della Bibbia sta nel fatto che
-saremo radicati nella verità col risultato che non saremo facilmente
-"soffiati via."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>E Gesù rispose loro: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Vi ingannate, perché
-non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio.</em></span>"Mt 22,29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati
-dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che Funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro che da Battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che rende Liberi</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro che Funziona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che rende Liberi</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro che rende Liberi</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati
+dall'errore?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La parola di Dio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La forza di Dio</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che Funziona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro che da Battaglia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica
-parola del testamento Greco, cioè nell'avverbio
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. Viene normalmente tradotto mediante
-"una volta", nel senso di "una volta per tutte". Viene usato nel contesto di
-qualcosa che è fatto in modo tale da avere un valore eterno e non dover
-esser ripetuto. Nel nuovo testamento viene usato sia per la rivelazione sia
-per la redenzione. Per Questo, Giuda si riferisce alla fede che venne data
-una volte per tutte ai santi (Gd 3), e la lettera ai Romani dice:
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>egli morì al peccato una volta per tutte</em></span>" (Rm 6,10,
-vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28). </p><p>
-Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha
-sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione
-Cristiana sia la redenzione Cristiana sono tutte e due completate in
-Cristo. Niente può essere aggiunto ad ambedue senza essere ostile a
-Cristo... Queste sono le due rocce sulle quali si basa la Riforma
-Protestante -- La parola rivelata di Dio senza l'aggiunta della tradizione
-umana e il lavoro finito di Cristo senza l'aggiunta di meriti umani. Le
-parole chiave dei Riformisti sono <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> per quanto riguarda la nostra autorità e
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola gratia</em></span> per quanto riguarda la nostra
-salvezza.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Esortazioni </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p> Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi
-svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al
-n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title="Appendice: «Una volta per tutte»"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla
settimana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbi in un Mese: leggi un capitolo dei Proverbi, corrispondente al
giorno del mese, ogni giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi in un Mese: leggi 5 salmi all'intervallo di 30 ogni giorno, per
esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al
giorno.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antico Testamento senza Salmi e Proverbi in 2 anni: Se leggi un capitolo al
giorno dall'antico testamento, tralasciando Salmi e Proverbi, riuscirai a
-leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro che da Battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un Libro che da Battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Quale? </td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende Liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un Libro che da Battaglia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Esortazioni"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un Libro che da Battaglia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un Libro che da Battaglia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un Libro che da Battaglia</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.3. Armamento spirituale</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armamento spirituale" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Domanda</th><th>Risposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quante sono offensive?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Quale?</td><td>La parola - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro che rende Liberi </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Esortazioni</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che Funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che Funziona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che Funziona</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la
-bibbia "<span class="emphasis"><em>opera in voi credenti.</em></span>" Accanto ad ogni
-scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26
-</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-At 20,32
-</td><td>
-edifica -- " ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare
-e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rm 15,4
-</td><td>
-consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che
-provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rm 10,17
-</td><td>
-dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la
-parola di Cristo."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Cor 10,11
-</td><td>
-ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono
-state scritte per nostro ammonimento"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mt 4,4
-</td><td>
-nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di
-ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende Liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro che Funziona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro che rende Liberi"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro che Funziona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che Funziona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro che Funziona</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.2. Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Riferimento</th><th>Effetto</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5,26</td><td>purifica -- "... purificandola con il lavacro dell'acqua mediante la parola"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20,32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15,4</td><td>consola -- "perché, in virtù della perseveranza e della consolazione che
+provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza."</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10,17</td><td>dà fede -- "Dunque, la fede viene dall'ascolto e l'ascolto riguarda la
+parola di Cristo."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor 10,11</td><td>ammonisce -- "Tutte queste cose però accaddero a loro come esempio, e sono
+state scritte per nostro ammonimento"</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4,4</td><td>nutre -- "Ma egli rispose: 'Sta scritto: Non di solo pane vivrà l'uomo,ma di
+ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un libro che rende Liberi</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in
-Lui. Lo studio della Bibbia è uno dei modi primari per imparare a comunicare
-con Dio.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che è Unico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro che è Unico</h2></div></div></div><p>La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500
-millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di
-vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40
-differenti autori con uno sfondo culturale differente, eppure si può
-leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
-Reliable?</em></span> paragona dei manoscritti del nuovo testamento con altri
-testi antichi:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Documento</th><th>Epoca di Scrittura</th><th>Copia più Antica</th><th>Differenza di Tempo</th><th>Numero delle Copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Esistono dieci copie del <span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Cesare, la
-più antica tra queste è stata copiata 900 anni dopo che Cesare scrisse
-l'originale, ecc. Per il Nuovo Testamento siamo in possesso di manoscritti
-integrali dal 350 D.C., ci sono papiri che contengono la maggior parte del
-Nuovo Testamento del terzo secolo e un frammento del vangelo di Giovanni del
-130 D.C. Quanti manoscritti abbiamo per compararli? 5000 in Greco e 10000 in
-Latino! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro che è Unico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro che è Unico</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabella 1.1. Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Documento</th><th>Epoca di Scrittura</th><th>Copia più Antica</th><th>Differenza di Tempo</th><th>Numero delle Copie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Erodoto</td><td>448-428 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>1300 anni</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacito</td><td>100 D.C.</td><td>1100 D.C.</td><td>1000 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>De bello gallico</em></span> di Giulio Cesare</td><td>50-58 A.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>950 anni</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Ab urbe condita</em></span> di Livio</td><td>59 A.C. - 17 D.C.</td><td>900 D.C.</td><td>900 anni</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nuovo testamento</td><td>40 D.C. - 100 D.C.</td><td>130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali</td><td>30 - 310 anni</td><td>5000 Greci & 10000 Latini</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Per quanto riguarda l'esattezza e la completezza il testo del Nuovo
Testamento è unico e irraggiungibile tra tutti gli altri testi di prosa
-dell'Antichità." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+dell'Antichità."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i
-versetti in ogni pagina? Qual è l'argomento del capitolo? E dell'intero
-libro? La tua interpretazione corrisponde con queste? Se no, è errata. Di
-solito, il contesto ciò di cui abbiamo bisogno per interpretare
-correttamente il passaggio. Il contesto è la chiave. Se dopo aver
-interpretato un testo nel suo contesto rimane della confusione, dobbiamo
-guardare più avanti.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nasce da
-acqua e Spirito."</em></span> Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?</p><p>Il battesimo dell'acqua non è l'argomento, che sarebbe al di là
-dell'argomento di cui stanno discutendo Gesù e Nicodemo. Fai attenzione ad
-un improvviso cambio di argomento, può indicare che la tua interpretazione
-sta prendendo la via sbagliata! L'acqua è il liquido amniotico, "nato
-d'acqua" = nascita naturale.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor 14,34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">le donne nelle assemblee tacciano</span>»</span> deve essere
-considerato nel contesto biblico di 1 Cor 11,5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">ogni donna che prega o
-profetizza [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>At 2,38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si
-faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati
-[...]"</span>»</span>. Sta insegnando la rigenerazione battesimale? Se questo
-fosse l'unico versetto della scrittura, dovremmo concludere così. Ma come
-abbiamo imparato altrove questa rigenerazione è la fede in Cristo, e
-dobbiamo interpretare diversamente. Pietro sta sollecitando il battesimo
-come via per chi lo ascolta di rispondere al vangelo. Se il battesimo fosse
-il modo di rinascere, come potrebbe Paolo scrivere in 1 Cor 1,17
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"Cristo infatti non mi ha mandato a battezzare, ma ad annunciare
-il Vangelo"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Esempio 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Esempio 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Esempio 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cosa significa per
-me?</span>»</span>, ma <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cosa significava per i lettori originali?</span>»</span>; in
-seguito, possiamo domandarci, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Cosa significa per
-me?</span>»</span>. Dobbiamo tenere conto del retroterra storico e culturale
-dell'autore e dei destinatari.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 giorni & 3 notti</span>»</span> (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a
-formulare una "Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì", specialmente il
-culto degli Armstrongisti. Come poteva Gesù morire il pomeriggio del venerdì
-e risorgere la domenica mattina e tuttavia "risorgere il terzo giorno" (Mt
-16,21)? L'esatto significato di "tre" o "giorni" non è d'aiuto nello
-spiegare l'apparente contraddizione.</p><p>Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno
-intero ogni parte di esso, come si farebbe con i secchi d'acqua (se ci
-fossero sei secchi e mezzo, diremmo che ce ne sono sette, anche se uno è
-riempito parzialmente). Per la mentalità ebraica, dunque, ogni parte del
-giorno contava come un giorno intero, e i giorni iniziavano alle 6
-pomeridiane, per finire alle 6 del giorno dopo. Venerdì dalle 15 alle 18 -
-primo giorno. Venerdì dalle 18 alle 18 di sabato - secondo giorno. Sabato
-dalle 18 alle cinque o giù di lì di domenica - terzo giorno. Interpretare
-entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e
-camminare tra i pezzi era un modo normale di concludere un contratto
-all'epoca di Abramo. Entrambe le parti camminavano in mezzo, prendendo
-l'impegno che coloro che non avessero tenuto fede alla loro parte del
-contratto sarebbero strati smembrati. Ma in questo caso solo Dio ci passa
-attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but
+<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Esempio 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Esempio 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai
-attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">occhio cattivo</span>»</span> in Mt 6,23.</p><p>Regola 1, definizione di "cattivo" e "occhio" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2,
-contesto: sembra confonderci ancora di più. Non sembra concordare con ciò
-che precede o segue! Questo dovrebbe avvisarci che non stiamo comprendendo
-perfettamente!!</p><p>Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">occhio
-cattivo</span>»</span>. Cerchiamo altri usi di questa espressione: Mt 20,15
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>non posso fare delle mie cose quello che voglio? Oppure tu sei
-invidioso [lit."occhio cattivo"] perché io sono buono?</em></span>" Scopriamo
-che avere un "occhio cattivo" è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica per essere
-avaro o invidioso. Ora torniamo a Mt 6 e notiamo come questa definizione
-combacia perfettamente con il contesto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</span>»</span></p><p>Dt 33,27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</span>»</span></p><p>
-I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi
-Giorni per provare che Dio era un tempo un uomo come noi. Una volta convinte
-le persone di questo, proseguono insegnando che noi possiamo diventare Dio
-così come Lui lo è! Mentre teneva una lettura, un gruppo di mormoni sfidò
-Walter Martin (autore di<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) con un
-elenco di versetti come questi. Il dott. Martin chiese ai mormoni di leggere
-un'altra scrittura: Sal 91,4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Ti coprirà con le sue penne, sotto le
-sue ali troverai rifugio; la sua fedeltà ti sarà scudo e
-corazza</span>»</span>. W.M. disse: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Con le stesse regole di interpretazione
-con cui dimostrate che Dio è un uomo, dimostrate che Lui è un
-uccello</span>»</span>. I mormoni risero quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine
-della loro posizione.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Esempio 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Esempio 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59,1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</span>»</span></p><p>Dt 33,27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</span>»</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una parabola e un'allegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Un'allegoria è: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una storia in cui ogni elemento ha un
-significato.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è
-un'allegoria: il seme è la parola di Dio, le spine sono ansie e avidità,
-ecc. Ma la maggior parte delle parabole non sono allegorie ma semplici
-storie per illustrare un punto. È pericoloso trarre la nostra dottrina dalle
-parabole; possono essere distorte per dire qualunque cosa. Dobbiamo trarla
-dalle scritture che ce la mostrano chiaramente; se una parabola ce la
-illustra, tanto meglio.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia
+significato.</em></span></p><p>Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Esempio 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Esempio 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola della vedova e del giudice iniquo in Lc 18,1-8. Questa storia
illustra una lezione: l'audacia nella preghiera. Se la prendiamo come
un'allegoria, cosa succede?</p><p>Tutti i tipi di violenza raggiungono lo scopo: Dio esita a proteggere i
-diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si
-tratta di un'allegoria? </p><p>Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che
-aveva per prepararsi per un'epoca in cui non avrebbe più avuto. Ma non è
-
elogiato per il suo comportamento non etico, imbrogliando il suo padrone. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Esempio 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+
for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Risali</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
-parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Abbiamo già visto le tre regole: contenuto, contesto, riferimenti. Adesso
-vogliamo andare avanti occupandoci dell'ermeneutica biblica, il cui fine è
-di trovare il senso inteso dall'autore originale (e dall'Autore!). Mentre
-sono valide tante applicazioni di un brano, solo una interpretazione è
-valida. La scrittura stessa lo dice stabilendo che nessuna scrittura va
-soggetta a spiegazione privata (2 Pt 1,20 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Sappiate anzitutto questo:
-nessuna scrittura profetica va soggetta a privata spiegazione</span>»</span>)
-Alcune regole aiutano a scoprire il senso corretto, ignorando queste regole
-diversi uomini sono caduti in difficoltà - loro stessi e i loro seguaci. 2
-Pt 3,16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">... In esse ci sono alcune cose difficili da comprendere e
-gli ignoranti e gli instabili le travisano, al pari delle altre Scritture,
-per loro propria rovina.</span>»</span></p><p>Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato
-un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni
-queste regole in mente:</p><div class="section" title="Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto,
-originale, delle parole, tanto migliore sarà la nostra
-interpretazione. Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave
-seguendo questi punti:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definizione"><b>Definizione. </b>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il
-modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referenze"><b>Referenze. </b>Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o
-Ebraica (non italiana) è usata nella scrittura, può chiarirti o gettare
-nuova luce sulla definizione. Lo stesso autore come usa la stessa parola
-altrove? E altri autori? Potresti anche verificare l'uso di questa parola in
-un contesto non biblico. Perché è necessario risalire alle lingue originali,
-perché i termini italiani non sono sufficienti? <span class="emphasis"><em>Perché più di una
-parola greca può essere stata tradotta nella stessa parola italiana, e i
-termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Gv 20,17 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Non mi trattenere [ingl. toccare]</em></span>" suona
-aspro, vero? Sembra quasi che Gesù non voglia essere toccato ora che è
-asceso, ora che Egli è troppo sacro o simili. Ma non sembra giusto, quindi
-cerchiamo in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
-Testament </em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola "Toccare" vediamo
-"pim680." Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il
-numero si riferisce al riferimento del dizionario di Strong. Leggiamo la
-definizione (p.879). "680. Haptomai; da hapto (681), toccare. Si riferisce
-alla manipolazione di un oggetto allo scopo di modificarlo... Differente da
-pselaphao (5584), che significa realmente solo toccare la superficie di
-qualcosa. " Ora cerchiamo "pim." I codici grammaticali di Zodhiates sono
-subito dopo l'Apocalisse. a p. 849 vediamo che pim significa "presente
-imperativo attivo (80)". A p.857, "Presente Imperativo. Nella voce attiva,
-indica un comando di fare qualcosa in futuro che implica un'azione
-continuata o ripetuta o, quando è negato, un comando di cessare di fare
-qualcosa. ' Questo è un comando negativo, che serve a fermare qualcosa che
-si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esempio 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In Giacomo 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su
-di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.</em></span>. Cosa si intende
-per ungere?</p><p>La definizione di aleipho (218) - "ungere" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra
-parola greca tradotta con "ungere", chrio (5548) - "macchiare o strofinare
-con olio, per consacrare una funzione religiosa" (Strong). Siccome si tratta
-di un verbo, considera anche il tempo, "apta" aoristo participio
-attivo. "L'aoristo participio esprime un'azione semplice, in opposizione ad
-un'azione continuata... Quando la relazione col verbo principale è
-temporale, significa di solito che l'azione precede quella di quest'ultimo."
-(Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi
-capelli</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4,18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capitolo 3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definizione"><b>Definizione. </b>Guardate la definizione in un dizionario Greco o Ebraico. Per i verbi, il
+modo è ugualmente importantissimo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referenze"><b>Referenze. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Esempio 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria sta già trattenendo Gesù, e lui dice di smetteredi
+trattenerlo!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Esempio 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Esempio 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Riferimenti di aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gv 12,3 Maria [...] ne cosparse i piedi di Gesù, poi li asciugò con i suoi
+capelli</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Riferimenti di chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4,18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Lo Spirito del Signore è sopra di me; per questo mi ha
consacrato con l'unzionee mi ha mandato a portare ai poveri il lieto
annuncio [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha
-conferito l'unzione</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi
-e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" è
-uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.</em></span></p><p>Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento
-all'epoca, quando il buon samaritano si prese cura dell'uomo malmenato dai
-briganti, versò olio e vino sulle ferite. L'olio aveva un uso medicinale al
-tempo di Gesù.
-</p><p>Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a
-Giacomo 5:14 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri della
-Chiesa ed essi preghino su di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del
-Signore.</em></span>" Qui "ungere" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!</p><p>
-Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con "avendo
-unto", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare ("nel nome del
-signore" si riferisce alla preghiera, non all'unzione). Giacomo 5 sta
-dicendo che i presbiteri dovrebbero curare l'infermo e pregare per lui nel
-nome del Signore. Si tratta di un meraviglioso equilibrio di praticità e
-spiritualità nel Signore!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+conferito l'unzione</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Indietro</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Partenza</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Sommario L'HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia è una guida per lo studio della Bibbia. Il team di BibleTime spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto
-i termini della licenza "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p>
- L'<span class="application">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</span> è una guida per
-lo studio della Bibbia.
- </p><p>
- Il team di <span class="application">BibleTime</span> spera che questo HowTo guidi i lettori allo studio
-delle scritture per comprendere cosa dicono. Questa guida, in particolare, è
-stata scelta perché non spinge una particolare dottrina. Speriamo che tu
-legga e studi le scritture per capirne il senso. Se iniziate con
-l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Sommario The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bibbia, Studio, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Diritto d'autore © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legale"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Sommario"><p class="title"><b>Sommario</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro che è Unico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un Libro Ispirato da Dio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro che Funziona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro che rende Liberi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un Libro che da Battaglia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Esortazioni</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Appendice: <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Una volta per tutte</span>»</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Elementi di studio della bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Approcci alla parola di Dio</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">L'ascolto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">La lettura</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizzazione</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditazione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipi di studio della Bibbia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Studio tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Studio di un Personaggio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Esposizione</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenuto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contesto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referenze</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Trovare un Particolare Versetto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fare uno Studio Tematico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Trovare i Significati dei Nomi</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Esempio 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Esempio 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Esempio 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Esempio 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Esempio 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Esempio 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Esempio 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Esempio 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Esempio 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regola 5 - Comprendi lo scopo delle parabole e la differenza tra una
parabola e un'allegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Esempio 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Esempio 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista delle tabelle</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armamento spirituale</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Avanti</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capitolo 1. L'importanza della Parola di Dio</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>성경 공부의 기초들</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>성경 공부의 기초들</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에
+
<para>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에
필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title>
+
<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>들음(Hear)</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>들음(Hear)</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>읽음(Read)</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>읽음(Read)</title>
+
<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>공부</title>
-<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>공부</title>
+ <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>암송(Memorize)</title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>암송(Memorize)</title>
+
<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>묵상(Meditate)</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>묵상(Meditate)</title>
+
<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>주제별 성경공부</title>
-<para>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>인물별 성경공부</title>
-<para>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</title>
-<para>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>내용(Content)</title>
-<para>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>문맥(Context)</title>
-<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title>
-<para>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>성경공부의 유형들</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>주제별 성경공부</title>
+ <para>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>인물별 성경공부</title>
+ <para>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</title>
+ <para>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>바른 해석의 기본</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>내용(Content)</title>
+ <para>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>문맥(Context)</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title>
+ <para>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른
말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>특정 구절 찾기</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>주제별 성경공부 하기 </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
-not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>이름의 의미들을 찾기</title>
-<para>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </para>
-<para>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>나발(Nabal)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>아비가일(Abigail)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>여호수아(Joshua)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>바나바(Barnabus)</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you fast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you pray</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>do it secretly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>특정 구절 찾기</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>주제별 성경공부 하기</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>이름의 의미들을 찾기</title>
+ <para>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </para>
+ <para>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>나발(Nabal)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>아비가일(Abigail)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>여호수아(Joshua)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>바나바(Barnabus)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>특별한(Unique) 책</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>특별한(Unique) 책</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>작품</entry>
-<entry>씌여진 시기</entry>
-<entry>최고(古) 사본</entry>
-<entry>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</entry><entry>사본의 수</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</entry>
-<entry>448-428 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>1300년</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 A.D.</entry><entry>1100 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>1000년</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>시저(Caesar)의 <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 B.C.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>950년</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>리비우스(Livy)의 <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry><entry>900 A.D.</entry>
-<entry>900년</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>신약</entry>
-<entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry><entry>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</entry> <entry>30 - 310년</entry><entry>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>작품</entry>
+ <entry>씌여진 시기</entry>
+ <entry>최고(古) 사본</entry>
+ <entry>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</entry>
+ <entry>사본의 수</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 B.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>1300년</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>1000년</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>시저(Caesar)의 <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 B.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>950년</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>리비우스(Livy)의 <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>900 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>900년</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>신약</entry>
+ <entry>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</entry>
+ <entry>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310년</entry>
+ <entry>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "<emphasis>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit.,
-God-breathed].</emphasis>" 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>존 R.W. 스토트, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>존 R.W. 스토트, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, InterVarsity
+Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<emphasis>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에
-유익하니</emphasis>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의
-모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>역사하는 책</title>
-<para>
-성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<emphasis>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서
-역사하느니라.</emphasis>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>참조(Reference)</entry>
-<entry>역사하는 것(Action)</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>엡 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-행 20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-롬 15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게
-함 이니라."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-롬 10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-고전 10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-마 4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든
-말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>자유케하는 책</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다.</para>
-
-<para>엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 <emphasis>강렬한
-바람</emphasis>이다. "<emphasis>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는
-안된다...</emphasis>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을
-진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </emphasis>"<emphasis>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV
-Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</emphasis>"마 22:29</para>
-<para>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>하나님의 말씀</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>하나님의 능력 </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title>
-<para>
-엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>영적인 무기</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>물음</entry>
-<entry>답</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>어떤 것인가? </entry><entry>말씀 - <foreignphrase>레마(rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title>
-<para>
-딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<emphasis>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님
-앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-골 3:16 "<emphasis>그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를
-부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? </para>
-<para>
-적지 않다!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>역사하는 책</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>참조(Reference)</entry>
+ <entry>역사하는 것(Action)</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>엡 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>행 20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>롬 15:4</entry>
+ <entry>격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게
+함 이니라."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>롬 10:17</entry>
+ <entry>믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>고전 10:11</entry>
+ <entry>가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>마 4:4</entry>
+ <entry>양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든
+말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>자유케하는 책</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>하나님의 말씀</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>하나님의 능력</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title>
+ <para>엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>영적인 무기</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>물음</entry>
+ <entry>답</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</entry>
+ <entry>One</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>어떤 것인가?</entry>
+ <entry>말씀 - <foreignphrase>레마(rhema)</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>권면(Exhortations)</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?</para>
+ <para>적지 않다!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>존 R. W. 스토트, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할
-수 있다.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할
+수 있다.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</title>
+
<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>겹참조(Cross-reference)</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>예 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>예 1A</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Example 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
+them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>예 2A</title>
-<para>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
-Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>예 2A</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+
<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>예 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>예 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>예 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>예 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>예 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>예 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>예 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>예 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>예 4A</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>예 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>예 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>예 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
+
<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>예 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>예 5A</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>예 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>예 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>바이블스터디 하우투</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license <link
+ <title>바이블스터디 하우투</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>개요</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>개요</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>공부</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>공부</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="들음(Hear)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>들음(Hear)</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="읽음(Read)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>읽음(Read)</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>공부</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="암송(Memorize)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>암송(Memorize)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="묵상(Meditate)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>묵상(Meditate)</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 성경공부의 유형들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>
-today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십시오:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바른 해석의 기본 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="바른 해석의 기본"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="내용(Content)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="문맥(Context)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바른 해석의 기본</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="성경공부의 유형들"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바른 해석의 기본</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="바른 해석의 기본"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>바른 해석의 기본</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="내용(Content)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>내용(Content)</h3></div></div></div><p>말하고 있는바가 무엇인가? 원어에서는 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 정의에 주의하라. 그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="문맥(Context)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>문맥(Context)</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>겹참조(Cross-reference)</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 다른 부분에서는 이 주제에 관하여 어떻게 말하고 있는가? 하나님은 스스로 모순되지 않으신 분입니다. 그래서 우리의 해석은 다른
말씀에 비춰봐서도 바로 설 수 있어야 합니다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">성경공부의 유형들 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="성경공부의 유형들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="인물별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>성경공부의 유형들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="바른 해석의 기본"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">성경공부의 유형들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="성경공부의 유형들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>성경공부의 유형들</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>주제별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="인물별 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>인물별 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</h3></div></div></div><p>특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 바른 해석의 기본</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="특정 구절 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기 </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="이름의 의미들을 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="특정 구절 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>특정 구절 찾기</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="주제별 성경공부 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>주제별 성경공부 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="이름의 의미들을 찾기"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>이름의 의미들을 찾기</h3></div></div></div><p>헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. </p><p>이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>나발(Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>아비가일(Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>여호수아(Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>바나바(Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
-to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</p><p>성경을 단지 읽기 위해 읽는다면 아무 유익이나 이득이 없다, 오직 우리를 예수 그리스도에게 알리는 데에만 소용이 있다. 성경을 읽을 때에
필요한 것은 오직 말씀을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로[lit.,
-
God-breathed].</em></span>" 이것을 정말 믿으십니까? 대답하기 전에, 말씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+
Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, "<span class="emphasis"><em>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에
-유익하니</em></span>"라고 말씀하였다. 만일 우리가 성경이 정말로 하나님께서 우리에게 말씀하시는 것이라 믿는다면, 말씀이 우리의
-모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R.W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>, InterVarsity
+Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 역사하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="권면(Exhortations)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p>
-딤후 2:15 (KJV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>네가 진리의 말씀을 옳게 분변하여 부끄러울 것이 없는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님
-앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-골 3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>그리스도의 말씀이 너희 속에 풍성히 거하여 모든 지혜로 피차 가르치며 권면하고 시와 찬미와 신령한 노래를
-부르며 마음에 감사함으로 하나님을 찬양하고.</em></span>"
-</p><p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가? </p><p>
-적지 않다!</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>권면(Exhortations)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">권면(Exhortations)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="권면(Exhortations)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>권면(Exhortations)</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?</p><p>적지 않다!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">영적전쟁을 하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="자유케하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어서는 더욱 그러할 것이다.</p><p>엡 4:14에서 쓰인"바람"의 헬라어원문의 뜻을 찾아보면 <span class="emphasis"><em>강렬한
-바람</em></span>이다. "<span class="emphasis"><em>결과적으로 우리는 더이상 교리들의 모든 바람에 이리저리로 흔들리는 어린아이와 같아서는
-안된다...</em></span>"성경을 공부하면 우리가 얻게 되는 유익중 한가지는, 우리가 쉽게 "바람에 흔들리지" 않도록 우리의 믿음을
-진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>너희가 성경도 하나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV
-Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</em></span>"마 22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력 </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>자유케하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="역사하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">자유케하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="자유케하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>자유케하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 말씀</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>하나님의 능력</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">역사하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 영적전쟁을 하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">존 R. W. 스토트, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span> InterVarsity
-Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">권면(Exhortations) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='부가(Appendix): "Once for All"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="2장. 성경 공부의 기초들"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할
-수 있다.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 잠언 일독하기: 한달간 매일 그날의 날짜에 해당하는 잠언 한장씩을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>한달에 시편 일독하기: 20일에는 20, 50, 80, 110, 140편을 읽는 식으로, 매일 (30단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2년에 시편과 잠언을 제외한 구약 일독하기: 구약을 하루에 한장씩 읽는다면, 2년하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할
+수 있다.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">부가(Appendix): "Once for All" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 2장. 성경 공부의 기초들</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
-엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가? </td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>영적전쟁을 하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="권면(Exhortations)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">영적전쟁을 하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="영적전쟁을 하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>영적전쟁을 하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.3. 영적인 무기</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="영적인 무기" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>물음</th><th>답</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>몇 가지가 공격용인가?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>어떤 것인가?</td><td>말씀 - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">레마(rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">자유케하는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 권면(Exhortations)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="역사하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>
-성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "<span class="emphasis"><em>말씀이 또한 너희 믿는 자 속에서
-역사하느니라.</em></span>" 그밖의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26
-</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-행 20:32
-</td><td>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-롬 15:4
-</td><td>
-격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게
-함 이니라."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-롬 10:17
-</td><td>
-믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-고전 10:11
-</td><td>
-가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-마 4:4
-</td><td>
-양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든
-말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>역사하는 책</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="자유케하는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">역사하는 책</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="역사하는 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>역사하는 책</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.2. 성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>참조(Reference)</th><th>역사하는 것(Action)</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>엡 5:26</td><td>정결케한다(cleanses) -- "...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사..."</td></tr><tr><td>행 20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>롬 15:4</td><td>격려한다 -- "무엇이든지 전에 기록한 바는 우리의 교훈을 위하여 기록된 것이니 우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게
+함 이니라."</td></tr><tr><td>롬 10:17</td><td>믿음을 얻는다 -- "그러므로 믿음은 들음에서 나며 들음은 그리스도의 말씀으로 말미암았느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>고전 10:11</td><td>가르친다(instructs) -- "저희에게 당한 이런 일이 거울이 되고 또한 말세를 만난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라."</td></tr><tr><td>마 4:4</td><td>양식(nourishment) -- "예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 기록되었으되 '사람이 떡으로만 살것이 아니요 하나님의 입으로 나오는 모든
+말씀으로 살 것이라 하였느니라' 하시니."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 자유케하는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="특별한(Unique) 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="특별한(Unique) 책"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>특별한(Unique) 책</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>표 1.1. 신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>작품</th><th>씌여진 시기</th><th>최고(古) 사본</th><th>최고(古)사본과의 시간차</th><th>사본의 수</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>헤로도투스(Herodotus)</td><td>448-428 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>1300년</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 A.D.</td><td>1100 A.D.</td><td>1000년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>시저(Caesar)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 B.C.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>950년</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>리비우스(Livy)의 <span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span></td><td>59 B.C. - 17 A.D.</td><td>900 A.D.</td><td>900년</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>신약</td><td>40 A.D. - 100 A.D.</td><td>130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본</td><td>30 - 310년</td><td>5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"그밖의 많은 증거들이 신약의 텍스트가 다른 고대 산문들중에서도 절대적이고 어떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">바이블스터디 하우투 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="예 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
-Spirit."</em></span>
In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="예 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>예 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>예 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="예 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="예 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>예 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="예 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="예 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>예 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>예 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="예 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="예 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>예 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>예 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="예 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>예 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
-the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory?
</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="예 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>예 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">위로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
-parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>3장. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you.
How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="겹참조(Cross-reference)"><b>겹참조(Cross-reference). </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="예 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>예 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
-Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">이전</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">처음으로</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="법적 공지"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="개요"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>바이블스터디 하우투</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="개요 The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, 공부, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">바이블스터디 하우투</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="바이블스터디 하우투"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>바이블스터디 하우투</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">저작권 © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="법적 공지"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="개요"><p class="title"><b>개요</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기 </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>차례</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">특별한(Unique) 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">역사하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">자유케하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">영적전쟁을 하는 책</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">권면(Exhortations)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">부가(Appendix): "Once for All"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. 성경 공부의 기초들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">하나님의 말씀으로의 접근</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">들음(Hear)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">읽음(Read)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">암송(Memorize)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">묵상(Meditate)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">성경공부의 유형들</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">주제별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">인물별 성경공부</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">설명적인(Expository) 성경공부</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">바른 해석의 기본</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">내용(Content)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">문맥(Context)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">겹참조(Cross-reference)</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">특정 구절 찾기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">주제별 성경공부 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">이름의 의미들을 찾기</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. 성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">예 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">예 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">예 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">예 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">예 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">예 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">예 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">예 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">규칙 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">예 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">예 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>표 목록</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">영적인 무기</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">다음</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> 1장. 하나님의 말씀의 중요성</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons
+
<para>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons
bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een
sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title>
+
<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Horen</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Horen</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Lezen</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Lezen</title>
+
<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Bestuderen</title>
-<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Bestuderen</title>
+ <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memoriseren </title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memoriseren </title>
+
<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Overdenken</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Overdenken</title>
+
<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Onderwerp-studie</title>
-<para>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Onderwerp-studie</title>
+ <para>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van
tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Karakterstudie</title>
-<para>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Karakterstudie</title>
+
<para>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het
leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</title>
-<para>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Inhoud</title>
-<para>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</title>
+
<para>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Inhoud</title>
+
<para>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met
definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Context</title>
-<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title>
-<para>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Context</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Tekstverwijzingen</title>
+ <para>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de
bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test
van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you fast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you pray</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde
manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden
-hebt.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
-not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</title>
-<para>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>do it secretly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden
+hebt.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Om een onderwerp-studie doen</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</title>
+ <para>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of
Hebreews vinden.</para>
-<para>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Jozua</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jozua</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabas</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Het belang van Gods Woord</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Het belang van Gods Woord</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Een uniek boek</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Een uniek boek</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
teksten.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Werk</entry>
-<entry>Wanneer geschreven</entry>
-<entry>Oudste kopie</entry>
-<entry>Tijdsduur</entry><entry>Aantal exemplaren</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodotus</entry>
-<entry>448-428 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry>
-<entry>1300 jaar</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 na Chr.</entry><entry>1100 na Chr.</entry>
-<entry>1000 jaar</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 v. Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry>
-<entry>950 jaar</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy</entry>
-<entry>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</entry><entry>900 na Chr.</entry>
-<entry>900 jaar</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Nieuwe Testament</entry>
-<entry>40 - 100 n. Chr.</entry><entry>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</entry> <entry>30 - 310 jaar</entry><entry>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Werk</entry>
+ <entry>Wanneer geschreven</entry>
+ <entry>Oudste kopie</entry>
+ <entry>Tijdsduur</entry>
+ <entry>Aantal exemplaren</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodotus</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 v. Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 na Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 jaar</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 na Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 na Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 jaar</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 v. Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 na Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>950 jaar</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy</entry>
+ <entry>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 na Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>900 jaar</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Nieuwe Testament</entry>
+ <entry>40 - 100 n. Chr.</entry>
+ <entry>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 jaar</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de
tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle
-andere antieke proza." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+andere antieke proza."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>En boek met de adem van God</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<emphasis>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett.,
-die God ademde].</emphasis>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord
-geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<emphasis>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te
-weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens
-Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</emphasis>" Als
-wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt
-daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en
-gedrag. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title>
-<para>
-Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel
-"<emphasis>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</emphasis>" Schrijf naast elk
-schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Naslag</entry>
-<entry>Actie</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef. 5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Hand.20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rom.15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der
-Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rom.10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het
-woord van Christus."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Cor.10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is
-opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Matt.4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Een boek dat werkt</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Naslag</entry>
+ <entry>Actie</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef. 5:26</entry>
+ <entry>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hand.20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rom.15:4</entry>
+ <entry>bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der
+Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rom.10:17</entry>
+ <entry>geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het
+woord van Christus."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Cor.10:11</entry>
+ <entry>onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is
+opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Matt.4:4</entry>
+ <entry>voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen
van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods
-gaat."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over
-de waarheid van Gods woord.</para>
-
-<para>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een
-<emphasis>geweldige wind</emphasis> "<emphasis>Dan zijn wij niet langer
-onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei
-wind van leer...</emphasis>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat
-het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet
-zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de
-Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</emphasis>" Matt.22:29</para>
-<para>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Gods woord</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Gods kracht </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title>
-<para>
-Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Geestelijke wapenrusting</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Vraag</entry>
-<entry>Antwoord</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Welke? </entry><entry>het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Vermaningen</title>
-<para>
-2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<emphasis>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te
-stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid
-recht snijdt.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Col.3:16 "<emphasis>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in
-alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en
-geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </para>
-<para>
-Niet een beetje!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+gaat."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Een bevrijdend boek</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gods woord</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Gods kracht</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Een boek dat strijdt</title>
+ <para>Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Geestelijke wapenrusting</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Vraag</entry>
+ <entry>Antwoord</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</entry>
+ <entry>One</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Welke?</entry>
+ <entry>het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Vermaningen</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?</para>
+ <para>Niet een beetje!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per
-week.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken,
-overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van
-30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag
-een hoofdstuk.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per
+week.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken,
+overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van
+30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag
+een hoofdstuk.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het
Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken
-overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+
<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Tekstverwijzingen</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Tekstverwijzingen</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Voorbeeld 1A</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 1A</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Example 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
+them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze
-woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <emphasis>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij
-dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed
-uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</emphasis> Is dat
-zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Voorbeeld 2A </title>
-<para>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <emphasis>"geboren ...uit water
-en geest."</emphasis> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier
-gaat?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 2A </title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+ <para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Voorbeeld 2B</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Voorbeeld 2C</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 2C</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Example 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Example 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Voorbeeld 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 3B</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Voorbeeld 4A</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Voorbeeld 4B</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 4B</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
+
<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Voorbeeld 5A</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 5A</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om
-de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Voorbeeld 5B</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om
+de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Voorbeeld 5B</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license <link
+ <title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Overzicht</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Overzicht</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Bestuderen</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Bestuderen</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Horen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Horen</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lezen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Lezen</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</span>”</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Bestuderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+[...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Bestuderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Bestuderen</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>”</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memoriseren"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memoriseren </h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Overdenken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Overdenken</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>”</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde
-manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>”</span>
-today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>”</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde
+manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span>”</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhoud"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met
-definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstverwijzingen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Inhoud"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Inhoud</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er? Wat staat er in de grondtekst? Wees voorzichtig met
+definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Context</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Tekstverwijzingen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Tekstverwijzingen</h3></div></div></div><p>Wat staat er in andere verzen over hetzelfde onderwerp, in de rest van de
bijbel? God spreekt zichzelf niet tegen, dus zal onze interpretatie de test
van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Onderwerp-studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Onderwerp-studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Onderwerp-studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Kies een bepaald onderwerp en ga het na door het volgen van
tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Karakterstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Karakterstudie</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van het leven van een persoon in de bijbel, bijvoorbeeld het
leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</h3></div></div></div><p>Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een bepaald vers te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden
-hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een onderwerp-studie doen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>”</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>”</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een bepaald vers te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Om een bepaald vers te vinden</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden
+hebt.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om een onderwerp-studie doen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Om een onderwerp-studie doen</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>”</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>”</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</h3></div></div></div><p>Op dezelfde manier kunnen we de betekenis van een naam in het Grieks of
Hebreews vinden.</p><p>Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jozua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
-to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>”</span>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</p><p>De bijbel op zich bestuderen baat noch schaadt, behalve dan wanneer dat ons
bekend maakt met Jezus Christus. Telkens als de bijbel gelezen wordt, is een
sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En boek met de adem van God"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En boek met de adem van God</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En boek met de adem van God</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En boek met de adem van God"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En boek met de adem van God</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett.,
-die God ademde].</em></span>" Geloof je dit? Bedenk, voordat je antwoord
-geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, "<span class="emphasis"><em>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te
-weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens
-Gods volkomen zij, tot alle goed werk volkomen toegerust.</em></span>" Als
-wij accepteren dat de bijbel in feite God is die tot ons spreekt, dan volgt
-daaruit dat de bijbel voor ons autoriteit heeft in alle zaken van geloof en
-gedrag. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat werkt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vermaningen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tim 2:15 (SV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Benaarstig u, om uzelven Gode beproefd voor te
-stellen, een arbeider, die niet beschaamd wordt, die het Woord der waarheid
-recht snijdt.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Het woord van Christus wone rijkelijk in u, zodat gij in
-alle wijsheid elkander leert en terechtwijst en met psalmen, lofzangen en
-geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</em></span>"
-</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van? </p><p>
-Niet een beetje!</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Vermaningen</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Vermaningen</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Vermaningen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Vermaningen</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?</p><p>Niet een beetje!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat strijdt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over
-de waarheid van Gods woord.</p><p>Het Griekse woord voor "wind", wat wordt gebruikt in Ef.4:14 betekent een
-<span class="emphasis"><em>geweldige wind</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Dan zijn wij niet langer
-onmondig, op en neder, heen en weder geslingerd onder invloed van allerlei
-wind van leer...</em></span>"Een ding dat bijbelstudie voor ons doet, is dat
-het ons een vaste grond geeft in de waarheid, met als resultaat dat we niet
-zo eenvoudig "weggeblazen" worden.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de
-Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</em></span>" Matt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een bevrijdend boek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Een boek dat werkt"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Een boek dat strijdt"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een bevrijdend boek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Een bevrijdend boek</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Gods woord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Gods kracht</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een boek dat werkt </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een boek dat strijdt</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
-InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Vermaningen </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per
week.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Spreuken in een maand: lees elke dag een hoofdstuk uit Spreuken,
overeenkomstig de dag van de maand.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>De Psalmen in een maand: lees 5 Psalmen per dag, met een interval van
30. Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Psalmen & Spreuken in 6 maanden: lees Psalmen en Spreuken door, elke dag
een hoofdstuk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Het Oude Testament (zonder Psalmen & Spreuken) in 2 jaar: als je van het
Oute Testament elke dag een hoofdstuk leest, en daarbij Psalmen en Spreuken
-overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke? </td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat strijdt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Vermaningen"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat strijdt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat strijdt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Een boek dat strijdt</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. Geestelijke wapenrusting</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Geestelijke wapenrusting" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vraag</th><th>Antwoord</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>En hoeveel aanvalswapens?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Welke?</td><td>het woord - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Een bevrijdend boek </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Vermaningen</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat werkt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>werkzaam is in u, die gelooft</em></span>" Schrijf naast elk
-schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
-</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Hand.20:32
-</td><td>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rom.15:4
-</td><td>
-bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der
-Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rom.10:17
-</td><td>
-geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het
-woord van Christus."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Cor.10:11
-</td><td>
-onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is
-opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Matt.4:4
-</td><td>
-voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Een boek dat werkt</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Een bevrijdend boek"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Een boek dat werkt</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Een boek dat werkt"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Een boek dat werkt</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Naslag</th><th>Actie</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26</td><td>reinigt -- "...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord."</td></tr><tr><td>Hand.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Rom.15:4</td><td>bemoedigd -- "opdat wij in de weg der volharding en van de vertroosting der
+Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden."</td></tr><tr><td>Rom.10:17</td><td>geeft geloof -- "Zo is dan het geloof uit het horen, en het horen door het
+woord van Christus."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Cor.10:11</td><td>onderwijst -- "Dit is hun overkomen tot een voorbeeld (voor ons) en het is
+opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons"</td></tr><tr><td>Matt.4:4</td><td>voeding -- "Maar Hij antwoordde en zeide: Er staat geschreven, niet alleen
van brood zal de mens leven, maar van alle woord, dat uit de mond Gods
-gaat."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+gaat."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En boek met de adem van God </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Een bevrijdend boek</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Een uniek boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En boek met de adem van God"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Een uniek boek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Een uniek boek</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
teksten.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
-teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+teksten." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Werk</th><th>Wanneer geschreven</th><th>Oudste kopie</th><th>Tijdsduur</th><th>Aantal exemplaren</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>1300 jaar</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 na Chr.</td><td>1100 na Chr.</td><td>1000 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span></td><td>50-58 v. Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>950 jaar</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Roman History</em></span> van Livy</td><td>59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr.</td><td>900 na Chr.</td><td>900 jaar</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Nieuwe Testament</td><td>40 - 100 n. Chr.</td><td>130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften</td><td>30 - 310 jaar</td><td>5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"In de waarheid an compleetheid van het bewijs waarop het rust, staat de
tekst van het Nieuwe Testament absoluut en onbenaderbaar alleen tussen alle
-andere antieke proza." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+andere antieke proza."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bijbelstudie HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> En boek met de adem van God</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"geboren ...uit water
-en geest."</em></span> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover het hier
-gaat?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Voorbeeld 2A </h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span> has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Voorbeeld 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>”</span>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Voorbeeld 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>”</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span> but
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>but
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>”</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>”</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Example 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Example 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>”</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Voorbeeld 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Voorbeeld 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Voorbeeld 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>”</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een gelijkenis en een allegorie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Voorbeeld 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>De betekenis wordt op allerlei manieren geweld aangedaan: God is onwillig om
-de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory?
</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed "kwelt" Hem, enz.</p></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Voorbeeld 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Omhoog</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Hoofdstuk 3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
-gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>”</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>”</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you.
How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Tekstverwijzingen"><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Tekstverwijzingen"><b>Tekstverwijzingen. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Voorbeeld 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Voorbeeld 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
to preach [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze
-woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat hij
-dan de oudsten der gemeente tot zich roepen, opdat zij over hem een gebed
-uitspreken en hem met olie zalven in de naam des Heren."</em></span> Is dat
-zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! </p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Terug</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie? </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Begin</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Overzicht"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bijbelstudie HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Overzicht The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Bestuderen, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bijbelstudie HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Bijbelstudie HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Bijbelstudie HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Juridische kennisgeving"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Overzicht"><p class="title"><b>Overzicht</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Het belang van Gods Woord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Een uniek boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En boek met de adem van God</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Een boek dat werkt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Een bevrijdend boek</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Een boek dat strijdt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Vermaningen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Bijlage: "Eens voor altijd"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Horen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Lezen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Bestuderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memoriseren </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Overdenken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Onderwerp-studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Karakterstudie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Inhoud</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Context</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Tekstverwijzingen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Om een bepaald vers te vinden</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Om een onderwerp-studie doen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de
woorden.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Voorbeeld 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Voorbeeld 2A </a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Voorbeeld 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Voorbeeld 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Example 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Voorbeeld 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Voorbeeld 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Voorbeeld 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regel 5 - Begrijp de zin van gelijkenissen, en het verschil tussen een
gelijkenis en een allegorie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Voorbeeld 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Voorbeeld 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lijst van tabellen</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude
teksten.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Geestelijke wapenrusting</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Volgende</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Hoofdstuk 1. Het belang van Gods Woord</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas
que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero
disse <quote>nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</quote>, então no
estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com
-Deus.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora
+Deus.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora
InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era
-o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as
-palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus
-estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</para>
-<para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas
+ <para>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era
+o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as
+palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus
+estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente
+enganados. [...]</para>
+ <para>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas
apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário
que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title>
-<para>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title>
+
<para>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e
a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas
-escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em
-nossas mentes.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Ouvir</title>
-<para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a
+escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a
+palavra em nossas mentes.</para>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Ouvir</title>
+
<para>Lc 11.28 <quote>Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a
palavra de Deus, e a observam.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Ler</title>
-<para>Ap 1.3 <quote>Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Ler</title>
+
<para>Ap 1.3 <quote>Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as
palavras desta profecia.. </quote></para>
-<para>1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudo</title>
-<para>At 17.11 <quote>Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque
+ <para>1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Estudo</title>
+ <para>At 17.11 <quote>Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque
receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras
-para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tm 2.15 <quote>Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro
+para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tm 2.15 <quote>Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro
que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da
verdade.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title>
-<para>Sl 119.11 <quote>Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Memorizar</title>
+
<para>Sl 119.11 <quote>Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra
ti.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title>
-<para>Sl 1.2-3 <quote>Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Meditar</title>
+
<para>Sl 1.2-3 <quote>Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos
ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos
escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita
-de dia e noite. </quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar
+de dia e noite. </quote></para>
+ <para>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar
todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos
quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo
precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e
-memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da
+memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da
Bíblia.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudo de Tópicos</title>
-<para>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Estudo de Tópicos</title>
+ <para>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma
concordância.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudo de Personagem</title>
-<para>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudo Expositivo</title>
-<para>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Conteúdo</title>
-<para>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Estudo de Personagem</title>
+
<para>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Estudo Expositivo</title>
+
<para>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Conteúdo</title>
+
<para>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com
definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title>
-<para>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito
-importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a
-passagem e livro.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencia cruzada</title>
-<para>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Contexto</title>
+ <para>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é rei" -- a passagem
+precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Referencia cruzada</title>
+ <para>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus
não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de
outras escrituras.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title>
-<para>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title>
+
<para>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo
versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou?
Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se
está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o
numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá
-algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada?
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+
<para>O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá
+algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada?
<emphasis>Nossas motivações!</emphasis> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>Quando você oferta</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Quando você jejua</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Quando você ora</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando você oferta</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando você jejua</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando você ora</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar
maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <quote>toca a trombeta</quote>?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>faça-o em secreto.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar um versículo particular</title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </title>
-<para>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra
-"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e
-procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras
-relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido,
-resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</title>
-<para>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida
-entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</quote> e 1 Co
-2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</quote>. Talvez
-sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como
-"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir
-daqui). </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Procure "julgar".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número,
-2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Agora procure "julgado".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a
-língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o
-significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Encontre o significado dos nomes</title>
-<para>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Quando você fornecer <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém <quote>tocar a
+trombeta</quote> hoje?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>faça-o em secreto.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Para encontrar um versículo particular</title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Encontre os versículos: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</title>
+ <para>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". Primeiro,
+procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias listadas para
+ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e referencias listadas a
+partir dela, por exemplo: "remir, remido, resgate," até "comprar" ou
+"comprado."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</title>
+ <para>Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e
+Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais
+julgados</quote> e 1 Co 2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as
+coisas</quote>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas
+traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong
+a partir daqui).</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Procure"julgar".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número,
+2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Agora procure "julgado".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento,
+então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o
+hebraico). Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você
+terá a resposta!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Encontre o significado dos nomes</title>
+ <para>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego
ou hebraico.</para>
-<para>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Barnabé</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Nabal</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Abigail</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Josué</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Barnabé</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title>
-<para>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o
-nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Importância da Palavra de Deus</title>
+ <para>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o
+nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós
aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Um Livro que é Único</title>
-<para>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por
-ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Um Livro que é Único</title>
+ <para>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por
+ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após
+ano!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes
autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita
-por uma única pessoa.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são
+por uma única pessoa.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são
confiáveis?</emphasis> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros
-textos antigos:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Texto</entry>
-<entry>Quando foi Escrito</entry>
-<entry>Cópia mais recente</entry>
-<entry>Diferença de Tempo</entry><entry>Número de Cópias</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Herodotus</entry>
-<entry>448-428 a.C.</entry><entry>900 d.C.</entry>
-<entry>1300 anos</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Tacitus</entry>
-<entry>100 d.C.</entry><entry>1100 d.C.</entry>
-<entry>1000 anos</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>Guerras da Gália</emphasis>de César</entry>
-<entry>50-58 a.C.</entry><entry>900 d.C.</entry>
-<entry>950 anos</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry><emphasis>História Romana</emphasis> de Lívio</entry>
-<entry>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</entry><entry>900 d.C.</entry>
-<entry>900 anos</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Novo Testamento</entry>
-<entry>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</entry><entry>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry><entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Existem dez copias das <emphasis>Guerras Gaulesas</emphasis> de César, a
-mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original,
-etc. Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350
-d.C., papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e
-fragmentos do evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos
-para comparar uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original",
+textos antigos:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Texto</entry>
+ <entry>Quando foi Escrito</entry>
+ <entry>Cópia mais recente</entry>
+ <entry>Diferença de Tempo</entry>
+ <entry>Número de Cópias</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Herodotus</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 a.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 anos</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Tacitus</entry>
+ <entry>100 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 anos</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>Guerras da Gália</emphasis>de César</entry>
+ <entry>50-58 a.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>950 anos</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry><emphasis>História Romana</emphasis> de Lívio</entry>
+ <entry>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>900 anos</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Novo Testamento</entry>
+ <entry>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</entry>
+ <entry>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 anos</entry>
+ <entry>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Existem dez copias das <emphasis>Guerras Gaulesas</emphasis> de César, a
+mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o
+Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro
+contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do
+evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar
+uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <emphasis>Questões da Vida</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em
-absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title>
-<para><emphasis>Hb 4.12</emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e
+p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em
+absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Hb 4.12</emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e
eficaz...</emphasis>" Jesus disse <emphasis>(Mt 4.4)</emphasis>,
"<emphasis>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra
que sai da boca de Deus</emphasis>". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de
-Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.
-</para>
-<para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente
-inspirada</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a
-atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora
-InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles
+Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.</para>
+ <para>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit.,
+Soprada por Deus]</emphasis>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder,
+considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso</emphasis>, Editora
+InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95</attribution>
+ <para>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles
havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou
'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis
2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele
falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma
forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram
de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens
-falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...
-</para>
-<para>
-Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho
+falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...</para>
+ <para>Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho
deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de
Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina
-da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender,
-para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja
-perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</emphasis>". Se nós
-aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente
-ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title>
-<para>
-O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia
-"<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>". Do lado de cada escritura,
-escreva o que a Palavra faz.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Referência</entry>
-<entry>Ação</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Ef 5.26
-</entry>
-<entry>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela
-palavra"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-At 20.32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos
-edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rm 15.4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi
+da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir,
+para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja
+perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.</emphasis>". Se
+nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco,
+consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Um Livro que Funciona</title>
+ <para>O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia
+"<emphasis>opera em vós, os que crestes.</emphasis>". Do lado de cada
+escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Referência</entry>
+ <entry>Ação</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ef 5.26</entry>
+ <entry>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela
+palavra"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>At 20.32</entry>
+ <entry>edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos
+edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rm 15.4</entry>
+ <entry>Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi
escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das
-Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Rm 10.17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Co 10.11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para
-aviso nosso..."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Mt 4.4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o
-homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title>
-<para>
-Jo 8.32 "<emphasis>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos
-libertará</emphasis>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa
-incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a
-resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<emphasis>Se vós
-permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus
-discípulos...</emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da
+Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Rm 10.17</entry>
+ <entry>Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Co 10.11</entry>
+ <entry>Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para
+aviso nosso..."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mt 4.4</entry>
+ <entry>Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o
+homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Um Livro que Liberta</title>
+ <para>Jo 8.32 "<emphasis>E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos
+libertará.</emphasis>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma
+promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento?
+Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31
+"<emphasis>Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis
+meus discípulos...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da
verdade da Palavra de Deus.</para>
-
-<para>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um
+ <para>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um
<emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. "<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos
meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de
doutrina...</emphasis>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos
-firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</para>
-
-<para><emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as
+firmar na verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente "levados ao
+redor".</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as
Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</emphasis> Mt 22.29</para>
-<para>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Palavra de Deus</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Poder de Deus </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title>
-<para>
-Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Armadura Espiritual</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Pergunta</entry>
-<entry>Resposta</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Quantas são para atacar?</entry><entry>Uma</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Qual? </entry><entry>a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exortações</title>
-<para>
-2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que
-não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade"
-</para>
-<para>
-Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria;
-ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos
-espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações"
-</para>
-
-<para>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </para>
-<para>
-Não só um pouquinho!</para>
-
-<para>
-Ec 12.11 "<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos
-bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo
-único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não
-há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora
-InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é
-expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o
-advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e
-<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Versão
-Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi
-feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no
+ <para>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Palavra de Deus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Poder de Deus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Um Livro que Luta</title>
+ <para>Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Armadura Espiritual</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Pergunta</entry>
+ <entry>Resposta</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Quantas são para atacar?</entry>
+ <entry>Uma</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Qual?</entry>
+ <entry>a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Exortações</title>
+ <para>2 Tm 2.15 "<emphasis>Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro que
+não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da
+verdade.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Cl 3.15 "<emphasis>A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em toda
+a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com salmos,
+hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso
+coração.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?</para>
+ <para>Não só um pouquinho!</para>
+ <para>Ec 12.11-12 "<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como
+pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo
+único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer
+livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo, o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora
+InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é
+expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente
+o advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Almeida
+Corrigida Fiel como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de que o que
+foi feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no
Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a
fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos
-diz, "<emphasis>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por
-todas</emphasis>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </para> <para>
-Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo
+diz, "<emphasis>Pois, quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o
+pecado</emphasis>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).</para>
+ <para>Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo
sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a
redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser
-adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a
-Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das
-tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos
+adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a
+Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição
+das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos
humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<foreignphrase>sola
scriptura</foreignphrase> para nossa autoridade e <foreignphrase>sola
gratia</foreignphrase> para nossa salvação.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title> <para> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title>
+ <para>Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua
Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por
-exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para
-mantê-lo atualizado!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente
-ao dia do mês.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por
-exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo
-por dia.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um
+exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para
+mantê-lo atualizado!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente
+ao dia do mês.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por
+exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo
+por dia.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um
capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você
-lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title>
-<para>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias
-Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title>
+ <para>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências
+Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica
bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor
original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas,
somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que
problemas para si e para seus seguidores. 2 Pe 3.16 <quote>...nas quais há
pontos difíceis de entender, que os indoutos e inconstantes torcem, como o
fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</quote></para>
-
-<para>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que
+ <para>Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que
nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é
claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</title>
-<para>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</title>
+
<para>Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da
palavra, melhor será nossa interpretação. Procure achar o exato significado
das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definição</title>
-
<para>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definição</title>
+ <para>Procure a definição em um dicionário de Grego ou Hebraico. Para verbos, a
conjugação do verbo também é crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Referencia cruzada</title>
-
<para>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Referencia cruzada</title>
+ <para>Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou
hebraica (não a palavra em português) é usada na escritura pode ajudar a
esclarecer ou trazer alguma luz sobre a definição. Como o mesmo autor usou
essa palavra em outros lugares? Outros autores? A sua ferramenta de
bom o suficiente? <emphasis>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser
traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter
significados diferentes.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Exemplo 1A</title>
-<para>Jo 20.17 <emphasis>"Deixa de me tocar"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Exemplo 1A</title>
+ <para>Jo 20.17 <emphasis>"Não me detenhas"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece
que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era
muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em
<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros
Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos
+ <para>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "detenhas" nós vemos
"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se
à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição
(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de
contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer
alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer
alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Exemplo 1B</title>
-<para>Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da
-igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para
+parar de segurá-lo!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Exemplo 1B</title>
+ <para>Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros
+da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do
Senhor"</emphasis>. Que unção é essa?</para>
-<para>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe
+
<para>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe
outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou
esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa"
(Strong's). Como é um verbo, considere também a conjugação, "apta" passado
simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o
verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo
principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e
-os curavam.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus
-cabelos</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lc 4.18 <quote> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para
-anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é
-Deus</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as
-definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático
-de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e
+os curavam.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus
+cabelos</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Referências cruzadas de chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lc 4.18 <quote> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para
+anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é
+Deus</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as
+definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"aleipho" é o uso prático de óleo
+e"chrio"é o uso espiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo
naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões
ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos
-tempos de Jesus.
-</para>
-<para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14
-<emphasis>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes
-orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa unção
-é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para>
-<para>
-A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria
+tempos de Jesus.</para>
+ <para>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14
+<emphasis>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e
+orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor"</emphasis>. Essa
+unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</para>
+ <para>A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria
melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro,
então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5
está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar
por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o
-espiritual em nosso Deus!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title>
-<para>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos
-vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se
-adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o
-que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a
-chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós
-interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Exemplo 2A</title>
-<para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do
+espiritual em nosso Deus!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title>
+ <para>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os
+versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua
+interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o
+contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a
+pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado
+depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais
+adiante.</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Exemplo 2A</title>
+ <para>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>"nascer da água e do
Espírito"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</para>
-<para>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do
+
<para>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do
tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma
troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação
está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento
natural.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Exemplo 2B</title>
-<para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser
-considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou
-profetiza....</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Exemplo 2C</title>
-<para>Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um
-de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos
-pecados..."</quote> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Exemplo 2B</title>
+ <para>1 Co 14.34 <quote>As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote>
+deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher [...]
+que ora ou profetiza [....]</quote></para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Exemplo 2C</title>
+ <para>Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um de
+vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos
+pecados... "</quote> Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse
fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir
isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em
Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o
batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o
batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter
-escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas
-para pregar o evangelho"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title>
-<para>
-Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>,
+escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>"Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas
+para evangelizar"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title>
+ <para>Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>,
mas <quote>O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</quote>; depois
nós podemos nos perguntar <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>. Nós
devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos
destinatários.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Exemplo 3A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a
"Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na
sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia
ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não
ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</para>
-<para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de
+
<para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de
um dia como um dia completo, assim como nós contamos baldes d'água (se
existem seis baldes e meio de água, nós dizemos que existem sete baldes,
mesmo que um deles não esteja completamente cheio). Então, para os judeus,
6h e terminavam às 18h. Sexta de 15h até 18h = dia 1. Sexta 18h até Sábado
18h = dia 2. Sábado 18h até Domingo lá pelas 5h = dia 3. Interpretar o texto
no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Exemplo 3B</title><para>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Exemplo 3B</title>
+ <para>Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando
entre as medates era a forma normal de firmar um contrato nos dias de
Abraão. Ambas as partes andavam juntas, prometendo que o desmembramento
podia acontecer à eles se eles deixassem sua parte no contrato. Mas no caso,
somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title>
-<para>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title>
+
<para>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E
observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Exemplo 4A</title>
-<para><quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23.</para>
-<para>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui.
-Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não
-combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós
-não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</para>
-<para>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <quote>olho
-mau</quote>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <emphasis>"Não
-me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu
-sou bom?"</emphasis> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma
-expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos
-como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Exemplo 4B</title>
-<para>Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote></para>
-<para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Exemplo 4A</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23.</para>
+ <para>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2,
+contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com
+nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos
+entendendo corretamente!!!</para>
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Exemplo 4B</title>
+ <para>Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote></para>
+ <para>Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços
eternos</quote></para>
-<para>
-Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos
-Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as
-pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar
-deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons
-desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de
-versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um
-versículo, Sl 91.4 <emphasis>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das
-suas asas encontras refúgio"</emphasis>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de
-interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês
-também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que
-eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</title>
-<para>Uma alegoria é: <emphasis>uma história onde cada elemento tem um
+
<para>Uma alegoria é: <emphasis>uma história onde cada elemento tem um
significado</emphasis></para>
-<para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para>
-
-<para>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma
+ <para>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</para>
+ <para>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma
alegoria: a semente é a palavra de Deus, os espinhos são medos e avareza,
etc. Mas várias parábolas não são alegorias mas simplesmente histórias para
ilustrar um ponto. É perigoso obter nossas doutrinas a partir de parábolas;
elas podem ser torcidas para dizer todo o tipo de coisas. Nós precisamos
fazer as nossas doutrinas de escrituras claras. Então, se uma parábola a
ilustra, ótimo.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Exemplo 5A</title>
-<para>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Exemplo 5A</title>
+
<para>A parábola da viúva e o juiz injusto em Lc 18.1-8. Essa história ilustra uma
lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que
nós teremos?</para>
-<para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para
-proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Exemplo 5B</title>
-<para>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa?
-Ela é uma alegoria? </para>
-<para>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele
+ <para>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para
+proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Exemplo 5B</title>
+ <para>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa?
+Ela é uma alegoria?</para>
+ <para>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele
tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo
-elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado
-pelos termos da licença <link
+ <title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>O Time BibleTime</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado
+pelos termos da licença<ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard
-Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por
-AA).
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Resumo</title>
-
- <para>
- O <application>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da
-Bíblia.
- </para>
- <para>
- A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a
-estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular
-foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em
-particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender
-o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor
-mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Estudo</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard
+Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel
+(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Resumo</title>
+ <para>O <application>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</application> é um guia para estudo da
+Bíblia.</para>
+ <para>A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse Como Fazer incentive os
+leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo
+particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional
+em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para
+entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o
+Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bíblia</keyword>
+ <keyword>Estudo</keyword>
+ <keyword>Como fazer</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e
a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas
-escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em
-nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Ouvir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a
+escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a
+
palavra em nossas mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Ouvir"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Ouvir</h3></div></div></div><p>Lc 11.28 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas ele respondeu: Antes bem-aventurados os que ouvem a
palavra de Deus, e a observam.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ler"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ler</h3></div></div></div><p>Ap 1.3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado aquele que lê e bem-aventurados os que ouvem as
-palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque
+palavras desta profecia.. </span>”</span></p><p>1 Tm 4.13 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudo</h3></div></div></div><p>At 17.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Ora, estes eram mais nobres do que os de Tessalônica, porque
receberam a palavra com toda avidez, examinando diariamente as Escrituras
-para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span>
-</p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro
+para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </span>”</span></p><p>2 Tm 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro
que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da
verdade.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 119.11 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Escondi a tua palavra no meu coração, para não pecar contra
ti.</span>”</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl 1.2-3 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Bem-aventurado o homem que não anda segundo o conselho dos
ímpios, nem se detém no caminho dos pecadores, nem se assenta na roda dos
escarnecedores; antes tem seu prazer na lei do Senhor, e na sua lei medita
-de dia e noite. </span>”</span>
-</p><p>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar
+de dia e noite. </span>”</span></p><p>Os navegadores ilustravam isso dizendo que assim como o polegar pode tocar
todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos
quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo
precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e
-memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da
+memorizá-la. Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da
Bíblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo
versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou?
Teste-o pegando diversas partes na passagem e perguntando a você mesmo se
está relacionado com o versículo-chave escolhido. Quando achar, escreva-o
numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado</p></li></ol></div><p>O que <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">fazer as vossas boas obras</span>”</span> significa? A passagem dá
-algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada?
+algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada?
<span class="emphasis"><em>Nossas motivações!</em></span> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você oferta</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você jejua</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Agora preencha o esquema com intruções específicas sobre como evitar
-maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">toca a trombeta</span>”</span>?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Quando você fornecer </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tocar a
+trombeta</span>”</span> hoje?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>faça-o em secreto.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Bases da Interpretação Correta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Conteúdo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com
-definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito
-importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a
-passagem e livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencia cruzada"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Bases da Interpretação Correta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Bases da Interpretação Correta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Bases da Interpretação Correta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Conteúdo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Conteúdo</h3></div></div></div><p>O que ele diz? O que diz na língua original? Tome cuidado com
+definições. Não leia o que não é dito.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é rei" -- a passagem
+precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencia cruzada"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencia cruzada</h3></div></div></div><p>O que outros versículos sobre esse assunto dizem pelo resto da Bíblia? Deus
não se contradiz, entào nossa interpretação precisa passar pelo teste de
outras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Bases da Interpretação Correta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Escolha um certo tópico e siga-o, usando referencias cruzadas ou uma
concordância.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo de Personagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudo de Personagem</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudo Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudo Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Bases da Interpretação Correta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar um versículo particular"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra
-"redenção". Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e
-procure as referencias listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras
-relacionadas e referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido,
-resgate," até "comprar" ou "comprado." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida
-entre Mt 7.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</span>”</span> e 1 Co
-2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</span>”</span>. Talvez
-sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como
-"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir
-daqui). </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Procure "julgar".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número,
-2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agora procure "julgado".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a
-língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o
-significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Encontre o significado dos nomes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar um versículo particular"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar um versículo particular</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontre os versículos: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</span>”</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A história do rico e de Lázaro.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". Primeiro,
+procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias listadas para
+ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e referencias listadas a
+partir dela, por exemplo: "remir, remido, resgate," até "comprar" ou
+"comprado."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e
+Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Não julgueis para que não sejais
+julgados</span>”</span> e 1 Co 2.15 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as
+coisas</span>”</span>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas
+traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong
+a partir daqui).</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Procure"julgar".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número,
+2919. Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agora procure "julgado".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento,
+então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o
+hebraico). Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você
+terá a resposta!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Encontre o significado dos nomes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Encontre o significado dos nomes</h3></div></div></div><p>Pelo mesmo processo nós podemos encontrar o significado de um nome e grego
ou hebraico.</p><p>Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josué</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabé</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas
-que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Examinais as Escrituras, porque julgais ter nelas a vida eterna; e são elas
+que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>O principal propósito do livro é trazer até nós a Pessoa. Martinho Lutero
disse <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nós vamos ao berço somente por causa do bebê</span>”</span>, então no
estudo bíblico nós não o fazemos por nós mesmo, mas pelo relacionamento com
-Deus.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era
+Deus.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era
o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as
palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus
-estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas
+estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente
+enganados. [...]</p><p>Não há nem mérito nem lucro em ler as escrituras por causa delas mesmo , mas
apenas se isso te levar a Jesus Cristo. Quando a Bíblia é lida, é necessário
que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora
InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Hb 4.12</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Hb 4.12</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque a palavra de Deus é viva e
eficaz...</em></span>" Jesus disse <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt 4.4)</em></span>,
"<span class="emphasis"><em>Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o homem, mas de toda palavra
que sai da boca de Deus</em></span>". Enquanto lemos a Bíblia, o Espírito de
-Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.
-</p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente
-inspirada</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a
-atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles
+Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova.</p><p>2 Tm 3.16 declara "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit.,
+Soprada por Deus]</em></span>". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder,
+considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles
havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou
'Deus disse' (Mc 7.10). Ele pode citar um comentário do narrador em Genesis
2.24 como uma declaração do Próprio Criador (Mt 19.4-5). Do mesmo modo, ele
falaram movidos pelo Espírito Santo' (2 Pe 1.21). Deus não falou de uma
forma que apagasse a personalidade do autor humano, nem os homens escreveram
de uma forma que corrompesse a Palavra do Autor divino. Deus falou. Homens
-falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...
-</p><p>
-Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho
+falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro...</p><p>Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho
deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de
Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina
-da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora
-InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender,
-para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja
-perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</em></span>". Se nós
-aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente
-
ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso</em></span>, Editora
+InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95</span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, "<span class="emphasis"><em>e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir,
+para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja
+perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.</em></span>". Se
+nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco,
+
consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Funciona</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Tm 2.15 "Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que
-não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade"
-</p><p>
-Cl 3.15 "A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria;
-ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos
-espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações"
-</p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem? </p><p>
-Não só um pouquinho!</p><p>
-Ec 12.11 "<span class="emphasis"><em>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como pregos
-bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram dadas pelo
-único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos livros não
-há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exortações</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exortações</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exortações"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exortações</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tm 2.15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro que
+não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da
+verdade.</em></span>"</p><p>Cl 3.15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em toda
+a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com salmos,
+hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso
+coração.</em></span>"</p><p>Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?</p><p>Não só um pouquinho!</p><p>Ec 12.11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como
+pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo
+único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer
+livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Luta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jo 8.32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos
-libertará</em></span>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa
-incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a
-resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Se vós
-permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus
-discípulos...</em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Liberta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Um Livro que Luta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Liberta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Um Livro que Liberta</h2></div></div></div><p>Jo 8.32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos
+libertará.</em></span>" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma
+promessa incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento?
+Encontramos a resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Se vós permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis
+meus discípulos...</em></span>"</p><p>Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da
verdade da Palavra de Deus.</p><p>A palavra grega para "vento" usada em Efésios 4,14 significa um
<span class="emphasis"><em>vento violento</em></span>. "<span class="emphasis"><em> para que não mais sejamos
meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de
doutrina...</em></span>". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos
-firmar na verdade, que não nos deixará sermos "levados ao redor".</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as
-Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+firmar na verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente "levados ao
+redor".</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as
+Escrituras nem o poder de Deus"</em></span> Mt 22.29</p><p>Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Palavra de Deus</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Poder de Deus</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Funciona </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Luta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é
-expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o
-advérbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. É comumente traduzida na Versão
-Autorizada como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de "o que foi
-feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição" e é usada no
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é
+expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente
+o advérbio <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> e
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. É comumente traduzida na Almeida
+Corrigida Fiel como "De uma vez por todas". É usada no sentido de que o que
+foi feito com validade perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no
Novo Testamento, tanto em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a
fé que foi de uma vez por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos
-diz, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por
-todas</em></span>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28). </p><p>
-Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo
+diz, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Pois, quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o
+pecado</em></span>" (Rm 6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28).</p><p>Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo
sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a
redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser
-adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a
-Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das
-tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos
+adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a
+Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição
+das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos
humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
scriptura</em></span> para nossa autoridade e <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> para nossa salvação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo o Controverso,</em></span>Editora
+gratia</em></span> para nossa salvação.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo, o Controverso,</em></span>Editora
InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exortações </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p> Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</h2></div></div></div><p>Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua
Bíblia. Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por
-exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para
-mantê-lo atualizado!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente
+exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para
+mantê-lo atualizado!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente
ao dia do mês.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por
exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos & Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo
por dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos & Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um
capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos & Provérbios, você
-lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Luta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>Uma</td></tr><tr><td>Qual? </td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Luta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exortações"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Luta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Luta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Um Livro que Luta</h2></div></div></div><p>Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pergunta</th><th>Resposta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Quantas são para atacar?</td><td>Uma</td></tr><tr><td>Qual?</td><td>a palavra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro que Liberta </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Exortações</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p>
-O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós que credes</em></span>". Do lado de cada escritura,
-escreva o que a Palavra faz.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.26
-</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela
-palavra"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-At 20.32
-</td><td>
-edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos
-edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rm 15.4
-</td><td>
-Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Um Livro que Funciona</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Um Livro que Liberta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Um Livro que Funciona</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que Funciona"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Um Livro que Funciona</h2></div></div></div><p>O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>opera em vós, os que crestes.</em></span>". Do lado de cada
+escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.2. O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referência</th><th>Ação</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef 5.26</td><td>santificação -- "..., tendo-a purificado com a lavagem da água, pela
+palavra"</td></tr><tr><td>At 20.32</td><td>edificação -- "...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos
+edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados"</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 15.4</td><td>Encoraja -- "porquanto, tudo que dantes foi escrito, para nosso ensino foi
escrito, para que, pela constância e pela consolação provenientes das
-Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Rm 10.17
-</td><td>
-Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Co 10.11
-</td><td>
-Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para
-aviso nosso..."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Mt 4.4
-</td><td>
-Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o
-homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Escrituras, tenhamos esperança"</td></tr><tr><td>Rm 10.17</td><td>Dá fé -- "Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo"</td></tr><tr><td>1 Co 10.11</td><td>Instrui -- "Ora, tudo isto lhes acontecia como exemplo, e foi escrito para
+aviso nosso..."</td></tr><tr><td>Mt 4.4</td><td>Nutre -- "Mas Jesus lhe respondeu: Está escrito: Nem só de pão viverá o
+homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus"</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro que Liberta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o
-nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós
-aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</p><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que é Único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por
-ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o
+nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós
+aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus.</p><div class="sect1" title="Um Livro que é Único"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Um Livro que é Único</h2></div></div></div><p>A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por
+ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após
+ano!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes
autores em diferentes ocasiões, contudo é lida como se tivesse sido escrita
-por uma única pessoa.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-Preservação. F. F. Burce em <span class="emphasis"><em>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são
+por uma única pessoa.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Preservação. F. F. Burce em <span class="emphasis"><em>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são
confiáveis?</em></span> compara os manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros
-textos antigos:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 d.C.</td><td>1100 d.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras da Gália</em></span>de César</td><td>50-58 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span> de Lívio</td><td>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</td><td>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem dez copias das <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras Gaulesas</em></span> de César, a
-mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original,
-etc. Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350
-d.C., papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e
-fragmentos do evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos
-para comparar uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em
-absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original",
+textos antigos:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabela 1.1. Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Texto</th><th>Quando foi Escrito</th><th>Cópia mais recente</th><th>Diferença de Tempo</th><th>Número de Cópias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>1300 anos</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 d.C.</td><td>1100 d.C.</td><td>1000 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras da Gália</em></span>de César</td><td>50-58 a.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>950 anos</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>História Romana</em></span> de Lívio</td><td>59 a.C. - 17 d.C.</td><td>900 d.C.</td><td>900 anos</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Novo Testamento</td><td>40 d.C. - 100 d.C.</td><td>130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 anos</td><td>5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existem dez copias das <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerras Gaulesas</em></span> de César, a
+mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o
+Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro
+contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do
+evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar
+uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"Na verdade e plenitude das evidências e contexto, o Novo Testamento está em
+absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, "O Novo Testamento no Grego Original",
vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <span class="emphasis"><em>Questões da Vida</em></span>
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Estudo Bíblico HowTo </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos
-vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se
-adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o
-que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a
-chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós
-interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os
+versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua
+interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o
+contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a
+pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado
+depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais
+adiante.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Exemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nascer da água e do
Espírito"</em></span>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?</p><p>Batismo em água não está em discussão aqui, logo seria uma grande mudança do
tema que estava sendo discutido entre Jesus e Nicodemos. Procure por uma
troca de tema repentina, e pode ser uma indicação que a sua interpretação
está errada! A água é o líquido amniotico, "nascer da água" = nascimento
-natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>”</span> deve ser
-considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher que ora ou
-profetiza....</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Atos 2.38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um
-de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos
-pecados..."</span>”</span> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse
+natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Exemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Co 14.34 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</span>”</span>
+deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Mas toda mulher [...]
+que ora ou profetiza [....]</span>”</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Exemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Atos 2.38 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um de
+vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos
+pecados... "</span>”</span> Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse
fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir
isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em
Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o
batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o
batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter
-escrito 1 Co 1.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas
-para pregar o evangelho"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+escrito 1 Co 1.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas
+para evangelizar"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Nós não começamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>,
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>Nós não começamos perguntando <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>,
mas <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</span>”</span>; depois
nós podemos nos perguntar <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>”</span>. Nós
devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos
-destinatários.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias& 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a
+destinatários.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">3 dias& 3 noites</span>”</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a
"Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na
sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia
ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E
-observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>”</span> em Mt 6.23.</p><p>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui.
-Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não
-combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós
-não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!</p><p>O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olho
-mau</span>”</span>. Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Não
-me é lícito fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu
-sou bom?"</em></span> Nós descobrimos que um "olho mau" em Hebraico é uma
-expressão para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos
-como esse significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços
-eternos</span>”</span></p><p>
-Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos
-Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as
-pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar
-deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons
-desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de
-versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um
-versículo, Sl 91.4 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das
-suas asas encontras refúgio"</em></span>. W. M. disse "pelas mesmas regras de
-interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês
-também provam que ele era um pássaro". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que
-eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</h2></div></div></div><p>Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E
+observe as expressões que tem significados especiais.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Exemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">olhos maus</span>”</span> em Mt 6.23.</p><p>Regra 1, definição de "mau" e "olho" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2,
+contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com
+nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos
+entendendo corretamente!!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">evil eye</span>”</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Exemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is 59.1 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</span>”</span></p><p>Dt 33.27 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços
+eternos</span>”</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>”</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>”</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma parábola e uma alegoria"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</h2></div></div></div><p>Uma alegoria é: <span class="emphasis"><em>uma história onde cada elemento tem um
significado</em></span></p><p>Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?</p><p>Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma
lição: ousadia na oração. Se nós a considerarmos como uma alegoria, o que
nós teremos?</p><p>Todo o tipo de abusos acontecendo com os significados: Deus relutante para
proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Exemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa?
-Ela é uma alegoria?
</p><p>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele
+Ela é uma alegoria?</p><p>O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele
tinha que preparar para quando ele não tivesse. Mas ele não estava sendo
-elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+elogiado por seu comportamento não-ético enganando o seu mestre.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
-parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias
-Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Capítulo 3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Nós já aprendemos sobre o "CCR" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências
+Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica
bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor
original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas,
somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que
também. Porque nós vamos para as línguas originais, porque português não é
bom o suficiente? <span class="emphasis"><em>Porque mais de uma palavra grega pode ser
traduzida para a mesma palavra em português, e as palavras gregas podem ter
-significados diferentes.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jo 20.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Deixa de me tocar"</em></span> parece áspero, não? Parece
+significados diferentes.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Exemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jo 20.17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Não me detenhas"</em></span> parece áspero, não? Parece
que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era
muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em
<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament</em></span>, de Spiros
-Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "tocar" nós vemos
+Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra "detenhas" nós vemos
"pim680". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-se
à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição
(pág. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de
comando para fazer alguma coisa ou alguma coisa no futuro que envolve ação
contínua ou repetida ou, quando negado, um comando para parar de fazer
alguma coisa". Esse é um comendo negativo, então é para parar de fazer
-alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Em Tiago 5.14, <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da
-igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do
+alguma coisa que já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para
+parar de segurá-lo!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Exemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Exemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>Em Tiago 5.14, <span class="emphasis"><em>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros
+da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do
Senhor"</em></span>. Que unção é essa?</p><p>Definição de aleipho (218) - "passar oléo em" (Strong's); mas também existe
outra palavra grega traduzida como "unção", chrio (5548) - "espalhar ou
esfregar oléo em, ex: para consagrar para um cargo ou função religiosa"
participativo aoristo. "O passado paticipativo aoristo expressa uma ação
simples, ao contrário de uma ação contínua... quando o relacionamento com o
verbo principal é temporal, normalmente significa ação anterior ao verbo
-principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e
+principal" (Zodhiates, p 851).</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mc 6,13 e expulsavam muitos demônios, e ungiam muitos enfermos com óleo, e
os curavam.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jo 12.3 Então Maria, [...] ungiu os pés de Jesus, e os enxugou com os seus
-cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>
Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para
+cabelos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>
Referências cruzadas de chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lc 4.18 <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"> O Espírito do Senhor está sobre mim, porquanto me ungiu para
anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</span>”</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é
-Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as
-definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Aleipho" é o uso prático
-
de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</em></span></p><p>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo
+Deus</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as
+definições e note a diferença: <span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" é o uso prático de óleo
+
e"chrio"é o uso espiritual</em></span></p><p>Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo
naquele tempo: quando o bom samaritano cuidou do homem espancado por ladrões
ele passou óleo e vinho nas feridas. Então, óleo tinha um uso medicinal nos
-tempos de Jesus.
-</p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes
-orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa unção
-é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p>
-A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria
+tempos de Jesus.</p><p>Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e
+orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor"</em></span>. Essa
+unção é espiritual ou prática? Prática!</p><p>A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria
melhor traduzido como "tendo ungido", então, a ordem é para ungir primeiro,
então orar ("no nome do Senhor" refere-se a oração, não à unção). Tiago 5
está dizendo que os anciãos devem dar à pessoa doente medicina e então orar
por ela no nome do Senhor. Isso expressa um belo balanço entre o prático e o
-espiritual em nosso Deus!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+espiritual em nosso Deus!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Estudo, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado
-pelos termos da licença "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard
-Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por
-AA).
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p>
- O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da
-Bíblia.
- </p><p>
- A esperança do time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a
-estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular
-foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em
-particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender
-o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor
-mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumo O Estudo Bíblico HowTo é um guia para estudo da Bíblia. A esperança do time do BibleTime é que esse Como Fazer incentive os leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você."><meta name="keywords" content="Bíblia, Estudo, Como fazer"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Estudo Bíblico HowTo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Estudo Bíblico HowTo</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">O Time BibleTime</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado
+pelos termos da licença<a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard
+Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel
+(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p>O <span class="application">Estudo Bíblico HowTo</span> é um guia para estudo da
+Bíblia.</p><p>A esperança do time do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> é que esse Como Fazer incentive os
+leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo
+particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional
+em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para
+entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o
+Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Índice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Um Livro que é Único</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Um Livro Inpirado por Deus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Um Livro que Funciona</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Um Livro que Liberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Um Livro que Luta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exortações</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bases do Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Ouvir</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ler</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudo Bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudo de Personagem</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudo Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Bases da Interpretação Correta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Conteúdo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencia cruzada</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar um versículo particular</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Encontre o significado dos nomes</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Exemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Exemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Exemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Exemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Exemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Exemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Exemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Exemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Exemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Regra 5 - Interprete o propósito das parábolas e a diferença entre uma
parábola e uma alegoria</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Exemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Exemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de Tabelas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Próxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Capítulo 1. Importância da Palavra de Deus</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Основы изучения Библии</title>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
-<title>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </title>
-<para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution> <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<chapter id="h2-basics">
+ <title>Основы изучения Библии</title>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+ <title>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </title>
+ <para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Jn.5:39-40</attribution>
+ <para>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
to Me, that you may have life.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+ </blockquote>
+ </para>
+ <para>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</para>
-
-<blockquote><attribution>Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
+God.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104.</attribution>
-<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+
<para>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</para>
-<para>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в
+
<para>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в
том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий
раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение
встретиться со Христом.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title>
-<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches">
+ <title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title>
+
<para>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</para>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Слышать</title>
-<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear">
+ <title>Слышать</title>
+
<para>Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Читать</title>
-<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read">
+ <title>Читать</title>
+
<para>Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</quote></para>
-<para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</quote>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Изучать</title>
-<para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+ <para>1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture
+[...]</quote></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study">
+ <title>Изучать</title>
+ <para>Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>
-</para>
-<para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote></para>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Запоминать</title>
-<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize">
+ <title>Запоминать</title>
+
<para>Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</quote></para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Размышлять</title>
-<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate">
+ <title>Размышлять</title>
+
<para>Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>
-</para>
-
-<para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title>
-<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Тематическое изучение</title>
-<para>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote></para>
+ <para>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-types">
+ <title>Типы изучения Библии</title>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-topical">
+ <title>Тематическое изучение</title>
+ <para>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки
или симфонию.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Изучение действующих лиц</title>
-<para>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Экспозиционное изучение</title>
-<para>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Содержание</title>
-<para>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character">
+ <title>Изучение действующих лиц</title>
+
<para>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="basics-types-expository">
+ <title>Экспозиционное изучение</title>
+
<para>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation">
+ <title>Основы правильного истолкования</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content">
+ <title>Содержание</title>
+
<para>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со
значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Контекст</title>
-<para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Перекрёстные ссылки</title>
-<para>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context">
+ <title>Контекст</title>
+ <para>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross">
+ <title>Перекрёстные ссылки</title>
+ <para>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит
Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест
Писания. </para>
-</sect2>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title>
-<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
- <listitem><para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you fast</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>When you pray</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-expository">
+ <title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title>
+ <para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our
+motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you fast</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you pray</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных
путей проявления своей праведности:</para>
-
-<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
- <listitem><para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
-today?)</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>do it secretly.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Чтобы найти определённый стих </title>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </title>
-<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</title>
-<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
-not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem><para>Look up "judge".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Now look up "judgeth".</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Чтобы найти значения имён</title>
-<para>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском
+ <orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you give <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a
+trumpet</quote>today?)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>do it secretly.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>etc.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet">
+ <title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select">
+ <title>Чтобы найти определённый стих </title>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <para>Find these verses: <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>
+ <quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>
+ </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study">
+ <title>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</title>
+ <para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</para>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">
+ <title>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</title>
+ <para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Look up "judge".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Now look up "judgeth".</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ <sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names">
+ <title>Чтобы найти значения имён</title>
+ <para>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском
языке.</para>
-<para>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Навал (Nabal)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Авигея (Abigail)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Варнава (Barnabus)</para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect2>
-
-</sect1>
-
+ <para>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Навал (Nabal)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Авигея (Abigail)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Варнава (Barnabus)</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Важность Слова Божьего</title>
-<para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+<chapter id="h2-importance">
+ <title>Важность Слова Божьего</title>
+ <para>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
communicate with God.</para>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Уникальная Книга</title>
-<para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</para>
-</listitem>
-<listitem>
-<para>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-unique">
+ <title>Уникальная Книга</title>
+ <para>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
-<title>Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</title>
-<tgroup cols="5">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Труд</entry>
-<entry>Когда написаны</entry>
-<entry>Самые ранние копии</entry>
-<entry>Промежуток времени</entry><entry>Число копий</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Геродот</entry>
-<entry>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</entry><entry>900 г. н.э.</entry>
-<entry>1300 лет</entry><entry>8
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Тацит</entry>
-<entry>100 г. н.э.</entry><entry>1100 г. н.э.</entry>
-<entry>1000 лет</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Цезарь <emphasis>"Галльские войны"</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>50-58 г. до н.э.</entry><entry>900 г. н.э.</entry>
-<entry>950 лет</entry><entry>10
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Ливий <emphasis>"Римская история"</emphasis></entry>
-<entry>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</entry><entry>900 г. н.э.</entry>
-<entry>900 лет</entry><entry>20
-</entry></row>
-<row>
-<entry>Новый Завет</entry>
-<entry>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</entry><entry>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</entry> <entry>30 - 310 лет</entry><entry>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских
-</entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+ <title>Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</title>
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Труд</entry>
+ <entry>Когда написаны</entry>
+ <entry>Самые ранние копии</entry>
+ <entry>Промежуток времени</entry>
+ <entry>Число копий</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Геродот</entry>
+ <entry>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>900 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>1300 лет</entry>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Тацит</entry>
+ <entry>100 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>1100 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>1000 лет</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Цезарь <emphasis>"Галльские войны"</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>50-58 г. до н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>900 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>950 лет</entry>
+ <entry>10</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ливий <emphasis>"Римская история"</emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>900 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>900 лет</entry>
+ <entry>20</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Новый Завет</entry>
+ <entry>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</entry>
+ <entry>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</entry>
+ <entry>30 - 310 лет</entry>
+ <entry>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ <para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
-p. 25-26</attribution><para>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of
+Life</emphasis>p. 25-26</attribution>
+ <para>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся
абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных
-рукописей." </para></blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title>
-<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
-active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
-"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+рукописей."</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed">
+ <title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> "<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active...</emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>"
+<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</para>
-<para>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<emphasis>Все Писание богодухновенно
-[т.е. вдохновлено Богом].</emphasis>" Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем
-ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. </para>
-<blockquote><attribution>Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
-Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</para>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</para>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
+Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </attribution>
+ <para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</para>
-<para>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</para>
+ <para>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
-
-<para>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<emphasis>и полезно для научения, для обличения, для
-исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек,
-ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</emphasis>" Если мы принимаем то, что
-Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она
-будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </para>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Действенная Книга</title>
-<para>
-Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия
-"<emphasis>действует в вас, верующих.</emphasis>" Рядом с каждым отрывком,
-запишите действие, которое производит Слово.
-</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
-<title>Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Ссылка</entry>
-<entry>Действие</entry>
-</row>
-</thead>
-<tbody>
-<row>
-<entry>Еф.5:26
-</entry>
-<entry>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;"
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Деян.20:32
-</entry>
-<entry>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</entry>
-</row>
-<row>
-<entry>
-Рим.15:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Рим.10:17
-</entry>
-<entry>
-даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-1 Кор.10:11
-</entry>
-<entry>
-наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в
-наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."
-</entry>
-</row>
-
-<row>
-<entry>
-Мтф.4:4
-</entry>
-<entry>
-питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить
-человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."
-</entry>
-</row>
-</tbody>
-</tgroup>
-</table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title>
-<para>
-Jn.8:32 "<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </emphasis>"</para>
-<para>Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего
-Слова.</para>
-
-<para>Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает <emphasis>сильный
-ветер.</emphasis> "<emphasis>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися
-и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</emphasis>" Изучение Библии даёт нам
-укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </para>
-
-<para><emphasis>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </emphasis>"<emphasis>заблуждаетесь, не
-зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</emphasis>" Мтф.22:29.</para>
-<para>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</para>
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Божье Слово</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Божья Сила </para></listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title>
-<para>
-В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</para>
-<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
-<title>Духовное оружие</title>
-<tgroup cols="2">
-<thead>
-<row>
-<entry>Вопрос</entry>
-<entry>Ответ</entry>
-</row></thead>
-<tbody>
-<row><entry>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Сколько для нападения?</entry><entry>One</entry></row>
-<row><entry>Какое? </entry><entry>слово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase></entry></row>
-</tbody></tgroup></table>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Увещевания</title>
-<para>
-2 Тим.2:15 "<emphasis>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем
-неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-<para>
-Кол.3:16 "<emphasis>Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою
-премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и
-духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших
-Господу.</emphasis>"
-</para>
-
-<para>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? </para>
-<para>
-Ведь не чуть-чуть!</para>
-
-<para>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ <para>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</emphasis>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+faith and conduct.</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-works">
+ <title>Действенная Книга</title>
+ <para>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+ <title>Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Ссылка</entry>
+ <entry>Действие</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Еф.5:26</entry>
+ <entry>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Деян.20:32</entry>
+ <entry>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Рим.15:4</entry>
+ <entry>утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Рим.10:17</entry>
+ <entry>даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1 Кор.10:11</entry>
+ <entry>наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в
+наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Мтф.4:4</entry>
+ <entry>питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить
+человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates">
+ <title>Книга, которая освобождает</title>
+ <para>Jn.8:32 " <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</emphasis>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <emphasis>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</para>
+ <para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis>" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>" <emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>" Mt.22:29</para>
+ <para>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Божье Слово</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Божья Сила</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-wars">
+ <title>Книга, которая воюет</title>
+ <para>В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</para>
+ <table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+ <title>Духовное оружие</title>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Вопрос</entry>
+ <entry>Ответ</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</entry>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Сколько для нападения?</entry>
+ <entry>One</entry>
+ </row>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Какое?</entry>
+ <entry>слово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations">
+ <title>Увещевания</title>
+ <para>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Col.3:16 " <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</emphasis>"</para>
+ <para>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?</para>
+ <para>Ведь не чуть-чуть!</para>
+ <para>Eccl.12:11-12 " <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</emphasis>"
-</para> </sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title>
-<blockquote>
-<attribution>Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
-Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+body.</emphasis>"</para>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-once">
+ <title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title>
+ <blockquote>
+ <attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the
+Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution>
+ <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and
<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
-scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
-gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
-</blockquote>
-</sect1>
-
-<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title> <para> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</para>
+ <para>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </sect1>
+ <sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement">
+ <title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title>
+ <para>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</para>
-<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-<listitem><para>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу
-месяца.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например
-20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной
-главе в день.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</para>
+ <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу
+месяца.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например
+20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной
+главе в день.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу
в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий
-Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.
-</para></listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-</sect1>
-
+Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </sect1>
</chapter>
-
-<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title>
-<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<chapter id="h2-rules">
+ <title>Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title>
+ <para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
-
-<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+ <para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</title>
-<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact">
+ <title>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</title>
+
<para>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</para>
-
-<orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
-
<para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
tense is also crucial.</para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara><title>Перекрёстные ссылки</title>
- <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara>
+ <title>Перекрёстные ссылки</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-</orderedlist>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Пример 1А</title>
-<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">
+ <title>Пример 1А</title>
+
<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
-
-<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+ <para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
-<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</emphasis></para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Example 1B</title>
-<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
-<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</para>
+ <para>
+ <emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</emphasis>
+ </para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">
+ <title>Example 1B</title>
+ <para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+ <para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
-
-<itemizedlist>
-<listitem><para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
-them.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-
-<listitem><para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
-to preach [...]</quote></para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para></listitem>
- </orderedlist></para>
-</listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-
-<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references for aleipho: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
+them.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Cross-references of chrio: <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
+to preach [...]</quote></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-"chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
-
-<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</emphasis></para>
+ <para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</para>
-<para>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом
-слове: <emphasis>"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и
-пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне."</emphasis> Это
-"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое!</para>
-<para>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</para>
+ <para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+ <para>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context">
-<title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title>
-<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context">
+ <title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title>
+ <para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
within its context, we have to look further.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Пример 2А</title>
-<para>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <emphasis>"рождённый от воды и
-Духа".</emphasis> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</para>
-<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a">
+ <title>Пример 2А</title>
+ <para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+
<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Пример 2Б</title>
-<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b">
+ <title>Пример 2Б</title>
+ <para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
-</section>
-<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Пример 2В</title>
-<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
-<title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title>
-<para>
-At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c">
+ <title>Пример 2В</title>
+ <para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+ <title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title>
+ <para>At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but
<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
-<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Пример 3А</title><para> <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">
+ <title>Пример 3А</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
-<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+
<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
us out of trouble.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Пример 3Б</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">
+ <title>Пример 3Б</title>
+ <para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
covenant.</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title>
-<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal">
+ <title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title>
+ <para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Пример 4А</title>
-<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
-<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a">
+ <title>Пример 4А</title>
+ <para>
+ <quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23.</para>
+ <para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
-<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+ <para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Пример 4Б</title>
-<para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
-<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
-<para>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b">
+ <title>Пример 4Б</title>
+ <para>Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote></para>
+ <para>Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote></para>
+ <para>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</para>
-</section>
-</section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title>
-<para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables">
+ <title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title>
+ <para>An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a
meaning.</emphasis></para>
-<para>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</para>
-
-<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+ <para>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</para>
+ <para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Пример 5А</title>
-<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a">
+ <title>Пример 5А</title>
+
<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</para>
-<para>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права
-вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</para></section>
-
-<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Пример 5Б</title>
-<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
-<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
-</section>
-
-</section>
+
<para>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права
+вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</para>
+ </section>
+ <section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b">
+ <title>Пример 5Б</title>
+ <para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</para>
+ <para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
</chapter>
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN"
+ "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd"
+[
<!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
<!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
<!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
<!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
<!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
]>
-
<book>
-
<bookinfo>
- <title>Как изучать Библию</title>
-
- <authorgroup>
- <author>
- <firstname>Bob</firstname>
- <surname>Harman</surname>
- </author>
- <author>
- <firstname></firstname>
- <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
- </author>
- </authorgroup>
-
-
-
- <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
-<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime;
-(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>
-
- <legalnotice>
- <para>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license <link
+ <title>Как изучать Библию</title>
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime Team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <ulink
url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
-
- <abstract>
- <title>Резюме</title>
-
- <para>
- The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </para>
- <para>
- It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+Attribution-Share Alike"</ulink>.</para>
+ <para>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</para>
+ </legalnotice>
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Резюме</title>
+ <para>The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</para>
+ <para>It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
- <keywordset>
- <keyword>Bible</keyword>
- <keyword>Изучать</keyword>
- <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
- </keywordset>
-
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</para>
+ </abstract>
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Изучать</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
</bookinfo>
-
-&howto-chap1;
-&howto-chap2;
-&howto-chap3;
-
+&howto-chap1; &howto-chap2; &howto-chap3;
</book>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
-and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приближение к Слову Божьему</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приближение к Слову Божьему</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Приближение к Слову Божьему</h2></div></div></div><p>Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study
+and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the
scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and
cements the word in our minds.</p><div class="sect2" title="Слышать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Слышать</h3></div></div></div><p>Lk.11:28 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe
it.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Читать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Читать</h3></div></div></div><p>Rev.1:3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this
prophecy [...]</span>»</span></p><p>1 Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">give attention to the public reading of Scripture
-[...]</span>»</span>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
+[...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Изучать</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 17:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Now these were more noble-minded than those in
Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the
-Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span>
-</p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
+Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</span>»</span></p><p>2 Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to
God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the
word of truth.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Запоминать"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Запоминать</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.119:11 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against
Thee.</span>»</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Размышлять"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Размышлять</h3></div></div></div><p>Ps.1:2-3 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he
meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by
streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does
-not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span>
-</p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
-fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four.
-Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read
-the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they
-become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</span>»</span></p><p>The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the
+fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first
+four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and
+read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that
+they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Типы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
-key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
-Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
-they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
-Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span> mean? Does the
-passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
-
<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных
-путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>»</span>
-t
oday?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test
+it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they
+relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman
+numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>»</span>mean? Does the passage
+give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <span class="emphasis"><em>Our
+motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you fast</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When you pray</p></li></ol></div><p>Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных
+путей проявления своей праведности:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>When you give </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">sound a
+t
rumpet</span>»</span>today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>do it secretly.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Основы правильного истолкования </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Содержание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со
-значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule --
-the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and
-book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Основы правильного истолкования</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Типы изучения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Основы правильного истолкования</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Основы правильного истолкования"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Основы правильного истолкования</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Содержание"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Содержание</h3></div></div></div><p>Что это значит? Что это значит на языке оригинала? Будьте осторожны со
+значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Контекст"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Контекст</h3></div></div></div><p>What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- the
+passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Перекрёстные ссылки</h3></div></div></div><p>Что говорят об этой теме другие стихи во всей Библии? Бог не противоречит
Себе, поэтому наше истолкование должно выдержать проверку других мест
-Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">i
9;ровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Писания. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">i
3;аверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Типы изучения Библии </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Типы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематическое изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки
-или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучение действующих лиц"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Экспозиционное изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">i
9;ровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Типы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Основы правильного истолкования"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Типы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Типы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Типы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Тематическое изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Тематическое изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Выберите определённую тему и исследуйте её, используя перекрёстные ссылки
+или симфонию.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Изучение действующих лиц"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Изучение действующих лиц</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Экспозиционное изучение"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Экспозиционное изучение</h3></div></div></div><p>Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">i
3;аверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приближение к Слову Божьему </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Основы правильного истолкования</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти определённый стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
-</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
-you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
-for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
-them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
-"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge
-not lest you be judged</span>»</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
-judgeth all things.</span>»</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
-both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
-from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
-This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
-the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
-with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти значения имён"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском
-языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти определённый стих"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Чтобы найти определённый стих </h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите это слово по алфавиту.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find these verses: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>»</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>»</span>
+ </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The story of the rich man and Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First you would
+look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for
+it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them,
+e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "bought."</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>»</span>and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>»</span>Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's from here
+out.)</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number,
+2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the
+language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with
+the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Чтобы найти значения имён"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Чтобы найти значения имён</h3></div></div></div><p>Таким же образом мы можем найти значение имени в греческом или еврейском
+языке.</p><p>Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Навал (Nabal)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Авигея (Abigail)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Иисус Навин (Joshua)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Варнава (Barnabus)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18 </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p>
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Приближение к Слову Божьему"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </h2></div></div></div><p>
+
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal
life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come
-to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
-</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
+to Me, that you may have life.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Jn.5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+
</p><p>The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther
said <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</span>»</span>; just
so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with
-God.
-</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
-tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten
-to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to
-come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
+God.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was
+tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten to
+himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously
deceived. [...]</p><p>Нет ни заслуги, ни пользы в чтении Писания ради самого чтения, а только в
том случае, если это действительно сближает нас с Иисусом Христом. Всякий
раз при чтении Библии, необходимо усердное ожидание того, чтобы через чтение
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
-active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</h2></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active...</em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>"
+<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
-continually-fresh way.
-</p><p>2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>Все Писание богодухновенно
-[т.е. вдохновлено Богом].</em></span>" Верите ли вы этому? Прежде чем
-ответить, обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
-all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+continually-fresh way.</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, " <span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures.</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
-an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
-on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13).
-It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
-conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
-true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
-as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It
+is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true
+to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as
+it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
-of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
-to detract from the other. ...
-</p><p>
-This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
-witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...</p><p>This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
-Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
-Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: "<span class="emphasis"><em>и полезно для научения, для обличения, для
-исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий человек,
-ко всякому доброму делу приготовлен.</em></span>" Если мы принимаем то, что
-Библия - это действительно то, что Бог говорит нам, то, следовательно, она
-
будет нашим авторитетом во всех вопросах веры и поведения. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
+Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 goes on, " <span class="emphasis"><em>and profitable for teaching, for correction,
+for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped
+for every good work.</em></span>" If we accept that the Bible really is God
+speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of
+
faith and conduct.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Действенная Книга</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Увещевания"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p>
-2 Тим.2:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Старайся представить себя Богу достойным, делателем
-неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</em></span>"
-</p><p>
-Кол.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Слово Христово да вселяется в вас обильно, со всякою
-премудростью; научайте и вразумляйте друг друга псалмами, славословием и
-духовными песнями, во благодати воспевая в сердцах ваших
-Господу.</em></span>"
-</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого? </p><p>
-Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p>
-Eccl.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Увещевания</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Увещевания</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Увещевания"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Увещевания</h2></div></div></div><p>2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) " <span class="emphasis"><em>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a
+workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of
+truth.</em></span>"</p><p>Col.3:16 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with
+all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and
+spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to
+God.</em></span>"</p><p>Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?</p><p>Ведь не чуть-чуть!</p><p>Eccl.12:11-12 " <span class="emphasis"><em>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters
of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one
-Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
+Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is
endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the
-body.</em></span>"
-</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+body.</em></span>"</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая воюет </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Jn.8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
-you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a
-conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of
-knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in
-v.31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of
-Mine... </em></span>"</p><p>Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего
-Слова.</p><p>Греческое слово "ветер", использованное в Еф.4:14 означает <span class="emphasis"><em>сильный
-ветер.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>Дабы мы не были более младенцами, колеблющимися
-и увлекающимися всяким ветром учения...</em></span>" Изучение Библии даёт нам
-укорениться в истине, и как результат --- нас будет не просто "сдуть". </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>заблуждаетесь, не
-зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</em></span>" Мтф.22:29.</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая освобождает</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Действенная Книга"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Книга, которая воюет"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая освобождает</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Книга, которая освобождает</h2></div></div></div><p>Jn.8:32 " <span class="emphasis"><em>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make
+you free.</em></span>"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a conditional
+or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of knowledge? Find the
+answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in v.31. " <span class="emphasis"><em>If
+you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of Mine...</em></span>"</p><p>We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the
+truth of God's word.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them,</em></span>" <span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>" Mt.22:29</p><p>Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Божье Слово</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Божья Сила</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Действенная Книга </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая воюет</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
-<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span>and
<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
-the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
-which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
-also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
-Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
-once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
-redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
-either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
-which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
-addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
-of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
-gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <span class="emphasis"><em>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the
-Controversialist)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28).</p><p>Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either
+without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the
+Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition
+of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human
+merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span>for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span>for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the
+Controversialist,</em></span>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Увещевания </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p> Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Приложение: "Однажды для всех"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</h2></div></div></div><p>Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do
more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with
-#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!
-</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу
+#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Притчи за месяц: читайте одну главу Притч каждый день, соответственно числу
месяца.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы за месяц: читайте 5 Псалмов с интервалом 30 каждый день, например
20-го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Псалмы и Притчи за 6 месяцев: читайте по порядку Псалмы и Притчи по одной
главе в день.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ветхий Завет без Псалмов и Притч за 2 года: если вы будете читать одну главу
в день из Ветхого Завета, пропуская Псалмы и Притчи, то вы прочтёте Ветхий
-Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.
-</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+Завет за 2 года и 2 недели.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Приложение: "Однажды для всех" </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 2. Основы изучения Библии</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая воюет"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p>
-В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое? </td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Книга, которая воюет</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Увещевания"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Книга, которая воюет</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Книга, которая воюет"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Книга, которая воюет</h2></div></div></div><p>В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.3. Духовное оружие</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Духовное оружие" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Вопрос</th><th>Ответ</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Сколько для нападения?</td><td>One</td></tr><tr><td>Какое?</td><td>слово - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">рхема (rhema)</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, которая освобождает </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Увещевания</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Действенная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>
-Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия
-"<span class="emphasis"><em>действует в вас, верующих.</em></span>" Рядом с каждым отрывком,
-запишите действие, которое производит Слово.
-</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26
-</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;"
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Деян.20:32
-</td><td>
-builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
-to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Рим.15:4
-</td><td>
-утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Рим.10:17
-</td><td>
-даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-1 Кор.10:11
-</td><td>
-наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в
-наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."
-</td></tr><tr><td>
-Мтф.4:4
-</td><td>
-питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить
-человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Действенная Книга</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Книга, которая освобождает"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Действенная Книга</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Действенная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Действенная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.2. Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Ссылка</th><th>Действие</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Еф.5:26</td><td>очищает -- "...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;" </td></tr><tr><td>Деян.20:32</td><td>builds up -- " ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and
+to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. "</td></tr><tr><td>Рим.15:4</td><td>утешает -- "чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду."</td></tr><tr><td>Рим.10:17</td><td>даёт веру -- "Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия."</td></tr><tr><td>1 Кор.10:11</td><td>наставляет -- "Все это происходило с ними, как образы; а описано в
+наставление нам, достигшим последних веков."</td></tr><tr><td>Мтф.4:4</td><td>питает -- "Он же сказал ему в ответ: написано: не хлебом одним будет жить
+человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих."</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, которая освобождает</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
-name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
-communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Уникальная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
-popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
-year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
-authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.
-</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
-preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's
+name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to
+communicate with God.</p><div class="sect1" title="Уникальная Книга"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Уникальная Книга</h2></div></div></div><p>The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per
+year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different
+authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>preservation. F. F. Bruce in <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents
Reliable?</em></span> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient
-texts:
-</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8
-</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10
-</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20
-</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских
-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
-of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+texts:</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Таблица 1.1. Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Труд</th><th>Когда написаны</th><th>Самые ранние копии</th><th>Промежуток времени</th><th>Число копий</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Геродот</td><td>448-428 г.г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>1300 лет</td><td>8</td></tr><tr><td>Тацит</td><td>100 г. н.э.</td><td>1100 г. н.э.</td><td>1000 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Цезарь <span class="emphasis"><em>"Галльские войны"</em></span></td><td>50-58 г. до н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>950 лет</td><td>10</td></tr><tr><td>Ливий <span class="emphasis"><em>"Римская история"</em></span></td><td>59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э.</td><td>900 г. н.э.</td><td>900 лет</td><td>20</td></tr><tr><td>Новый Завет</td><td>40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э.</td><td>130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания</td><td>30 - 310 лет</td><td>5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
-gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
-other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!
</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"По истинности и полноте доказательств текст Нового Завета остаётся
абсолютно и неоспоримо исключительным среди других старинных прозаичных
-рукописей." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
-vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
-
p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+рукописей."</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"> </td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of
+
Life</em></span>p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Как изучать Библию </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
-each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
-interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
-supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
-If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
-within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"рождённый от воды и
-
Духа".</em></span> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
-the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If
+confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 2А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Пример 2А</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+
Spirit."</em></span>In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
-derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span> has to
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Пример 2Б</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>»</span>has to
be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">every woman [...]
-while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2В"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
-be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
-[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
-the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
-the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
-in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
-way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
-to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
-did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>»</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 2В"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Пример 2В</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you be
+baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>»</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the
+only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the
+light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in
+Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way
+for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to
+being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ did
+not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика) </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>
-At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span> but
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</h2></div></div></div><p>At first we are not asking <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>but
<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>»</span>; later we can ask,
-<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the
-historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
-with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
-could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
-on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+<span class="quote">«<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>»</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 3А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Пример 3А</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">3 days & 3 nights</span>»</span>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with
+a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could
+Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised on the
+third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
-partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
-day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
-p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
-Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
-us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 3Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Пример 3Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
-Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
-the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
-covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">i
9;ровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">i
3;аверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
-watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
-seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
-and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up
-other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 4А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Пример 4А</h3></div></div></div><p>
+ <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">evil eye</span>»</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 " <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
-is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
-notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p>
-References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
-God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 4Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Пример 4Б</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Lord's hand is not short;</span>»</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Underneath are the everlasting arms.</span>»</span></p><p>References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
-<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
-like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
-shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+shalt thou trust</span>»</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">By the same rules of
interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
-is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
-ridiculousness of their position.
-</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+is a bird</span>»</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
5.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.7
6.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</h2></div></div></div><p>An allegory is: <span class="emphasis"><em>A story where each element has a
meaning.</em></span></p><p>Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
-etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
-one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
-twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Пример 5А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Пример 5А</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
what do we have?</p><p>Её значение подвергается различным искажениям: Бог не желает защищать права
-вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
-the parable? Is it an allegory?
</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
-had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
-for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Уровень выше</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+вдов, молитвы "досаждают" Ему, и т.д.</p></div><div class="section" title="Пример 5Б"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Пример 5Б</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory?</p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master.
</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Наверх</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Глава 3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
-Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">Knowing
this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
interpretation.</span>»</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
-themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some
-things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
-
do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">...in which are some things
+hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also
+the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>»</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
-clear to you.
How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
-better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</h2></div></div></div><p>The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the
+better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key
words by following these steps:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition. </b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
-tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Перекрёстные ссылки"><b>Перекрёстные ссылки. </b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
-documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
-isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
-word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one Greek
+word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may
have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Пример 1А"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Пример 1А</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
-is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
-Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
-"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
-object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition
+(p. 879). "680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling
+of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
-active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
-that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
-holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
-sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+that is already occurring. So, what have we found?</p><p>
+ <span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop
+holding him!</em></span>
+ </p></div><div class="section" title="Example 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Example 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
-i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
-it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since it's
+a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
-action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references for aleipho: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing
them.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cross-references of chrio: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lk.4:18 <span class="quote">«<span class="quote">The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me
to preach [...]</span>»</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
-<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
-
"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a
+spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
-robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
-Jesus' day.
-</p><p>Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом
-слове: <span class="emphasis"><em>"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и
-пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне."</em></span> Это
-"помазание" духовное или практическое? Практическое!</p><p>
-And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span>Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
-the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
-in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
-practical and spiritual in our God!
-</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Пред.</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Начало</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Как изучать Библию"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14907430"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2001-2009 The team of <span class="application">BibleTime</span>
-(info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Авторские права"><a name="id14943876"></a><p>
- This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
-the terms of the license "Creative Commons
-Attribution-Share Alike".
- </p><p>
- Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
-indicated.
- </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>
- The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
-Bible.
- </p><p>
- It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
-readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Как изучать Библию</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.76.1"><meta name="description" content="Резюме The Biblestudy HowTo is a guide for studying the Bible. It is the hope of the BibleTime team that this HowTo will provoke the readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Изучать, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Как изучать Библию"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Как изучать Библию</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Как изучать Библию"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="idp25467296"></a>Как изучать Библию</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime Team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Авторские права © 1999-2013 The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Team
+(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Юридическое уведомление"><a name="idp26710816"></a><p>This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under
+the terms of the license <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" target="_top"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</a>.</p><p>Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise
+indicated.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Резюме"><p class="title"><b>Резюме</b></p><p>The <span class="application">Biblestudy HowTo</span> is a guide for studying the
+Bible.</p><p>It is the hope of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team that this HowTo will provoke the
+readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study
guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular
-denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
+denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures
to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to
-have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.
- </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
+have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Содержание</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Важность Слова Божьего</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Уникальная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Книга, вдохновлённая Богом</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Действенная Книга</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Книга, которая освобождает</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Книга, которая воюет</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Увещевания</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Приложение: "Однажды для всех"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Основы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Приближение к Слову Божьему</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Слышать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Читать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Изучать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Запоминать</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Размышлять</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Типы изучения Библии</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Тематическое изучение</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Изучение действующих лиц</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Экспозиционное изучение</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Основы правильного истолкования</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Содержание</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Контекст</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Перекрёстные ссылки</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Чтобы найти определённый стих </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Чтобы найти значения имён</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Пример 1А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Example 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Пример 2А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Пример 2Б</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Пример 2В</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Пример 3А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Пример 3Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Пример 4А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Пример 4Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Пример 5А</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Пример 5Б</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Список таблиц</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Духовное оружие</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">След.</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"> </td><td width="20%" align="center"> </td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Глава 1. Важность Слова Божьего</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-14 15:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrew Alfy <andrewalfy@yahoo.com>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
#| "</copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم</holder> </"
"copyright>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<date>December 2010</date>"
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr "<date>ديسمبر 2010 </date>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
msgstr "نافذة المساعدة"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>عرض</guimenu> <guimenuitem>إظهار رف الكتب </"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>عرض</guimenu> <guimenuitem>إظهار العلامات </"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>عرض</guimenu> <guimenuitem>إظهار المكبر </"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-#~ msgid "2.9"
-#~ msgstr "2.9"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-cs\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-11 21:06+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Belohoubek <j.bel@atlas.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: Czech <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nápověda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Příručka</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevře příručku."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nápověda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Příručka</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevře příručku."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Nápověda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Příručka</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevře příručku."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "2.9"
-#~ msgstr "2.5"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject>
-#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>Dialog nastavení - písma</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:"
-#~ msgstr "Takto vypadá typická relace &bibletime;:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject>
-#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>Okno aplikace &bibletime;</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
-#~ msgid "Available text types:"
-#~ msgstr "Dostupné předpony:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the "
-#~ "default bible:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Z terminálu můžete použít &bibletime; k otevření příslušného verše ve "
-#~ "výchozí bibli:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:"
-#~ msgstr "Pro otevření v dané pasáži, jako například Jan 3:16, použijte:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Můžete použít jména knih ve svém aktuálním jazyce pro pojmenování knih."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
-#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team"
-#~ msgstr "Tým &bibletime;"
-
-# type: Content of the sword entity
-#~ msgid "<application>Sword</application>"
-#~ msgstr "<application>Sword</application>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#~ msgid "Startup sequence"
-#~ msgstr "Spouštěcí sekvence."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main "
-#~ "&bibletime; window opens:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Když se &bibletime; spouští, můžete vidět následující obrazovky předtím, "
-#~ "než se otevře hlavní okno &bibletime;:"
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#~ msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku &sword;."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "2009-10"
-#~ msgstr "2009-04"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function "
-#~ "will return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search "
-#~ "for all the terms separate the terms by AND."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Vložte výrazy a oddělte je mezerami. Při výchozím nastavení, vyhledávání "
-#~ "vrátí výsledky, které odpovídají libovolnému z vyhledávaných výrazů "
-#~ "(logická spojka NEBO). pro vyhledání všech výrazů oddělte jednotlivá "
-#~ "slova spojkou AND."
# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibetime.info>, 2005.
# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005.
# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005.
-# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2010, 2011.
+# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-22 17:45+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 22:22+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n"
"Language: de\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:98
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
-#| "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:95
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
+">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal anzeigen</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:119
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
-#| "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:116
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
+">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen anzeigen</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:140
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
-#| "\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" "
"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
-"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" "
+"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:137
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
+">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:160
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
-#| "format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgid ""
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
-"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
-"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:157
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-#| ">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-">Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Werk öffnen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
+">Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Paralleltext-Kopfzeilen anzeigen </"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:169
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or "
-#| "remove the works icons in the open works."
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to "
"allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Werkzeugleisten in Werken an- / abstellen.</action> Diese Funktion "
-"stellt die Ansicht der Werke-Symbole in geöffneten Werken an oder aus."
+"<action>An- / Abstellen der Anzeige zusätzlicher Werke</action> Benutzen Sie "
+"diesen Schalter, um zusätzliche Werke parallel zu Ihren gerade geöffneten "
+"Büchern anzusehen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:177
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+#| "</copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<date>January 2011</date>"
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
-msgstr "<date>Januar 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
+msgstr "<date>Januar 2012</date>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "2.9.0"
-msgid "2.9.1"
-msgstr "2.9.0"
+msgid "2.9.2"
+msgstr "2.9.2"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
msgstr "Hilfe-Dialog"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal "
-#~ "anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lesezeichen "
-#~ "anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupe anzeigen</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "2.8"
-#~ msgid "2.9"
-#~ msgstr "2.8"
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</"
-#~ "date>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</"
-#~ "date>"
-
-#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>Optionendialog - Schriften</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:"
-#~ msgstr "So sieht eine typische &bibletime;-Sitzung aus:"
-
-#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>Das &bibletime;-Applikations-Fenster</phrase>"
-
-#~ msgid "Available text types:"
-#~ msgstr "Verfügbare Textarten:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the "
-#~ "default bible:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, "
-#~ "um einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:"
-#~ msgstr "Um einen bestimmten Vers wie z.B. Joh. 3,16 aufzuschlagen:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache "
-#~ "benutzen."
-
-#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team"
-#~ msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Team"
-
-# type: Content of the sword entity
-#~ msgid "<application>Sword</application>"
-#~ msgstr "<application>Sword</application>"
-
-#~ msgid "Startup sequence"
-#~ msgstr "Start-Sequenz"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main "
-#~ "&bibletime; window opens:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem "
-#~ "Erscheinen des Hauptfensters sehen:"
-
-#~ msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the &sword; framework."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem &sword;-System "
-#~ "basiert."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
-#~ msgid "2009-10"
-#~ msgstr "2009-10"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-25 20:20-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Roy Alvear <racl@fedoraproject.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
-#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
#| "</copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>El Equipo &bibletime;</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>El Equipo &bibletime;</holder> </"
"copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
msgstr "Dialogo de Ayuda"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ver</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Biblioteca</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ver</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ver</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lente</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid "2.8"
-#~ msgid "2.9"
-#~ msgstr "2.8"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</"
-#~ "date>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</"
-#~ "date>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject>
-#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>Diálogo de Opciones - Fuentes</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:"
-#~ msgstr "Esta es como luce sesión típica de &bibletime;:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject>
-#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>La ventana de aplicación &bibletime;</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
-#~ msgid "Available text types:"
-#~ msgstr "Tipos de texto disponible:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the "
-#~ "default bible:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Desde una terminal se puede utilizar para abrir &bibletime; con un "
-#~ "versículo de la Biblia Estándar al azar:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:"
-#~ msgstr "Para abrir en un pasaje dado como Juan 3:16, utilice:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-#~ msgstr "También puede utilizar los nombres de libro en su idioma actual."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
-#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team"
-#~ msgstr "El equipo &bibletime;"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 16:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-21 16:06-0500\n"
"Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n"
"Language-Team: BibleTime Translators <bibletime-translasions@lists."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-hu\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-17 13:54+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Geza Novak <geza.novak@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+#| "</copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<date>January 2011</date>"
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr "<date>Január 2011</date>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "2.9.0"
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr "2.9.0"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
msgstr "Segítség párbeszédablak"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Könyvespolc mutatása</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Könyvjelzők mutatása</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Nagyító mutatása</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-12-04 23:37-0500\n"
"Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+#| "</copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Il Team di &bibletime;</holder> </"
"copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "<date>January 2011</date>"
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr "<date>Gennaio 2011</date>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "2.9.0"
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr "2.9.0"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
msgstr "Finestra di aiuto"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra libreria</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra "
-#~ "segnalibri</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Visualizza</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostra lente</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-07 11:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch\n"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-20 17:40-0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Saulo\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-08-01 10:53-0500\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Português do Brasil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODINGX-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:18
msgid "<guimenu>Display</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:34
msgid "<guimenu>Desk</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Mesa</guimenu>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:50
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>"
msgid "<guimenu>Languages</guimenu>"
-msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "<guimenuitem>Idiomas</guimenuitem>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_configfonts.png\" width=\"100%\" "
"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_configfonts.png\" width=\"100%\" "
+"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><caption><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject><phrase>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:66
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The Options dialog - Fonts."
msgid "Options Dialog - fonts"
msgstr "O diálogo de Opções - Fontes."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:134
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP\"> Code2000</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://code2000.net/CODE2000.ZIP\"> Code2000</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
"<ulink url=\"http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&"
"cat_id=FontDownloads\"> SIL unicode fonts</ulink>"
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://scripts.sil.org/cms/scripts/page.php?site_id=nrsi&"
+"cat_id=FontDownloads\"> Fontes unicode SIL</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:150
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/\"> FreeFont</ulink>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ulink url=\"http://www.nongnu.org/freefont/\"> FreeFont</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/\"> "
"Crosswire's font directory</ulink>"
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.crosswire.org/pub/sword/iso/latest/FONTS/\"> "
+"Diretório de fontes crosswire</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
"<ulink url=\"http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"
"\"> Bitstream CyberBit</ulink>"
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://aol-4.vo.llnwd.net/pub/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/"
+"\"> Bitstream CyberBit</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
"<ulink url=\"http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/\"> Caslon, Monospace, "
"Cupola, Caliban</ulink>"
msgstr ""
+"<ulink url=\"http://fontforge.sourceforge.net/sfds/\"> Caslon, Monospace, "
+"Cupola, Caliban</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:202
msgid "<guimenu>Shortcuts</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Atalhos</guimenu>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><imageobject><imagedata>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:215
msgid "ss_shortcuts.png"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ss_shortcuts.png"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:218
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In the preceding example, F2, Bible Study HowTo has a secondary shortcut "
"defined, CTRL+2."
msgstr ""
-"No exemplo anterior, F2, o Howto de Estudos Bíblicos tem um atalho "
-"secundário definido, CTRL+2."
+"No exemplo anterior, F2, o BibleStudy HowTo tem um atalho secundário "
+"definido, CTRL+2."
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:6
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"&bibletime; is a Bible study tool with support for different types of texts "
"and languages. Even large amounts of works modules are easy to install and "
"flagship product of the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</"
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes "
-"tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de obras são simples de "
-"instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.crosswire.org/sword\">Sword</ulink>, que prov a funcionalidade de back-"
-"end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto bíblico, pesquisar, etc. "
-"Sword o carro-chefe da <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire "
-"Bible Society</ulink>."
+"&bibletime; é uma ferramenta de estudo bíblico com suporte para diferentes "
+"tipos de textos e idiomas. Mesmo grandes quantidades de módulos de obras são "
+"fáceis de instalar e gerenciar. Ele foi feito sobre a biblioteca<ulink url="
+"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/\">&sword;</ulink>, que provê a "
+"funcionalidade de back-end para o &bibletime;, tal como visualizar texto "
+"bíblico, pesquisar, etc. &sword; é o produto carro-chefe da <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:68
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lexicons available include: Robinson's Morphological Analysis Codes, and the "
"International Standard Bible Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include "
"Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical "
"Bible."
msgstr ""
-"Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, "
-"Léxico Hebraico de Brown-Driver-Briggs e a Enciclopédia da International "
-"Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis incluem o Dicionário Bíblico "
-"Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego de Strong, Dicionário "
-"Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave."
+"Léxicos disponíveis incluem: Códigos de Análise Morfológicos de Robinson, e "
+"a Enciclopédia da International Standard Bible. Dicionários disponíveis "
+"incluem o Dicionário Bíblico Hebraico de Strong, o Dicionário Bíblico Grego "
+"de Strong, Dicionário Integral Revisado da língua Inglesa de Webster 1913, "
+"Bíblia em Tópicos de Nave."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:22
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink url="
-#| "\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>. These include:"
msgid ""
"Over 200 documents in 50 languages are available from the <ulink url="
"\"http://www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>. These include: <placeholder "
"type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"Mais de 200 documentos em 50 idiomas esto disponíveis da <ulink url=\"http://"
-"www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. Esto inclusos:"
+"www.crosswire.org\">&cbs;</ulink>. Estão inclusos: <placeholder type="
+"\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_mainterms.png\" width=\"100%\" "
"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_mainterms.png\" width=\"100%\" "
+"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject><phrase>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:11
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Parts of the &bibletime; application window"
msgid "The &bibletime; application window"
-msgstr "Partes da janela de aplicação do &bibletime;"
+msgstr "A janela do aplicativo &bibletime; "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:5
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "You can easily see the different parts of the application. The top left "
-#| "window is used to open installed works in the Bookshelf tab, and with the "
-#| "Bookmarks tab you can manage your bookmarks. The little \"Mag\" window "
-#| "below the Bookshelf is used to display extra information that is embedded "
-#| "in documents. When you move your mouse over a footnote marker, for "
-#| "example, then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. "
-#| "The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk "
-#| "on the right side is where you do your real work."
msgid ""
"This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like: <placeholder type="
"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> You can easily see the different parts of the "
"of the footnote. The toolbar gives you quick access to important functions, "
"and the Desk on the right side is where you do your real work."
msgstr ""
-"Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes da aplicação. A janela superior "
-"esquerda usada para abrir obras instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com "
-"a aba Marcadores, você pode gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela "
-"\"Lupa\" embaixo da Estante de Livros usada para mostrar informações extras "
-"que esto incorporadas nos documentos. Quando você move o cursor sobre um "
-"marcador de rodapé, por exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo real da nota "
-"de rodapé. A barra de ferramentas lhe d acesso rápido a importantes funes, e "
-"a mesa no lado direito onde você faz seu trabalho de verdade."
+"Isso é uma visualização de uma típica sessão do &bibletime;: <placeholder "
+"type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> Você pode facilmente ver diferentes partes "
+"do aplicativo. A janela superior esquerda é usada para abrir obras "
+"instaladas na aba Estante de Livros, e com a aba Marcadores, você pode "
+"gerenciar seus marcadores. A pequena janela \"Lupa\" embaixo da Estante de "
+"Livros usada para mostrar informações extras que estão incorporadas nos "
+"documentos. Quando você move o cursor sobre um marcador de rodapé, por "
+"exemplo, a Lupa vai mostrar o conteúdo real da nota de rodapé. A barra de "
+"ferramentas lhe dá acesso rápido a importantes funções, e a mesa no lado "
+"direito onde você realmente faz seu trabalho."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:61
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> mouse button on the "
"symbol of a work, you will see a menu with additional entries that are "
"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> Locked Modules</"
"ulink> page on the &cbs; web site."
msgstr ""
-"Se voc clicar com o boto <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse "
-"nosmbolo de uma obra, voc ver um menu com opes adicionais relevantes para "
+"Se você clicar com o botão <mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no "
+"símbolo de uma obra, você ver um menu com opções adicionais relevantes para "
"essa obra. <guimenuitem>\"Sobre essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre uma janela "
-"com vrias informaes interessantes sobre a obra selecionada. <guimenuitem>"
-"\"Destravar essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre um pequeno dilogo para documentos "
-"criptografados, onde voc pode colocar a chave de liberao para acessar a "
-"obra. Para mais informaes sobre obras travadas, veja <ulink url=\"http://www."
-"crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> essa pgina</ulink> no site da "
-"Crosswire Bible Society."
+"com várias informaes interessantes sobre a obra selecionada. <guimenuitem>"
+"\"Destravar essa obra\"</guimenuitem> abre um pequeno diálogo para "
+"documentos criptografados, onde você pode colocar a chave de liberção para "
+"acessar a obra. Para mais informações sobre obras travadas, veja <ulink url="
+"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> essa página</"
+"ulink> no site da &cbs;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:78
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can search in a work by clicking with the <mousebutton>right</"
"mousebutton> mouse button on its symbol and selecting <guimenuitem>\"Search "
"description of the operation of the search features can be found on the "
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">Searching in Works section</link>."
msgstr ""
-"Voc pode buscar numa obra clicando com o boto <mousebutton>direito</"
-"mousebutton> do mouse no seu smbolo e selecionando <guimenuitem>\"Buscar em "
-"obra(s)\"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; eclicando em outras obras, voc "
-"pode selecionar mais de uma. Ento siga o mesmo procedimento para abrir o "
-"dilogo de busca. Voc estar buscando em todos esses documentos. Uma descrio "
-"completa da operao e dos recursos de busca podem ser encontrados <link "
-"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">aqui</link>."
+"Voc pode fazer uma busca numa obra clicando com o botão "
+"<mousebutton>direito</mousebutton> do mouse no seu símbolo e selecionando "
+"<guimenuitem>\"Buscar em obra(s)\"</guimenuitem>. Pressionando &Shift; e "
+"clicando em outras obras, você pode selecionar mais de uma. Então siga o "
+"mesmo procedimento para abrir o diálogo de busca. Você estará buscando em "
+"todos esses documentos. Uma descrição completa da operação e dos recursos de "
+"busca podem ser encontrados <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">Fazendo Buscas "
+"nas seções das Obras</link>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchopts.png\" width=\"100%\" "
"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchopts.png\" width=\"100%\" "
+"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><screenshot>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243
"<placeholder type=\"screeninfo\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject"
"\" id=\"1\"/>"
msgstr ""
+"<placeholder type=\"screeninfo\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject"
+"\" id=\"1\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:289
msgid "Available text types: <placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Tipos de texto disponíveis: <placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><tip><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchanal.png\" width=\"100%\" "
"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"ss_searchanal.png\" width=\"100%\" "
+"contentdepth=\"100%\" scalefit=\"1\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:405
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard "
"drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. The default is \"~/."
"sword/\" on *nix and \"C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users\\Application "
"Data\\Sword\" for Windows."
msgstr ""
-"Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante do "
+"Aqui você pode especificar onde o &bibletime; pode armazenar sua Estante no "
"disco rígido. Você pode até armazenar em múltiplos diretórios. O padrão é "
-"\"~/.sword/\"."
+"\"~/.sword/\" no *nix e em \"C:\\Documents and Settings\\All Users"
+"\\Application Data\\Sword\" para Windows."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:423
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With this facility, you can connect to a repository of works (called "
"\"library\"), and transfer one or more works to your local Bookshelf. These "
"guibutton> dialog open. You can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add "
"library</guibutton> and <guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
-"Com esse recurso, você pode conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado "
+"Com esse recurso, você pode se conectar a um repositório de obras (chamado "
"\"biblioteca\"), e transferir uma ou mais obras para sua Estante local. "
-"Essas bibliotecas podem ser locais (e.g. um CD do Sword), ou remota (e.g. o "
-"repositório online da Crosswire de módulos Sword, ou outro site oferecendo "
-"módulos Sword). Você pode gerenciar suas bibliotecas com "
-"<guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e <guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</"
-"guibutton>."
+"Essas bibliotecas podem ser locais (por ex. um CD do &sword;), ou remota "
+"(por ex. o repositório online da Crosswire de módulos &sword;, ou outro site "
+"oferecendo módulos Sword). Você pode instalar outras fontes clicando em "
+"<guibutton>Obter lista...</guibutton> quando houver aberto o diálogo "
+"<guibutton>Nova fonte de instalação</guibutton>. Você pode gerenciar suas "
+"bibliotecas com <guibutton>Adicionar biblioteca</guibutton> e "
+"<guibutton>Excluir biblioteca</guibutton>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:15
msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Arquivo</guimenu>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:24
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_folder_open.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_folder_open.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:21
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Open work</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+">Arquivo</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Abrir obra</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:32
"<action>Open work.</action> This will give you a menu that will allow you to "
"open installed books."
msgstr ""
+"<action>Trabalho Aberto.</action> Isto fornecerá um menu que permitirá abrir "
+"os livros instalados."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:46
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_exit.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:39
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sair</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:971
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994
msgid "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<placeholder type=\"variablelist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:65
msgid "<guimenu>View</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Exibir</guimenu>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:79
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_window_fullscreen.png\" width=\"32\" "
"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_window_fullscreen.png\" width=\"32\" "
+"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:71
"\"0\"/>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fullscreen mode</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F5</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
+"\"0\"/>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo em Tela Cheia</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_books.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:95
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Estante</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bookmark.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:116
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Marcadores</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" "
"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_document_magnifier.png\" width=\"32\" "
+"depth=\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:137
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar Lupa</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_checkbox.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:157
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
">View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show parallel text headers</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+">Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Mostrar textos dos cabeçalhos</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:169
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles viewing of additional works</action> Toggle this setting to "
"allow you to view additional works in parallel to your current open books."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa "
-"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
+"<action>Alternar visualização dos trabalhos adicionais</action>Alternar esta "
+"visualização para permitir a visualização dos trabalhos em paralelo dos "
+"trabalhos abertos. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F6</keycap> </"
"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Show main</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F6</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de "
+"Ferramentas</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Show main</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:189
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles Main Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn "
"the main toolbar on or off."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa "
-"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
+"<action>Alterna exibição da barra principal de ferramentas.</action> Alterne "
+"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:196
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> "
"<guimenuitem>Show navigation</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de Ferramentas</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir navegação</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:203
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles Navigation in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or "
"remove the navigation combo box in works. This can be handy to view the "
"full toolbar in the open works"
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição dos Marcadores.</action> Alterne essa chave para "
-"exibir ou ocultar os Marcadores no painel esquerdo. Isso pode ser útil "
-"quando você precisa de mais espaço para a Lupa."
+"<action>Alternar navegação nas obras.</action> Alternar essa configuração "
+"para adicionar ou remover a \"combo box\" de navegação em obras. Isto pode "
+"ser útil para visualizar a barra de ferramentas completa nas obras abertas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:212
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
-#| "guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manual mode</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-#| "equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> "
"<guimenuitem>Show works</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
"equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:219
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles Toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or "
"remove the works icons in the open works."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa "
-"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
+"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne "
+"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones das obras nas obras abertas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:227
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> "
"<guimenuitem>Show tools</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de ferramentas</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir ferramentas</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:234
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles tools in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or "
"remove the tools icons in the open works."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa "
-"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
+"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras.</action> Alterne "
+"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar os ícones nas obras abertas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:242
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> "
"<guimenuitem>Show format</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de Ferramentas</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir formato</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:249
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles format.</action> Toggle this setting when editing HTML in "
"Personal Commentaries. It will add or remove the formatting toolbar."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa "
-"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
+"<action>Alterna formato.</action> Alterne essa chave quando editar HTML nos "
+"comentários pessoais. isto exibirá ou ocultará a barra de ferramentas "
+"formatação."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:258
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Toolbars</guimenuitem> "
"<guimenuitem>Show toolbars in text windows</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Exibir</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Barras de ferramentas</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Exibir barras de ferramentas nas janelas de texto</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:265
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles toolbars in works.</action> Toggle this setting to add or "
"remove the complete toolbar in open works."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas.</action> Alterne essa "
-"chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas."
+"<action>Alterna exibição da barra de ferramentas nas obras</action> Alterne "
+"essa chave para exibir ou ocultar a barra de ferramentas nas obras abertas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:274
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>"
msgid "<guimenu>Search</guimenu>"
-msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Busca</guimenuitem>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:286
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_find.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_find.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:279
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in "
"standard bible</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+F</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar na "
+"bíblia padrão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open "
"work(s)</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Buscar nos "
+"trabalhos abertos</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:334
msgid "<guimenu>Window</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Janela</guimenu>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:347
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_fileclose.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_fileclose.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:340
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close window</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar Janela</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:357
-#, fuzzy
msgid "<action>Closes active window</action>."
-msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas abertas</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas ativas</action>."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:363
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Close all</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Fechar tudo</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_cascade.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_cascade.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:386
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascata</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:410
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:427
-#, fuzzy
msgid "<action>Tiles all open windows</action>."
-msgstr "<action>Fecha todas as janelas abertas</action>."
+msgstr "<action>Organiza todas as janelas abertas</action>."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:441
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_vert.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_vert.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:434
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile "
"vertically</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar "
+"verticalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_horiz.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_tile_horiz.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:458
"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile "
"horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type="
+"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar "
+"horizontalmente</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:483
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de organização</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:490
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<action>Controls the basic window arrangement behaviour</action>. In the "
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode), Tabbed, Auto-tile vertically, "
"Auto-tile horizontally, Auto-tile or Auto-cascade. Just try them out!"
msgstr ""
-"<action>Controla o comportamento de posicionamento das janelas</action>. No "
-"menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se quer cuidar do "
-"posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual) ou deixar que o &bibletime; cuide "
-"para você (modos Automáticos, experimente)."
+"<action>Controla o comportamento básico de posicionamento das janelas</"
+"action>. No menu de contexto que se abre, você pode especificar se quer "
+"cuidar do posicionamento você mesmo (modo Manual), Com Abas, Auto-organizar "
+"verticalmente, Auto-organizar horizontalmente, Auto-organizar ou Auto-"
+"cascata. Basta experimentá-los!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:501
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save session</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar sessão</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save "
"as new session</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</"
+"keycap></keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Salvar "
+"como nova sessão</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:539
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Load session</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Carregar sessão</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:555
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Delete session</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Apagar sessão</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:573
msgid "<guimenu>Settings</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Configurações</guimenu>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:581
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configure.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configure.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:578
">Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &bibletime;</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
+">Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configurar &bibletime;</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configuresword.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_configuresword.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:602
"\"0\"/>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
+"\"0\"/>Configurações</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Gerenciador de Livros</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:630
msgid "<guimenu>Help</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:643
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_contents2.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_contents2.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:635
"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
"\"0\"/>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
+"\"0\"/>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"\"0\"/>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bible Study HowTo</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
+"\"0\"/>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_light_bulb.png\" width=\"22\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_light_bulb.png\" width=\"22\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:690
"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
"\"0\"/>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <shortcut> <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </"
+"keycombo> </shortcut> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id="
+"\"0\"/>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do dia</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:706
"<action>Opens a helpful tip</action> The Tip of the Day provides a useful "
"tip that will assist in the use of &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
+"<action>Abre uma dica útil</action> A Dica do Dia provê uma dica útil que "
+"ajudará no uso do &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:714
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Sobre</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_forward.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_forward.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:744
"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/></"
"guimenu> </menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu> <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/></"
+"guimenu> </menuchoice>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_back.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_back.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bible_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:848
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Search in selected works."
-msgstr "Buscando em obras"
+msgstr "Buscando nas obras selecionadas."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:862
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_displayconfig.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_displayconfig.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_commentary_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_sync.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_sync.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_book.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:963
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Select a book."
-msgstr "Selecionando obras"
+msgstr "Selcione um Livro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term><menuchoice><guimenu><inlinemediaobject>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:977
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon.png\" width=\"32\" depth=\"32\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_lexicon_add.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1043
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Left</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Left</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1050
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Right</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Alt;+Right</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+F</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+F</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+G</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+G</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1088
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+H</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+H</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+I</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+I</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1107
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; "
"toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-dividir verticalmente</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna divisão automática de janelas."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-organizar verticalmente</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> equivalente; alterna organização automática de janelas."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+J</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+J</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1131
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+M</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+M</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1146
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+T</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1150
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Tabbed</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; "
"organizes windows with tabs across the top."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Modo de posicionamento</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"equivalente; alterna posicionamento manual das janelas."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Com abas</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; "
+"organiza janelas com abas ao longo do topo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1160
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+S</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1174
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+&Alt;+W</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1187
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+-</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+-</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1195
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;++</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;++</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1203
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+A</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+A</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1211
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+C</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+C</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1220
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+F</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+F</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1229
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+G</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1245
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+H</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1261
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+I</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1266
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tile\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tile</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
"link> windows equivalent."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascata</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link> equivalente a janelas."
+"<guimenu>Janela</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Organizar Janelas</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> </link> Janelas equivalentes."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1277
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+J</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1293
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+L</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+L</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1302
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+N</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+N</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1310
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+O</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1325
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+Q</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1338
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;+W</keycap></keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1345
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1358
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1363
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy HowTo</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy HowTo."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo Bíblico."
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o BibleStudy HowTo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1372
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F3</keycap> </keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1377
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Tip of the Day</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> Opens a helpful tip to use &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Dica do Dia</guimenuitem> "
+"</menuchoice> Abre uma dica útil para usar o &bibletime;."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1385
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1400
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F8</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F8</keycap> </keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1415
msgid "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F9</keycap> </keycombo>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>F9</keycap> </keycombo>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bibletime.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"i_bibletime.png\" width=\"32\" depth="
+"\"32\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><mediaobject><textobject>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><mediaobject><textobject><phrase>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:17
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>"
msgid "&bibletime; start icon"
-msgstr "<phrase>Ícone do &bibletime;</phrase>"
+msgstr "ícone para iniciar o &bibletime; "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:9
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. "
-#| "You can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon:"
msgid ""
"&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You "
"can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon: <placeholder type="
"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode "
-"iniciar o &bibletime; do menu de início com esse ícone:"
+"&bibletime; é um arquivo executável que é integrado ao desktop. Você pode "
+"iniciar o &bibletime; do Menu Iniciar com esse ícone: <placeholder type="
+"\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:24
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid "bibletime"
-msgstr "&bibletime;"
+msgstr "bibletime"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To "
-#| "launch &bibletime;, open a terminal window and type:"
msgid ""
"&bibletime; can also be launched from a terminal command prompt. To launch "
"&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type: <placeholder type=\"screen\" "
"id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um terminal de prompt de comando. Para "
-"iniciar o &bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite:"
+"&bibletime; pode ser iniciado de um prompt de comando. Para iniciar o "
+"&bibletime;, abra uma janela do terminal e digite: <placeholder type=\"screen"
+"\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:31
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#, no-wrap
msgid "bibletime --open-default-bible \"<random>\""
-msgstr ""
-"bibletime --open-default-bible\n"
-" \"<random>\""
+msgstr "bibletime --open-default-bible \"<random>\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
"passage like John 3:16, use: <placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"1\"/> You can "
"also use booknames in your current bookname language."
msgstr ""
+"De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versículo "
+"aleatório na bíblia padrão: <placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"0\"/>Para "
+"abrir uma dada passagem, como João 3:16, utilize: <placeholder type=\"screen"
+"\" id=\"1\"/>Você pode também usar marcadores nos nomes dos livros correntes "
+"em seu idioma"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:39
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Starting &bibletime; for the first time"
-msgstr "Iniciando &bibletime;"
+msgstr "Iniciando &bibletime; pela primeira vez"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
"configure the following options, available under the <link linkend=\"hdbk-"
"reference-menus-settings\">Settings menu bar</link>."
msgstr ""
+"Se você está iniciando o &bibletime; pela primeira vez, você precisará "
+"configurar as seguintes opções, disponíveis na<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-"
+"menus-settings\">barra de menu Configurações</link>."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:49
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
msgid "<interface>Configure &bibletime; dialog</interface>"
-msgstr "Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime;"
+msgstr "<interface>Diálogo de configuração do &bibletime; </interface>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:62
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem>"
msgid "<interface>Bookshelf Manager</interface>"
-msgstr "O <guimenuitem>Gerenciador da Estante</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr "<interface>Gerenciador de Livros</interface>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
# type: Content of the kde entity
#. type: Content of the sword entity
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
-#, fuzzy
msgid "<application>SWORD</application>"
-msgstr "<application>KDE</application>"
+msgstr "<application>SWORD</application>"
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the cbs entity
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:27
msgid "Fred"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Fred"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:28
msgid "Saalbach"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Saalbach"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid "Jeffrey"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Jeffrey"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:32
msgid "Hoyt"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Hoyt"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid "Martin"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Martin"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
msgid "Gruner"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Gruner"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Thomas"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Thomas"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
msgid "Abthorpe"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Abthorpe"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+#| "</copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> </"
"copyright>"
msgstr ""
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>O Time &bibletime;</holder> </"
+"copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The &bibletime; Handbook is distributed with the &bibletime; study program."
-msgstr "O livro de mão do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;."
+msgstr ""
+"O Manual do &bibletime; é distribuído como parte do programa &bibletime;."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
+msgstr "<date>Janeiro 2012</date>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "2.9.2"
+msgstr "2.9.2"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
"software uses the &sword; programming library to work with over 200 free "
"Bible texts, commentaries, dictionaries and books provided by the &cbs;."
msgstr ""
+"&bibletime; é um programa de estudo da Bíblia completamente livre. A "
+"interface com o usuário é construída com o framework &qt;, que pode ser "
+"executado em vários sistemas operacionais, incluindo Linux, Windows, FreeBSD "
+"e Mac OS X. O software utiliza o &sword; biblioteca de programação que "
+"trabalha com mais de 200 textos bíblicos livres, comentários, dicionários e "
+"livros providos pela &cbs;."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:68
msgid "Qt4"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Qt4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:69
-#, fuzzy
msgid "BibleTime"
-msgstr "&bibletime;"
+msgstr "BibleTime"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:70
msgid "SWORD"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SWORD"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:71
msgid "Crosswire"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Crosswire"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:72
msgid "Help dialog"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookmarks</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#, fuzzy
-#~| msgid ""
-#~| "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
-#~| "</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Mag</guimenuitem> "
-#~ "</menuchoice>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Ajuda</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Livro de mão</"
-#~ "guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mão."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "2.9"
-#~ msgstr "2.5"
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<date>$LastChangedDate: 2010-05-20 15:20:48 -0400 (Thu, 20 May 2010) $</"
-#~ "date>"
-#~ msgstr "$LastChangedDate: 2009-11-18 13:30:32 -0500 (Wed, 18 Nov 2009) $"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><mediaobject><textobject>
-#~ msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>Diálogo de Opções - fontes</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#~ msgid "This is what a typical &bibletime; session looks like:"
-#~ msgstr " assim que parece uma típica sesso do &bibletime;:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><mediaobject><textobject>
-#~ msgid "<phrase>The &bibletime; application window</phrase>"
-#~ msgstr "<phrase>A janela de aplicação do &bibletime;</phrase>"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
-#~ msgid "Available text types:"
-#~ msgstr "Tipos de texto disponíveis:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the "
-#~ "default bible:"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De um terminal você pode usar o &bibletime; para abrir um versículo "
-#~ "aleatório na bíblia padrão:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "To open at a given passage like John 3:16, use:"
-#~ msgstr "Para abrir numa passagem como João 3:16, use:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Você também pode usar os nomes dos livros em seu idioma de nomes atual."
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
-#~ msgid "The &bibletime; Team"
-#~ msgstr "a equipe &bibletime;"
-
-# type: Content of the sword entity
-#~ msgid "<application>Sword</application>"
-#~ msgstr "<application>Sword</application>"
+msgstr "Diálogo de ajuda"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-12-08 23:54-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 10:53-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:44
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>1999-2011</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team</holder> "
"</copyright>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
-msgid "<date>December 2011</date>"
+msgid "<date>January 2012</date>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:56
-msgid "2.9.1"
+msgid "2.9.2"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-14 15:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrew Alfy <andrewalfy@yahoo.com>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "أساسيات دراسة الكتاب المقدس"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "يوحنا 5 : 39 - 40"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has "
+#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were "
+#| "grievously deceived. [...]"
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"اعتقد اليهود الذين تكلم لهم يسوع [...] أن الحصول على كلام الكتاب يوازي "
"الحصول على الحياة. واعتاد هليل أن يقول، \" من إستطاع الحصول على كلمات "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "خطوات دراسة كلمة الله"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while "
+#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. "
+#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and "
+#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds."
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "استمع"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "اقرأ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "ادرس"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "احفظ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "تأمل"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all "
+#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "طرق دراسة الكتاب المقدس:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "دراسة الموضوعات"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "دراسة الشخصيات"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr "دراسة حياة شخصية كتابية، مثل يوسف في تكوين 37 - 50."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "الدراسة التفسيرية"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "دراسة نص محدد في الكتاب المقدس: فقرة، عدد، أو سفر."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "قواعد التفسير الصحيح"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "المحتوى"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "السياق"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"ماذا تقول الأعداد المجاورة للنص؟ القاعدة هي أن \"السياق هو الأساس\" -- يجب "
"أن تكون الفقرة متسقة مع البناء العام لكامل النص وللسفر."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "المراجع ذات الصلة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "دراسة تفسيرية لمتى 6 : 1 - 18"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
-msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for "
+#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have "
+#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking "
+#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find "
+#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"تعالوا سوياً ندرس متى 6 : 1 - 18. امعن قراءة النص، وابحث اولاً عن الآية "
"المفتاحية، الآية التي تعد تلخيصاً للفقرة كلها. هل تظن إنك وجدتها؟ إختبر هذا "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr "احترزوا من ان تصنعوا صدقتكم قدام الناس لكي ينظروكم"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"ما الذي تعنيه عبارة \"تصنعوا صدقتكم\"؟ هل تعطينا هذه الفقرة أمثلة على هذا؟ "
"أي جانب من حياتنا تخاطب؟ دوافعنا! وما هي العناوين الفرعية التي تظهر هذه "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "عندما تعطي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "عندما تصوم"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "عندما تصلي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+#| "today?)"
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
"لا تصوت قدامك بالبوق. (كيف يمكن لشخص ما أن \"يصوت بالبوق\" هذه الأيام؟)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "اعطي في الخفاء"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "إلخ."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "عندما تعطي <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "ورقة عمل: كيف تستخدم الفهرس الأبجدي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "كيف تجد آية محددة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "اختر الكلمة المفتاحية أو الكلمة الأقل شيوعاً في الآية."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "اذهب إلى هذه الكلمة في الترتيب الأبجدي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "ابحث في عمود الترتيب حتى تجد الآية المطلوبة."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "\"امينة هي جروح المحب\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "\"اذا نسعى كسفراء عن المسيح\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "قصة الغني ولعازر"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "ابحث عن هذه الآيات: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "للقيام بدراسة موضوعية"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
-msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." "
+#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up "
+#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and "
+#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," "
+#| "even "buy" or "bought.""
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"لنقل أنك تريد دراسة موضوع \"الفداء.\" أولاً ستحتاج أن تبحث عن الكلمة في "
"الفهرس الأبجدي وتبحث في المراجع المذكورة لها. بعدها تستطيع البحث عن الكلمات "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "لتوضيح معاني الكلمات في اليونانية والعبرية"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 "
+#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that "
+#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different "
+#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? "
+#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)"
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"ماذا إذا لاحظت تناقض وأنت تقرأ في ترجمة KJV الإنجليزية بين متى 7 : 1 \"لا "
"تدينوا لكي لا تدانوا\" وبين كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 \"واما الروحي فيحكم في كل "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "ابحث عن \"judge\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, "
+#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى متى 7 : 1. ستجد هناك إلى اليمين الرقم 2919 "
"والذي يشير إلى الكلمة اليونانية المستخدمة. قم بتدوينه عندك."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "والآن قم بالبحث عن \"judgeth\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "ابحث في عمود النتائج حتى تصل إلى كورنثوس الأولى 2 : 15 . . . . . 350."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of "
+#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"ارجع إلى القاموس اليوناني. (تذكر أنك تقرأ في العهد الجديد لذا فاللغة هي "
"اليونانية، بينما لغة العهد القديم هي العبرية.) قارن بين معنى الكلمة 2919 "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "لإيجاد معاني الاسماء"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr "بنفس الطريقة نستطيع إيجاد معاني الاسماء في اليونانية أو العبرية."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "ابحث عن هذه الاسماء وقم بكتابة معناها:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "نابال"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "ابيجايل"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "يشوع"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "برنابا"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "أهمية كلمة الله"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+#| "communicate with God."
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"هناك أهمية عظيمة لفهم كلمة الله لجميع الذين دعي اسم الله عليهم. دراسة الكتاب "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "كتاب فريد"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr ""
"لا مثيل للكتاب المقدس. فالكتاب المقدس فريد يختلف عن غيره من الكتب بعدة طرق:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"الشعبية. مبيعات الكتاب المقدس في امريكا الشمالية: أكثر من 500 مليون دولار في "
"السنة. الكتاب المقدس هو أكثر الكتب مبيعاً في التاريخ وهو أيضاً كتاب العام "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"الكاتب. كتب الكتاب المقدس في فترة بلغت 1600 سنة بواسطة 40 كانت مختلف من "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
-msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other "
+#| "ancient texts:"
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"الحفظ. يقارن ف. ف. بروس في \"هل وثائق العهد الجديد جديرة بالثقة؟\" مخطوطات "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "مقارنة مخطوطات العهد الجديد بنصوص أخرى قديمة."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "العمل الأدبي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "متى كتب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "أقدم نسخة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "الفاصل الزمني"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "هيرودوت"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448 - 428 ق.م."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 م"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 سنة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "تاسيتس"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 م"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 م"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 سنة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "\"الحرب الغاليّة\" لقيصر"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50 - 58 ق.م."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 سنة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "\"التاريخ الروماني\" لليفي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 ق.م. - 17 م"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 سنة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "العهد الجديد"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 م - 100 م"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 م مخطوطات جزئية 350 م مخطوطات كاملة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 سنة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 يونانية و 10,000 لاتينية"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the "
+#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, "
+#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., "
+#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment "
+#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to "
+#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"توجد عشرة نسخ من \"الحرب الغاليّة\" لقيصر، أقدمهم تم نسخها بعد 900 سنة من "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
+#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+#| "emphasis> p. 25-26"
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 ص561, Macmillan Co., quoted in \"Questions of Life\" ص. 25-26"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "كتاب كلام الله"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living "
+#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on "
+#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to "
+#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16 يعلن أن، \"كل الكتاب هو موحى به من الله\" هل تؤمن "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind "
+#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' "
+#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in "
+#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). "
+#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is "
+#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord "
+#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New "
+#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of "
+#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to "
+#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved "
+#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in "
+#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did "
+#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God "
+#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the "
+#| "other. ..."
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"فقد أشار إلى الكتاب البشريين، لكن الحديث عن الوحي الإلهي كمصدر وحيد يحركهم "
"كان أمراً مسلماً به. لقد كان بإمكان يسوع دائماً أن يقول 'موسى قال' أو 'الرب "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the "
+#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible "
+#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
+msgid ""
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"ويتابع في تيموثاوس الثانية 3 : 16، \"ونافع للتعليم والتوبيخ للتقويم والتأديب "
"الذي في البر. لكي يكون انسان الله كاملا متأهبا لكل عمل صالح.\" إذا قبلنا "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "كتاب يعمل"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
-msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
+msgid ""
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"ماذا الذي ستفعله دراسة الكتاب المقدس من أجلك؟ تسالونيكي الأولى 2 : 13 تقول "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "في ماذا تفيد دراسة الكتاب المقدس المسيحيين؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "الشاهد"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "العمل"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "أفسس 5 : 26"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "تطهر -- \"لكي يقدسها مطهرا اياها بغسل الماء بالكلمة.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "أعمال الرسل 20 : 32"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up "
+#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"تبني -- \"... ولكلمة نعمته القادرة ان تبنيكم وتعطيكم ميراثا مع جميع "
"المقدسين. \""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "رومية 15 : 4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "رومية 10 : 17"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "كورنثوس الأولى 10 : 11"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "متى 4 : 4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "كتاب يحرر"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
-msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall "
+#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, "
+#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly "
+#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"يوحنا 8 : 32 \"وتعرفون الحق والحق يحرركم.\" عادة ما تذكر هذه العبارة "
"بمفردها. هل هذا الوعد مشروط أم غير مشروط؟ هل ينطبق على كل أنواع المعرفة؟ "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"كما نرى فإن هذا الوعد مشروط، وبالتحديد يتحدث عن الحق الذي في كلمة الله."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"فاجاب يسوع وقال لهم \"تضلون اذ لا تعرفون الكتب ولا قوة الله.\" متى 22 : 29"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "ما الذي نحتاج لمعرفته كي يحفظنا من الوقوع في الخطأ؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "كلمة الله"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "قوة الله"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "كتاب يحارب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "في أفسس 6 : 10 - 18 صورة عن سلاح حربنا الروحية"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "سلاح الحرب الروحية"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "سؤال"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "جواب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "كم سلاح دفاعي مذكور هنا؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "كم عدد الأسلحة الهجومية؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "واحد"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "وماهو؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "الكلمة - ( باليونانية)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "النصائح"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
-msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "عندما تكون غنياً في شيء ما، ترى كم يبلغ مقدار ما لديك منه؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "ليس بالقليل!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
-msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and "
+#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given "
+#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many "
+#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body."
+#| "</emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "ملحق: \"مرة واحدة من أجل الجميع\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"المؤلف: John R. W. Stott, الكتاب: \"Christ the Controversialist,\" الناشر: "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, ص.106-107"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is "
+#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb "
+#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
+#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, "
+#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual "
+#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both "
+#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once "
+#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>"
+#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"الحقيقة فيما يتعلق بكفاية عمل الله في المسيح تتجلى في إستخدام كلمة واحدة في "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
+#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
+#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
+#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without "
+#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the "
+#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"ولهذا يمكننا القول أن الله تكلم مرة واحدة للجميع وأن المسيح تألم مرة واحدة "
"من أجل الجميع. وهذا يعني أن كلاً من الإعلان المسيحي والخلاص المسيحي مكتملان "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "ملحق: برامج قراءة الكتاب المقدس"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can "
+#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 "
+#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"إليك بعض البرامج السهلة التي بإمكانك إتباعها لدراسة الكتاب المقدس. كما إنك "
"تستطيع تنفيذ أكثر من برنامج في نفس الوقت إذا أحببت، على سبيل المثال #1 مع "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr "العهد الجديد في سنة: اقرأ اصحاح واحد كل يوم، 5 أيام في الأسبوع."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "قواعد تفسير الكتاب المقدس"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
-msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-"
+#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical "
+#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the "
+#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are "
+#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this "
+#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 "
+#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any "
+#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward "
+#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have "
+#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 "
+#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught "
+#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to "
+#| "their own destruction.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's "
+#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is "
+#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"كيف نتمكن من إكتشاف المعني المقصود في أحد الفقرات؟ لنقل مثلاً أنك إنتبهت إلى "
"أحد الأعداد ولم يكن معناه واضحاً بالنسبة لك. كيف يمكنك دراسته؟ ضع هذه القواعد "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "القاعدة 1 - فسر حسب المعنى المضبوط للكلمات."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words "
+#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of "
+#| "the key words by following these steps:"
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"كلما كنا أكثر دقة تجاه المعنى الصحيح، الأصلي للكلمات كلما يكون تفسيرنا أفضل. "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "التعريف"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
-msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew "
+#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new "
+#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word "
+#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the "
+#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the "
+#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? "
+#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the "
+#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of "
+#| "meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"قارن النص بالنص. النظر إلى كيفية إستخدام نفس الكلمة اليونانية أو العبرية "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "مثال 1 أ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, "
+#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is "
+#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so "
+#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study "
+#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see "
+#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the "
+#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the "
+#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers "
+#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon "
+#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to "
+#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes "
+#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim "
+#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present "
+#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do "
+#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, "
+#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a "
+#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already "
+#| "occuring. So, what have we found?"
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"بالرجوع إلى يوحنا 20 : 17، سنرى فوق كلمة \"تلمسيني\" الرمز \"pim680.\" "
"الحروف تشير إلى الأزمنة والأرقام تشير إلى قاموس سترونج. دعنا نبحث عن التعريف "
"منها أن تتوقف عن هذا."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "مثال 1 ب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who "
+#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"في يعقوب 5 : 14، (يطلب من شيوخ الكنيسة الصلاة على المريض ودهنه بزيت). فما هو "
"دهان الزيت المقصود؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
+#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or "
+#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
+#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" "
+#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple "
+#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the "
+#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the "
+#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"تعريف aleipho (218) هو - \"يدهن\" (سترونج)، ولكن لدينا أيضاً كلمة يونانية "
"أخرى تترجم بمعنى \"يدهن\" chrio (5548) وتعريفها هو - \"المسح أو دهن بالزيت، "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "متى 6 : 17 واما انت فمتى صمت فادهن راسك"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
"مرقس 16 : 1 وبعد ما مضى السبت اشترت مريم المجدلية ومريم ام يعقوب وسالومة "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr "مرقس 6 : 13 ... ودهنوا بزيت مرضى كثيرين فشفوهم."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
"لوقا 7 : 38 ووقفت عند قدميه من ورائه باكية وابتدأت تبل قدميه بالدموع وكانت "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"ومسحت قدميه بشعرها."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "أعمال الرسل 4 : 27 (يسوع) فتاك القدوس الذي مسحته"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
"أعمال الرسل 10 : 38 يسوع الذي من الناصرة كيف مسحه الله بالروح القدس والقوة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
"كورنثوس الثانية 1 : 21 ولكن الذي يثبتنا معكم في المسيح وقد مسحنا هو الله"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
"المراجع ذات الصلة بـ chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and ""
+#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"إذاً ما هو الفرق بين aleipho و chrio؟ أنظر مرة اخرى إلى المراجع ذات الصلة "
"والتعريفات، وقم بتلخيص الفارق: \"aleipho\" هو الإستخدام العملي للزيت و "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use "
+#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
+#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use "
+#| "in Jesus' day."
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"وكمثال على الإستخدام العملي للزيت في ذلك التوقيت (بالرغم من عدم إستخدام "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"والآن دعنا نطبق ما تعلمناه من دراسة هذه الكلمة على يعقوب 5 : 14 \"أمريض احد "
"بينكم فليدع شيوخ الكنيسة فيصلّوا عليه ويدهنوه بزيت باسم الرب.\" هل المعنى "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
+#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
+#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). "
+#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine "
+#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a "
+#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"وزمن الفعل في اليونانية هو، the aorist participle، والذي يعني \"بعد أن "
"يدهنوه بزيت,\" أي أن دهن الزيت يأتي أولاً ثم الصلاة (\"باسم الرب\" تعود على "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "القاعدة 2 - فسر حسب السياق الكتابي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses "
+#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
+#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the "
+#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. "
+#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have "
+#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further."
+msgid ""
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"فسر النص الكتابي بالإنسجام مع النصوص الأخرى. ماذا تقول الأعداد في كلا "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "مثال 2 أ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"تكلمنا في درس سابق عن يوحنا 3 : 5 \"يولد من الماء والروح\" في ضوء السياق، "
"ماهو الماء المقصود في المناقشة هنا؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch "
+#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a "
+#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has "
+#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = "
+#| "natural birth."
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "مثال 2 ب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
-msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has "
+#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman "
+#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "مثال 2 ج"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of "
+#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your "
+#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If "
+#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude "
+#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration "
+#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is "
+#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If "
+#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 "
+#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach "
+#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"أعمال الرسل 2 : 38 \"فقال لهم بطرس توبوا وليعتمد كل واحد منكم على اسم يسوع "
"المسيح لغفران الخطايا [...]\". هل هذا النص يعلم عن التجديد بالمعمودية؟ إذا "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "القاعدة 3 - فسر حسب السياق التاريخي والثقافي"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
-msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can "
+#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into "
+#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the "
+#| "recipients."
+msgid ""
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"السؤال الصحيح هنا في الأساس لا يكون \"مامعنى النص بالنسبة لي؟\" بل \"ما الذي "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "مثال 3 أ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
-msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
+#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. "
+#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be "
+#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or "
+#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction."
+msgid ""
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"\"ثلاثة ايام وثلاث ليال\" ( متى 12 : 40 ) دفعت البعض لتبني نظرية أن الصلب تم "
"يوم الأربعاء خاصة جماعة الأرمسترونجية. إذ كيف يمكن أن يكون المسيح قد مات في "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full "
+#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half "
+#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one "
+#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted "
+#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday "
+#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day "
+#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within "
+#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble."
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"نحتاج إلى حقيقة تاريخية: اعتاد اليهود على عد أي جزء من اليوم كيوم كامل، "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "مثال 3 ب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
-msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and "
+#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract "
+#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part "
+#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a "
+#| "unilateral covenant."
+msgid ""
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"تكوين 15 : 7 - 21. يخبرنا السياق التاريخي أن شق الحيوانات إلى نصفين والعبور "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "القاعدة 4 - فسر حسب الإستخدام المعتاد للكلمات في اللغة"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. "
+#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"تعامل مع اللغة الحرفية بحرفية و اللغة المجازية بمجازية. واهتم بالإصطلاحات "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "مثال 4 أ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "\"العين الشريرة\" في متى 6 : 23."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
-msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, "
+#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what "
+#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't "
+#| "understanding it rightly!!"
+msgid ""
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"قاعدة 1، تعريف كلمة \"شريرة\" و \"عين\" - لن يساعدنا بشيء هنا. قاعدة 2، "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
-msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look "
+#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me "
+#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil"
+#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that "
+#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. "
+#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so "
+#| "perfectly to the context."
+msgid ""
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"ما لدينا هنا هو إصطلاح عبري، \"عين شريرة\". دعنا نبحث عن الإستخدامات الأخرى "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "مثال 4 ب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "اشعياء 59 : 1 \"ها ان يد الرب لم تقصر عن ان تخلّص؛\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr "تثنية 33 : 27 \"والاذرع الابدية من تحت.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove "
+#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of "
+#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a "
+#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin "
+#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an "
+#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to "
+#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His "
+#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, "
+#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be "
+#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to "
+#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position."
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"يحاول قديسو الأيام الأخيرة (بدعة) إثبات أن الله كان في يوم ما إنسان مثلنا "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "كل مثل هو قصة رمزية، هل هذه العبارة صحيحة ام خاطئة؟"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is "
+#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and "
+#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to "
+#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; "
+#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our "
+#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable "
+#| "illustrates that, fine."
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"بعض الأمثال هي قصص رمزية، على سبيل المثال، مثل الزارع هو قصة رمزية: فالبذرة "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "مثال 5 أ"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "مثال 5 ب"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point "
+#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"مثل وكيل الظلم في لوقا 16 : 1 - 9. ما هو الهدف من هذا المثل؟ هل هو قصة تامة "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what "
+#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not "
+#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"امتدح وكيل الظلم على شيء واحد فقط، ذكاءه في إستخدام ما معه إستعداداً ليوم "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>بيبل تايم</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "دليل استخدام بيبل تايم"
msgstr "كيفية دراسة الكتاب المقدس"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr "بوب"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr "هارمان"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The BibleTime team"
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr "فريق بيبل تايم"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
+#| "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم ; (info@bibletime."
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>فريق بيبل تايم ; (info@bibletime."
"info)</holder> </copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"كتبت هذه الوثيقة بواسطة السيد/ بوب هارمان ومرخصة بموجب شروط الترخيص <link "
"url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons "
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "تلخيص"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying "
+#| "the Bible."
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
+#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular "
+#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any "
+#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study "
+#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the "
+#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He "
+#| "will not disappoint you."
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"الرب كلمته بقلبك فهو لن يدعك تخذل."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr "الكتاب المقدس"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "كيفية دراسة"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: index\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-12-28 14:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Andrew Ivanov <linux_ready@yahoo.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Bulgarian\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Основи на изучаването на Библията"
msgstr "Целта на изучаването"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"да дойдете при Мене, за да имате живот.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"общението с Бог."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Евреите, към които Исус говори,.... си мислели, че да притежаваш Писанията "
"се равнява на това да имаш живот. Хилел обичал да казва: \"Онзи, който "
"изучаване било самодостатъчно. Това била тяхната ужасна заблуда..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"четенето на Библията, е тръпнещото очакване чрез нея да се срещнем с Христос."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Подходи към Божието Слово"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"изследваното и запаметеното в едно цяло."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Слушане"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Четене"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"на това пророчество...\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"поучаването.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Study"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"да видят дали това е вярно.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"истината.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Запаметяване"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"съгрешавам.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Размисъл"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"върши ще благоуспява.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"цялостното послание на Библията."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Начини за изучаване на Библията"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Тематично изучаване"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"конкорданс."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Изучаване на герои"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"(Бит. 37-50)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Изследване"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Изучаване на определен пасаж, параграф, глава или книга."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Основи на правилното интерпретиране"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Съдържание"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"дефинициите. Не четете това, което не е написано!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Контекст"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Какво казват предходните и следващите стихове? Правилото е, че контекстът е "
"най-важен - изследваният пасаж трабва да има смисъл в контекста на главата и "
"книгата."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Препратки"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"част от Библията."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Примерно изучаване на Матея 6:1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Нека заедно разгледаме Матея 6:1-18. Прочетете пасажа за себе си. Опитайте "
"се първо да определите ключовия стих т.е. този който се явява обобщение за "
"римска цифра едно:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Какво значи \"да вършите делата на правдата\"? Има ли примери в пасажа?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"Сега нека допълним нашия схематичен план с конкретни инструкции как да "
"избегнем грешното \"вършите делата на правдата\":"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Как да използваме конкорданс?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "За да намерим определен стих"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Изберете си ключова дума от стиха или дума, която не е често срещана."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Намерете тази дума по азбучен ред"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Под думата има списък от стихове, сред които е търсеният..."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "За да проследим тема"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Да кажем, че искате да изследвате димата \"изкупление\". Първо трябва да "
"откриете тази дума в конкорданса и да намерите стиховете в които се среща. "
"и дори \"откуп\" и \"откупен\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "За да си изясним значенията на гръцките и еврейските думи"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Ако сте забелязали някакво противоречие, като например Матей 7:1 (\"Не "
"съдете, за да не бъдете съдени. \") и 1 Коринтяни 2:15 (\"Но духовният човек "
"нататък се използва номерацията на Стронг)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Потърсете \"съдя\";"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"В списъка от стихове, намерете Матея 7:1. В дясно ще откриете номер - 2919. "
"Това е номера на гръцката дума, използвана в оригинала. Запишете го;"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Сега потърсете \"изпитвам\";"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Намерете 1 Коринтяни 2:15 ............. 350"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Отворете конкорданса си на гръцкия речник. (Трябва да помните, че езикът в "
"Новия Завет е гръцки, а в Стария - иврит.) Сравнете значенията на 2919 и 350 "
"и ще откриете отговора."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "За да разберем значенията на имената"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"По същия начин можем да открием значенията на имената на гръцки или еврейски."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Потърсете тези имена и сравнете значенията им:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Навал"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Авигея"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Исус Навиев"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Варава"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Важността на Божието Слово"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Разбирането на Божието Слово е от голяма важност за всеки, който призовава "
"да комуникираме с Бога."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Книга, която е уникална"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr ""
"По много начини, Библията се откроява от другите книги. Тя уникална по:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"популярност. Продажбите на Библии в Северна Америка възлизат на повече от "
"$500 милиона годишно. Библията е бестселър както за всички времена, така и "
"за всяка отделна година."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"авторство. Библията е написана за период от 1600 години от 40 различни "
"написана от един автор."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"запазеност. Ф. Ф. Брус в своя труд <emphasis>Надеждни ли са новозаветните "
"документи."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "Сравнение на новозаветните ръкописи с други текстове от древността."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Произведение"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Написано"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Най-старо копие"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Разлика във времето"
msgstr "Брой копия"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Херодот"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 пр. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 сл. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 години"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Тацит"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 сл. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 сл. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 години"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Галската война</emphasis> на Цезар"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 пр. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 години"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Ливиевата <emphasis>Римска История</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 пр. хр. - 17 сл. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 години"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Нов Завет"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 сл. хр. - 100 сл. хр."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 сл. хр.- частични ръкописи; 350 ал. хр. - пълни ръкописи"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 години"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 на гръцки и 10 000 на латински"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Съществуват десет копия на Цезаровата <emphasis>галска война</emphasis>, най-"
"хр. А колко различни копия имаме за сравнение? На гръцки - 5 000, а на "
"латински - 10 000!"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Книга, която е боговдъхновена"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"сърцата ни и ги ободрява."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Тим. 3:16 заявява: \"<emphasis>Всичкото писание е боговдъхновено...</"
"отношение към Писанието."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Той се позоваваше на хората-автори, но приемаше за сигурно, че зад тях стои "
"един едниствен божествен Автор. Той можеше да каже както \"Моисей рече\", "
"Нито една от тези истини трябва дабъде отделяна от другата..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"така."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Тим. 3:16 продължава така: \"<emphasis>...и полезно за поука, за "
"изобличение, за поправление, за наставление в правдата; за да бъде Божият "
"поведението."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Книга, която е действена"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"С какво би ви помогнало изучаването на Библията? 1 Солунци 2:13 казва, че "
"разгледаме някои стихове и видим как Божието Слово действа."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Как изучаването на Библията помага на християните"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Стих"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Действие"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Еф. 5:26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "очистване - \"...я е очистил с водно умиване чрез словото\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Деяния 20:32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"назидаване - \"...словото на Неговата благодат, което може да ви назидава и "
"да ви даде наследството между всичките осветени.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Римл. 15:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
msgstr "утеха - \"...чрез твърдостта и утехата от писанията да имаме надежда\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Римл. 10:17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
"вяра - \"И тъй, вярването е от слушане, а слушането - от Христовото слово.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Кор. 10:11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"поука - \"А всичко това им се случи за примери, и се написа за поука нам\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Мат 4:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"човек, но с всяко слово, което излиза от Божиите уста.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Книга, която дарява свобода"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Йоан 8:32 казва: \"<emphasis>и ще познаете истината и истината ще ви направи "
"свободни.</emphasis>\" Обикновено този стих се цитира сам за себе си. Но "
"emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Виждаме, че това обещание е обвързано с условие и говори конкретно за "
"истината на Божието Слово."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"Истината, което означава, че няма лесно да бъдем \"завличани\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"\"<emphasis>А Исус в отговор им рече: Заблуждавате се, като не знаете "
"писанията нито Божията сила.</emphasis>\" Мат. 22:29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Кои две неща трябва да знаем, за да не се заблудим?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Писанията"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Божията сила"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Книга за духовното воюване"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Еф. 6:10 дава представа за духовното ни всеоръжие."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Духовната броня"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Въпрос"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Отговор"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Колко от изброените предмети служат за защита?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Колко - за нападение?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Кое?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "Словото - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Съвети"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"истината.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"като пеете на Бога с благодат в сърцата си.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Ако имате от нещо в пълнота, то колко всъщност имате?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Немалко!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"правене много книги няма край, И много четене е труд на плътта.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Допълнение: \"Веднъж завинаги\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"Истината, по отношение на окончателността на Божият план, изпълнен от Исус, "
"Евр. 9:26-28)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"И така, можем да кажем, че Бог е говорил веднъж завинаги и Исус е страдал "
"веднъж завинаги. Това означава, че християнското откровение и спасение са "
"отношение на спасението ни."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Послеслов: Програми за четене на Библията"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Тук са дадени няколко лесни програми за систематично изучаване на Библията. "
"Ако желаете, можете да използвате и няколко едновременно (напр. 1 и 4 или 2 "
"и 5). Сменяйте програмата през година-две, за да не загубите интерес."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr "Новият Завет за една година: четете по една глава всеки работен ден."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"съответстваща на датата)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
msgstr "Псалми и Притчи за 6 месеца: четете по една глава дневно."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"Завет за 2 години и 2 седмици."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Правила за тълкувание на Библията (херменевтика)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"както правят и с другите писания, за своята погибел.\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Но как да постъпим, за да изясним значението на даден пасаж? Нека приемем, "
"че вниманието ви е привлечено от опредеен стих, чието значение ви убягва. "
"Как да изследвате този стих? Имайте в предвид тези правила:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Правило 1: За тълкувание използвайте точните значения на думите"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Колкото по-точно знаем значението на оригиналните думи, толково по-точно ще "
"ключовите думи, като използвате следния план:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Стъпка 1) Точно значение"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"глагол, времето, в което е, също има особена важност."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Сравнете различните книги. Ако видите как същата гръцка или еврейска (не "
"И СЪЩ НАЧИН, А ОРИГИНАЛНИТЕ ДУМИ ДА ИМАТ РАЗЛИЧНИ ЗНАЧЕНИЯ."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Пример 1.1"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Значението: Отгръщайки на Йоана 20:17, над думата \"допирай\" виждаме "
"\"pim680\". С буквите е означено каква част на речта е думата, а цифрите са "
"прекратено действие, което вече е факт. И така, какво открихме?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Пример 1.1"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"В Яков 5:14, <emphasis>на църковните презвитери е казано да се молят и "
"помажат онзи, който е болен</emphasis>. Какво е помазването?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Значението на aleipho (218) е \"да помажа\", но има и друга гръцка дума, "
"която се превежда по същия начин - chrio (5548) - \"да намажа или разтъркам "
"\" (Зодиатес стр. 851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"И така, каква е разликата между aleipho и chrio? Прегледайте отново "
"препратките и след това можете да заключите, че ALEIPHO ОЗНАЧАВА "
"ПРАКТИЧЕСКОТО ИЗПОЛЗВАНЕ НА МАСЛОТО, А CHRIO - ДУХОВНОТО."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Kaто илюстрация за практическо използване на маслото по онова време е "
"приложение в медицината."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Сега нека приложим това, което научихме към Яков 5:14: <emphasis>\"Болен ли "
"е някой от вас? нека повика църковните презвитери, и нека се помолят над "
"използва думата \"помазвам\" тук - практически или духовен? Практически!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Глаголното време на гръцки, аористно (минало свършено) причастие, по-скоро "
"означава \"след като са го помазали\". Помазването предхожда молитвата. (Тук "
"тях в Гослодното име. Нима това не показва Божия прекрасен баланс!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Правило 2: Тълкувайте в библейски контекст"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Tълкувайте писанията в съзвучие с останалата част от Библията. Какво казват "
"съмнение в значението му, трябва да потърсите по-надалеч."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Пример 2.1"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"В предишния урок обсъждахме Йоан 3:5 -<emphasis>\"да се роди от вода и Дух"
"\"</emphasis>. Какво общо има водата с разговора, съгласно контекста?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"естествено раждане."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Пример 2.2"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"жена, която се моли или пророкува...\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Пример 2.3"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Деяния 2:38: <emphasis>\"А Петър им рече: Покайте се, и всеки от вас нека се "
"кръсти в името Исус Христово за прощение на греховете ви\"</emphasis>. Това "
"благовестието\"</emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Правило 3: Тълкувайте в рамките на историческия и културен контекст"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Първият въпрос, който си задаваме е \"Какво означава това за мен?\", а "
"историческата и културната среда на автора и неговите първи читатели."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Пример 3.1"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"Записаното в Матея 12:40 за \"3 дни и 3 нощи\" е довело някои хора до това "
"да създадат \"теория за разпятието в сряда\"(по-специално култът "
"това очевидно противоречие."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Имаме нужда от малка историческа клюка: евреите са брояли всяка част от ден "
"ден. Тълкуването в културния контекста ни предпазва от проблеми."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Пример 3.2"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Битие 15:7-21. В исторически контекст, да се разсече животно на две и след "
"едностранен."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "Правило 4: Тълкувайте съобразно обичайната употреба на думите в езика"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Отсейте буквалното от символичното. Внимавайте за идиоми, които имат "
"специфични значения."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Пример 4.1"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "\"Болнаво око\" в Матей 6:23"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Правило първо, значенията на \"болнаво\" и \"око\" - не помага. Правило "
"подскаже, че не разбираме истинския смисъл!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Това пред което сме изправени тук е еврейски идиом. Нека потърсим и други "
"върнете към Матей 6:23 и вижте как това значение пасва на контекста."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Пример 4.2"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Исая 59:1 \"<emphasis>Ето, ръката на Господа не се е скъсила</emphasis>\"; "
"попаднали."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"алегория"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Вярно ли е, че всяка притча е алегория?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Някои пртитчи са алегории. Например питчата за сеяча е: семето е Божието "
"ако някоя притча ги илюстрира - още по-добре."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Пример 5.1"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"какво би се получило?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"правата на вдовиците, молитвите \"го изморяват\" и т.н."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Пример 5.2"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"Притчата за неправедния настойник от Лука 16:1-9. Какъв е смисълът на "
"притчата? Алегория ли е?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"Настойникът е похвален за едно нещо - за остроумния начин по който употребил "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Ръководство за изучаване на Библията"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"Bulgarian), случаите когато е използван друго издание са изрично упоменати."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Резюме"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"представлява указания за вашите изследвания."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"Господ да посее Своето слово в сърцето Ви, Той няма да Ви разочарова."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "Екипът на &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info"
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Základy studia Bible"
msgstr "Proč přistupujeme k Bibli"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"\" (Jan 5,39-40)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"chodíme jen kvůli dítěti\";"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Židé, ke kterým Ježíš mluvil, ... si představovali, že ovládat Písmo se "
"rovná ovládání života. Hillel říkával \"Ten, kdo získal slova Tóry, získal "
"tragicky mýlili..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"takto můžeme setkat s Ježíšem."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Přístupy k Božímu Slovu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"mysli."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Slyšení"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Čtení"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"</emphasis>\" (Zj 1,3)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
msgstr "\"<emphasis>... zabývej se čtením, ...</emphasis>\" (1Tm 4,13)"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"\" (Sk 17,11)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"který správně vykládá slovo pravdy.</emphasis>\" (2Tm 2,15)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Memorování"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"emphasis>\" (Ž 119,11)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Meditování"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"bude, šťastně mu se povede.</emphasis> (Ž 1,2-3)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"se totiž seznámit s celkovým poselstvím Bible."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Typy studia Bible"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Tématické studium"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"se přitom křížové odkazy a konkordance."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Studium postavy"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr "Studium života biblické postavy, např. Josefa v Gn 37-50."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Vysvětlující studium"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Studium určité pasáže: odstavce, kapitoly nebo knihy."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Základy správného výkladu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Obsah"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"definice. Nesnažte se \"číst\" něco, co text neříká."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Souvislosti"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Co říkají okolní verše? Pravidlo zní: \"kontext je král\" - pasáž musí "
"zapadat do celkového kontextu a struktury okolního textu a knihy."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Odkazy"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"proto naše interpretace musí obstát vzhledem ke zbytku Písma."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Vysvětlující studium Matouše 6,1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Prostudujme si společně Matouše 6,1-18. Přečtěte si tu pasáž a vyhledejte "
"klíčový verš, verš, který vystihuje celou pasáž. Pokud si myslíte, že jej "
"napište si jej jako římskou jedničku do vaší osnovy:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Co znamená \"praktikování spravedlnosti\"? Jsou v textu nějaké příklady? "
"Jaké oblasti našeho života se to týká? Našich motivů! Do jakých bodů můžeme "
"konkretizovat celkovou ideu?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"A teď doplňte osnovu o konkrétní instrukce, jak se vyhnout špatným způsobům "
"praktikování spravedlnosti:"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Jak používat konkordanci"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "K nalezení konkrétního verše"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Vyberte z verše klíčové slovo nebo slovo nejméně běžné."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Vyhledejte v konkordanci toto slovo (v základním tvaru)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Projděte seznam výskytů, dokud nenaleznete váš verš."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "K tématickému studiu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Řekněme, že chcete prostudovat slovo \"vykoupení\". Nejprve byste měli "
"vyhledat toto slovo v konkordanci a projít si uvedené odkazy. Pak můžete "
"\", dokonce i \"koupit, koupen\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "K ujasnění slovního významu v řečtině a hebrejštině"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Co když jste si v anglické KJV všimnuli rozporu mezi Matoušem 7,1 \"Judge "
"not lest you be judged\" (nesuďte, abyste nebyli souzeni) a 1. Korintským "
"\" (soudit)? (Budeme používat Strongovu konkordanci.)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Vyhledejte slovo \"judge\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Vyhledejte odkaz na Mt 7,1. Vpravo naleznete číslo 2919. To je odkaz na "
"použité řecké slovo. Poznamenejte si ho."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Nyní vyhledejte slovo \"judgeth\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "U odkazu na 1K 2,15 je číslo 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Otevřete část s řeckým slovníkem. (Jsme v Novém Zákoně, proto řečtina. Pro "
"Starý Zákon používáme hebrejštinu.) Porovnáním významu slova číslo 2919 se "
"slovem číslo 350 získáte odpověď."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "K nalezení významu jmen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"Stejným způsobem můžete zjistit význam jmen v řečtině nebo hebrejštině."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Nalezněte tato jména a zjistěte jejich význam:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nábal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Jozue"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabáš"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Význam Božího Slova"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Porozumění Božímu Slovu má velký význam pro všechny, kdo vzývají Jeho jméno. "
"Bohem."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Jedinečná kniha"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "Bible je výjimečná v mnoha směrech. Je jedinečná v:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"popularitě. Prodej Biblí jen v Severní Americe činí více než pět set milionů "
"dolarů ročně. Bible je bestsellerem v žebříčcích každoročních i celkových."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"autorství. Byla psána během více než 1 600 let čtyřiceti různými autory v "
"různém prostředí, přesto je kompaktní jako od jednoho autora."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"uchování. F. F. Bruce v <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</"
"Zákona s ostaními starověkými texty:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "Porovnání spisů Nového Zákona s ostatními starověkými texty."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Text"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Kdy napsáno"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Nejstarší opis"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Časový odstup"
msgstr "Počet opisů"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Herodotus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 př.K."
# index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41
# index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 n.l."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 let"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 n.l."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 n.l."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 let"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Caesarova <emphasis>Válka Galská</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 př.K."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 let"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Livyho <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 př.K. - 17 n.l."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 let"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Nový Zákon"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 n.l. - 100 n.l."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 n.l. zlomky spisů, 350 n.l. úplné spisy"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 let"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 řeckých a 10 000 latinských"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Dochovalo se deset kopií (přepisů) Caesarovy \"Války Galské\", nejstarší z "
"l. a zlomky Janova evangelia z roku 130 n.l. Kolik spisů musíme navzájem "
"porovnat? Pět tisíc v řečtině a deset tisíc v latině!"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"absolutně a nedosažitelně osamocený mezi ostatními starověkými prózami.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Kniha vdechnutá Bohem"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"Bibli, Duch Boží je s námi a promlouvá do našeho srdce."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2Tm 3,16 vyznává, že <emphasis>\"Veškeré Písmo vdechnuté Bohem...\"</"
"emphasis> Věříte tomu? Než odpovíte, zvažte Ježíšův postoj k Písmu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Odkazoval se na lidské autory, ale bral jako samozřejmost, že za všemi byl "
"jeden bozsky Autor. Mohl stejně tak říct \"Mojžíš řekl\" jako \"Bůh řekl"
"Žádné pravdě nesmí být dovoleno ubrat z ostatních..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"křesťané věří v božský původ Bible, je, že to učil sám Ježíš Kristus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2Tm 3,16 pokračuje: <emphasis>\"a je užitečné k vyučování, k usvědčování, k "
"napravování a k výchově ve spravedlnosti, aby byl Boží člověk dokonalý a "
"a chování."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Kniha, která pracuje"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"Co vám studium Bible přinese? 1Te 2,13 říká, že Bible je <emphasis>\"slovo "
"Slovo vykonává."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Co studium Bible dělá s křesťanem?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Odkaz"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Vliv"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef 5,26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "očišťuje - \"...když ji očistil koupelí vody skrze slovo.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Sk 20,32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"buduje - \"...vás, bratři, svěřuji Bohu a slovu jeho milosti, které má moc "
"vás vybudovat a dát vám dědictví mezi všemi posvěcenými.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Ř 15,4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"povzbuzuje - \"abychom skrze trpělivost a skrze potěšení Písem měli naději.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Ř 10,17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
msgstr "dává víru - \"Víra je tedy ze slyšení a slyšení skrze slovo Boží.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1K 10,11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"napomenutí nám\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Mt 4,4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"které vychází z Božích úst.'\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Kniha, která osvobozuje"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"A poznáte pravdu a pravda vás vysvobodí.\"</emphasis> (J 8,32) "
"Tato věta bývá obyčejně citována osamoceně. Je to ale podmíněné nebo "
"jste opravdu mými učedníky.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Vidíme, že se jedná o podmíněné zaslíbení, mluvící speciálně o pravdě Božího "
"slova."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"zakořenění v pravdě, takže nemůžeme být jednoduše \"odfouknuti\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Ježíš jim však odpověděl: \"Bloudíte [v ang. KJV: 'Ye do err' = "
"děláte chybu], protože neznáte Písma ani Boží moc.\"</emphasis>Mt 22,29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Jaké dvě věci musíme znát, abychom se vyvarovali chyb?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Boží slovo"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Boží moc"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Kniha, která bojuje"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "V Ef 6,10-18 je jeden přehled naší duchovní zbroje."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Duchovní zbroj"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Otázka"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Odpověď"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Kolik popsaných částí zbroje slouží k obraně?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Kolik je jich útočných?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Která (-é)?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "Slovo - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Napomenutí"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"vykládá slovo pravdy.\"</emphasis> (2Tm 2,15)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"s vděčností zpívejte svým srdcem Pánu.\"</emphasis> (Kol 3,16)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Pokud jste v něčem bohatí, kolik toho něčeho máte?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Nemálo!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"a čísti mnoho jest zemdlení těla.\"</emphasis> (Kaz 12,11-12)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Dodatek: \"Jednou provždy\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"Pravda o ukonečnosti Boží iniciativy v Kristu je v řeckém NZ vyjádřena "
"3,18; Ž 9,26-28)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Proto smíme říct, že Bůh promluvil jednou provždy a že Kristus trpěl jednou "
"provždy. To znamená, že křesťanské zjevení a křesťanské vykoupení jsou v "
"naše spasení."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Příloha: Plány čtení Bible"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Zde máte několik jednoduchých plánů, jak systematicky číst svou Bibli. "
"Můžete je mezi sebou kombinovat a číst několik míst najednou, pokud chcete, "
"pro vás zůstaly čerstvé."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr "Nový Zákon za rok: čtěte jednu kapitolu denně, pět dní v týdnu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"měsíci."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"například pro 20. den čtěte Ž 20, 50, 80, 110 a 140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"denně."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"dva týdny."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Pravidla interpretace Bible (Hermeneutika)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"ke své vlastní záhubě překrucují, tak jako i ostatní Písma.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Jak se postupuje při takovém hledání správného významu? Řekněme, že jste "
"narazili na verš, kterému nerozumíte. Postupujte tímto způsobem:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Pravidlo 1. - Výklad podle přesného významu slov."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Čím přesněji rozumíme správnému, původnímu významu slov, tím lepší náš "
"výklad bude. Pokuste se najít přesný význam slov pomocí těchto kroků:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Krok 1) Definice"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"dejte pozor i na správný čas."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Vykládejte Písmo Písmem. Když zjistíte, jak se to řecké nebo hebrejské (ne "
"ODSTÍNY."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Příklad 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"(Spiros Zodhiates, AMG Publishers, 1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Vyhledejte verš Jan 20,17, nad slovem \"Touch\" vidíme \"pim680\". Písmena "
"vyjadřují kód tvaru slova, číslo odkazuje na Strongovu definici. Najděme si "
"něčeho, co již probíhá. Takže závěr našeho zkoumání je:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Příklad 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"V Jakubovi 5,14 čteme: <emphasis>\"Je někdo z vás nemocný? Ať zavolá starší "
"sboru a ať se za něj modlí a pomažou ho olejem v Pánově jménu.</emphasis> Co "
"znamená ono pomazání?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Definice pro aleipho (Strongovo č. 218) je \"naolejovat, namazat\" (ang. to "
"oil). Existuje ještě jedno řecké slovo, které se překládá stejně - chrio "
"činnost hlavního slovesa.\" (Zodhiates, str. 851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Takže jaký je rozdíl mezi aleipho a chrio? Aleipho je praktické použití "
"oleje a chrio je duchovní."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Příkladem praktického použití oleje (přestože slovo \"pomazání\" zde není "
"víno. V Ježíšových dnech se používal olej jako lék."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"A nyní se pokusme aplikovat náš poznatek na Jakuba 5,14. Je ono \"pomazání\" "
"duchovní nebo praktické (fyzické)? Praktické!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Správnější překlad toho aorist participia naleznete v Bibli Kralické - \"ať "
"se modlí za něho, mažíce jej olejem ve jménu Páně.\" Neboli nejprve je "
"našem Bohu?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Pravidlo 2. - Výklad v biblickém kontextu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Vykládejte Písmo v souladu s ostatnímy částmi Písma. Co říkají verše okolo? "
"musíme se podívat dál."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Příklad 2A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"Podívejme se na Jan 3,5: \"<emphasis>Jestliže se někdo nenarodí z vody a z "
"Ducha</emphasis>\". Co znamená slovo voda v daném kontextu?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"vody\" je přirozené narození."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Příklad 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"prorokující...</emphasis>\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Přiklad 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Skutky 2,38: <emphasis>Petr jim tedy řekl: \"Čiňte pokání a ať se každý z "
"vás pokřtí ve jménu Ježíše Krista na odpuštění hříchů...\"</emphasis> Učí se "
"evangelium</emphasis>\"?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Pravidlo 3. - Výklad v historickém a kulturním kontextu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"V první řadě bychom se neměli ptát \"Co to znamená pro mě?\", ale \"Co to "
"bylo slovo určeno."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Příklad 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"\"3 dny a 3 noci\" (Mt 12,40) vedlo některé k teorii, že Ježíš byl ukřižován "
"ve čtvrtek. Jak mohl Ježíš zemřít v pátek odpoledne a vstát v neděli ráno a "
"\"den\" nepomůže s výsvětlením zřejmého protimluvu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Potřebujeme historickou lahůdku: Židé číslovali i jen část dne jako celý "
"před problémy."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Příklad 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Gn 15,7-21. Historický kontext je ten, že rozsekání zvěře a průchod mezi "
"na sebe jednostranný závazek."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "Pravidlo 4. - Výklad s ohledem na normální užívání slov v jazyce"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Doslovný jazyk chápejte doslovně, obrazný obrazně. A pozor na idiomy "
"(ustálená slovní spojení, fráze), které mají speciální význam."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Příklad 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "\"zlé oko\" v Mt 6,23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Pravidlo první, definice slov \"zlý\" a \"oko\" nepomáhá. Pravidlo druhé, "
"verše. To může znamenat, že ho nesprávně chápeme!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"To, na co jsme narazili, je hebrejský idiom, \"zlé oko\". Najděme si další "
"poznatek nyní zapadá do kontextu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Příklad 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Is 59,1: \"<emphasis>Aj, neníť ukrácena ruka Hospodinova</emphasis>\", Dt "
"postoje."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"alegorií"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Je pravda, že každé podobenství je alegorií?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Některá podobenství jsou alegorie. Například takové podobenství o rozsévači "
"skvělé."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Příklad 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"alegorii, co dostaneme?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"obtěžuje atd."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Příklad 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"Podobenství o nepoctivém správci v L 16,1-9. Jaká je pointa podobenství? "
"Jedná se o alegorii?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"Správce je pochválen pouze za jednu věc - chytré využití svých prostředků k "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Jak studovat Bibli"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"jinak."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Původní anglické znění:"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"was adapted for publication with Bibletime by Fred Saalbach."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"\"fair use\" provisions of the US copyright code are also permitted."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Odkazy"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Odkazy"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "The team of &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto(2)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-09 21:36+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has "
+#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were "
+#| "grievously deceived. [...]"
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den "
"hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Tilgange til Guds Ord"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while "
+#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. "
+#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and "
+#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds."
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Hør"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Læs"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Studér"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Lær uden ad"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Meditér"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all "
+#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Typer af bibelstudie"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Emne Studie"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Person Studie"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr "At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Forklarende studie"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Indhold"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Sammenhæng"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhæng er konge" er reglen -- "
"passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Krydsreference"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
" Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at "
"blive set af dem"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Når du giver"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Når du faster"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Når du beder"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "gør det i det skjulte."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "osv."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "At finde et bestemt vers"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Slå ordet op alfabetisk."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "At lave et emnestudie"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "At Finde Betydningen af Navne"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigajil"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Josva"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabas"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+#| "communicate with God."
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "En Bog der er Unik"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om "
"året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
-msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other "
+#| "ancient texts:"
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr ""
"Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Værk"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Blev skrevet"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Første Kopi"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Tidsforløb"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Herodotus"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 f.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 e.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 år"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 e.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "110 e.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 år"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "80-58 f.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 år"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 år"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Det nye testamente"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 år"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Græske & 10,000 på Latin"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
+#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+#| "emphasis> p. 25-26"
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "En bog Gud åndede"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, \"<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til "
"bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "En Bog der Virker"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Handling"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef. 5:26"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "ApG 20:32"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up "
+#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"opbygger -- \" ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til "
"alle dem, der er helliget. \""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Rom. 15:4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Rom. 10:17"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1. Kor. 10:11"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Matt. 4:4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "En bog som befrier"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
-msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall "
+#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, "
+#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly "
+#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Joh.8.32\"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal "
"gøre jer frie.</emphasis>\" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds "
"ord."
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Guds ord"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Guds kraft"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "En Bog som Bekriger"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Åndelig Rustning"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Spørgsmål"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Svar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Hvor mange er offensive?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Et"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Hvile(t)?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Formaninger"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
-msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Ikke kun en smule!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
-msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and "
+#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given "
+#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many "
+#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body."
+#| "</emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Tillæg: \"En gang for alle\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can "
+#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 "
+#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan "
"bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr "Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words "
+#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of "
+#| "the key words by following these steps:"
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definition"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Eksempel 1A"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Eksempel 1B"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
"Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr "Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr "Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr "ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr "2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Eksempel 2A"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Eksempel 2B"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Eksempel 2C"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Eksempel 3A"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Eksempel 3B"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
"Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Eksempel 4A"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Eksempel 4B"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr "5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote>"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Eksempel 5A"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Eksempel 5B"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "Guiden til Bibelstudie"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret "
"under vilkårene af denne licens <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Abstrakt"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying "
+#| "the Bible."
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
+#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular "
+#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any "
+#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study "
+#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the "
+#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He "
+#| "will not disappoint you."
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Find disse vers:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Kryds-referencer af aleipho:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Kryds-referencer af chrio:"
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "&bibletime; teamet (info@bibletime.info)"
# Joachim Ansorg <info@bibletime.info>, 2005.
# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004.
# Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>, 2004, 2005.
-# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2011.
+# Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>, 2009, 2011, 2012.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto-de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-02-22 17:34+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-05 00:26+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: German <kde-i18n-de@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.10.2\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Grundlagen des Bibelstudiums"
msgstr "Unsere Absicht, wenn wir uns der Bibel annähern"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Joh. 5:39-40"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
"ihr das Leben hättet."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
"sondern wegen der Gemeinschaft mit Gott."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
"InterVarsity Press 1978, Seiten 97, 104."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Die Juden, zu denen Jesus sprach [...] glaubten, dass der Besitz der Schrift "
-"gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, "He "
-"who has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of "
-"the world to come." Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier "
-"wurden sie schmerzhaft getäuscht. [...]"
+"gleichbedeutend dem Besitz des Lebens war. Hillel pflegte zu sagen, \"He who "
+"has gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+"world to come.\" Ihr Studium hatte das Ende in sich selbst. Hier wurden sie "
+"schmerzlich getäuscht. [...]"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"Christus zu finden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Annäherung an Gottes Wort"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"Hören und Lesen geben eine Übersicht über die Schrift, während das Studieren "
"und Auswendiglernen eine Detailansicht der Schrift gibt. Das Nachdenken über "
"die Schriften vereinigt das Hören, Lesen, Studieren und Auswendiglernen und "
-"verfestigt die Worte in unseren Köpfen."
+"verfestigt das Wort in unseren Köpfen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Hören"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
"Gottes hören und es befolgen.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Lesen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
"nahe.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
"und belehre sie, bis ich komme.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Studium"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
"quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
"als ein Mann, der offen und klar die wahre Lehre vertritt. </quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Auswendiglernen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
"nicht sündige.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Nachdenken"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
"was er tut, wird ihm gut gelingen.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"Finger berühren kann. Wir können über Gottes Wort nachdenken während wir "
"irgendeines der ersten vier Dinge tun. Darüber nachzudenken ist ein "
"Schlüssel zur Offenbarung. Ein junger Christ muss die Bibel mehr hören und "
-"lesen als sie zu studieren und Dinge zu lernen. Durch diese Vorgehensweise "
-"wird er mit der allumfassenden Botschaft der Bibel vetraut."
+"lesen als sie zu studieren und auswendig zu lernen, damit er mit der "
+"Gesamtbotschaft der Bibel vetraut wird."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Arten des Bibelstudiums"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Thematische Studie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"Benutzung von Querverweisen oder einer Konkordanz."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Charakterstudie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"Mose 37-50"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Textauszugsstudie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Studieren eines Absatzes, Kapitels oder Buches."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Grundlagen einer richtiger Auslegung"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Inhalt"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"wird."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Kontext"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
-"Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? "Kontext ist König" heisst "
-"die Devise - der Abschnitt muss in der gesamten Struktur der benachbarten "
-"Abschnitte und Bücher Sinn ergeben."
+"Was sagen die benachbarten Verse aus? \"Kontext ist König\" heißt die Devise "
+"- der Abschnitt muss in der Struktur der gesamten Passage und des gesamten "
+"Buches Sinn ergeben."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Querverweise"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"Stellen bestehen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Eine Textauszugsstudie von Matthäus 6,1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
-msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
-msgstr ""
-"Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text durch. "
-"Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, d.h. nach dem Vers, "
-"der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass sie fertig sind? "
-"Überprüfen Sie das Ergebnis, indem sie verschiedene Stellen heraussuchen und "
-"dann überlegen ob diese zum Gedanken des Schlüsselverses passen. Wenn Sie "
-"den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins "
-"ihrer Übersicht:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
+msgstr ""
+"Lasst uns Matthäus 6,1-18 zusammen studieren. Lesen Sie den Text für sich "
+"durch. Halten Sie dabei zuerst nach dem Schlüsselvers Ausschau, dem Vers, "
+"der den gesamten Abschnitt zusammenfasst. Denken Sie, dass Sie ihn ausfindig "
+"gemacht haben? Überprüfen Sie ihn, indem sie verschiedene Stellen des "
+"Abschnittes heraussuchen und dann überlegen, ob diese dem Gedanken des "
+"Schlüsselverses entsprechen. Wenn Sie den Vers gefunden haben, schreiben Sie "
+"ihn hinter die Römische Zahl Eins ihrer Übersicht:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr "Hütet euch, eure Gerechtigkeit vor den Menschen zur Schau zu stellen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Was bedeutet <quote>Gerechtigkeit zur Schau stellen</quote>? Gibt der Text "
"irgendwelche Beispiele? Welcher Lebensbereich wird behandelt? "
"diesen Gedanken?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Wenn Sie spenden"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Wenn Sie fasten"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Wenn Sie beten"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"vermeiden kann, seine Gerechtigkeit zur Schau zu stellen:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
-"lass es nicht vor dir herposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das <quote>vor "
-"sich herposaunen lassen</quote>?)"
+"lass es nicht vor dir herausposaunen. (Wie könnte heute jemand das "
+"<quote>vor sich herausposaunen</quote> lassen?)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "Tun Sie es im Verborgenen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "usw."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Wenn Sie geben <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Arbeitsblatt: Wie man eine Konkordanz benutzt"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Um einen speziellen Vers zu finden"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr ""
"Suchen Sie sich das Schlüsselwort oder das ungewöhnlichste Wort des Verses "
"heraus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Schlagen Sie dieses Wort alphabetisch nach."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Gehen Sie die Spalte der Auflistung durch, bis Sie ihren Vers finden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Die Schläge des Freundes meinen es gut</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>So sind wir nun Botschafter an Christi Statt.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "Die Geschichte vom reichen Mann und Lazarus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Finden Sie diese Verse: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Eine thematische Studie durchführen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
-"Lassen Sie uns von der Annahme ausgehen, dass sie das Wort ""
-"Erlösung" studieren möchten. Zuerst würden Sie das Wort in der "
-"Konkordanz nachschlagen und die aufgelisteten Stellen nachschlagen. Dann "
-"könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen Stellen "
-"nachschlagen , z.B. "erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld ", sogar ""
-"kaufen" oder "erkauft.""
+"Angenommen, Sie wollten das Wort \"Erlösung\" studieren. Zuerst würden Sie "
+"das Wort in der Konkordanz nachschlagen und die dazu aufgelisteten Stellen "
+"nachschlagen. Dann könnten Sie verwandte Worte und die für sie angegebenen "
+"Stellen nachschlagen, z. B. \"erlösen, erlöst, Lösegeld\", sogar \"kaufen\" "
+"oder \"erkauft\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Wortbedeutungen im Griechischen oder Hebräischen klären"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Matthäus 7,1 <quote>Richtet "
-"nicht, damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Korinther 2,15 "
-"(Lutherbibel von 1545) <quote>Der Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von "
-"niemand gerichtet.</quote> entdecken würden? Vielleicht wurden hier zwei "
-"verschiedene griechische Wörter benutzt, die beide mit "richten" "
-"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern)."
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Was wäre, wenn Sie einen Widerspruch zwischen Mt 7,1 <quote>Richtet nicht, "
+"damit ihr nicht gerichtet werdet!</quote> und 1. Kor 2,15 <quote>Der "
+"Geistliche aber richtet alles und wird von niemand gerichtet.</quote> "
+"entdecken würden? Vielleicht stehen hier zwei verschiedene griechische "
+"Wörter, die beide mit \"richten\"im Deutschen übersetzt wurden? (Wir "
+"benutzen ab jetzt Strongnummern)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
-msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das erste "richtet" nach."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
+msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das erste \"richtet\" nach."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
-"Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Matthäus 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine "
-"Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das verwendete griechische Wort. "
-"Schreiben Sie es auf."
+"Gehen Sie die Spalte der Einträge bis Mt 7,1 durch. Rechts steht eine "
+"Nummer: 2919. Diese bezieht sich auf das zugrunde liegende griechische Wort. "
+"Schreiben Sie sie auf."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
-msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das zweite "richtet" nach."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
+msgstr "Schlagen Sie nun das zweite \"richtet\" nach."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Gehen Sie die Spalte bis 1. Korinther 2,15 durch . . . . . 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Benutzen Sie nun ein Griechisch-Lexikon (Erinnern Sie sich: Sie sind im NT, "
"also ist die Sprache Griechisch, während das AT in Hebräisch ist). "
"Vergleichen Sie die Bedeutung von 2919 mit der Bedeutung von 350 und Sie "
-"haben ihre Antwort!"
+"haben Ihre Antwort!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Die Bedeutung von Namen finden"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"Hebräischen Namen finden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr ""
"Schlagen Sie die folgenden Namen nach und schreiben Sie deren Bedeutung auf:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Josua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabas"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Bedeutung des Wortes Gottes"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Gottes Wort zu verstehen ist von großer Wichtigkeit für alle, die Gottes "
-"Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine primäre Möglichkeit, mit Gott "
-"kommunizieren zu lernen."
+"Namen anrufen. Das Studium der Bibel ist eine der primären Möglichkeiten, "
+"mit Gott kommunizieren zu lernen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Ein Buch, das einzigartig ist"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr ""
-"Die Bibel ist in vielen Dingen unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig bezüglich:"
+"Die Bibel ist in vielerlei Hinsicht unvergleichbar. Sie ist einzigartig "
+"bezüglich:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"Verbreitung. Verkaufserlöse der Bibel in Nordamerika: Mehr als 500 Millionen "
-"Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl insgesamt als auch jährlich der "
+"Dollar pro Jahr. Die Bibel ist sowohl der Gesamt- als auch der jährliche "
"Bestseller."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"Autorenschaft. Sie wurde in einem Zeitraum von 1600 Jahren von 40 "
-"verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben. Sie liest "
-"sich jedoch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde."
+"verschiedenen Autoren verschiedener Herkunftsmilieus geschrieben und liest "
+"sich doch, als ob sie von einem einzigen geschrieben wurde."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"Erhaltung. F. F. Bruce vergleicht im Buch <emphasis>Are New Testament "
-"Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des neuen Testamentes mit "
+"Documents Reliable?</emphasis> die Manuskripte des Neuen Testamentes mit "
"anderen altertümlichen Texten:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "Vergleich der Schriften des Neuen Testamentes mit anderen alten Texten"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Werk"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Erstellungszeit"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Erstausgabe"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Zeitspanne"
msgstr "Anzahl von Kopien"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Herodot"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 v.Chr.."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 n.Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 Jahre"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 n.Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 n.Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 Jahre"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischer Krieg</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 v.Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 Jahre"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Livius' <emphasis>Römische Geschichte</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 v.Chr. - 17 n.Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 Jahre"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Neues Testament"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 n.Chr. - 100 n.Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 n.Chr. Teile der Manuskripte. 350 n.Chr. alle Manuskripte"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 Jahre"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Grieschische & 10,000 Lateinische"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
-"Es existieren zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis>, "
-"die erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsars das Original schrieb, kopiert usw. "
-"Für das neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 n."
-"Chr. datiert werden; Schriftstücke aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten "
-"Teil des Neuen Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des "
-"Johannesevangeliums von 130 n.Chr. Wie viele Ausgaben haben wir, um sie "
-"miteinander zu vergleichen? 5000 in Griechisch und 10000 in Lateinisch!"
+"Zehn Kopien von Cäsars <emphasis>Gallischem Krieg</emphasis> existieren, die "
+"erste wurde 900 Jahre nachdem Cäsar das Original schrieb kopiert, usw. Für "
+"das Neue Testament haben wir vollständige Manuskripte, die auf 350 n.Chr. "
+"datiert werden; Papyri aus den 200er Jahren, die den größten Teil des Neuen "
+"Testamentes enthalten und und ein Fragment des Johannesevangeliums von 130 n."
+"Chr. Wie viele Manuskripte haben wir, um sie miteinander zu vergleichen? "
+"5000 in griechisch und 10000 in lateinisch!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Textkritiker F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", Bd. "
"1, S. 561, Macmillan Co., zitiert in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
"S. 25-26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"alten Prosaschriften.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Ein Buch, das Gott eingegeben hat"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4,12 <quote> Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig und kräftig...</"
-"quote></emphasis>, Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt. 4,4), <quote>Er aber "
-"antwortete und sprach: Es steht geschrieben: \"Der Mensch lebt nicht vom "
-"Brot allein, sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus den Mund Gottes geht.\" </"
-"quote></emphasis> Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in "
-"unsere Herzen hinein zu legen in einer immerwieder frischen Art."
+"<emphasis>Heb 4,12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>Denn das Wort Gottes ist lebendig "
+"und kräftig...</emphasis>\" Jesus sagte <emphasis>(Mt 4,4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>Es steht geschrieben: 'Der Mensch lebt nicht vom Brot allein, "
+"sondern von einem jeden Wort, das aus dem Mund Gottes geht.'</emphasis>\" "
+"Wenn wir die Bibel lesen ist Gottes Geist da, um es in unsere Herzen hinein "
+"zu legen in einer immer wieder frischen Art."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
-"2. Timotheus 3:16 erklärt <emphasis><quote>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott "
-"eingegeben [wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</quote></emphasis> Glauben Sie das? "
-"Bevor Sie antworten, ziehen Sie Jesu' Einstellung bezüglich der Schrift in "
-"Betracht."
+"2. Tim 3:16 erklärt \"<emphasis>Denn alle Schrift, von Gott eingegeben "
+"[wörtlich Gott-gehaucht].</emphasis>\" Glauben Sie das? Bevor Sie antworten, "
+"ziehen Sie Jesu Haltung bezüglich der Schrift in Betracht."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"InterVarsity Press 1978, S. 93-95"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
-msgstr ""
-"Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber aktzeptierte es als "
-"Tatsache, dass hinter ihnen allen ein göttlicher Autor stand. Er konnte "
-"sowohl 'Mose sagt' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er konnte "
-"einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des "
-"Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Ähnlich sagt Er 'Wie fein hat "
-"von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und das, was "
-"er weiter zitierte, war die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 & "
-"Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des neuen Testamentes "
-"ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift. Für sie wahr es "
-"genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten vielfach und auf vielerlei "
-"Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie "
-"'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben Menschen im Namen Gottes "
-"geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder in dieser Art und Weise "
-"gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen Autoren zu tilgen, noch "
-"haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen um das Wort des göttlichen "
-"Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. Keiner der beiden "
-"Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
+msgstr ""
+"Er bezog sich auf die menschlichen Autoren, aber setzte es als Tatsache "
+"voraus, dass hinter ihnen allen ein einziger göttlicher Autor stand. Er "
+"konnte sowohl 'Mose sagte' als auch 'Gott sagte' sagen (Markus 7,10). Er "
+"konnte einen Kommentar des Erzählers in 1. Mose 2,24 als einen Ausspruch des "
+"Schöpfers selbst zitieren (Matthäus 19,4-5). Gleichermaßen sagte Er, 'Wie "
+"fein hat von euch Heuchlern Jesaja geweissagt, wie geschrieben steht', und "
+"zitierte weiter fortfahrend die direkte Rede Gottes, des Herrn (Markus 7,6 "
+"& Jesaja 29,13). Durch Jesus selbst haben die Autoren des Neuen "
+"Testamentes ihre Überzeugung der doppelten Urheberschaft der Schrift "
+"erlangt. Für sie wahr es genauso richtig zu sagen 'Nachdem Gott vorzeiten "
+"vielfach und auf vielerlei Weise geredet hat zu den Vätern durch die "
+"Propheten' (Hebräer 1,1) wie 'getrieben von dem heiligen Geist haben "
+"Menschen im Namen Gottes geredet' (2. Petrus 1,21) zu sagen. Gott hat weder "
+"in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um die Persönlichkeit der menschlichen "
+"Autoren zu tilgen, noch haben Männer in dieser Art und Weise gesprochen, um "
+"das Wort des göttlichen Autors zu verfälschen. God sprach. Männer sprachen. "
+"Keiner der beiden Wahrheiten ist es erlaubt von der anderen abzulenken. ..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
-"Dies war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. Das "
-"Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum Christen "
-"an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus Christus "
-"selbst ihn gelehrt hat."
+"Dies also war Christi Auffassung der Schriften. Ihr Zeuge war Gottes Zeuge. "
+"Das Zeugnis der Bibel ist das Zeugnis Gottes. Und der Hauptgrund, warum "
+"Christen an den göttlichen Ursprung der Bibel glauben, ist, dass Jesus "
+"Christus selbst ihn gelehrt hat."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
-"2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: <emphasis><quote>ist nütze zur Lehre, "
-"zur Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass "
-"der Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </quote></"
-"emphasis> Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns "
-"ist, wird die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen "
-"des Glaubens und Wandels ist."
+"2. Timotheus 3,16 geht noch weiter: \" <emphasis>ist nütze zur Lehre, zur "
+"Zurechtweisung, zur Besserung, zur Erziehung in der Gerechtigkeit, dass der "
+"Mensch Gottes vollkommen sei, zu allem guten Werk geschickt. </emphasis>\" "
+"Wenn wir aktzeptieren, dass die Bibel wirklich Gottes Reden zu uns ist, wird "
+"die Folge daraus sein, dass sie unsere Autorität in allen Dingen des "
+"Glaubens und Wandels ist."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Ein Buch, das arbeitet"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
-"Was wird das Studium der Bibel für sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,14 sagt, "
-"dass die Bibel <emphasis><quote> auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</"
-"quote> </emphasis> Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift die Arbeit nieder, die "
-"das Wort durchführt."
+"Was wird das Studium der Bibel für Sie tun? 1. Thessalonicher 2,13 sagt, "
+"dass die Bibel \"<emphasis>auch wirkt in euch, die ihr glaubet.</emphasis>\" "
+"Schreiben Sie neben jede Schrift das Werk nieder, das das Wort verrichtet."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Was bringt das Bibelstudium für Christen?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Referenz"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Zweck"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Epheser 5,26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
"Wort...</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Apostelgeschichte 20,32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"es erbaut -- \" Und nun befehle ich euch Gott und dem Wort seiner Gnade, der "
"da mächtig ist, euch zu erbauen und euch das Erbe zu geben mit allen, die "
"geheiligt sind. \""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Römer 15,4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"haben. </quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Römer 10,17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
"aber durch das Wort Christi.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1. Korinther 10,11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"geschrieben uns zur Warnung [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Matthäus 4,4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"Wort Gottes geht.\"</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Ein Buch, das befreit"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
-msgstr ""
-"Joh. 8,32 \"<emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit "
-"wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>\" Dies wird normalerweise durch sich "
-"selbst zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? "
-"Findet es Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort "
-"heraus, indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes in Vers 31 untersuchen "
-"\"<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig "
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
+msgstr ""
+"Joh. 8,32 \" <emphasis>und werdet die Wahrheit erkennen, und die Wahrheit "
+"wird euch frei machen.</emphasis>\" Dies wird normalerweise für sich selbst "
+"zitiert. Ist dies ein bedingtes oder ein unbedingtes Versprechen? Findet es "
+"Anwendung auf alle Arten von Erkenntnis? Finden Sie die Antwort heraus, "
+"indem Sie die erste Hälfte des Satzes untersuchen, in Vers 31, \" "
+"<emphasis>Wenn ihr bleiben werdet in meinem Wort, so seid ihr wahrhaftig "
"meine Jünger...</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
-"Wir sehen, dass es ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, dass speziell von der "
+"Wir sehen, dass dies ein bedingtes Versprechen ist, das speziell von der "
"Wahrheit Gottes Wortes spricht."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
msgstr ""
-"Das griechische Wort für \"Wind\", welches in Eph. 4:14 benutzt wird, meint "
-"einen <emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>. <emphasis>Als Folge sind wir "
-"nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von "
-"jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>. Eine Sache, die das Studieren der "
+"Das griechische Wort für \"Wind\", welches in Eph. 4,14 benutzt wird, meint "
+"einen \"<emphasis>gewaltsamen Wind</emphasis>\". \"<emphasis>Als Folge sind "
+"wir nicht länger Kinder, hin- und hergeworfen von den Wellen und bewegt von "
+"jedem Wind der Lehre [...]</emphasis>\". Eine Sache, die das Studieren der "
"Bibel in uns bewirkt ist ,dass sie uns in der Wahrheit verwurzelt, mit der "
-"Folge, dass wir nicht leicht <quote>weggeblasen werden</quote>."
+"Folge, dass wir nicht leicht \"weggeblasen werden\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen, <quote>Ihr irrt, weil "
-"ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes.</quote></emphasis> "
-"Matthäus 22,29"
+"<emphasis>Jesus aber antwortete und sprach zu ihnen,</emphasis> "
+"\"<emphasis>Ihr irrt, weil ihr weder die Schrift kennt noch die Kraft Gottes."
+"</emphasis>\" Matthäus 22,29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr ""
"Welche beiden Dinge müssen wir kennen, um von Fehlern abgehalten zu werden?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Gottes Wort"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Gottes Kraft"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Ein Buch, das Krieg führt"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Epheser 6,10-18 ist ein Bild für unsere geistliche Bewaffnung."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Geistliche Rüstung"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Frage"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Antwort"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Wie viele der aufgelisteten Waffen sind Verteidigungswaffen?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Wie viele sind Angriffswaffen?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Eins"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Welche?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "das Wort - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Ermahnungen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
-"2. Thimotheus 2,15<emphasis><quote>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu "
-"erweisen als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort "
-"der Wahrheit recht austeilt.</quote></emphasis>"
+"2. Timotheus 2,15 \"<emphasis>Bemühe dich darum, dich vor Gott zu erweisen "
+"als einen rechtschaffenen und untadeligen Arbeiter, der das Wort der "
+"Wahrheit recht austeilt.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
-"Kollosser 3,16<emphasis><quote> Laßt das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch "
+"Kolosser 3,16 \" <emphasis>Lasst das Wort Christi reichlich unter euch "
"wohnen: lehrt und ermahnt einander in aller Weisheit; mit Psalmen, "
-"Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren Herzen. </"
-"quote></emphasis>"
+"Lobgesängen und geistlichen Liedern singt Gott dankbar in euren Herzen.</"
+"emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Wen Sie in etwas reich sind, wie viel haben Sie dann davon?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Nicht wenig!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
-"Prediger 12,11-12 \"<emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und "
+"Prediger 12,11-12 \" <emphasis>Die Worte der Weisen sind wie Stacheln, und "
"wie eingeschlagene Nägel sind die einzelnen Sprüche; sie sind von einem "
"Hirten gegeben. Und über dem allen, mein Sohn, laß dich warnen; denn des "
-"vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib müde. "
-"</emphasis>\""
+"vielen Büchermachens ist kein Ende, und viel Studieren macht den Leib müde.</"
+"emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Anhang: <quote>Einer für Alle</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"Die Wahrheit betreffend der Endgültigkeit der Initiative Gottes in Christus "
"das Adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> und <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
"foreignphrase>. Es wird normalerweise mit \"einmal\" oder \"ein für allemal"
"\" übersetzt, in der Bedeutung von \"einmal für immer\" [<emphasis>Anm. d. "
-"Übers.: (in der \"Authorized Version\" eng. \"once\", \"once for all\" kann "
-"auch als \"endgültig\" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für das "
+"Übers.: (in der \"Authorized Version\") engl. \"once\", \"once for all\" "
+"kann auch als \"endgültig\" übersetzt werden</emphasis>]. Es wird für das "
"benutzt, was ewige Gültigkeit hat und niemals Wiederholung benötigt und es "
"wird im Neuen Testament auf Offenbarung und Erlösung angewandt. Folglich "
-"bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der einmal für immer den Heiligen "
+"bezieht sich Judas auf den Glauben, der ein für allemal den Heiligen "
"überliefert wurde (Judas 3), und Römer sagt \"<emphasis>Denn was er "
"gestorben ist, das ist er der Sünde gestorben ein für allemal [...]</"
"emphasis>\" (Römer 6,10, siehe auch 1. Petrus 3,18; Hebräer 9,26-28)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
-msgstr ""
-"Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und das "
-"Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die christliche "
-"Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in Christus erfüllt "
-"sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne abträglich für Christus "
-"zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten [<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers. "
-"eigentlich rock = Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die protestantische Reformation "
-"aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher "
-"Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne den Ergänzungen menschlicher "
-"Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren waren <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> für die Autorität und <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
+msgstr ""
+"Folglich können wir sagen, dass Gott einmal für immer gesprochen hat und "
+"dass Christus einmal für immer gelitten hat. Dies bedeutet, dass die "
+"christliche Offenbarung und die christliche Erlösung gleicherweise in "
+"Christus erfüllt sind. Nichts kann zu beidem hinzugefügt werden ohne "
+"abträglich für Christus zu sein... Auf diesen beiden Fundamenten "
+"[<emphasis>Anm. d. Übers. eigentlich rock = Felsen</emphasis>] wurde die "
+"protestantische Reformation aufgebaut -- Gottes offenbartes Wort ohne das "
+"Hinzufügen menschlicher Traditionen und Christi vollendetes Werk ohne das "
+"Hinzufügen menschlicher Verdienste. Die großen Losungen der Reformatoren "
+"waren <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> für unsere Autorität und "
+"<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> für unsere Erlösung."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Anhang: Bibellesepläne"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Hier sind einige einfache Lesepläne für Sie, ihre Bibel systematisch zu "
"lesen. Sie können mehrere gleichzeitig durchlaufen, so zum Beispiel #1 mit "
"zu halten."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Das neue Testament in einem Jahr: Lesen Sie jeden Tag ein Kapitel, fünf Tage "
"die Woche."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"dem aktuellen Tag des Monats entsprechend."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"lesen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"Sprüche mit einem Kapitel täglich."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"das alte Testament in 2 Jahren und 2 Wochen durchlesen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Regeln der Bibelauslegung (Hermeneutik)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"Wir haben bereits von den \"3 C\" gehört: Inhalt (=\"content\"), Kontext (="
"\"context\") und Querverweise (=\"cross-reference\"). Wir möchten dies nun "
-"durch kurzes Erforschen der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel der "
+"durch kurzes Befassen mit der biblischen Hermeneutik erweitern, deren Ziel "
"es ist, die Absicht der ursprünglichen Autoren (und des Autors!) "
"herauszufinden. Während viele Anwendungen eines Abschnittes möglich sind, "
-"ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt, dass "
-"keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 <quote>Und das "
-"sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der Schrift eine Sache "
-"eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln können dabei helfen, die "
-"korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung dieser Regeln haben "
-"Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. "
-"Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge schwer zu verstehen sind, "
-"welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen verdrehen, wie auch die anderen "
-"Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</quote>"
+"ist jedoch nur eine Auslegung möglich. Die Schrift selbst bezeugt dies "
+"dadurch, dass keine Bibelstelle eine eigene Auslegung hat (2. Petrus 1,20 "
+"<quote>Und das sollt ihr vor allem wissen, dass keine Weissagung in der "
+"Schrift eine Sache eigener Auslegung ist</quote>). Verschiedene Regeln "
+"können dabei helfen, die korrekte Bedeutung zu finden. Durch die Missachtung "
+"dieser Regeln haben Viele sich selbst und ihre Nachfolger in große "
+"Schwierigkeiten gebracht. 2. Petrus 3,16 <quote>[...] in denen einige Dinge "
+"schwer zu verstehen sind, welche die Unwissenden und Leichfertigen "
+"verdrehen, wie auch die anderen Schriften zu ihrer eigenen Verdammnis.</"
+"quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Wie gehen wir nun vor, um die ursprünglich intendierte Absicht eines "
-"Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass ihre "
+"Abschnittes herauszufinden? Lassen Sie uns annehmen, dass Ihre "
"Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Vers gezogen wurde, dessen Bedeutung "
-"ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:"
+"Ihnen unklar ist. Wie studieren Sie ihn? Behalten Sie sich diese Regeln:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Regel 1: Legen Sie anhand der genauen Bedeutung der Wörter aus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Je präziser wir mit der exakten, ursprünglichen Bedeutung der Wörter sein "
"befolgen:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Bestimmung"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
"Lexikon nach. Für Verben ist das Tempus ebenfalls entscheidend."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-"Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie das selbe griechische "
-"oder hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, "
-"kann die Bestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe Autor "
-"das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten ihnen "
-"auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. Warum "
-"müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das deutsche "
-"Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort in das "
-"selbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter "
+"Vergleichen Sie Schrift mit Schrift. Zu sehen, wie dasselbe griechische oder "
+"hebräische Wort (nicht das deutsche Wort) in der Schrift benutzt wird, kann "
+"die Begriffsbestimmung klären oder neu beleuchten. Wie benutzt derselbe "
+"Autor das Wort anderswo? Und andere Autoren? Ihre Referenzwerkzeuge könnten "
+"Ihnen auch die Benutzung des Wortes in nicht-biblischen Dokumenten geben. "
+"Warum müssen wir in der ursprünglichen Sprache forschen; warum ist das "
+"deutsche Wort nicht gut genug? <emphasis>Weil mehr als ein griechisches Wort "
+"in dasselbe deutsche übersetzt werden kann, und weil die griechischen Wörter "
"verschiedene Abstufungen und Schattierungen in ihrer Bedeutung haben können."
"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Beispiel 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"Joh. 20,17 <emphasis>\"Rühre mich nicht an\"</emphasis> klingt hart, oder? "
-"Es klingt, dass Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo er auferstanden "
-"ist, dass er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches ist. Aber das scheint nicht "
-"richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The "
-"Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991) "
-"nachschlagen."
+"Es klingt, als ob Jesus nicht berührt werden wollte, jetzt wo Er "
+"auferstanden ist, als ob Er zu heilig or etwas ähnliches sei. Aber das "
+"scheint nicht richtig zu sein, darum lasst es uns in Spiros Zodhiates' "
+"<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, "
+"1991) nachschlagen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Begriffsbestimmung: Nach dem Aufschlagen von Joh. 20,17 sehen wir über dem "
"Wort \"Rühre\" \"pim680\". Die Buchstaben geben uns einen Code für den Teil "
"der Sprache, und die Nummer bezieht sich auf das Stronglexikon. Lasst uns "
"die Bedeutung nachschlagen (S. 879). \"680. Haptomai; von hapto (681), "
-"berühren. Bezieht sich auf solche Behandlung auf ein Objekt, die darauf "
-"einen verändernden Einfluß ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao (5584), "
-"was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren.\" Schlagen wir nun "
-"\"pim\" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der "
+"berühren. Bezieht sich auf eine solche Behandlung eines Objektes, die auf "
+"dieses einen verändernden Einfluss ausübt. Unterscheidet sich von pselaphao "
+"(5584), was nur bedeutet, die Oberfläche von etwas zu berühren.\" Schlagen "
+"wir nun \"pim\" nach. Die Grammatikcodes in Zodhiates kommen direkt nach der "
"Offenbarung; auf Seite 849 sehen wir, dass pim für \"Präsens Imperativ Aktiv "
"(80)\" steht. Auf Seite 857 steht \"Präsens Imperativ. In der gesprochenen "
"Rede kann es ein Gebot bezeichnen, etwas in der Zukunft zu tun, was eine "
"andauernde oder wiederholte Handlung einschließt oder, wenn es verneint ist, "
"ein Gebot, eine Handlung zu beenden.\" Dies hier ist ein verneinter Befehl, "
-"so dass es dafür da ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben wir "
-"nun herausgefunden?"
+"so dass er dazu erteilt ist, etwas zu stoppen was schon geschieht. Was haben "
+"wir nun herausgefunden?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
"nicht weiter festhalten solle!</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Beispiel 1B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"In Jakobus 5,14 lesen wir, dass <emphasis>Die Ältesten sollen für jemanden, "
"der krank ist, beten und ihn mit Öl salben</emphasis>. Was meint dieses "
"salben?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
-msgstr ""
-"Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - \"ölen\" (Stroong); wir haben jedoch auch ein "
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bedeutung von aleipho (218) - \"ölen\" (Strong); wir haben jedoch auch ein "
"anderes griechisches Wort, das mit \"salben\" übersetzt wird, chrio (5548) - "
-"\"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, d.h. weihen für einen amtlichen oder "
+"\"einschmieren oder einreiben mit Öl, u. a. weihen für einen amtlichen oder "
"religiösen Dienst\" (Strong). Da es ein Verb ist, ziehen Sie auch das Tempus "
"in Betracht, \"apta\" Aorist Partizip Aktiv. \"Das Aorist Partizip drückt "
"einfache Handlung aus, im Gegensatz zur andauernden Handlung... Wenn die "
"Beziehung zum Hauptverb temporal ist, kennzeichnet es normalerweise eine "
-"Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet. \" (Zodhiates S. "
+"Handlung, die früher als die des Hauptverbes stattfindet.\" (Zodhiates S. "
"851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Mt 6,17 Du aber salbe dein Haar, wenn du fastest"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
"Mk 16,1 [die Frauen] kauften wohlriechende Öle, um damit zum Grab zu gehen "
"und Jesus zu salben."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr "Mk 6,13 ... und [sie] salbten viele Kranke mit Öl und heilten sie."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
"Lk 7,38 Sie trocknete seine Füße mit ihrem Haar, küsste sie und salbte sie "
"mit dem Öl."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr "Joh 12,3 [Sie] salbte Jesus die Füße und trocknete sie mit ihrem Haar."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Querverweise für aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
"bringe...</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "Apg 4,27 Jesus, den du gesalbt hast"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
"Apg 10,38 ...wie Gott Jesus von Nazaret gesalbt hat mit dem Heiligen Geist "
"und mit Kraft"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr "2Kor 1,21 Gott aber, ... der uns alle gesalbt hat, ..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Querverweise für chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Was ist nun der Unterschied zwischen aleipho und chrio? Schauen Sie erneut "
"die Querverweise und die Definitionen an und sammeln Sie die Unterschiede: "
-"<emphasis>ALEIPHO IST PRAKTISCHE BENUTZUNG VON ÖL UND CHRIO IST DIE "
-"GEISTLICHE</emphasis>."
+"<emphasis>\"aleipho\" ist eine praktische Benutzung von Öl und \"chrio\" "
+"eine geistliche</emphasis>."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
-"Zur Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl "
+"Eine Illustration der praktischen Benutzung von Öl zu dieser Zeit (obwohl "
"hier das Wort nicht benutzt wird) ist der barmherzige Samariter, der für den "
"von Räubern geschlagenen Mann sorgte und mit Öl und Wein die Wunden "
"säuberte. Öl hatte also eine medizinische Bedeutung zur Zeit Jesu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
-"Jetzt lasst uns das durch diese Wortstudie Gelernte auf Jakobus 5,14 "
-"anwenden <emphasis><quote>Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die "
+"Jetzt lasst uns das durch dieses Wortstudium gerade Gelernte auf Jakobus "
+"5,14 anwenden <emphasis>\"Ist jemand unter euch krank, der rufe zu sich die "
"Ältesten der Gemeinde, dass sie über ihm beten und ihn salben mit Öl im "
-"Namen des Herrn.</quote></emphasis> Ist hier <quote>salben</quote> geistlich "
-"oder praktisch gemeint? Praktisch!"
+"Namen des Herrn.\"</emphasis> Ist hier \"salben\" geistlich oder praktisch "
+"gemeint? Praktisch!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Und das Tempus im griechischen, das Partizip Aorist, wäre besser mit "
"\"gesalbt haben\" übersetzt, gemäß der Reihenfolge zuerst des Salbens und "
"dann des Gebets (\"Im Namen des Herrn\" bezieht sich auf das Gebet, nicht "
"auf das Salben). Jakobus 5 sagt, dass die Ältesten der kranken Person "
-"Medizin geben und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt dass nicht "
-"das wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem in unserem "
-"Gott aus?"
+"Medizin geben und für ihn im Namen des Herrn beten sollen. Drückt das nicht "
+"das wunderbare Gleichgewicht zwischen Praktischem und Geistlichem bei "
+"unseremGott aus?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Regel 2 - Auslegung im biblischen Zusammenhang"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Die Schriftauslegung hat in Harmonie mit anderen Schriftstellen zu erfolgen. "
"Buches? Stimmt Ihre Auslegung mit diesen überein? Wenn nicht, so ist sie "
"fehlerhaft. Normalerweise vesorgt uns der Zusammenhang mit dem, was wir zur "
"richtigen Auslegung des Abschnitts benötigen. Kontext ist der Schlüssel. "
-"Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung nach der Auslegung des Textes "
-"ín seinem Zusammenhang bestehen bleibt, müssen wir weiter nachforschen."
+"Wenn immer noch Verwirrung über die Bedeutung bestehen bleibt, nach dem wir "
+"den Text innerhalb seines Zusammenhanges ausgelegt haben, müssen wir weiter "
+"nachforschen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Beispiel 2A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
-"In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 "
-"<emphasis><quote>geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist</quote></emphasis> Im "
-"Bezug auf den Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?"
+"In einer vorherigen Unterrichtsstunde haben wir Johannes 3,5 <emphasis>"
+"\"geboren ... aus Wasser und Geist\"</emphasis> betrachtet. Im Bezug auf den "
+"Kontext, was ist das Wasser in dieser Diskussion?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"Wassertaufe steht hier nicht zur Diskussion, was ein großer Wechsel des von "
"Jesus und Nikodemus diskutierten Themas wäre. Halten Sie Ausschau nach einem "
-"plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis sein, dass ihre "
+"plötzlichen Wechsel des Themas, es könnte ein Hinweis darauf sein, dass ihre "
"Auslegung entgleist ist! Das Wasser ist das Fruchtwasser, \"geboren aus "
"Wasser\" = natürliche Geburt."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Beispiel 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"1 Korinther 14,34 <quote>[...] die Frauen [sollen] schweigen in der "
-"Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss mit in den biblischen Zusammenheng von 1. "
-"Korinther 11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</"
-"quote> genommen werden."
+"Gemeindeversammlung</quote> muss im biblischen Zusammenhang von 1. Korinther "
+"11,5 <quote>Ein Frau aber, die betet oder prophetisch redet [...]</quote> "
+"gesehen werden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Beispiel 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
-msgstr ""
-"Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: "Tut Buße, und "
-"jeder lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer "
-"Sünden [...]"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der "
-"einzige Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. "
-"Aber in dem Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stelle, dass Wiedergeburt "
-"durch den Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. "
-"Petrus erklärt seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu "
-"antworten. Wenn die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte "
-"Paulus dann in 1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>\"Denn Christus hat mich "
-"nicht gesandt zu taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden\"</emphasis>?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgstr ""
+"Apostelgeschichte 2,38 <quote>Petrus sprach zu ihnen: \"Tut Buße, und jeder "
+"lasse sich taufen auf den Namen Jesu Christi zur Vergebung eurer Sünden "
+"[...]\"</quote> Meint dies Wiedergeburt durch Taufe? Wenn es der einzige "
+"Vers der Schrift wäre, den wir hätten, müssten wir dies folgern. Aber in dem "
+"Licht der klaren Lehre an anderen Stellen, dass Wiedergeburt durch den "
+"Glauben an Christus geschieht, müssen wir es anders auslegen. Petrus erklärt "
+"seinen Hörern die Taufe als einen Weg, auf das Evangelium zu antworten. Wenn "
+"die Taufe der Weg wäre, wiedergeboren zu werden, wie könnte Paulus dann in "
+"1. Kor. 1,17 schreiben <emphasis>\"Denn Christus hat mich nicht gesandt zu "
+"taufen, sondern das Evangelium zu verkünden\"</emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Regel 3 - Auslegung im geschichtlichen und kulturellen Zusammenhang"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
-"Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote> "
+"Zuallererst fragen wir nicht <quote>Was bedeutet dies für mich?</quote>, "
"sondern <quote>Was hat es für die ursprünglichen Leser bedeutet?</quote>; "
"später können wir fragen <quote>Was bedeutet es für mich?</quote>. Wir "
"müssen den geschichtlichen und kulturellen Hintergrund des Autors und der "
"Empfänger in Betracht ziehen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Beispiel 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
-"\"3 Tage & 3 Nächte\" (Mt.12,40) haben zu einer \"Mittwochs "
-"Kreuzigungstheorie\" geführt, besonders der Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie "
+"<quote>3 Tage & 3 Nächte</quote> (Mt. 12,40) haben zu einer \"Mittwochs-"
+"Kreuzigungstheorie\" geführt, besonders zum Kult des Armstrongismus. Wie "
"konnte Jesus am Freitag sterben und am Sonntag Morgen auferstehen und "
"trotzdem \"...am dritten Tage auferstehen\" (Mt. 16,21)? Genaue Bedeutungen "
"von \"drei\" oder \"Tagen\" helfen nicht, den scheinbaren Widerspruch zu "
"erklären."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Wir benötigen einen geschichtlichen Happen: Die Juden zählten jeden Teil "
"eines Tages als vollen Tag, so wie wir Eimer Wasser zählen würden (wenn wir "
"sechs und einen halben Eimer Wasser hätten, würden wir sagen dass es sieben "
-"Eimer Wasser sind, sogar wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es "
+"Eimer Wasser sind, auch wenn der letzte nur teilweise voll ist). So ist es "
"jüdische Art, dass jeder Teil eines Tages als voller Tag gezählt wurde, Tage "
-"begannen um 18h und endeten um 18h. Freitag von 15h bis 18h = 1. Tag. "
-"Freitag von 18h bis Samstag 18h = 2. Tag. Samstag 18h bis Sonntag vielleicht "
-"5h = 3. Tag. Die Auslegung innerhalbi des kulturellen Kontexts hält uns aus "
-"Schwierigkeiten heraus."
+"begannen um 18 Uhr und endeten um 18 Uhr. Freitag von 15 Uhr bis 18 Uhr = "
+"Tag 1. Freitag von 18 Uhr bis Samstag 18 Uhr = Tag 2. Samstag 18 Uhr bis "
+"Sonntag vielleicht 5 Uhr = Tag 3. Die Auslegung innerhalb des kulturellen "
+"Kontexts hält uns aus Schwierigkeiten heraus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Beispiel 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"1. Mose 15,7-21. Der historische Zusammenhang ist, dass das Teilen von "
"Tieren in zwei Teile und das nachfolgende Gehen zwischen ihnen die normale "
-"Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vetrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner "
+"Art zu Abrahams Zeit war, einen Vertrag zu schließen. Beide Vetragspartner "
"gingen dazwischen hindurch, das Gelöbnis leistend, dass Zerstückelung auf "
"sie kommen solle, wenn sie nicht ihren Teil des Vertrages einhielten. Aber "
-"in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen Vetrag "
-"macht."
+"in diesem Falle geht nur Gott hindurch, was dies zu einem einseitigen "
+"Vertrag macht."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
"Regel 4 - Auslegung in Bezug auf der normalen Benutzung der Worte in der "
"Sprache"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Lassen Sie wörtliche Sprache wörtlich und bildliche Sprache bildlich sein. "
"Und achten Sie auf Idiome, die eine besondere Bedeutung haben."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Beispiel 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
-msgstr "<quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt.6,23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
+msgstr "<quote>böses Auge</quote> in Mt. 6,23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Regel 1, Definition von \"böse\" und \"Auge\" - hilft hier auch nicht "
"uns zeigen, dass wir es nicht richtig verstehen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
-"Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, \"böses Auge\". Lasst uns "
-"andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 \"<emphasis>Oder "
-"habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was mein ist? Siehst "
-"du scheel [wörtl. \"böse\"] drein, weil ich so gütig [wörtl. \"gut\"] bin?</"
-"emphasis>\". Wir sehen, dass ein \"böses Auge\" zu haben, ein Idiom für "
-"geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück zu Mt. 6 und sehen, "
-"wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt."
+"Was wir hier haben, ist ein hebräisches Idiom, <quote>böses Auge</quote>. "
+"Lasst uns andere Verwendungen dieses Idioms nachschlagen: Mt. 20,15 \" "
+"<emphasis>Oder habe ich nicht die Macht zu tun, was ich will, mit dem was "
+"mein ist? Siehst du scheel [wörtl. \"böse\"] drein, weil ich so gütig "
+"[wörtl. \"gut\"] bin?</emphasis>\". Wir sehen, dass ein \"böses Auge\" zu "
+"haben, ein Idiom für geizig oder neidisch sein ist. Jetzt gehen Sie zurück "
+"zu Mt. 6 und sehen, wie perfekt dieses Verständnis in den Zusammenhang passt."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Beispiel 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Jes. 59:1 <quote>Die Hand des Herrn ist nicht zu kurz;</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"Deut.33:27 <quote><emphasis> unter den ewigen Armen.</emphasis></quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Verweise auf Körperteile von Gott werden von den Mormonen benutzt, um "
-"nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Wenn sie Menschen "
-"davon überzeugt haben, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden "
-"können wie Er es war. Auf einem Vortrag den Walter Martin (Autor von "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) forderte eine Gruppe von "
-"Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Versaufzählung wie dieser heraus. Dr. Martin "
-"forderte die Mormonen dann auf eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 "
+"nachzuweisen, dass Gott einst ein Mensch wie wir war. Haben sie Menschen "
+"davon überzeugt, beginnen sie weiter zu lehren, dass wir Gott werden können "
+"just wie Er es ist! Bei einem Vortrag, den Walter Martin (Autor von "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) hielt, forderte eine Gruppe von "
+"Mormonenältesten ihn mit einer Aufzählung solcher Verse heraus. Dr. Martin "
+"forderte die Mormonen dann auf, eine weitere Stelle zu lesen: Psalm 91,4 "
"<quote>Er wird dich mit seinen Fittichen decken, und Zuflucht wirst du haben "
-"unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W.M. folgerte \"Mit den selben Regeln der "
-"Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mann ist, "
-"haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist.\" Die Mormonen "
-"mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen."
+"unter seinen Flügeln...</quote>. W. M. folgerte <quote>Mit denselben Regeln "
+"der Auslegung, mit denen sie gerade festgestellt haben, dass Gott ein Mensch "
+"ist, haben sie gerade festgestellt, dass Gott ein Vogel ist</quote>. Die "
+"Mormonen mussten lachen, als sie die Lächerlichkeit ihrer Position begriffen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"einer Parabel und einer Allegorie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
"Bedeutung hat.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Jede Parabel ist eine Allegorie, wahr oder falsch?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Einige Gleichnisse sind Allegorien, zum Beispiel ist das Gleichnis des "
"Sähmanns ein Sinnbild. Der Samen ist das Wort Gottes, die Dornen sind Sorgen "
"und Gier, usw. Aber die meisten Gleichnisse sind keine Allegorien, sondern "
"einfache Geschichten, um einen bestimmten Punkt zu verdeutlichen. Es ist "
-"gefährlich unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so gedreht "
-"werden, um alle Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre aus klaren "
-"Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis zusätzlich "
-"verdeutlicht ist es hilfreich."
+"gefährlich, unsere Lehren von Gleichnissen zu gewinnen; sie können so "
+"gedreht werden, um alle möglichen Dinge auszusagen. Wir müssen unsere Lehre "
+"aus klaren Schriftstellen, die auslegen, erhalten; wenn ein Gleichnis diese "
+"zusätzlich verdeutlicht, ist es hilfreich."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Beispiel 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
"was haben wir dann?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"Rechte der Witwen zu schützen, Gebete \"ärgern\" Ihn, usw."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Beispiel 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"Das Gleichnis des unehrlichen Verwalters in Lukas 16,1-9. Was ist der "
-"springendePunkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?"
+"springende Punkt des Gleichnisses? Ist es eine Allegorie?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"Der Verwalter wird nur für eine Sache gelobt, seine Schlauheit in der "
"vorbereitenden Benutzung von Dingen, für eine Zeit, in der er sie nicht "
-"haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, "
-"nämlich seinen Herren zu hintergehen."
+"haben würde. Aber er wird nicht für sein unethisches Verhalten gelobt, mit "
+"dem er seinen Herrn hintergeht."
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "Die Anleitung zum Bibelstudium"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr "Bob"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr "Harman"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr "Das BibleTime-Team"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+#| "devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Das Team von &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Das &bibletime;-Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde ursprünglich von Herrn Bob Harman erstellt und ist "
-"unter die Bestimmungen der <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/"
-"by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link> Lizenz "
+"unter die Bestimmungen der Lizenz <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink> "
"gestellt."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
"entnommen. Die Originalfassung in Englisch wird mit BibleTime mitgeliefert."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Zusammenfassung"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
"application> ist ein Handbuch zum Studieren der Bibel."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
-"Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime; Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser "
+"Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass diese Anleitung die Leser "
"zum Studieren der Bibel bewegt, um zu sehen, was die Bibel zu sagen hat. "
"Diese spezielle Anleitung wurde ausgewählt, da sie darauf achtet, keine "
-"bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten von ihnen, dass Sie die "
-"Bibel studieren um zu verstehen, was darin steht. Wenn Sie mit der Erwartung "
-"herangehen, dass Gott sein Wort in ihr Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht "
-"enttäuschen."
+"bestimmte Bekenntnisgruppe zu fördern. Wir möchten Ihnen ans Herz legen, "
+"dass Sie die Bibel studieren, um zu verstehen, was in ihr steht. Wenn Sie "
+"mit der Einstellungherangehen, dass Sie wünschen, dass Gott Sein Wort in Ihr "
+"Herz sät, wird Er Sie nicht enttäuschen."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr "Bibel"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Anleitung"
-
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Finden Sie diese Verse:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Querverweise für aleipho:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Querverweise für chrio:"
-
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "Das &bibletime;-Team (info@bibletime.info)"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-10 22:48-0400\n"
"Last-Translator: Roy Alvear <racl@gulix.cl>\n"
"Language-Team: Spanish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Estudio Bíblico básico"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Juan 5:39-40"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has "
+#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were "
+#| "grievously deceived. [...]"
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Los Judios a quien Jesús habló [...] imaginado que poseer las Escrituras "
"equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: "El que se ha hecho a "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while "
+#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. "
+#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and "
+#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds."
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Oír"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Leer"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Estudio"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Memorizar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Meditar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all "
+#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Estudio Temático"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Estudio de Personajes"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Estudio Expositivo"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Contenido"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Contexto"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es "
"la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Referencias Cruzadas"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
-msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for "
+#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have "
+#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking "
+#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find "
+#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el "
"versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr "Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos "
"ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Cuando Ud. da"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Cuando Ud. ayuna"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Cuando Ud. ora"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+#| "today?)"
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
"no hagas sonar trompeta. (¿cómo podría alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote> "
"hoy en día?)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "hazlo secretamente."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Para encontrar un versículo particular."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "La historia del hombre rico y Lázaro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Para hacer un Estudio Temático"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
-msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." "
+#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up "
+#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and "
+#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," "
+#| "even "buy" or "bought.""
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra ""
"redención". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 "
+#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that "
+#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different "
+#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? "
+#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)"
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis "
"para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Busque "juez""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, "
+#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número "
"2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Ahora busque \"juzga\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of "
+#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Diríjase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el "
"lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Josué"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Bernabé"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+#| "communicate with God."
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Un libro que es único"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por "
"año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
-msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other "
+#| "ancient texts:"
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable? "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr ""
"Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Obra"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Cuando fue escrita"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Copia más antigua"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Tiempo transcurrido"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Heródoto"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 AC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 DC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 años"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tácito"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 DC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 DC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 años"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 AC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 años"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 AC - 17 DC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 años"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Nuevo Testamento"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 DC - 100 DC"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 años"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Griego y 10000 Latin"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the "
+#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, "
+#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., "
+#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment "
+#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to "
+#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
+#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+#| "emphasis> p. 25-26"
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Crítica textual F. J. A. Hort \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
"\" (El Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living "
+#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on "
+#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to "
+#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim. 3:16 declara, \"<emphasis>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind "
+#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' "
+#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in "
+#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). "
+#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is "
+#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord "
+#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New "
+#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of "
+#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to "
+#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved "
+#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in "
+#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did "
+#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God "
+#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the "
+#| "other. ..."
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos "
"ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the "
+#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible "
+#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
+msgid ""
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim.3:16 continúa, \"<emphasis>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para "
"corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Un libro que Obra"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
-msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
+msgid ""
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Referencia"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Acción"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Efesios 5:26"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "limpia -- \"...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Hechos 20:32"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up "
+#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"edificar -- \"...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para "
"sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Romanos 15:4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Romanos 10:17"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Corintios 10:11"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Mateo 4:4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Un libro que libera"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
-msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall "
+#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, "
+#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly "
+#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Juan 8:32 \"<emphasis>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará libres.</"
"emphasis>\" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa condicional o "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo: </emphasis>"
"\"<emphasis>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las Escrituras, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber para protegernos del error?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "La palabra de Dios "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "El poder de Dios"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Un libro que guerrea"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Armadura Espiritual"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Pregunta"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Respuesta"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "¿Cuantas con ofensivas?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Una"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "¿Cúal?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Exhortaciones"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
-msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "¡No un poco!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
-msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and "
+#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given "
+#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many "
+#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body."
+#| "</emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Apéndice: \"Una vez para siempre\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el Polémico)</"
"emphasis> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is "
+#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb "
+#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
+#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, "
+#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual "
+#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both "
+#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once "
+#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>"
+#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
+#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
+#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
+#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without "
+#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the "
+#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha "
"sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can "
+#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 "
+#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma "
"sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
-msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-"
+#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical "
+#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the "
+#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are "
+#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this "
+#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 "
+#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any "
+#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward "
+#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have "
+#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 "
+#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught "
+#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to "
+#| "their own destruction.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's "
+#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is "
+#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos "
"que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words "
+#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of "
+#| "the key words by following these steps:"
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definición"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
-msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew "
+#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new "
+#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word "
+#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the "
+#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the "
+#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? "
+#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the "
+#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of "
+#| "meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Ejemplo 1A"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, "
+#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is "
+#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so "
+#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study "
+#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see "
+#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the "
+#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the "
+#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers "
+#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon "
+#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to "
+#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes "
+#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim "
+#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present "
+#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do "
+#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, "
+#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a "
+#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already "
+#| "occuring. So, what have we found?"
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra \"Toques\" vemos "
"\"pim680\". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los "
"Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Ejemplo 1B"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who "
+#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"En Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por "
"él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</emphasis>. ¿Qué es esta "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
+#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or "
+#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
+#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" "
+#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple "
+#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the "
+#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the "
+#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"La definición de aleipho (218) - \"aceite\" (Fuente Strong); pero también "
"tenemos otra palabra griega traducida \"ungir\", chrio (5548) - \"para "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
"Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a ungirle."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
"Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr "2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and ""
+#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atrás las "
"referencias cruzadas y las definiciones, resumimos la diferencia:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use "
+#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
+#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use "
+#| "in Jesus' day."
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a "
"Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>\"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
+#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
+#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). "
+#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine "
+#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a "
+#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como "
"\"teniendo ungido\", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses "
+#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
+#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the "
+#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. "
+#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have "
+#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further."
+msgid ""
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Interprete la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Ejemplo 2A"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <emphasis>\"nacido de agua y del "
"Espíritu\"</emphasis> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch "
+#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a "
+#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has "
+#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = "
+#| "natural birth."
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Ejemplo 2B"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
-msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has "
+#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman "
+#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Ejemplo 2C"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of "
+#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your "
+#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If "
+#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude "
+#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration "
+#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is "
+#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If "
+#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 "
+#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach "
+#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Hechos 2:38 <quote>Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno "
"de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados; [...]"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
-msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can "
+#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into "
+#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the "
+#| "recipients."
+msgid ""
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Al principio no nos preguntamos <quote>¿Qué significa para mí?</quote>, sino "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Ejemplo 3A"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
-msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
+#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. "
+#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be "
+#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or "
+#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction."
+msgid ""
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"<quote>3 días y 3 noches</quote> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una "
"\"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión\", especialmente en el culto del "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full "
+#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half "
+#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one "
+#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted "
+#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday "
+#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day "
+#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within "
+#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble."
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Necesitaremos sugerencias históricas: Los Judíos contaban cualquier parte de "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Ejemplo 3B"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
-msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and "
+#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract "
+#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part "
+#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a "
+#| "unilateral covenant."
+msgid ""
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Génesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
"Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. "
+#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Ejemplo 4A"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "<quote>ojo malvado</quote> en Mt.6:23."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
-msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, "
+#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what "
+#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't "
+#| "understanding it rightly!!"
+msgid ""
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"La norma 1, la definición de \"malvado\" y \"ojo\" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
-msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look "
+#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me "
+#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil"
+#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that "
+#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. "
+#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so "
+#| "perfectly to the context."
+msgid ""
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <quote>ojo malvado</quote>. Vamos a "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Ejemplo 4B"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr "Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove "
+#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of "
+#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a "
+#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin "
+#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an "
+#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to "
+#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His "
+#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, "
+#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be "
+#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to "
+#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position."
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is "
+#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and "
+#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to "
+#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; "
+#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our "
+#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable "
+#| "illustrates that, fine."
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Ejemplo 5A"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Ejemplo 5B"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point "
+#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what "
+#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not "
+#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está "
"disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <link url=\"http://"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Resumen"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying "
+#| "the Bible."
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
+#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular "
+#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any "
+#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study "
+#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the "
+#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He "
+#| "will not disappoint you."
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Encontrar estos versos:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Referencias cruzadas para aleipho:"
-
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Referencias Cruzadas para chrio:"
-
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "El equipo de &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto-fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-02-23 20:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Raamatun tutkimisen perusasiat"
msgstr "Tarkoituksemme kuinka lähestymme Raamattua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Joh 5:39-40"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
"luokseni, että saisitte elämän."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
"sitä sen itsensä takia mutta Jumalan työtoveruuden tähden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
"InterVarsity Press 1978, s. 97, 104."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has "
+#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were "
+#| "grievously deceived. [...]"
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Juutalaiset, joille Jeesus puhui [...] kuvittelivat, että kirjoitusten "
"omistaminen oli yhtä hyvä asia kuin elämän omistaminen. Hillel piti tapana "
"olivat kauheasti petkutettuja. [...]"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"Kristuksen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Lähestyminen Jumalan Sanaan"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while "
+#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. "
+#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and "
+#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds."
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"tutkimisen ja muistiinpanemisen yhteen ja kiinnittää Sanan meidän mieliimme."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Kuuntele"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
"seuraavat sitä.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Lue"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
"kuulevat nämä ennussanat [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
msgstr "1 Tim.4:13 <quote>Lue seurakunnalle pyhiä kirjoituksia [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Tutki"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
"kirjoituksista, pitikö kaikki paikkansa.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
"sanaa oikein.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Paina mieleen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
"sinua vastaan.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Mietiskele"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
"eivätkä sen lehdet lakastu. Hän menestyy kaikissa toimissaan.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all "
+#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"tutuiksi Raamatun yleiselle sanomalle."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Raamatuntutkimisen tavat"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Aiheenmukainen tutkiminen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"sanahakemistoa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Henkilöiden tutkiminen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"Raamatun henkilön elämän tutkiminen, esim. Joosefin elämä 1. Moos 37-50."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Selittävä tutkiminen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr ""
"Yksittäisen Raamatunkohdan tutkiminen, jakeen, luvun tai kirjan tutkiminen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Oikean tulkinnan perusteet"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Sisältö"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"Älä lue sitä, mitä se ei sano."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Asiayhteys"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Mitä jakeet sanovat? "Asiayhteys on tärkein" on sääntö - "
"tekstikohdan tulee olla sopusoinnussa koko tekstin rakenteen ja kirjan "
"kanssa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Ristiinviittaukset"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"kirjoituksiin."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Matt. 6:1-18 selittävä tutkiminen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
-msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for "
+#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have "
+#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking "
+#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find "
+#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Tutkikaamme yhdessä Matt 6:1-18. Lue jakeet itseksesi. Tarkastele ensin "
"avainjaetta, joka kokoaa koko tekstinkohdan. Oletko ymmärtänyt sen? Tarkista "
"roomalaisin numeroin Yksi paperillesi:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr "Varokaa tuomasta hurskaita tekojanne ihmisten katseltavaksi"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Mitä tarkoittaa <quote>hurskaiden tekojen esilletuominen</quote>? Antaako "
"tekstikohta yhtään esimerkkiä? Mihin elämämme alueisiin se kohdistuu? "
"<emphasis>Motiivimme!</emphasis> Mihin osa-alueisiin tämä vie?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Kun annat"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Kun paastoat"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Kun rukoilet"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"hurskauttamme:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+#| "today?)"
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
"älä ole äänekäs trumpetti. (kuinka joku voikaan <quote>kuulostaa "
"trumpetilta</quote> tänäpäivänä?)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "tee se salaisesti."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "jne."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Tehtävä: Kuinka käytän sanahakemistoa"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Löydä erityinen jae"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Ota jakeen avainsana tai epätavallisin sana."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Käänny tähän sanaan kirjaimellisesti."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Etene listausta alaspäin kunnes löydät jakeesi."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Rakastavan lyöntikin on rakkautta</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Olemme Kristuksen lähettiläitä</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "Kertomus rikkaasta miehestä ja Lasaruksesta."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Tee aiheen tutkiminen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
-msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." "
+#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up "
+#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and "
+#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," "
+#| "even "buy" or "bought.""
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Sanokaamme, että haluat tutkia sanaa "lunastus." Ensiksi sinun "
"tulisi katsoa sanaa sanaluettelosta ja katsoa siinä luetellut viittaukset. "
"ostettu.""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Kreikkalaisten ja heprealaisten sanojen merkityksen selvittäminen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 "
+#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that "
+#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different "
+#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? "
+#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)"
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Entä jos huomasit ristiriidan KJV:n jakeessa Matt. 7:1 <quote>Älkää "
"tuomitko, ettei teitä tuomittaisi</quote> ja 1 Kor.2:15 <quote>Hengellinen "
"käännetty "tuomita" suomeksi?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Katso "tuomio"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, "
+#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Etene lukua alas jakeen Matt.7:1 kohdalle. Oikealla on luku, 2919. Tämä luku "
"viittaa käytettyyn kreikkalaiseen sanaan. Kirjoita se ylös."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Nyt katso "tuomio"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Siirry alas saraketta pitkin 1 Kor. 2:15 . . . . . 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of "
+#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Palaa kreikankieliseen sanakirjaan. (Muista, että olet Uudessa "
"Testamentissa. Kieli on Kreikka kun taas Vanha Testamentti on hepreaa.) "
"Vertaile 2919:n merkitystä ja 350:n merkitystä ja saat vastauksen!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Etsi nimien merkityksiä"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"merkityksiä."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Katso näitä nimiä ja kirjoita ylös niiden merkitykset:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Joosua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabas"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Jumalan Sanan tärkeys"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+#| "communicate with God."
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Jumalan Sanan ymmärtäminen on erittäin tärkeää kaikille niille, jotka "
"oppia keskustelemaan Jumalan kanssa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Ainutlaatuinen kirja"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr ""
"Raamatulla on oma perustansa monessa suhteessa. Se on ainutlaatuinen "
"seuraavissa asioissa:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"suosittu. Raamattuja myydään Pohjois-Amerikassa enemmän kuin 500 miljoonalla "
"dollarilla vuodessa. Raamattu on sekä kaikkien aikojen ja jokavuotinen best "
"seller!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"tekijät. Sen ovat kirjoittaneet 40 erilaisista ympäristöistä peräisin "
"kirjoittanut yksi kirjoittaja."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other "
+#| "ancient texts:"
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"säilyttäminen. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Ovatko Uuden Testamentin asiakirjat "
"muinaisten tekstien kanssa:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr ""
"Uuden Testamentin käsikirjoituksen ja muiden muinaisten tekstien vertailu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Työ"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Milloin kirjoitettu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Varhaisin kopio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Aikaväli"
msgstr "Kopioiden lukumäärä"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Herodotus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 eKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 jKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 vuotta"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 jKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 jKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 vuotta"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 eKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 vuotta"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Livyn <emphasis>Rooman historia</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 eKr. - 17 jKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 vuotta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Uusi Testamentti"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 jKr. - 100 jKr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 jKr. osittaiset käsikirjoitukset 350 jKr. täydet käsikirjoitukset"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 vuotta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 kreikkaa & 10,000 latinaa"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the "
+#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, "
+#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., "
+#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment "
+#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to "
+#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"On olemassa kymmenen kopiota teoksesta Caesarin <emphasis>Gallialainen sota</"
"kreikankielistä ja 10000 latinankielistä!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
+#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+#| "emphasis> p. 25-26"
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Tekstikritiikki F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., lainattiin kirjassa <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
"emphasis> s. 25-26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"proosatekstien joukossa.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Kirja, johon Jumala puhalsi Hengen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living "
+#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on "
+#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to "
+#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"Raamattua, Jumalan Henki puhuu sydämeemme jatkuvasti tuoreella tavalla."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>Jokainen pyhä, Jumalan Hengestä syntynyt "
"tämän? Ennenkuin vastaat, punnitse Jeesuksen suhtautumista kirjoituksiin."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, s.93-95"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the "
+#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible "
+#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
+msgid ""
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"itse opetti niin."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim.3:16 mukaan, \"<emphasis>...ja hyödyllinen opetukseksi, nuhteeksi, "
"ojennukseksi ja kasvatukseksi Jumalan tahdon mukaiseen elämään. Näin Jumalan "
"että se on auktoriteettimme uskossa ja käyttäytymisessämme."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Kirja, joka toimii"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee sinulle? 1 Tess.2:13 sanoo, että Raamattu "
"rinnalla merkitse muistiin työ, jonka Sana vaikuttaa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Mitä Raamatun tutkiminen tekee kristitylle?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Viittaus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Toiminta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef. 5:26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "puhdistaa -- \"...pesi sen puhtaaksi vedellä ja sanalla.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Apt 20:32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up "
+#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"rakentaa -- \" ...Hänen armonsa sanat, jotka rakentavat meitä ja antavat "
"meille perinnön pyhitettyjen joukossa. \""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Room. 15:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"rohkaisuun kautta.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Room. 10:17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
"antaa uskon -- \"Niin tulee usko kuulosta ja kuulo Jumalan Sanan kautta.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Kor. 10:11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"kirjoitettu meidän opetukseksemme\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Matt. 4:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"ainoastaan leivästä, mutta jokaisesta sanasta, joka tulee Jumalan suusta.'\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Kirja, joka vapahtaa"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
-msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall "
+#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, "
+#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly "
+#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Joh.8:32 \"<emphasis>Te opitte tuntemaan totuuden, ja totuus tekee teistä "
"vapaita.</emphasis>\"Tämä on noteerattu itsessään. Onko tämä ehdollinen vai "
"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Näemme, että tämä on ehdollinen lupaus, erityisesti puhuen Jumalan Sanan "
"totuudesta."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"totuuteen sillä seurauksella, ettemme ole helposti \"tuulen vietäviä.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Mutta Jeesus vastasi ja sanoi heille, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Te "
"kuljette eksyksissä, koska ette tunne pyhiä kirjoituksia ettekä Jumalan "
"voimaa.</emphasis>\"Matt.22:29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Mitkä kaksi asiaa meidän tulee tietää välttääksemme virheen?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Jumalan sana"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Jumalan voima"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Kirja, joka sotii"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Ef.6:10-18 on yksi kuva meidän hengellisistä aseistuksestamme."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Hengellinen sotavaruste"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Kysymys"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Vastaus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Kuinka monta asetta luetteloidaan tässä puolustusaseiksi?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Kuinka monta on pahennusta herättävää?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Yksi"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Mikä niistä?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "sana - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Kehotus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"sanaa oikein.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"mielin Jumalalle psalmeja, ylistysvirsiä ja hengellisiä lauluja.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Jos olet rikas jossain asiassa, kuinka paljon sitä omistat?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Ei pieni!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
-msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and "
+#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given "
+#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many "
+#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body."
+#| "</emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Liite: \"Kerran kaikille\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, s.106-107"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
+#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
+#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
+#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without "
+#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the "
+#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Edelleen sanoisimme, että Jumala on puhunut kerran kaikille ja Kristus on "
"kärsinyt kerran kaikkien puolesta. Tämä merkitsee sitä, että Kristuksen "
"ja <foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> pelastukseksemme."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Liite: Raamatunlukuohjelmat"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can "
+#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 "
+#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Tässä on muutama helppo ohjelma, joilla voit lukea systemaattisesti "
"Raamattuasi. Voit lukea enemmän kuin yhden kerrallaan, jos tahdot, "
"pitääksesi sen tuoreena!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Uusi Testamentti vuodessa: lue yksi luku joka päivä, 5 päivää viikossa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"kuukaudenpäivää."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"luet Psalmit 20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"yksi luku päivässä."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"Sananlaskut, luet Vanhan Testamentin 2 vuodessa ja 2 viikossa.."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Raamatuntulkinnan säännöt (hermeneutiikka)"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's "
+#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is "
+#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Kuinka etsimme tekstikohdan tarkoitettua merkitystä? Sanokaamme, että "
"huomiomme on kohdistettu jakeen osaan, jonka merkitys ei ole meille selvä. "
"Kuinka tutkimme sitä? Pidä kolme sääntöä muistissa:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Sääntö 1 - Tulkitse sanojen täsmällisten merkitysten mukaan."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words "
+#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of "
+#| "the key words by following these steps:"
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Mitä tarkempia voimme olla sanojen todellisen, alkuperäisen merkityksen "
"merkitys näillä askelilla:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Määrittely"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
"Verbeille verbin aikamuoto on myös ratkaiseva."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
-msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew "
+#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new "
+#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word "
+#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the "
+#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the "
+#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? "
+#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the "
+#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of "
+#| "meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Vertaa tekstejä tekstien kanssa. Näe, kuinka sama kreikankielinen tai "
"voi olla erilainen merkityksen vivahde.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Esimerkki 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, "
+#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is "
+#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so "
+#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study "
+#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"kirjoittamasta kirjasta' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Esimerkki 1B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who "
+#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"Jaak. 5:14, <emphasis>Vanhimmatvoidelkoot hänet öljyllä Herran nimessä ja "
"rukoilkoot hänen puolestaan</emphasis>. Mitä on tämä voitelu?"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Matt.6:17 Kun sinä paastoat, voitele hiuksesi"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr "Mk.16:1 [naiset] ostivat tuoksuöljyä mennäkseen voitelemaan Hänet."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr "Mk.6:13 Ja he...voitelivat monta sairasta ja paransivat heidät."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Lk.7:38 [...] suuteli Hänen jalkojaan ja voiteli ne tuoksuöljyllä"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"Joh.12:3 Maria [...] voiteli Jeesuksen jalat, ja kuivasi ne hiuksillaan"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
"julistamaan [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "Acts 4:27 Jeesus, jonka Sinä olit voidellut"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr "Apt 10:38 Jumala voiteli Jeesuksen Pyhällä Hengellä ja voimalla"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr "2 Cor.1:21 Nyt Hän, kuka.... voitelee meitä, on Jumala"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and ""
+#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Mikä ero on sanoilla aleipho ja chrio? Katso jälleen ristiviittausta ja "
"määritelmää, ja selvitä ero: <emphasis>"aleipho" on öljyn "
"jokapäiväinen käyttö ja "chrio" on hengellinen</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use "
+#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
+#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use "
+#| "in Jesus' day."
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Öljyn jokapäiväisen käytön kuvaus (joskin sanaa ei käytetä) siihen aikaan "
"päivinä."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Lisää nyt juurioppimamme tähän Jaak. 5:14 sanantutkimiseen <emphasis>\"Jos "
"joku teistä on sairaana, kutsukoon hän luokseen seurakunnan vanhimmat. Nämä "
"Herran nimeen.\"</emphasis> Onko \"voitelu\" hengellistä vai jokapäiväistä? "
"Jokapäiväistä!"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Sääntö 2 - Tulkitse raamatullisia yhteyksiä"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses "
+#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
+#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the "
+#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. "
+#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have "
+#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further."
+msgid ""
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Tekstin tulkinta sopusoinnussa muiden tekstien kanssa. Mitä kukin jae sanoo? "
"jälkeen jää vielä sekavuutta, meidän on katsottava eteenpäin."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Esimerkki 2A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"Edellisellä tunnilla ajattelimme Joh.3:5 <emphasis>\"syntynyt vedestä ja "
"Hengestä.\"</emphasis> Mitä on keskustelussa oleva vesi tässä "
"asiayhteydessään?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch "
+#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a "
+#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has "
+#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = "
+#| "natural birth."
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"\"syntynyt vedestä\" = luonnollinen syntymä."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Esimerkki 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has "
+#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman "
+#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"rukoillessaan tai profetoidessaan [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Esimerkki 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of "
+#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your "
+#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If "
+#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude "
+#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration "
+#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is "
+#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If "
+#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 "
+#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach "
+#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Apt. 2:38 <quote>Pietari vastasi: "Kääntykää ja ottakaa itse kukin "
"kaste Jeesuksen Kristuksen nimeen, jotta syntinne annettaisiin anteeksi "
"minua kastamaan vaan julistamaan evankeliumia\"</emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Rule 3 - Tulkitse historiallisia ja kultturellisia yhteyksiä"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
-msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can "
+#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into "
+#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the "
+#| "recipients."
+msgid ""
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Emme kysy ensiksi <quote>Mitä se merkitsee minulle?</quote> vaan <quote>Mitä "
"kirjoittajan ja saajien historiallinen ja kuturellinen tausta."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Esimerkki 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
-msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
+#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. "
+#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be "
+#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or "
+#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction."
+msgid ""
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"<quote>3 päivää & 3 yötä</quote> (Matt.12:40) on johdattanut muutamia "
"\"Keskiviikon ristiinnaulitsemisen teoriaan,\" erityisesti Armstrongismin "
"auta selittämään silmiinpistävää ristiriitaa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full "
+#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half "
+#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one "
+#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted "
+#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday "
+#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day "
+#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within "
+#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble."
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Tarvitsemme historiallisen makupalan: Juutalaiset laskivat kaikki päivän "
"poistaa ongelman."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Esimerkki 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
-msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and "
+#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract "
+#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part "
+#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a "
+#| "unilateral covenant."
+msgid ""
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Moos.15:7-21. Historiallinen asiayhteys on että Aabrahamin päivinä tehtiin "
"sopimuksella."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "Sääntö 4 - Tulkitse kielen sanojen normaalikäytön mukaan"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. "
+#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Antakaamme kirjaimellisen kielen olla kirjaimellista ja kuvaavan kielen olla "
"kuvaavaa. Ja katso sanontoja, joilla on erityinen merkitys."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Esimerkki 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "<quote>paha silmä</quote> Mt.6:23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
-msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, "
+#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what "
+#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't "
+#| "understanding it rightly!!"
+msgid ""
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Sääntö 1, sanojen \"evil\" ja \"eye\" määritelmät - ei opastusta tässä. "
"oikein!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
-msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look "
+#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me "
+#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil"
+#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that "
+#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. "
+#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so "
+#| "perfectly to the context."
+msgid ""
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Meillä on tässä heprealainen sanonta, <quote>evil eye</quote>. "
"niin täydellisesti yhteen asiayhteyden kanssa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Esimerkki 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Is.59:1 <quote>Herran käsi ei ole lyhennetty;</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"5. Moos. 33:27 <quote>Sinun turvasi on ikiaikojen Jumala, sinua kantavat "
"heidät.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove "
+#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of "
+#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a "
+#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin "
+#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an "
+#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to "
+#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His "
+#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, "
+#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be "
+#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to "
+#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position."
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Viittaamalla Jumalan ruumiinosiin mormonit todistavat, että Jumala oli "
"naurettava huomatessaan heidän paikaknsa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"välillä"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
"emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Jokainen kertomus on vertauskuva, tosi vai epätosi?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is "
+#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and "
+#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to "
+#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; "
+#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our "
+#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable "
+#| "illustrates that, fine."
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Jotkut vertaukset ovat vertauskuvia. Esimerkiksi vertaus riidankylväjästä on "
"jotka tuovat opin esille. Jos sen jälkeen vertaus havainnollistaa sen, hyvä."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Esimerkki 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
"vertauskuvaan, mitä meillä on?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"puolustamaan leskiä, rukoilijat \"kiusaavat\" Häntä, jne."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Esimerkki 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point "
+#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"Kertomus väärästä huoneenhaltijasta Luuk 16:1-9. Mikä on kertomuksen "
"merkitys? Onko se vertauskuva? "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what "
+#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not "
+#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"Huoneenhaltijaa kunnioitetaan vain yhden asian tähden, hänen viekkautensa "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "Raamatuntutkimisen HowTo"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Tämän asiakirjan alkuperäinen kirjoittaja on Mr. Bob Harman ja se on "
"lisensioitu <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> "
"\"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link> -lisenssillä."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
"Raamatusta, jos ei muuta ole sanottu"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Abstrakti"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"tutkimiseen."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"sanojaan sydämeesi, Hän ei tuota sinulle pettymystä."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Etsi nämä jakeet:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Ristiviittaukset sanalle aleipho:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Sanan chrio ristiviittaukset:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "&bibletime;-työryhmä (info@bibletime.info)"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: full\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-31 12:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Vincent BERZIN <berzinv@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Français <fr@li.org>\n"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Bases de l'étude biblique"
msgstr "Notre but dans notre abord de la Bible"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Jn 5:39-40"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
"to Me, that you may have life."
msgstr ""
-"Jn 5:39-40<emphasis>\"Vous sondez les Écritures, parce que vous pensez "
-"avoir en elles la vie éternelle : ce sont elles qui rendent témoignage de "
-"moi. Et vous ne voulez pas venir à moi pour avoir la vie !\"</emphasis>"
+"Jn 5:39-40<emphasis>\"Vous sondez les Écritures, parce que vous pensez avoir "
+"en elles la vie éternelle : ce sont elles qui rendent témoignage de moi. Et "
+"vous ne voulez pas venir à moi pour avoir la vie !\"</emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"pour son propre intérêt mais par amour envers Dieu."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Les Juifs auxquels Jésus parlait... imaginaient que posséder les Écritures "
"était équivalent à posséder la vie. Hillel disait, \"Celui qui a pour lui-"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Approche de la Parole de Dieu"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Écouter"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
msgstr ""
-"Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, "
-"et qui la gardent !</quote>"
+"Lc 11:28 <quote>Heureux plutôt ceux qui écoutent la parole de Dieu, et qui "
+"la gardent !</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Lire"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"Ap 1:3 <emphasis>\"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les "
-"paroles de la prophétie...\"</emphasis>"
+"Ap 1:3 <emphasis>\"Heureux celui qui lit et ceux qui entendent les paroles "
+"de la prophétie...\"</emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
-msgstr ""
-"1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</"
-"quote>"
+msgstr "1 Tm 4:13 <quote>applique-toi à la lecture [des Écritures]...</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Étude"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
"Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que "
-"ceux de Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, "
-"et ils examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur "
-"disait était exact.</quote>"
+"Ac 17:11 <quote>Ces Juifs avaient des sentiments plus nobles que ceux de "
+"Thessalonique; ils reçurent la parole avec beaucoup d'empressement, et ils "
+"examinaient chaque jour les Écritures, pour voir si ce qu'on leur disait "
+"était exact.</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
"word of truth.</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"2 Tm 2:15 <quote>\"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter "
-"devant Dieu comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui "
-"dispense droitement la parole de la vérité.</quote>"
+"2 Tm 2:15 <quote>\"Efforce-toi [KJV `Étudies'] de te présenter devant Dieu "
+"comme un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense "
+"droitement la parole de la vérité.</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Mémoriser"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne "
-"pas pécher contre toi.</quote>"
+"Ps 119:11 <quote>Je serre ta parole dans mon coeur, afin de ne pas pécher "
+"contre toi.</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Méditer"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
"streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does "
"not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de "
-"l'Éternel, Et qui la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près "
-"d'un courant d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage "
-"ne se flétrit point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote>"
+"Ps 1:2-3 <quote>Mais qui trouve son plaisir dans la loi de l'Éternel, Et qui "
+"la médite jour et nuit ! Il est comme un arbre planté près d'un courant "
+"d'eau, Qui donne son fruit en sa saison, Et dont le feuillage ne se flétrit "
+"point : Tout ce qu'il fait lui réussit.</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Types d'études bibliques"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Étude thématique"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Étude de personnage"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
-"Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans "
-"Gn 37-50."
+"Étudier la vie d'un personnage biblique, par exemple celle de Joseph dans Gn "
+"37-50."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Étude expositoire"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Étudier un certain passage : paragraphe, chapitre ou livre."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Bases d'une juste interprétation"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Contenu"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Contexte"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
-"Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est roi" est "
-"la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure du passage "
-"entier et du livre."
+"Que disent les versets précédents et suivants ? "le contexte est "
+"roi" est la règle -- le passage doit garder son sens parmi la structure "
+"du passage entier et du livre."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Références croisées"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Étude expositoire de Mt 6:1-18"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
-"Étudions ensemble Mt 6:1-18. Lisez-le vous même, en recherchant "
-"d'abord le verset clef, c'est à dire le verset résumant l'ensemble du "
-"passage. Vous pensez l'avoir ? Testez cela en examinant divers extraits de "
-"ce passage et en vous demandant si ils font référence à ce verset clef. Une "
-"fois que vous l'avez, écrivez cette ébauche avec le chiffre romain Un :"
+"Étudions ensemble Mt 6:1-18. Lisez-le vous même, en recherchant d'abord le "
+"verset clef, c'est à dire le verset résumant l'ensemble du passage. Vous "
+"pensez l'avoir ? Testez cela en examinant divers extraits de ce passage et "
+"en vous demandant si ils font référence à ce verset clef. Une fois que vous "
+"l'avez, écrivez cette ébauche avec le chiffre romain Un :"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
-msgstr "Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus"
+msgstr ""
+"Gardez-vous de pratiquer votre justice devant les hommes, pour en être vus"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Que signifie \"pratiquez votre justice\" ? Est-ce que le passage donne des "
"exemples ? Quel aspect de nos vies est concerné ? Nos motivations ! Qu'est-"
"ce que les passages secondaires développent dans ce sens ?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Quand tu fais l'aumône"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Quand tu jeûnes"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Quand tu pries"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"d'éviter les mauvaises façons de pratiquer notre justice :"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
"Ne sonne pas de la trompette devant toi. (Comment quelqu'un pourrait-il "
"<quote>sonner de la trompette</quote> aujourd'hui ?)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "que ton aumône se fasse en secret."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Quand vous donnez <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Application pratique: Comment utiliser un index"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Pour rechercher un verset particulier"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Sélectionnez un mot clef ou un mot plus non-usuel de ce verset."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Rechercher ce mot par ordre alphabétique"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Parcourir la colonne des résultats trouvés jusqu'au verset recherché."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
#, fuzzy
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "Les blessures d'un ami prouvent sa fidélité"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
#, fuzzy
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "Nous faisons donc les fonctions d'ambassadeurs pour Christ"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "L'histoire de l'homme riche et de Lazare."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Trouvez ces versets : <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Pour faire une étude thématique"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Disons que vous souhaitez faire une étude sur le mot \"rédemption\". Déjà, "
"vous devriez rechercher ce mot dans l'index et examiner les références qui y "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Pour dégager la signification des mots Grecs ou Hébreux"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 "
+#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that "
+#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different "
+#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? "
+#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)"
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Ne trouveriez vous pas une contradiction entre les versets Mt 7:1 <quote>Ne "
-"jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</quote> et 1 Co 2:15 <quote>L'homme "
-"spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</quote> ? Peut-être y a-t-il deux mots "
-"grecs différents, tous deux traduits par "juger" en français ? (à partir "
-"de maintenant, nous activons l'affichage des numéros Strong)"
+"jugez point, afin que vous ne soyez point jugés.</quote> et 1 Co 2:15 "
+"<quote>L'homme spirituel, au contraire, juge de tout...</quote> ? Peut-être "
+"y a-t-il deux mots grecs différents, tous deux traduits par ""
+"juger" en français ? (à partir de maintenant, nous activons l'affichage "
+"des numéros Strong)"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Recherche du mot "jugés"."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Allez voir à Mt 7:1. À sa droite se trouve un chiffre, 2919. Ceci fait "
"référence au mot grec utilisé. Écrivez-le."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Maintenant, recherchez le mot "juge"."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Allez voir en 1 Co 2:15 . . . . . 350."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Allez alors voir dans le dictionnaire Grec. (Rappelez-vous, vous êtes dans "
"le NT, donc la langue est le grec, tandis que l'AT est en hébreu.) Comparez "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Pour trouver la signification des noms"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Recherchez ces noms et écrivez leur signification :"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigaïl"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Josué"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabas"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Importance de la Parole de Dieu"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Comprendre la Parole de Dieu est très important pour tous ceux qui en "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Un livre unique"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
-msgstr "La Bible se démarque des autres livres sous divers aspects. Elle est unique "
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgstr ""
+"La Bible se démarque des autres livres sous divers aspects. Elle est unique "
"pour :"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"sa popularité. Les ventes de Bibles en Amérique du nord représentent plus de "
"500 millions d'euros par an. La Bible est à la fois le best-seller de tous "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"ses auteurs. Elle fût écrite pendant une période de 1600 ans par 40 auteurs "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"sa conservation. F. F. Bruce dans <emphasis>Les documents du Nouveau "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
-msgstr "Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens."
-
+msgstr ""
+"Comparaison des manuscrits du Nouveau Testament avec d'autres textes anciens."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Ouvrage"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Date d'écriture"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Copie la plus ancienne"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Période écoulée"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Hérodote"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 avant J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 après J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 ans"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacite"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 après J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 après J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 ans"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 avant J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 ans"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "L'<emphasis>histoire romaine</emphasis> de Live"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 avant J.C. - 17 après J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 ans"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Nouveau Testament"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 après J.C. - 100 après J.C."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 après J.C. manuscrits partiels 350 après J.C. manuscrits complets"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 ans"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Grecs & 10000 Latins"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Dix copies de la <emphasis>Guerre des Gaules</emphasis> de César existent, "
"la plus ancienne ayant été copiée 900 ans après que César écrive l'original, "
"etc. Pour le Nouveau Testament nous possédons des manuscrits complets datant "
-"de 350 après J.C., des papyrus contenant la plupart du Nouveau Testament "
-"des années 200 et un fragment de l'évangile de Jean de 130 après J.C. "
-"Combien de manuscrits a-t-on pour les comparer entre eux? 5000 en Grec et "
-"10000 en Latin !"
+"de 350 après J.C., des papyrus contenant la plupart du Nouveau Testament des "
+"années 200 et un fragment de l'évangile de Jean de 130 après J.C. Combien de "
+"manuscrits a-t-on pour les comparer entre eux? 5000 en Grec et 10000 en "
+"Latin !"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., cité dans <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Un livre parcouru du Souffle de Dieu"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>He 4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Car la parole de Dieu est "
-"vivante et efficace... </emphasis>\" Jésus dit <emphasis>(Mt 4:4),</"
-"emphasis> \"<emphasis>Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain seulement, "
-"mais de toute parole qui sort [litt., en train de sortir] de la bouche de "
-"Dieu.</emphasis>\" Comme nous lisons la Bible, L'Esprit de Dieu parle à "
-"notre cœur de façon sans cesse renouvelée."
+"<emphasis>He 4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Car la parole de Dieu est vivante "
+"et efficace... </emphasis>\" Jésus dit <emphasis>(Mt 4:4),</emphasis> "
+"\"<emphasis>Il est écrit : L'homme ne vivra pas de pain seulement, mais de "
+"toute parole qui sort [litt., en train de sortir] de la bouche de Dieu.</"
+"emphasis>\" Comme nous lisons la Bible, L'Esprit de Dieu parle à notre cœur "
+"de façon sans cesse renouvelée."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Tm 3:16 dit,\"<emphasis>Toute Écriture est inspirée de Dieu [litt., est "
"répondre, prêtez attention à l'attitude de Jésus vis-à-vis des Écritures."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Il se réfère aux auteurs humains, mais admet que derrière eux tous est un "
"Auteur divin unique. Il dit aussi bien 'Moïse a dit' que 'Dieu a dit' (Mc "
"conviction de la rédaction duelle des Écritures. Pour eux, il était aussi "
"juste de dire que 'Après avoir autrefois [...] parlé à nos pères par les "
"prophètes, Dieu...' (He 1:1) que de dire '...c'est poussés par le Saint-"
-"Esprit que des hommes ont parlé de la part de Dieu.' (2 P 1:21). Dieu "
-"ne parle pas en annihilant la personnalité de l'auteur humain, de même que "
-"les hommes ne parlent pas d'une façon qui corrompe la Parole de l'Auteur "
-"divin. Dieu parle. Les hommes parlent. Aucune confiance ne doit être donnée "
-"à une dépréciation de l'un par l'autre. ..."
+"Esprit que des hommes ont parlé de la part de Dieu.' (2 P 1:21). Dieu ne "
+"parle pas en annihilant la personnalité de l'auteur humain, de même que les "
+"hommes ne parlent pas d'une façon qui corrompe la Parole de l'Auteur divin. "
+"Dieu parle. Les hommes parlent. Aucune confiance ne doit être donnée à une "
+"dépréciation de l'un par l'autre. ..."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Tm 3:16 poursuit : \"<emphasis>... et utile pour enseigner, pour "
"convaincre, pour corriger, pour instruire dans la justice, afin que l'homme "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Un livre qui agit"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
-"Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 "
-"affirme que la Bible \"<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>\" À "
-"coté de chaque verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit."
+"Que l'étude de la Bible va-t-elle vous apporter ? 1 Th 2:13 affirme que la "
+"Bible \"<emphasis>...agit en vous qui croyez.</emphasis>\" À coté de chaque "
+"verset, l'ouvrage accomplit par la Parole est écrit."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Qu'est ce que l'étude de la Bible apporte aux chrétiens ?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Référence"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Action"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ep 5:26"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Ac 20:32"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"édification -- \"...à Dieu et à la parole de sa grâce, à celui qui peut "
"édifier et donner l'héritage avec tous les sanctifiés.\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Rm 15:4"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Rm 10:17"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Co 10:11"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Mt 4:4"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Un livre qui libère"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
-"Jn 8:32 \"<emphasis>vous connaîtrez la vérité, et la vérité vous "
-"affranchira.</emphasis>\" Ceci est habituellement cité de la sorte. Est-ce "
-"une promesse conditionnelle ou inconditionnelle ? Est ce que cela s'applique "
-"à tout type de connaissances ? Cherchez la réponse en examinant la première "
-"moitié de la phrase, au verset 31. \"<emphasis>Si vous demeurez dans ma "
-"parole, vous êtes vraiment mes disciples...</emphasis>\""
+"Jn 8:32 \"<emphasis>vous connaîtrez la vérité, et la vérité vous affranchira."
+"</emphasis>\" Ceci est habituellement cité de la sorte. Est-ce une promesse "
+"conditionnelle ou inconditionnelle ? Est ce que cela s'applique à tout type "
+"de connaissances ? Cherchez la réponse en examinant la première moitié de la "
+"phrase, au verset 31. \"<emphasis>Si vous demeurez dans ma parole, vous êtes "
+"vraiment mes disciples...</emphasis>\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Nous voyons qu'il s'agit d'une promesse conditionnelle, tout "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Jésus leur répondit : </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Vous êtes dans "
"l'erreur, parce que vous ne comprenez ni les Écritures, ni la puissance de "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
-msgstr "Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de "
+msgstr ""
+"Quelles sont les deux choses que l'on doit connaître pour être préservés de "
"l'erreur ?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "La Parole de Dieu"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "La puissance de Dieu"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Un livre qui combat"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Ep 6:10 est une illustration de notre armement spirituel"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "L'armure spirituelle"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Question"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Réponse"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Combien des armes listées ici sont défensives ?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Combien sont offensives ?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Un"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "La (les) quelle(s) ?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "La Parole - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Les exhortations"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
-"2 Tm 2:15 \"<emphasis>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme "
-"un homme éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement "
-"la parole de la vérité.</emphasis>\""
+"2 Tm 2:15 \"<emphasis>Efforce-toi de te présenter devant Dieu comme un homme "
+"éprouvé, un ouvrier qui n'a point à rougir, qui dispense droitement la "
+"parole de la vérité.</emphasis>\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
-"Col 3:16 \"<emphasis>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous "
-"abondamment; instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute "
-"sagesse, par des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, "
-"chantant à Dieu dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>\""
+"Col 3:16 \"<emphasis>Que la parole du Christ habite parmi vous abondamment; "
+"instruisez-vous et exhortez-vous les uns les autres en toute sagesse, par "
+"des psaumes, par des hymnes, par des cantiques spirituels, chantant à Dieu "
+"dans vos coeurs sous l'inspiration de la grâce.</emphasis>\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Si vous êtes riche de quelque chose, combien en avez-vous ?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Pas qu'un peu !"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
-"Qo 12:11 \"<emphasis>Les paroles des sages sont comme des "
-"aiguillons; et, rassemblées en un recueil, elles sont comme des clous "
-"plantés, données par un seul maître. Du reste, mon fils, tire instruction de "
-"ces choses; on ne finirait pas, si l'on voulait faire un grand nombre de "
-"livres, et beaucoup d'étude est une fatigue pour le corps.</emphasis>\""
+"Qo 12:11 \"<emphasis>Les paroles des sages sont comme des aiguillons; et, "
+"rassemblées en un recueil, elles sont comme des clous plantés, données par "
+"un seul maître. Du reste, mon fils, tire instruction de ces choses; on ne "
+"finirait pas, si l'on voulait faire un grand nombre de livres, et beaucoup "
+"d'étude est une fatigue pour le corps.</emphasis>\""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Annexe : \"Une fois pour toutes\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"La vérité quant à la finalité de l'initiative de Dieu en Christ est portée "
"validité perpétuelle et ne nécessitant pas de répétition et est appliqué "
"dans le NT pour la révélation et la rédemption. Ainsi, Jude se réfère à la "
"foi qui est délivrée une fois pour toute aux saints (Jude 3) et il est dit "
-"dans Romains, \"<emphasis>c'est pour le péché qu'il est mort une fois "
-"pour toutes...</emphasis>\" (Rm 6:10, voir aussi 1 P 3:18; "
-"He 9:26-28)."
+"dans Romains, \"<emphasis>c'est pour le péché qu'il est mort une fois pour "
+"toutes...</emphasis>\" (Rm 6:10, voir aussi 1 P 3:18; He 9:26-28)."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Ainsi, nous pouvons dire que Dieu a parlé une fois pour toutes et que Christ "
"a souffert une fois pour toutes. Ceci signifie que la révélation chrétienne "
"peut être ajouté à l'une d'entre elles sans être désobligeant vis-à-vis de "
"Christ... Celles-ci sont les deux rocs sur lesquels la Réforme Protestante "
"s'est construite -- Dieu révéla sa Parole sans addition de traditions "
-"humaines et le Christ acheva l'ouvrage sans l'addition de mérites humains. Les "
-"gardiens de la Réforme furent les mots <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"humaines et le Christ acheva l'ouvrage sans l'addition de mérites humains. "
+"Les gardiens de la Réforme furent les mots <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
"foreignphrase> pour notre autorité et <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
"foreignphrase> pour notre salut."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Complément : programmes de lecture de la Bible"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Voici quelques programmes simples pour lire la Bible de façon systématique. "
"Vous pouvez en suivre plus d'un à la fois si vous le souhaitez, par exemple "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
-msgstr "Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine."
+msgstr ""
+"Nouveau Testament en un an : lire un chapitre par jour, 5 jours par semaine."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Règles de l'interprétation biblique (herméneutique)"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"l'auteur (et l'Auteur !) original. Alors que plusieurs applications d'un "
"passage sont valides, uniquement une interprétation est juste. Les Écritures "
"elles-mêmes l'affirment en disant qu'aucune prophétie de l'Écriture ne peut "
-"être l'objet d'une interprétation privée (2 P 1:20 <emphasis> \"sachant "
-"tout d'abord vous-mêmes qu'aucune prophétie de l'Écriture ne peut être un "
-"objet d'interprétation particulière...\"</emphasis>) Certaines règles aident "
-"à découvrir le sens juste, ceux qui les ont ignorées se sont attiré des "
-"ennuis sur eux-mêmes et leurs partisans. 2 P 3:16 <emphasis>\"...dans "
-"lesquelles il y a des points difficiles à comprendre, dont les personnes "
-"ignorantes et mal affermies tordent le sens, comme celui des autres "
-"Écritures, pour leur propre ruine.\"</emphasis>"
+"être l'objet d'une interprétation privée (2 P 1:20 <emphasis> \"sachant tout "
+"d'abord vous-mêmes qu'aucune prophétie de l'Écriture ne peut être un objet "
+"d'interprétation particulière...\"</emphasis>) Certaines règles aident à "
+"découvrir le sens juste, ceux qui les ont ignorées se sont attiré des ennuis "
+"sur eux-mêmes et leurs partisans. 2 P 3:16 <emphasis>\"...dans lesquelles il "
+"y a des points difficiles à comprendre, dont les personnes ignorantes et mal "
+"affermies tordent le sens, comme celui des autres Écritures, pour leur "
+"propre ruine.\"</emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Comment allons nous découvrir le sens original d'un passage? Imaginons que "
"votre attention ait été attirée par un verset particulier dont le sens ne "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Règle 1 - Interpréter selon le sens exact des mots."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Plus nous pouvons être précis dans la définition originale des mots, plus "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Définition"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Comparer les Écritures avec les Écritures. Voir comment le même mot Grec ou "
"auteur utilise-t-il ce mot ailleurs ? Et les autres auteurs ? Vos références "
"peuvent aussi vous fournir l'usage de ce mot dans des documents non-"
"bibliques. Pourquoi devons-nous retourner à la langue originale, pourquoi "
-"est-ce que le texte Français n'est pas suffisant ? <emphasis>car plus d'un mot Grec "
-"peut être traduit par le même mot Français et les mots Grecs peuvent "
-"posséder diverses nuances quant à leur sens."
+"est-ce que le texte Français n'est pas suffisant ? <emphasis>car plus d'un "
+"mot Grec peut être traduit par le même mot Français et les mots Grecs "
+"peuvent posséder diverses nuances quant à leur sens."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Exemple 1A"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
-"Définition : en retournant à Jn 20:17, à coté du mot \"touche\", nous "
-"voyons \"pim680 \". Les lettres sont un code lié au rôle dans la phrase et "
-"les nombres réfèrent au dictionnaire Strong. Voyons la définition (p. 879). "
+"Définition : en retournant à Jn 20:17, à coté du mot \"touche\", nous voyons "
+"\"pim680 \". Les lettres sont un code lié au rôle dans la phrase et les "
+"nombres réfèrent au dictionnaire Strong. Voyons la définition (p. 879). "
"\"680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), toucher. Fait référence à la prise d'un "
"objet de façon à le modifier... À distinguer de pselaphao (5584), qui "
"signifie seulement toucher la surface de quelque chose\". Maitenant, "
"actuellement. Alors, qu'avons nous trouvé ?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter "
-"de le retenir !</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Marie est déjà accrochée à Jésus et il lui dit d'arrêter de le "
+"retenir !</emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Exemple 1B"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
-"Dans Jc 5:14, <emphasis>les anciens doivent prier pour celui qui est "
-"malade en l'oignant d'huile</emphasis>. Qu'est ce que oindre ?"
+"Dans Jc 5:14, <emphasis>les anciens doivent prier pour celui qui est malade "
+"en l'oignant d'huile</emphasis>. Qu'est ce que oindre ?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Définition de aleipho (218) - \"oindre\" (dans Strong); mais nous avons "
"aussi un autre mot grec traduit par \"oindre\", chrio (5548) - \"enduir ou "
"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Mt 6:17 Mais quand tu jeûnes, parfume ta tête"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
-msgstr "Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : "
+msgstr ""
+"Mc.16:1 [les femmes] achetèrent des aromates, afin d'aller embaumer [KJV : "
"\"oindre\"] Jésus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
"Mc.6:13 (...) ils oignaient d'huile beaucoup de malades et les guérissaient."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Lc.7:38 [...] les [ses pieds] baisa, et les oignit de parfum."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"avec ses cheveux"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
-"Références croisées pour aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+"Références croisées pour aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/"
+">"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
"annoncer [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "Ac 4:27 Jésus, que tu as oint"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr "Ac 10:38 Dieu a oint du Saint-Esprit et de force Jésus de Nazareth"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr "2 Co 1:21 Et celui...qui nous a oints, c'est Dieu"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "Références croisées pour chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+"Références croisées pour chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and ""
+#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Quelle est alors la différence entre aleipho et chrio ? En retournant aux "
"références croisées et aux définitions et en faisant la synthèse des "
-"différences: <emphasis>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de l'huile et "chrio" l'usage "
-"spirituel</emphasis>"
+"différences: <emphasis>"aleipho" désigne l'usage pratique de "
+"l'huile et "chrio" l'usage spirituel</emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"En guise d'exemple (bien que le mot ne soit pas utilisé) de l'usage pratique "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
-"Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à "
-"Jc 5:14 <emphasis>\"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle "
-"les anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant "
+"Maintenant, mettons en pratique ce que l'on vient juste d'apprendre à Jc "
+"5:14 <emphasis>\"Quelqu'un parmi vous est-il malade ? Qu'il appelle les "
+"anciens de l'Église, et que les anciens prient pour lui, en l'oignant "
"d'huile au nom du Seigneur.\"</emphasis> \"oindre\" désigne un acte pratique "
"ou spirituel ? Pratique !"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Et le temps en Grec, le participe présent de aorist, devrait être traduit "
"par \"avoir oint\", ainsi le commandement est d'oindre d'abord, puis de "
"prier (\"au nom du Seigneur\" fait référence à la prière, pas à l'onction). "
-"Jc 5 explique que les anciens doivent soigner le malade et prier pour "
-"lui au nom du Seigneur. N'est ce pas un merveilleux équilibre entre le "
-"pratique et le spirituel en notre Dieu !"
+"Jc 5 explique que les anciens doivent soigner le malade et prier pour lui au "
+"nom du Seigneur. N'est ce pas un merveilleux équilibre entre le pratique et "
+"le spirituel en notre Dieu !"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Règle 2 - Interpréter selon le contexte biblique"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Interprétez les Écritures en accord avec les autres parties des Écritures. "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Exemple 2A"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"Dans une leçon précédente, nous avons considéré Jn 3:5 <emphasis>\"...naît "
"d'eau et d'Esprit...\"</emphasis> D'après le contexte, quelle est l'eau dont "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Exemple 2B"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has "
+#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman "
+#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"1 Co 14:34 <emphasis>\"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées"
-"\"</emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co "
-"11:5 <emphasis>\"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise...\"</emphasis>"
+"1 Co 14:34 <emphasis>\"que les femmes se taisent dans les assemblées\"</"
+"emphasis> doit être considéré dans le contexte biblique de 1 Co 11:5 "
+"<emphasis>\"Toute femme [...] qui prie ou qui prophétise...\"</emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Exemple 2C"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Ac 2:38 <emphasis>Pierre leur dit: \"Repentez-vous, et que chacun de vous "
"soit baptisé au nom de Jésus-Christ, pour le pardon de vos péchés...\"</"
"emphasis> Est-ce que cela nous enseigne le salut par le baptême ? Si c'était "
-"le seul verset des Écritures que nous ayons, nous en concluerions ceci. Mais à "
-"la lumière de l'enseignement sans ambiguïté, disponible ailleurs, qui dit que "
-"le salut s'obtient par la foi en Christ, nous devons l'interpréter "
+"le seul verset des Écritures que nous ayons, nous en concluerions ceci. Mais "
+"à la lumière de l'enseignement sans ambiguïté, disponible ailleurs, qui dit "
+"que le salut s'obtient par la foi en Christ, nous devons l'interpréter "
"différemment. Pierre presse ses auditeurs de se faire baptiser en réponse à "
"l'Évangile. Si le baptême était le chemin de la nouvelle naissance, comment "
-"Paul pourrait écrire dans 1 Co 1:17 <emphasis>\"Ce n'est pas pour "
-"baptiser que le Christ m'a envoyé, c'est pour annoncer l'Évangile\"</emphasis>?"
+"Paul pourrait écrire dans 1 Co 1:17 <emphasis>\"Ce n'est pas pour baptiser "
+"que le Christ m'a envoyé, c'est pour annoncer l'Évangile\"</emphasis>?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Règle 3 - interpréter selon le contexte historique et culturel"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"En premier, ne nous demandons pas \"Qu'est ce que cela signifie pour moi ?\" "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Exemple 3A"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
-"\"3 jours & 3 nuits\" (Mt 12:40) ont conduit certains à la "
-"\"théorie de la crucifixion du mercredi\", particulièrement le culte de "
-"l'Armstrongisme. Comment Jésus pouvait-il mourir le vendredi après-midi et "
-"ressusciter le dimanche matin tout en étant \"ressuscité le troisième jour"
-"\" (Mt 16:21) ? La signification exacte de \"trois\" ou de \"jours\" "
-"n'aide pas à expliquer la contradiction apparente."
+"\"3 jours & 3 nuits\" (Mt 12:40) ont conduit certains à la \"théorie de "
+"la crucifixion du mercredi\", particulièrement le culte de l'Armstrongisme. "
+"Comment Jésus pouvait-il mourir le vendredi après-midi et ressusciter le "
+"dimanche matin tout en étant \"ressuscité le troisième jour\" (Mt 16:21) ? "
+"La signification exacte de \"trois\" ou de \"jours\" n'aide pas à expliquer "
+"la contradiction apparente."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Nous avons besoin d'une anecdote historique : les Juifs comptaient n'importe "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Exemple 3B"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
-"Gn 15:7-21. Le contexte historique nous apprend que couper un animal en "
-"deux puis passer entre les morceaux était la procédure usuelle pour conclure "
-"un contrat à l'époque d'Abraham. Les deux parties marchaient au milieu, "
+"Gn 15:7-21. Le contexte historique nous apprend que couper un animal en deux "
+"puis passer entre les morceaux était la procédure usuelle pour conclure un "
+"contrat à l'époque d'Abraham. Les deux parties marchaient au milieu, "
"promettant que le démembrement leur arriverait s'ils ne réalisaient pas leur "
"part du contrat. Mais dans ce cas précis, seulement Dieu passe entre les "
"morceaux, en faisant un pacte unilatéral."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "Règle 4 - Interpréter selon l'usage usuel des mots"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Laissez le langage littéral être littéral et le langage figuratif être "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Exemple 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "<quote>oeil en mauvais état</quote> dans Mt 6:23."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Règle n°1, définition de \"œil\" et de \"mauvais état\" - pas d'aide ici. "
"indique que nous ne le comprenons pas correctement..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Ce que nous avons ici est un idiome hébraïque. Recherchons d'autres usages "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Exemple 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Is.59:1 <quote>Non, la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr "Dt 33:27 <quote>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</quote>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
-"Is 59:1 \"<emphasis>la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte...</emphasis>\""
-"Dt 33:27 \"<emphasis>Et sous ses bras éternels est une "
-"retraite.</emphasis>\" Les références aux parties du corps de Dieu sont "
-"utilisées par les Saints des Derniers Jours pour prouver que Dieu s'est fait "
-"homme juste comme nous. Une fois qu'ils ont convaincus les gens de cela, ils "
-"poursuivent en enseignant que nous pouvons devenir Dieu comme Il l'est ! "
-"Lors d'une de ses interventions, un groupe d'anciens Mormons interpella "
-"Walter Martin (auteur de <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) avec une "
-"énumération de versets comme ceux-ci. Le Dr Martin leur demanda alors de "
-"lire un verset de plus: Ps 91:4 \"<emphasis> Il te couvrira de ses "
-"plumes, Et tu trouveras un refuge sous ses ailes...</emphasis>\". W. Martin "
-"dit \"avec les mêmes règles d'interprétation vous ayant servies à prouver "
-"que Dieu est un homme, vous venez de prouver qu'Il est un oiseau.\" Les "
-"Mormons n'eurent plus qu'à rire en réalisant le ridicule de leur position."
+"Is 59:1 \"<emphasis>la main de l'Éternel n'est pas trop courte...</emphasis>"
+"\"Dt 33:27 \"<emphasis>Et sous ses bras éternels est une retraite.</emphasis>"
+"\" Les références aux parties du corps de Dieu sont utilisées par les Saints "
+"des Derniers Jours pour prouver que Dieu s'est fait homme juste comme nous. "
+"Une fois qu'ils ont convaincus les gens de cela, ils poursuivent en "
+"enseignant que nous pouvons devenir Dieu comme Il l'est ! Lors d'une de ses "
+"interventions, un groupe d'anciens Mormons interpella Walter Martin (auteur "
+"de <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) avec une énumération de "
+"versets comme ceux-ci. Le Dr Martin leur demanda alors de lire un verset de "
+"plus: Ps 91:4 \"<emphasis> Il te couvrira de ses plumes, Et tu trouveras un "
+"refuge sous ses ailes...</emphasis>\". W. Martin dit \"avec les mêmes règles "
+"d'interprétation vous ayant servies à prouver que Dieu est un homme, vous "
+"venez de prouver qu'Il est un oiseau.\" Les Mormons n'eurent plus qu'à rire "
+"en réalisant le ridicule de leur position."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"parabole et une allégorie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Chaque parabole est une allégorie, vrai ou faux ?"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Certaines paraboles sont des allégories, par exemple la parabole du semeur "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Exemple 5A"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Exemple 5B"
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"La parabole de l'économe infidèle dans Lc 16:1-9. Quel est le sujet de la "
#
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"L'économe n'est loué que pour une seule chose, son habileté à utiliser ce "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "Tutoriel d'étude biblique"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr "Bob"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr "Harman"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The BibleTime team"
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr "L'équipe BibleTime"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
+#| "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>L'équipe BibleTime; "
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>L'équipe BibleTime; "
"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ce document a été originellement créé par M. Bob Harman et est sous licence "
"<link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative "
#
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
#
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Résumé"
#
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
#
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"pas."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr "Bible"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "Tutoriel"
-
-#
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Trouver ces versets :"
-
-#
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Références croisées d'alelpho :"
-
-#
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Références croisées de chrio"
-
-#
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "L'équipe de &bibletime;, info@bibletime.de"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: howto-hu\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-01 20:25+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: howto.pot\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Biblia tanulmányozási alapok"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Jn.5:39-40"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has "
+#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were "
+#| "grievously deceived. [...]"
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"A zsidók, akiknek Jézus beszélt [...] ha birtokolni az Írást, ugyanannyi, "
"mintha birtokolnák az életet. Hillel szokta mondani, "Az, aki befogadta "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Hozzáállás Isten Szavához"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while "
+#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. "
+#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and "
+#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds."
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Hallgatni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Olvasni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Tanulmányozni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Memorizálni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Elmélkedni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all "
+#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "A Biblia tanulmányozás típusai"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Témák tanulmányozása"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Karakterek tanulmányozása"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Megismerő tanulmányozás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr ""
"Egy szakasz tanulmányozása: lehet bekezdés, fejezet, vagy egész könyv is."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "A helyes értelmezés alapjai"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Tartalom"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Szövegkörnyezet"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"A környezetében lévő versek mit mondanak? " Szövegkörnyezet a "
"király" ez a szabály -- a rész értelmének egyeznie kell a teljes "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Kereszthivatkozások"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Máté 6:1-18 megismerő tanulmányozása"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
-msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for "
+#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have "
+#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking "
+#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find "
+#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Tanulmányozzuk együtt Mt.6:1-18. Olvassa el magának, először megkeresve a "
"kulcsverset, azt a verset, ami összefoglalja az egész szakaszt. Amikor "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr "Vigyázzatok a kegyességeteket ne az emberek előtt gyakoroljátok"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Mit jelent a <quote>kegyesség gyakorlása</quote>? Ad erre a szakasz példát? "
"Az életünk mely területének lett ez címezve? <emphasis>A motivációnknak!</"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Amikor adsz"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Amikor böjtölsz"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Amikor imádkozol"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
-msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+#| "today?)"
+msgid ""
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr "ne kürtöltess. (hogyan <quote>kürtöltethet</quote> bárki manapság?)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "titokban csináld."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "stb."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Munkalap: Hogyan használjuk a konkordanciát (szószedetet)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Megtalálni a pontos verset"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Vegye a kulcsszót, vagy a leginkább használt szót a versből."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Lapozzon ABC szerint a helyére"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Menjen végig az oszlopon, míg meg nem találja a verset."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Jó szándékúak a baráttól kapott sebek</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Tehát Krisztusért járva követségben. </quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "A gazdag ember és Lázár története."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Téma szerinti tanulmányozás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
-msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." "
+#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up "
+#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and "
+#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," "
+#| "even "buy" or "bought.""
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Mondjuk tanulmányozni szeretné a "megváltás" jelentését. Először "
"nézzen körül a konkordanciában, és nézze meg a hivatkozásokat amiket "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "A jelentés tisztázása Görögből és Héberből"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 "
+#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that "
+#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different "
+#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? "
+#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)"
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Mi történik akkor, ha ellentmondást észlel a Mt. 7:1<quote>Ne ítéljetek, "
"hogy ne ítéltessetek!</quote> és az 1 Kor.2.15 <quote>A lelki ember azonban "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Keresse meg az "ítél" szót"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, "
+#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Menjen a Mt. 7:1 bejegyzéseihez. A helyes szám a 2919. Ez az alkalmazott "
"görög szó hivatkozási száma. Írja le."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Most keresse ki a "megítél" szót."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Keresse meg az oszlopában az 1 Kor. 2:15-t. . . . . . 350."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of "
+#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Lapozzunk a görög szótárhoz. (Emlékezzünk, az Újszövetség eredeti nyelve a "
"görög, míg az Ószövetségé a héber.) Hasonlítsuk össze a 2919 és a 350 számú "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Nevek jelentésének megkeresése"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Keresse meg ezeket a neveket, és írja le a jelentésüket:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nábál"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Józsué"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Isten szavának jelentősége"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+#| "communicate with God."
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Isten szavának megértése nagyon fontos mindazoknak, akik segítségük hívják "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "A Könyv, amely PÁRATLAN"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "A Biblia több tekintetben is egyedülálló. Páratlan a:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"népszerűségében. Csak az Egyesült Államokban több, mint 500 millió dollárt "
"hoznak az eladások évente. A Biblia egyszerre minden idők és minden év "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"szerzőségében. Több, mint 1600 év alatt íródott, különböző háttérrel "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
-msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other "
+#| "ancient texts:"
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"fennmaradásában. F.F. Bruce <emphasis> Megbízhatóak az Újszövetség "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "Az Újszövetség kéziratainak összehasonlítása más ősi iratokkal."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Irat"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Keletkezés"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Legkorábbi másolat"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Eltelt idő"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Hérodotosz"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 Kr.e"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 Kr.u."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 év"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 Kr.u."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 Kr.u."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 év"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Cézár <emphasis>Gall háború</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "58-50 Kr.e."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 év"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Livius <emphasis>Róma története</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 Kr.e. - 17 Kr.u."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 év"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Újszövetség"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "Kr.u. 40 - 100"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "Kr. u. 130 töredékes kéziratok, Kr.u. 350 teljes kéziratok"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 -310 év"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5 000 görög és 10 000 latin nyelvű"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the "
+#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, "
+#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., "
+#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment "
+#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to "
+#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Cézár <emphasis>Gall háborújából</emphasis> maradt fenn, a legkorábbi is 900 "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
+#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+#| "emphasis> p. 25-26"
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"F.J.A. Hort, \"Az Újszövetség eredeti görögben\" szöveg kritikája írja, 1."
"kötet 561.oldal, Macmillan Co., idézve az <emphasis>Élet Kérdései</emphasis> "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "A könyv, amit Isten ihletett"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living "
+#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on "
+#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to "
+#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim. 3:16 mondja, \"<emphasis>A teljes Írás Istentől ihletett,</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind "
+#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' "
+#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in "
+#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). "
+#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is "
+#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord "
+#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New "
+#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of "
+#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to "
+#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved "
+#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in "
+#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did "
+#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God "
+#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the "
+#| "other. ..."
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Hivatkozott emberi szerzőkre, de úgy értelmezte, mintha mindegyik mögött egy "
"Isteni Szerző állott volna. Ugyanolyan értelemben mondta azt, hogy Mózes "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the "
+#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible "
+#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
+msgid ""
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"A 2 Tim. 3:16 így folytatódik: \"<emphasis>hasznos a tanításra, a feddésre, "
"a megjobbításra, az igazságban való nevelésre; hogy tökéletes legyen az "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "A könyv, amely cselekszik"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
-msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
+msgid ""
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"Mit tesz önért a Biblia tanulmányozás? 1 Thess. 2:13 mondja, hogy "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Mit tesz a Biblia tanulmányozás a keresztyénekért?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Hivatkozás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Cselekedet"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef. 5:26"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "ApCsel. 20:32 "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up "
+#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"felépít -- \" ... kegyelme igéjének ajánllak titeket, aki felépíthet "
"benneteket, és örökséget adhat nektek a szentek között.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Róm. 15:4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Róm. 10:17"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Kor. 10:11"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Mt. 4:4"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "A könyv ami megszabadít"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
-msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall "
+#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, "
+#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly "
+#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Jn. 8:32 \"<emphasis>És megismeritek az igazságot, és az igazság szabadokká "
"tesz titeket.</emphasis>\" Ezt az igét önmagában is szokták idézni. "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Láthatjuk tehát, hogy ez egy feltételes ígéret, azaz szólni kell Isten "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>De Jézus így válaszolt és mondta nekik,</emphasis> "
"\"<emphasis>Tévelyegtek, mivelhogy nem ismeritek sem az írásokat, sem az "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Mi az a 2 dolog, amit tudnunk kell ahhoz, hogy ne kövessünk el hibát?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Isten igéje"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Isten hatalma"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "A könyv, amely harcol"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Ef. 6:10-18 képet mutat a szellemi fegyverzetünkről."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Szellemi páncél"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Kérdés"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Válasz"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Mennyi védelmi fegyver van felsorolva?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Mennyi támadó?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Egy"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Melyik(ek)?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "az ige - <foreignphrase>réma</foreignphrase>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Bátorítás"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
-msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Ha gazdag valamiben, mennyije van belőle?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Nem kevés!"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
-msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and "
+#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given "
+#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many "
+#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body."
+#| "</emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Függelék: \"Egyszer s mindenkorra\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Krisztus a vitatkozó,</emphasis> InterVarsity "
"Press 1978, pp.106-107"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is "
+#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb "
+#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
+#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, "
+#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual "
+#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both "
+#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once "
+#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>"
+#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"Az igazságot Isten kezdeményezésének véglegességéről Krisztusban egy szó "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
+#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
+#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
+#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without "
+#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the "
+#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Így mondhatjuk, hogy Isten beszélt egyszer, s mindenkorra és Krisztus "
"szenvedett egyszer, s mindenkorra - mindenkiért. Ezt jelenti, hogy a "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Kiegészítés: Biblia olvasási programok"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can "
+#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 "
+#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Itt található néhány egyszerű leírás, melynek segítségével rendszerszerűen "
"olvashatja a Bibliát. Mehet egyszerre több alapján is, ha akarja, például #1 "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Újszövetség egy év alatt: olvasson el egy fejezetet egy nap, 5 napon át egy "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "A Biblia értelmezésének szabályai (Hermeneutikai)"
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
-msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-"
+#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical "
+#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the "
+#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are "
+#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this "
+#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 "
+#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any "
+#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward "
+#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have "
+#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 "
+#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught "
+#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to "
+#| "their own destruction.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's "
+#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is "
+#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Hogyan fedezhetjük akkor fel az eredeti jelentést? Mondjuk fordítson "
"figyelmet arra a versre, amely nem tiszta önnek. Hogyan tanulmányozza? "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "1. szabály - értelmezés a szavak egzakt jelentése alapján"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words "
+#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of "
+#| "the key words by following these steps:"
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Legprecízebbek akkor lehetünk, ha az egzakt eredeti jelentését vesszük a "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definíció"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
-msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew "
+#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new "
+#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word "
+#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the "
+#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the "
+#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? "
+#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the "
+#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of "
+#| "meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Hasonlítsa össze az Írást az Írással. Figyelje meg, hogy ugyanaz a görög "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "1A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, "
+#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is "
+#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so "
+#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study "
+#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see "
+#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the "
+#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the "
+#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers "
+#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon "
+#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to "
+#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes "
+#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim "
+#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present "
+#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do "
+#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, "
+#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a "
+#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already "
+#| "occuring. So, what have we found?"
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Meghatározás: a János 20:17 ben található szó \"érints\" mellett a pim680 "
"számot láthatjuk , ami a Strong -féle görög szótárra hivatkozik: \"680: "
"fejeződjön be valami, ami éppen történik. Vagyis mit találtunk? "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "1B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who "
+#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"Jakab 5:14 ben olvashatjuk: <emphasis>Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és "
"imádkozzanak felette, megkenvén őt olajjal az Úrnak nevében.</emphasis> Mi "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
+#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or "
+#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
+#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" "
+#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple "
+#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the "
+#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the "
+#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Az aleipho (218) - \"beolajozni\" (Strong's szótár), de van egy másik szó is "
"amit a \"megken\" szóval fordíthatunk, ez a chrio (5548) - \"bekenni, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Mt. 6:17 Te pedig mikor bőjtölsz, kend meg a te fejedet"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
"Mk. 16:1 [az asszonyok] drága keneteket vásárlának, hogy elmenvén, megkenjék "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr "Mk 6:13 és olajjal sok beteget megkennek és meggyógyítnak vala."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Lk. 7:38 [...] csókolgatá az ő lábait, és megkené drága kenettel."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"saját hajával; a ház pedig megtelék a kenet illatával."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
"ApCsel 4:27 [...] egybegyűltek a te szent Fiad, a Jézus ellen, a kit "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
"ApCsel 10:38 A názáreti Jézust, mint kené fel őt az Isten Szent Lélekkel és "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr "2 Kor. 1:21 A ki ... megken minket, az Isten az;"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and ""
+#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Vagyis mi a különbség az aleipho és a chrio között? Tekintsen vissza a "
"kereszthivatkozásokra és definíciókra és foglaljuk össze a különbséget: "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use "
+#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
+#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use "
+#| "in Jesus' day."
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Egy példázat (bár a szó nincs használva) az olaj gyakorlati használatáról "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Akkor használjuk azt, amit éppen most tanultunk a Jakab 5:14 esetére "
"<emphasis>Beteg-é valaki köztetek? Hívja magához a gyülekezet véneit, és "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
+#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
+#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). "
+#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine "
+#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a "
+#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Tehát a görög igeidő szerint is a megkenvén helyesebben fordítva talán \"már "
"megkenve\" vagyis a sorrend szerint előbb megkenni, majd imádkozni \"az "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "2. szabály - értelmezés a bibliai szövegkörnyezetében"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses "
+#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
+#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the "
+#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. "
+#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have "
+#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further."
+msgid ""
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Értelmezze az írást az írással való harmóniájában. Mit mondanak a versek? Mi "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "2A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"Az előző leckében tekintettük meg a Jn. 3:5 <emphasis>\"születik víztől és "
"Lélektől\"</emphasis> igét. A szövekgörnyezetben mi az a víz, amit itt jelez?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch "
+#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a "
+#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has "
+#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = "
+#| "natural birth."
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "2B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
-msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has "
+#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman "
+#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "2C példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of "
+#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your "
+#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If "
+#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude "
+#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration "
+#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is "
+#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If "
+#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 "
+#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach "
+#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"ApCsel 2:38 <quote> Péter pedig monda nékik: "Térjetek meg és "
"keresztelkedjetek meg mindnyájan a Jézus Krisztusnak nevében a bűnöknek "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "3. szabály - értelmezés a történelmi és kulturális környezetben"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
-msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can "
+#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into "
+#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the "
+#| "recipients."
+msgid ""
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Először ne azt kérdezzük <quote> Mit jelent ez számomra</quote>, hanem "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "3A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
-msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
+#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. "
+#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be "
+#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or "
+#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction."
+msgid ""
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"<quote>Három nap és három éjjel</quote> (Mt. 12:40) vezethetett egyeseket a "
"\"Szerdai keresztre feszítés elmélete\" kigondolására, pl. az Armstrong "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full "
+#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half "
+#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one "
+#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted "
+#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday "
+#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day "
+#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within "
+#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble."
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Szükségünk lesz egy kis történelmi csemegére: A zsidó nép bármely részét a "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "3B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
-msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and "
+#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract "
+#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part "
+#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a "
+#| "unilateral covenant."
+msgid ""
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"1 Móz. 15:7-21. Ábrahám idejében az állatok kettéhasítása, majd a részek "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "4. szabály - értelmezés a szavak hétköznapi értelmében"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. "
+#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"A szó szerinti nyelvet szó szerint, a jelképes nyelvet jelképesként kell "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "4A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "<quote>gonosz szem</quote> Mt. 6:23-ban"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
-msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, "
+#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what "
+#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't "
+#| "understanding it rightly!!"
+msgid ""
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"1.szabály a \"gonosz\" és a \"szem\" jelentése nem segít most. 2. szabály, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
-msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look "
+#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me "
+#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil"
+#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that "
+#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. "
+#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so "
+#| "perfectly to the context."
+msgid ""
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Amit itt láthatunk, az egy héber kifejezés, <quote>gonosz szem</quote>. "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "4B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Ésa. 59:1 <quote> Ímé, nem oly rövid az Úr keze,</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr "5 Móz. 33:27 <quote>alant vannak örökkévaló karjai;</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove "
+#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of "
+#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a "
+#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin "
+#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an "
+#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to "
+#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His "
+#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, "
+#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be "
+#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to "
+#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position."
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"A testrészekre hivatkozást az Utolsó Napok Szentjei használják arra, hogy "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Minden példázat egyben allegória is, igaz, vagy hamis?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is "
+#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and "
+#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to "
+#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; "
+#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our "
+#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable "
+#| "illustrates that, fine."
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Néhány példázat allegória, például a magvető példázata allegória: a magok "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "5A példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "5B példa"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point "
+#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr "A hűtlen sáfár példázata (Lk.16:1-9.), ez vajon allegória?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what "
+#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not "
+#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"A sáfárt egy dolog vezette: a ravaszsága, hogy mit tegyen akkor, amikor már "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "Hogyan tanulmányozza a Bibliát"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Ezt a dokumentumot eredetileg Mr. Bob Harman készítette, és a <link url="
"\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">Creative Commons "
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Vázlat"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying "
+#| "the Bible."
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
+#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular "
+#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any "
+#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study "
+#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the "
+#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He "
+#| "will not disappoint you."
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"okozni. "
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-16 09:42+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Italian <kde-i18n-it@kde.org>\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.1\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Elementi di studio della bibbia"
msgstr "La nostra intenzione è di occuparci della Bibbia"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Gv 5,39-40"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
"me per avere la vita. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
"cercare Dio."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+#| "tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has "
+#| "gotten to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the "
+#| "world to come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were "
+#| "grievously deceived. [...]"
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"I giudei ai quali Gesù rivolse la sua parola [...] immaginavano che essere "
"in possesso delle scritture significasse essere in possesso della vita. "
"furono delusi. [...]"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"avere una forte speranza di incontrare il Cristo attraverso di essa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Approcci alla parola di Dio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while "
+#| "study and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. "
+#| "Meditating on the scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and "
+#| "memorization together and cements the word in our minds."
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"fissa la parola nella nostra mente."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "L'ascolto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
"osservano! </quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "La lettura"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
"questa profezia [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
msgstr "1 Tm 4,13 <quote>dedicati alla lettura [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Studio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
"giorno le Scritture per vedere se le cose stavano davvero così.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
"della verità.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Memorizzazione"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
"te.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Meditazione"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
"riesce bene.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all "
+#| "the fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+#| "Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+#| "the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+#| "they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"conoscerà più a fondo il messaggio generale della bibbia."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Tipi di studio della Bibbia"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Studio tematico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"una concordanza."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Studio di un Personaggio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"Giuseppe in Gn 37-50."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Esposizione"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Lo studio di un certo brano: paragrafo, capitolo o libro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Le Basi di una Interpretazione Corretta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Contenuto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"definizioni. Non leggerci quello che non dice."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Contesto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule "
+#| "-- the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage "
+#| "and book."
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Cosa dicono i versetti vicini? "Il contesto è il re" è la regola "
"-- il brano deve avere senso nella struttura dell'intero passaggio e del "
"libro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Referenze"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"interpretazione deve subire la prova di altre scritture."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Uno studio di Matteo 6,1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
-msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for "
+#| "the key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have "
+#| "it? Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking "
+#| "yourself if they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find "
+#| "it, write it as Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Studiamo insieme Mt 6,1-18. Leggilo da solo, per prima cosa cercane il verso "
"chiave, il verso che da il riassunto di tutto il brano. Pensi di averlo "
"come il numero I della tua esposizione:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
"State attenti a non praticare la vostra giustizia davanti agli uomini per "
"essere ammirati da loro"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+#| "passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+#| "<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Cosa significa <quote>praticare la vostra giustizia</quote>? Ci sono degli "
"esempi nel nostro brano? Quale parte della nostra vita è in discussione? "
"questo pensiero?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Quando tu doni"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Quando tu digiuni"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Quando tu preghi"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+#| "today?)"
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
"non suonare la tromba. (come potrebbe qualcuno <quote>suonare la tromba</"
"quote> oggi?)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "fallo in segreto."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Quando tu doni <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Scheda di lavoro: Come usare una Concordanza"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Trovare un Particolare Versetto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Scegli una parola chiave o la parola meno usata del versetto."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Cerca questa parola nell'elenco alfabetico."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Segui la colonna dei riferimenti finché trovi il tuo versetto."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Leali sono le ferite di un amico</quote>"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>In nome di Cristo, dunque, siamo ambasciatori</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "La storia del ricco e Lazzaro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Trova questi versetti <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Fare uno Studio Tematico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
-msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." "
+#| "First you would look up that word in the concordance and look up "
+#| "references listed for it. Then you could look up related words and "
+#| "references listed for them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," "
+#| "even "buy" or "bought.""
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Diciamo che vuoi fare uno studio sulla parola "redenzione." Per "
"prima cosa cerca questa parola nelle concordanze e segui i riferimenti per "
"comprato.""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Chiarire il Senso della Parola in Greco ed Ebraico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 "
+#| "<quote>Judge not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that "
+#| "is spiritual judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different "
+#| "Greek words here, both being translated "judge" in English? "
+#| "(We're using Strong's from here out.)"
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Hai notato una contraddizione tra Mt 7,1 <quote>Non giudicate, per non "
"essere giudicati</quote> e 1 Cor 2,15 <quote>L'uomo mosso dallo Spirito, "
"\" che in SWORD sono forniti di questo strumento. Giudicare = to judge)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Cerca "judge"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, "
+#| "2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Vai nella lista dei risultati a Mt 7,1. A destra c'è un numero, 2919. Questo "
"fa riferimento alla parola Greca usata in questo versetto. Scrivilo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Adesso cerca "judgeth"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Vai sotto a 1 Cor 2,15 . . . . . 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+#| "the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of "
+#| "2919 with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Vai al dizionario Greco. (Ricordati: sei nel nuovo testamento, per questo la "
"lingua è il greco, mentre nell'antico testamento è l'ebraico.) Paragona il "
"significato di 2919 con il significato di 350 e troverai la risposta!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Trovare i Significati dei Nomi"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"Ebraico."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Cerca questi nomi e scrivine il significato:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Joshua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "L'importanza della Parola di Dio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+#| "name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+#| "communicate with God."
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Capire la parola di Dio è importantissimo per tutti coloro che hanno fede in "
"con Dio."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Un libro che è Unico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "La Bibbia è unica sotto molti aspetti. È unica in:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+#| "year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"popolarità. Nell'America settentrionale la Bibbia è venduta per più di 500 "
"millioni di dollari all'anno. La Bibbia è un best seller sia dal punto di "
"vista delle vendite totali, sia delle vendite annuali!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+#| "authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"autorevolezza. È stata scritta in un periodo di più di 1600 anni e da 40 "
"leggerla come se fosse scritta da un unico autore."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
-msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+#| "Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other "
+#| "ancient texts:"
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"conservazione. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"antichi:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "Paragone di manoscritti del Nuovo Testamento con altri testi antichi."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Documento"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Epoca di Scrittura"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Copia più Antica"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Differenza di Tempo"
msgstr "Numero delle Copie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Erodoto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 A.C."
# index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41, index.docbook:41
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 D.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 anni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacito"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 D.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 D.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 anni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Giulio Cesare"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 A.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 anni"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Ab urbe condita</emphasis> di Livio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 A.C. - 17 D.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 anni"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Nuovo testamento"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 D.C. - 100 D.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 D.C. Manoscritti parziali 350 D.C. Manoscritti integrali"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 anni"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Greci & 10000 Latini"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the "
+#| "earliest of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, "
+#| "etc. For the New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., "
+#| "papyri containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment "
+#| "of John's gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to "
+#| "compare to each other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Esistono dieci copie del <emphasis>De bello gallico</emphasis> di Cesare, la "
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek"
+#| "\", vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+#| "emphasis> p. 25-26"
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Testo critico F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citato in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
"p. 25-26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"dell'Antichità.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Un Libro Ispirato da Dio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living "
+#| "and active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+#| "\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on "
+#| "every word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\" As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to "
+#| "our hearts in a continually-fresh way."
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"continuamente rinnovato."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Tm 3,16 dichiara: \"<emphasis>Tutta la Scrittura, ispirata da Dio.</"
"posizione di Gesù verso le Scritture."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind "
+#| "them all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' "
+#| "or 'God said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in "
+#| "Genesis 2:24 as an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). "
+#| "Similarly He said, 'Well did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is "
+#| "written', when what He went on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord "
+#| "God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It is from Jesus Himself that the New "
+#| "Testament authors have gained their conviction of the dual authorship of "
+#| "Scripture. For them it was just as true to say that 'God spoke of old to "
+#| "our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as it was to say that 'men moved "
+#| "by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 Pe.1:21). God did not speak in "
+#| "such a way as to obliterate the personality of the human authors, nor did "
+#| "men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word of the divine Author. God "
+#| "spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed to detract from the "
+#| "other. ..."
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Si riferiva all'autore umano, dando per scontato che dietro di lui ci fosse "
"un singolo Autore divino. Poteva dire nello stesso modo 'Mosè disse' come "
"dall'altra. ..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+#| "witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the "
+#| "chief reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible "
+#| "is that Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
+msgid ""
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"credono nell'origine divina della bibbia è che Gesù stesso l'ha insegnata."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
-msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Tm 3,16 continua: \"<emphasis>è anche utile per insegnare, convincere, "
"correggere ed educare nella giustizia, perché l'uomo di Dio sia completo e "
"guida in tutte le questioni di fede e di condotta di vita."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Un libro che Funziona"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
-msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
+msgid ""
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"Quale sarà l'effetto dello studio della Bibbia per te? 1 Ts 2,13 dice che la "
"scrittura, inserisci l'opera che la parola compie."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Quale effetto ha lo studio della Bibbia per i Cristiani?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Riferimento"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Effetto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef 5,26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "At 20,32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up "
+#| "and to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"edifica -- \" ... la parola della sua grazia, che ha la potenza di edificare "
"e di concedere l'eredità fra tutti quelli che da lui sono santificati. \""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Rm 15,4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"provengono dalle Scritture, teniamo viva la speranza.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Rm 10,17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
"parola di Cristo.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Cor 10,11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"state scritte per nostro ammonimento\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Mt 4,4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"di ogni parola che esce dalla bocca di Dio'.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Un libro che rende Liberi"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
-msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall "
+#| "make you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+#| "conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+#| "knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, "
+#| "in v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly "
+#| "disciples of Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Gv 8,32 \"<emphasis>conoscerete la verità e la verità vi farà liberi.</"
"emphasis>\" Normalmente questa è una citazione a sé stante. E' una promessa "
"emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Vediamo che questa è una promessa condizionata che parla in particolare "
"della verità della parola di Dio."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"\"soffiati via.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>E Gesù rispose loro: </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Vi ingannate, perché "
"non conoscete le Scritture e neppure la potenza di Dio.</emphasis>\"Mt 22,29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr ""
"Quali sono le due cose di cui abbiamo bisogno per essere liberati "
"dall'errore?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "La parola di Dio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "La forza di Dio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Un Libro che da Battaglia"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Ef 6,10-18 è un'immagine del nostro armamento spirituale."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Armamento spirituale"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Domanda"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Risposta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Quante delle armi elencate nel testo sono armi difensive?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Quante sono offensive?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Una"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Quale?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "La parola - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Esortazioni"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"parola della verità.</quote></emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
-msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"gratitudine salmi, inni e cantici spirituali. </emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Se siete ricchi di qualcosa, quanto ne avete?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Non poco!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
-msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and "
+#| "masters of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given "
+#| "by one Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many "
+#| "books is endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body."
+#| "</emphasis>\""
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"senza fine ma il molto studio affatica il corpo. </emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Appendice: <quote>Una volta per tutte</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is "
+#| "conveyed by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb "
+#| "<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
+#| "foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the Authorized Version once, "
+#| "meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done as to be of perpetual "
+#| "validity and never need repetition, and is applied in the NT to both "
+#| "revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith which was once "
+#| "for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+#| "\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>"
+#| "\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"La verità sulla completezza del piano di Dio in Cristo sta in un'unica "
"\" (Rm 6,10, vedi anche 1 Pt 3,18; Eb 9,26-28)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
+#| "once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+#| "redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
+#| "either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
+#| "which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without "
+#| "the addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the "
+#| "addition of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and "
+#| "<foreignphrase>sola gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Per questo possiamo dire che Dio ha parlato una volta per tutte e Cristo ha "
"sofferto una volta per tutte. Questo significa che sia la rivelazione "
"riguarda la nostra salvezza."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Supplemento: Programmi per la lettura della bibbia"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can "
+#| "do more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 "
+#| "with #5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Ecco alcuni semplici programmi per la lettura sistematica della bibbia. Puoi "
"svolgerne più di uno alla volta, se desideri, per esempio il n. 1 insieme al "
"n. 4 o il n. 2 insieme al n. 5. Cambia il programma di anno in anno!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Nuovo Testamento in un Anno: leggi un capitolo ogni giorno, 5 giorni alla "
"settimana."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"giorno del mese, ogni giorno."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"esempio: il 20° leggi Sal 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"Salmi e Proverbi in 6 mesi: leggi i Salmi e i Proverbi un capitolo al giorno."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"leggere l'antico testamento in 2 anni e 2 settimane."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Regole per l'interpretazione della Bibbia (Ermeneutica)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
-msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-"
+#| "reference. We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical "
+#| "hermeneutics, whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the "
+#| "original author (and Author!). While many applications of a passage are "
+#| "valid, only one interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this "
+#| "by saying that no scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 "
+#| "KJV <quote>Knowing this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any "
+#| "private interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward "
+#| "discovering the correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have "
+#| "brought much trouble on themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 "
+#| "<quote>...in which are some things hard to understand, which the untaught "
+#| "and unstable distort, as they do also the rest of the Scriptures, to "
+#| "their own destruction.</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"per loro propria rovina.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's "
+#| "say your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is "
+#| "not clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Come possiamo scoprire il senso inteso di un brano? Diciamo che hai notato "
"un certo versetto del quale non capisci il senso. Come trovarlo? Tieni "
"queste regole in mente:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Regola 1 - Interpreta seguendo il senso esatto delle parole."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words "
+#| "the better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of "
+#| "the key words by following these steps:"
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Quanto più precisamente teniamo in considerazione il senso esatto, "
"Cerca di trovare il senso esatto delle parole chiave seguendo questi punti:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definizione"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
"modo è ugualmente importantissimo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
-msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew "
+#| "word (not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new "
+#| "light on the definition. How does the same author use this word "
+#| "elsewhere? Other authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the "
+#| "word in non-biblical documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the "
+#| "original languages; why isn't the English word good enough? "
+#| "<emphasis>Because more than one greek word may be translated into the "
+#| "same english word, and the greek words may have different shades of "
+#| "meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Paragona scrittura con scrittura. Notare come la stessa parola Greca o "
"termini grecipossono avere differenti sfumature di significato.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Esempio 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, "
+#| "doesn't it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is "
+#| "risen, that He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so "
+#| "let's look it up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study "
+#| "New Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"Testament </emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see "
+#| "\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the "
+#| "number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the "
+#| "definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers "
+#| "to such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon "
+#| "it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to "
+#| "touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes "
+#| "in Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim "
+#| "stands for \"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present "
+#| "Imperative. In the active voice, it may indicate a command to do "
+#| "something in the future which involves continuous or repeated action or, "
+#| "when it is negated, a command to stop doing something. \" This is a "
+#| "negative command, so it is to stop doing something that is already "
+#| "occuring. So, what have we found?"
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Definizione: Leggendo Giovanni 20,17, sulla parola \"Toccare\" vediamo "
"\"pim680.\" Le lettere ci danno un codice per la parte del discorso, e il "
"si sta già svolgendo. Così, cos'abbiamo scoperto?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
"trattenerlo!</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Esempio 1B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who "
+#| "is sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"In Giacomo 5:14, <emphasis>...i presbìteri della Chiesa ed essi preghino su "
"di lui, ungendolo con olio nel nome del Signore.</emphasis>. Cosa si intende "
"per ungere?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
+#| "another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or "
+#| "rub with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
+#| "\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" "
+#| "aorist participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple "
+#| "action, as opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the "
+#| "main verb is temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the "
+#| "main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"La definizione di aleipho (218) - \"ungere\" (Strong); ma c'è anche un'altra "
"parola greca tradotta con \"ungere\", chrio (5548) - \"macchiare o "
"quest'ultimo.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Mt 6,17 Invece, quando tu digiuni, profumati la testa"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr "Mc 16,1 [le donne] comprarono oli aromatici per andare a ungerlo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr "Mc 6,13 Ed essi ... ungevano con olio molti infermi e li guarivano."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Lc 7,38 [...] [i piedi di lui] li baciava e li cospargeva di profumo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"capelli"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Riferimenti di aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
"annuncio [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "At 4,27 Gesù, che tu hai consacrato"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr "At 10,38 Dio consacrò in Spirito Santo e potenza Gesù"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
"2 Cor 1,21 È Dio stesso che ci conferma, insieme a voi, in Cristo e ci ha "
"conferito l'unzione"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr "Riferimenti di chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+#| "cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+#| "<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and ""
+#| "chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Dunque, che differenza c'è tra aleipho and chrio? Guarda di nuovo gli esempi "
"e le definizioni, e osservane la differenza: <emphasis>"aleipho" è "
"uso praticodell'olio, mentre "chrio" è spirituale.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use "
+#| "of oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
+#| "robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use "
+#| "in Jesus' day."
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Come esempio (anche se la parole non è usata) dell'uso dell'unguento "
"tempo di Gesù."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Ora applichiamo ciò che abbiamo appreso dallo studio di questa parola a "
"Giacomo 5:14 \"<emphasis>Chi è malato, chiami presso di sé i presbiteri "
"Signore.</emphasis>\" Qui \"ungere\" è spirituale o pratico? Pratico!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
+#| "\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
+#| "(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). "
+#| "James 5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine "
+#| "and pray for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a "
+#| "beautiful balance of practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"Il tempo greco, aoristo participio, sarebbe meglio tradotto con \"avendo unto"
"\", così che l'ordine è prima ungere, quindi pregare (\"nel nome del signore"
"nel Signore!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Regola 2 - Interpreta secondo il contesto biblico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
-msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses "
+#| "on each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
+#| "interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the "
+#| "context supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. "
+#| "Context is key. If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have "
+#| "interpreted the text within its context, we have to look further."
+msgid ""
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Interpreta le scritture in armonia con le altre scritture. Cosa dicono i "
"guardare più avanti."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Esempio 2A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"In una lezione precedente, abbiamo parlato di Gv 3,5 <emphasis>\"nasce da "
"acqua e Spirito.\"</emphasis> Nel contesto, qual è l'acqua si cui si discute?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch "
+#| "from the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a "
+#| "sudden change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has "
+#| "been derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = "
+#| "natural birth."
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"d'acqua\" = nascita naturale."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Esempio 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
-msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has "
+#| "to be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman "
+#| "[...] while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
+msgid ""
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"profetizza [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Esempio 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of "
+#| "you be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your "
+#| "sins [...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If "
+#| "this was the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude "
+#| "that. But in the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration "
+#| "happens by faith in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is "
+#| "urging baptism as a way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If "
+#| "baptism were the pathway to being born again, how could Paul write 1 "
+#| "Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did not send me to baptize, but to preach "
+#| "the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"At 2,38 <quote>E Pietro disse loro: "Convertitevi e ciascuno di voi si "
"faccia battezzare nel nome di Gesù Cristo, per il perdono dei vostri peccati "
"\"</emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Regola 3 - Interpreta secondo il contesto storico e culturale"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
-msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+#| "<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can "
+#| "ask, <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into "
+#| "account the historical and cultural background of the author and the "
+#| "recipients."
+msgid ""
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Per prima cosa non stiamo domandandoci <quote>Cosa significa per me?</"
"destinatari."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Esempio 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
-msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
+#| "with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. "
+#| "How could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be "
+#| "raised on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or "
+#| "\"days\" won't help explain the apparent contradiction."
+msgid ""
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"<quote>3 giorni & 3 notti</quote> (Mt 12,40) ha condotto qualcuno a "
"formulare una \"Teoria della crocefissione del mercoledì\", specialmente il "
"spiegare l'apparente contraddizione."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full "
+#| "day, as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half "
+#| "buckets of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one "
+#| "was only partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted "
+#| "as a full day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday "
+#| "from 3 p.m. to 6 p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day "
+#| "2. Saturday 6 p.m. to Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within "
+#| "the cultural context keeps us out of trouble."
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Abbiamo bisogno di una leccornia storica: gli ebrei contavano come giorno "
"entro il contesto culturale ci tiene lontani dai problemi."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Esempio 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
-msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and "
+#| "then walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract "
+#| "in Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+#| "dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part "
+#| "of the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a "
+#| "unilateral covenant."
+msgid ""
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Gen 15,7-21. Il contesto storico è che tagliare gli animali in due e "
"attraverso, rendendolo un accordo unilaterale."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "Regola 4 - Interpreta secondo il normale uso delle parole nella lingua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. "
+#| "And watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Distingui sempre tra il linguaggio letterale e quello figurativo. E fai "
"attenzione alle espressioni idiomatiche, che hanno particolari significati."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Esempio 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "<quote>occhio cattivo</quote> in Mt 6,23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
-msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, "
+#| "context: seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what "
+#| "goes before and after! This should tip us off that we aren't "
+#| "understanding it rightly!!"
+msgid ""
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Regola 1, definizione di \"cattivo\" e \"occhio\" - nessun aiuto. Regola 2, "
"perfettamente!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
-msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look "
+#| "up other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me "
+#| "to do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil"
+#| "\"] because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that "
+#| "having an \"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. "
+#| "Now go back to Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so "
+#| "perfectly to the context."
+msgid ""
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Quello che abbiamo è un'espressione idiomatica ebraica, <quote>occhio "
"questa definizione combacia perfettamente con il contesto."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Esempio 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Is 59,1 <quote>non è troppo corta la mano del Signore</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"Dt 33,27 <quote>Rifugio [...] quaggiù lo sono le sue braccia eterne.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove "
+#| "that God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of "
+#| "that, they go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a "
+#| "lecture he was giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin "
+#| "(author of <emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an "
+#| "enumeration of verses like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to "
+#| "read one more scripture: Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His "
+#| "feathers; And under His wings shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, "
+#| "<quote>By the same rules of interpretation that you just proved God to be "
+#| "a man, you just proved that He is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to "
+#| "laugh as they realised the ridiculousness of their position."
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"I riferimenti a parti del corpo di Dio sono usati dai Santi degli Ultimi "
"quando si resero conto della ridicolaggine della loro posizione."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"parabola e un'allegoria"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Ogni parabola è un'allegoria, giusto o sbagliato?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is "
+#| "an allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and "
+#| "greed, etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to "
+#| "illustrate one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; "
+#| "they can be twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our "
+#| "doctrine from clear scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable "
+#| "illustrates that, fine."
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Alcune parabole sono allegorie, per esempio, la parabola del seminatore è "
"illustra, tanto meglio."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Esempio 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
"un'allegoria, cosa succede?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"diritti della vedova, la preghiera lo scoccia, ecc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Esempio 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point "
+#| "of the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"La parabola del fattore in Lc 16,1-9. Qual è il punto della parabola? Si "
"tratta di un'allegoria?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what "
+#| "he had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not "
+#| "commended for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"Il fattore è lodato per una sola cosa, la sua scaltrezza nell'usare ciò che "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "HowTo sullo studio della Bibbia"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr "Bob"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr "Harman"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The BibleTime team"
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr "Il team di BibleTime"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
+#| "(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime; "
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>Il team di &bibletime; "
"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed "
+#| "under the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/"
+#| "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</"
+#| "link>."
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato originariamente creato da Mr. Bob Harman ed è sotto "
"i termini della licenza <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
msgstr "I testi citati dalla Bibbia sono presi dal testo ufficiale della CEI"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Sommario"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying "
+#| "the Bible."
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
"lo studio della Bibbia."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
+#| "readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular "
+#| "study guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any "
+#| "particular denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study "
+#| "the scriptures to understand what they say. If you start with the "
+#| "attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in your heart He "
+#| "will not disappoint you."
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"l'intenzione che Dio semini la sua parola nel tuo cuore non ti deluderà."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr "Bibbia"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr "HowTo"
-
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Trova questi versetto:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Riferimenti per aleipho:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Riferimenti di chrio:"
-
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: full\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-02-04 11:05+0545\n"
"Last-Translator: <s970501@ku.edu.np>\n"
"Language-Team: <ko@li.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "성경 공부의 기초들"
msgstr "성경에 접근하는 우리의 목적"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"하여 내게 오기를 원하지 아니하는도다.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"해서인 것이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"유대인들은 말씀을 소유하는 것이 삶은 소유하는 것과 같은 것이라고 생각하였다. "
"힐렐은(Hillel) \"토라의 말씀을 가진 사람은 다음 세상의 삶을 가졌다\"라고 말하"
"다. ..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"을 통해 그리스도를 만나고자 하는 간절한 소망뿐이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "하나님의 말씀으로의 접근"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"기는 것이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "들음(Hear)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"가 복이 있느니라 하시니라.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "읽음(Read)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"가 가까움이라\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"딤전 4:13 <emphasis>\"내가 이를 때까지 읽는 것...에 착념하라\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "공부"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "암송(Memorize)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"었나이다.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "묵상(Meditate)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"르지 아니함 같으니 그 행사가 다 형통하리로다.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"숙해지게 될 것이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "성경공부의 유형들"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "주제별 성경공부"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"특정 주제(Topic)를 정한뒤, 겹참조와 색인을 참조하여 주제에 맞게 공부한다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "인물별 성경공부"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr "성경의 한 인물의 삶을 공부한다, 예. 창 37-50장에서의 요셉의 삶."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "설명적인(Expository) 성경공부"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "특정 구절, 문단, 장 혹은 책을 선택하여 공부한다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "바른 해석의 기본"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "내용(Content)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"그것이 말하고 있지 않은바대로 해석하지마라."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "문맥(Context)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"앞뒤의 구절들이 무엇을 말하고 있는가? \"문맥이 왕이다\"가 법칙이다 -- 단락은 "
"전체 문단과 책의 구조에 맞춰서 해석되야 한다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "겹참조(Cross-reference)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"로 설 수 있어야 합니다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "마태복음 6:1-18을 본문으로 설명적인(Expository) 성경 공부 해보기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"마태복음 6:1-18을 공부해봅시다. 본문을 읽으시고, 전체 장을 요약하는 주제 문장"
"을 찾으십시오. 찾으셨습니까? 그 장의 다른 부분들을 골라서 그것들이 주제문장"
"제문장을 써넣으십시오:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"\"의를 행하다\"가 의미하는 바가 무엇입니까? 이 장에서 예를 찾으실 수 있습니"
"까? 우리 삶의 어떤 부분들이 언급되어 있습니까? 우리의 동기들(motives)! 이 생"
"각으로부터 어떤 세부 주제들이 나올 수 있습니까?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"우리의 의를 연습하는 잘못된 방법들을 피할 수 있는 방법들로 아웃라인을 채우십"
"시오:"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "워크시트(Worksheet): 색인(Concordance)을 사용하는 법"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "특정 구절 찾기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "문장의 핵심 단어나 가장 특이한 단어를 뽑는다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "가나다(알파벳) 순으로 정리한다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "필요한 구절을 찾을때까지 리스트를 따라내려가본다."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "주제별 성경공부 하기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"당신이 \"구속(redemption)\"이란 단어를 공부하고 싶다고 하자. 먼저 색인과 참조"
"난에서 단어를 찾아보아야 할 것이다. 그러면 리스트에서 관련 단어와 참조 등도 "
"어는 \"buy\"나 \"bought\" 같은 단어도 리스트에 보인다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "헬라어와 히브리어 원문의 단어 의미를 찾아보아 의미를 명확히 하기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"만약 당신이 흠정역의 마 7:1 \"비판을 받지 아니하려거든 비판하지 말라\"와 고"
"전 2:15 \"신령한 자는 모든 것을 판단하나\" 두부분이 모순된 것을 발견하였다고 "
"에선 다른 단어일 수 있다. (스트롱넘버를 사용해 쉽게 확인 할 수 있다.)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "\"비판(judge)\"을 찾아 보자."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"마 7:1로 가보자. 오른쪽의 번호가 2919이다. 이것은 헬라어 단어 참조 번호이다. "
"번호를 적어놓는다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "다음엔 \"판단(judgeth)\"를 찾아 보자."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "고전 2:15로 가보자. 번호는 350이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"헬라어 사전으로 가보자. (신약에서의 원어는 헬라어이며, 구약에서는 히브리어란 "
"것을 알아두자.) 2919의 의미를 350의 의미와 비교해보고 답을 얻자!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "이름의 의미들을 찾기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr "헬라어나 히브리어의 이름의 의미를 찾았던 방식과 같다. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "이 이름들을 확인하고 의미들을 적어넣는다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "나발(Nabal)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "아비가일(Abigail)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "여호수아(Joshua)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "바나바(Barnabus)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "하나님의 말씀의 중요성"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"하나님의 말씀을 이해하는 것은 하나님의 이름을 부르는 자들에겐 정말 중요한 것"
"하나이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "특별한(Unique) 책"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "성경은 여러가지 면에서 매우 특별하다:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"대중성(popularity). 성경은 남아메리카 지역에서만 매년 5억불 이상이 팔리고 있"
"다. 성경은 전시대적으로나 매년 최고의 베스트셀러이다!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"저자(authorship). 성경은 1600여년의 기간동안 각기 다른 배경을 가진 40명의 저"
"자들에 의해서 씌여졌지만, 마치 한사람에 의해 씌여진 것 같은 통일성이 있다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"보존성(preservation). F. F. Bruce는 <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
"Reliable?</emphasis>에서 신약성경사본과 다른 고대 텍스트 사본들을 비교하였다:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "신약성경 사본과 다른 고대 사본 텍스트들과의 비교"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "작품"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "씌여진 시기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "최고(古) 사본"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "최고(古)사본과의 시간차"
msgstr "사본의 수"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "헤로도투스(Herodotus)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 B.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 A.D."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300년"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 A.D."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 A.D."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000년"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "시저(Caesar)의 <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 B.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950년"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "리비우스(Livy)의 <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900년"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "신약"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 A.D. 부분 사본 350 A.D. 전체 사본"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310년"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000(헬라어) & 10,000(라틴어)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"시저의 <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>는 10개의 사본이 존재하며, 가장 오래된 "
"의 사본이 존재한다!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
"p. 25-26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"떤 사본도 범접할 수 없는 특별한 경우라는 것을 증명한다.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "하나님께서 살아 숨쉬시는 책"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"로, 매일매일 새롭게 우리의 마음에 말씀하신다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"딤후 3:16에서 선포하길, \"<emphasis>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으로"
"씀에 대한 예수님의 태도를 생각해보십시오."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say '모세가 말하길' 혹은 '하"
"must be allowed to detract from the other. ..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"라 믿는 이유는 그리스도께서 그렇게 가르치셨기 때문이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"계속해서 딤후 3:16에서는, \"<emphasis>모든 성경은 하나님의 감동으로 된 것으"
"로 교훈과 책망과 바르게 함과 의로 교육하기에 유익하니</emphasis>\"라고 말씀하"
"면, 말씀이 우리의 모든 믿음과 행위의 근거가 될 것이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "역사하는 책"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"성경을 공부하는 것이 어떤 도움이 되는가? 살전 2:13에서 말씀하기를 "
"의 다른 말씀들도, 말씀이 역사하는 것에 관해 기록하고 있다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "성경을 공부하는 것이 그리스도인들에게 어떤 도움을 주는가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "참조(Reference)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "역사하는 것(Action)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "엡 5:26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "정결케한다(cleanses) -- \"...물로 씻어 말씀으로 깨끗하게 하사...\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "행 20:32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"세운다(builds up) -- \" ...은혜의 말씀께 부탁하노니 그 말씀이 너희를 능히 든"
"든히 세우사 거룩케 하심을 입은 모든 자 가운데 기업이 있게 하시리라. \""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "롬 15:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"우리로 하여금 인내로 또는 성경의 안위로 소망을 가지게 함 이니라.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "롬 10:17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
"말미암았느니라.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "고전 10:11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"난 우리의 경계로 기록하였느니라.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "마 4:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"하시니.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "자유케하는 책"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"요 8:32 \"<emphasis>진리를 알지니 진리가 너희를 자유케 하리라.</emphasis>\" "
"이것은 보통 이 문장 자체로 인용된다. 이것은 조건적인 약속인가, 무조건적인 약"
"내 말에 거하면 참 내 제자가 되고... </emphasis>\"을 적용해보아 답을 찾으라,"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"이것은 조건적인 약속임을 알수 있다, 특별히 하니님의 말씀을 진리로 말함에 있어"
"서는 더욱 그러할 것이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"의 믿음을 진리안에 굳건하게 한다는 것이다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>예수께서 대답하여 가라사대 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>너희가 성경도 하"
"나님의 능력도 알지 못하는고로[KJV Ye do err] 오해하였도다.</emphasis>\"마 "
"22:29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "오류로부터 벗어나기위해 필요한 2가지는 무엇인가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "하나님의 말씀"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "하나님의 능력"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "영적전쟁을 하는 책"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "엡 6:10-18은 우리의 영적 무장에 관해 보여준다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "영적인 무기"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "물음"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "답"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "리스트의 무기 중 몇 가지가 방어용인가?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "몇 가지가 공격용인가?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "어떤 것인가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "말씀 - <foreignphrase>레마(rhema)</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "권면(Exhortations)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"는 일군으로 인정된 자로 자신을 하나님 앞에 드리기를 힘쓰라.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"님을 찬양하고.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "네가 어떠한 것에 풍성하다면(골 3:16의 풍성한), 그것의 양은 얼마인가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "적지 않다!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"짓는 것은 끝이 없고 많이 공부하는 것은 몸을 피곤케 하느니라.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "부가(Appendix): \"Once for All\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"존 R. W. 스토트, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"emphasis>\" (롬 6:10, 그밖에 1 Pe.3:18; 히 9:26-28를 보십시오.)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "부록(Supplement): 성경 읽기 프로그램"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"규칙적으로 성경을 읽을 수 있는 몇가지 간단한 프로그램들을 소개해본다. 원한다"
"면 1번과 4번, 혹은 2번과 5번하는 식으로 동시에 한개 이상의 프로그램을 시도할 "
"바랍니다!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr "일년에 신약 일독하기: 주 5일간 하루에 한장씩 읽는다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"단위로) 5장의 시편을 읽는다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
msgstr "6개월에 시편 & 잠언 일독하기: 매일 시편과 잠언을 한장씩 읽는다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"하고 2주동안에 (시편과 잠언을 제외한) 구약을 통독할 수 있다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "성경 해석의 법칙 (Hermeneutics)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"어떻게하면 원저자의 본래 의도된 의미를 발견할 수 있는가? 당신에게 의미가 명확"
"하지 않은 특정한 구절을 끄집어 냈다고 하자. 어떻게 그것을 연구할 것인가? 다음"
"의 규칙들을 명심하라:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "규칙 1 - 단어의 정확한 뜻에 의거해서 해석하라."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"좀 더 나은 해석을 하는 것보다 정확하고, 원문의 의미를 따르는 것이 중요하다. "
"다음의 단계를 따라서 핵심 단어들의 정확한 의미를 찾도록 하라:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "단계 1) 정의(Definition)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"헬라어나 히브리어 사전의 정의를 찾아보라. 동사의 경우, 시제도 중요하다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"말씀들을 서로 비교하여보라. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word (not "
"DIFFERENT SHADES OF MEANING."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "예 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"정의: Turning to 요 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680.\" The "
"letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to "
"So, what have we found?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "예 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"야고보서 5:14에서, <emphasis>병든자가 있느냐?..교회의 장로들을 청할 것이요. "
"그들은 주의 이름으로 기름을 바르며 위하여 기도할지니라</emphasis>. 이 기름바"
"름(anointing)은 무엇인가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"aleipho (218)의 정의 - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have another Greek "
"word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub with oil, i.e. "
"action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: ALEIPHO IS A "
"PRACTICAL USE OF OIL AND CHRIO IS A SPIRITUAL"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"Jesus' day."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
"practical and spiritual in our God!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "규칙 2 - 성경적인 문맥에 의거해서 해석하라"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"성경 해석은 다른 성경과의 조화 속에서 이루어져야 한다. What do the verses on "
"within its context, we have to look further."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "예 2A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"In a previous lesson we considered 요 3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "예 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"\"every woman...while praying or prophesying...\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "예 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"행 2:38 <emphasis>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins...\"</"
"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "규칙 3 - 역사와 문화적인 배경의 문맥에서 해석하라"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"At first we are not asking \"What does it mean to me?\" but \"What did it "
"the author and the recipients."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "예 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"\"3 days & 3 nights\" (마 12:40) have led some to come up with a "
"\"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
"explain the apparent contradiction."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"방지해준다."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "예 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"창 15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"covenant."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr "규칙 4 - 언어에서 단어의 일반적인 사용에 따라 해석하라"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "예 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "마 6:23의 \"눈이 나쁘면(evil eye)\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"규칙 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. 규칙 2, context: "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, \"evil eye.\" Let's look up other uses "
"perfectly to the context."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "예 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"사 59:1 \"<emphasis>여호와의 손이 짧아 구원치 못하심도 아니요;</emphasis>\" "
"position."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"parable and an allegory"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Every parable is an allegory, 참인가 거짓인가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "예 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"what do we have?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "예 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"The parable of the unrighteous steward in 눅 16:1-9. 우화의 요점은 무엇인가? "
"그것은 비유인가?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr ""
msgstr "바이블스터디 하우투"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"American Standard Bible)의 것들입니다."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "개요"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"다."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"는 마음으로 시작하신다면, 그분께서는 당신을 실망시키지 않을 것 입니다."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "출판물에서"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "겹참조(Cross-reference)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "겹참조(Cross-reference)"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "&bibletime;팀, info@bibletime.info"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: index\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2003-07-01 13:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Harry Vennik <htvennik@zonnet.nl>\n"
"Language-Team: Nederlands <nl@li.org>\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Basisprincipes van bijbelstudie"
msgstr "Ons doel als we de bijbel benaderen "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"gij niet tot Mij komen om leven te hebben.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"maar om in contact te komen met God."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"De Joden waartegen Jezus sprak verbeeldden zich dat het bezit van de Schrift "
"gelijkstond met het bezit van het Leven. Hillel zei het zo: \"Degene die de "
"Hierin waren ze pijnlijk misleid."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"sterk verlangen nodig om daardoor Christus te ontmoeten."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Manieren om Gods woord te benaderen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"bevestigt het woord in onze gedachten."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Horen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"horen en het bewaren.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Lezen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"nabij.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Bestuderen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"dagelijks de schriften nagingen, of deze dingen zo waren.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"voren trekt bij het brengen van het woord der waarheid.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Memoriseren "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"zondige.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Overdenken"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"welks loof niet verwelkt; al wat hij onderneemt gelukt.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"is om bekend te worden met de globale boodschap van de bijbel. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Verschillende soorten van bijbelstudie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Onderwerp-studie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"tekstverwijzingen of door een concordantie te gebruiken."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Karakterstudie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"leven van Jozef in Gen.37-50."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Studie vanuit een bijbelgedeelte"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr ""
"Het bestuderen van een bepaalde passage, of een alinea, hoofdstuk of boek."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Basisprincipes voor juiste interpretatie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Inhoud"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"definities. Lees er niets in, wat er niet echt staat."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Context"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Wat staat er in de verzen eromheen? \"De context is koning\" is de regel -- "
"de passage moet betekenis hebben in de struktuur van de hele passage en het "
"hele boek."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Tekstverwijzingen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"van vergelijking met ander schriftgedeelten moeten kunnen doorstaan."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Een studie van een bijbelgedeelte: Matt.6:1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Laten we samen Matt.6:1-18 bestuderen. Lees het voor jezelf, zoekend naar "
"het kernvers, het vers dat gezien kan worden als een samenvatting van het "
"overzicht:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Wat betekent \"uw gerechtigheid doen\"? Geeft het gelezen gedeelte daar "
"voorbeelden van? Over welk aspect van ons leven gaat het hier? Onze "
"motieven! Welke ondertitels ontwikkelen deze gedachte?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"Vul nu het overzicht in met specifieke aanwijzingen over hoe je verkeerde "
"manieren van in praktijk brengen van je gerechtigheid kunt voorkomen:"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Werkblad: Hoe gebruik je een concordantie?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Om een bepaald vers te vinden"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Neem het kernwoord, of het meest ongebruikelijke woord uit het vers."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Zoek dit woord op in de concordantie."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr ""
"Loop de lijst van teksten bij dat woord na, totdat je je tekst gevonden hebt."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Om een onderwerp-studie doen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Stel dat je een studie wilt doen over het woord \"redding\" Als eerste zou "
"je dat woord opzoeken in een concordantie, en de daarbij genoemde teksten "
"en zelfs \"kopen\" of \"kocht\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Om de betekenis van Hebreeuwse en Griekse woorden duidelijk maken"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Wat nu als je een tegenstelling ontdekt? Zoals in Matt.7:1 \"Oordeelt niet "
"opdat gij niet geoordeeld wordt\" en 1 Cor.2:15 \"Maar de geestelijke mens "
"een vorm van \"to judge\") Vanaf hier gebruiken wij Strong's."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Zoek op \"oordeelt\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Loop de kolom door tot Matt.7:1. Rechts van het woord 'oordeelt' staat het "
"nummer 2919. Dit verwijst naar het Griekse woord. Schrijf het op."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Zoek nu \"beoordeelt\" op."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Loop de kolom door tot 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Ga naar het Griekse woordenboek. (We zijn bezig in het Nieuwe testament, dus "
"de grondtaal is Grieks, terwijl het Oude Testament oorspronkelijk in het "
"je hebt het antwoord!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Om de betekenis van een naam te vinden"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"Hebreews vinden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Zoek de volgende namen op en schrijf hun betekenis erbij:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Jozua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabas"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Het belang van Gods Woord"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Voor iedereen wie Gods naam aanroept, is het belangrijk om Gods woord te "
"om te leren communiceren met God."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Een uniek boek"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "De bijbel is de enige in veel dingen. Hij is uniek in:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"populariteit. De bijbelverkoopt in Noord Amerika bedraagt meer dan $500 "
"miljoen per jaar. De bijbel is zowel het best verkochte boek ooit, als de "
"jaarlijkse bestseller!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"auteurs. De bijbel is geschreven in een periode van 1600 jaren door 40 "
"geschreven is door een persoon."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"bewaring. F.F. Bruce vergelijkt in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
"teksten:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr ""
"Vergelijking van handschriften van het Nieuwe Testament met andere oude "
"teksten."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Werk"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Wanneer geschreven"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Oudste kopie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Tijdsduur"
msgstr "Aantal exemplaren"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Herodotus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 v. Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 na Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 jaar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 na Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 na Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 jaar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 v. Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 jaar"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Roman History</emphasis> van Livy"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 v. Chr. - 17 na Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 jaar"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Nieuwe Testament"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 - 100 n. Chr."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr ""
"130 na Chr. Gedeeltelijke handschiften 350 na Chr. Complete handschriften"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 jaar"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Grieks & 10.000 Latijn"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Er bestaan tien kopieen van Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>, de "
"handschriften hebben we om onderling te kunnen vergelijken? 5.000 in het "
"Grieks en 10.000 in het Latijn!"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"andere antieke proza.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "En boek met de adem van God"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"altijd nieuwe manier."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim.3:16 (SV) zegt, \"<emphasis>Al de Schrift is van God ingegeven [lett., "
"geeft, hoe Jezus' houding tegenover de Schriften was."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Hij verwees naar de menselijke schrijvers, maar nam zondermeer aan dat "
"achter hen een enkele goddelijke Schrijver zat. Hij kon, zonder verschil te "
"twee waarheden mag iets van de andere afdoen."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"Jezus Christus zelf dat leerde."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Tim 3:16 gaat verder, \"<emphasis>is ook nuttig om te onderrichten, te "
"weerleggen, te verbeteren en op te voeden in de gerechtigheid, opdat de mens "
"gedrag."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Een boek dat werkt"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"Wat doet bijbelstudie met je? 1 Thess.2:13 zegt dat de bijbel "
"schriftgedeelte, het werk dat het Woord doet."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Wat doet bijbelstudie voor Christenen?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Naslag"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Actie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef. 5:26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr "reinigt -- \"...haar reinigende door het waterbad met het woord.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Hand.20:32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"bouwt op -- \"En nu, ik draag u op aan de Here en het woord zijner genade, "
"aan Hem, die bij machte is te bouwen en het erfdeel te geven onder alle "
"geheiligden\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Rom.15:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"der Schriften de hope zouden vasthouden.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Rom.10:17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
"woord van Christus.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Cor.10:11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"opgetekend ter waarschuwing voor ons\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Matt.4:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Een bevrijdend boek"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Joh.8:32 \"<emphasis>en gij zult de waarheid verstaan, en de waarheid zal u "
"vrijmaken</emphasis>\" Dit wordt vaak door zichzelf aangehaald. Is dit een "
"waarlijk discipelen van Mij... </emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"We zien dat het gaat om een voorwaardelijke belofte, specifiek sprekend over "
"de waarheid van Gods woord."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"zo eenvoudig \"weggeblazen\" worden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Jezus antwoordde en zeide tot hen: Gij dwaalt, want gij kent de "
"Schriften niet noch de kracht Gods.</emphasis>\" Matt.22:29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Welke 2 dingen moeten wij weten om dwaling te voorkomen?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Gods woord"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Gods kracht"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Een boek dat strijdt"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr ""
"Ef.6:10-18 is een mogelijke afbeelding van onze geestelijke wapenrusting."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Geestelijke wapenrusting"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Vraag"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Antwoord"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Hoeveel van de hier opgenoemde wapens zijn verdedigingswapens?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "En hoeveel aanvalswapens?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Welke?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "het woord - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Vermaningen"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"recht snijdt.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"geestelijke liederen zingende, Gode dank brengt in uw harten.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Als je ergens rijk in bent, hoeveel heb je er dan van?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Niet een beetje!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"emphasis>\"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Bijlage: \"Eens voor altijd\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"De waarheid omtrend het definitieve van God's initiatief in Christus, is "
"1 Petr.3:18; Hebr.9:26-28)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"We kunnen dus zeggen dat God eens voor altijd heeft gesproken, en dat "
"Christus eens voor altijd heeft geleden. Dit betekent dat de christelijke "
"gratia</foreignphrase> voor onze redding."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Supplement: Bijbellees-programma's"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Hier zijn een aantal makkelijke programma's om je bijbel systematisch te "
"lezen. Je kunt er meer dan een tegelijk gebruiken, als je wilt. Bijvoorbeeld "
"te houden!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Het Nieuwe Testament in een jaar: lees per dag een hoofdstuk, 5 dagen per "
"week."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"overeenkomstig de dag van de maand."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"Lees bijvoorbeel op de 20e Ps. 20, 50, 80, 110 & 140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"een hoofdstuk."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"overslaat, lees je het Oude Testament in 2 jaar en 2 weken."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Regels voor interpretatie van de bijbel (Hermeneutiek)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"verdraaien, evenals trouwens de overige schriften.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Hoe gaan we te werk als we de oorspronkelijk bedoelde betekenis van een "
"passage willen ontdekken? Laten we stellen dat je een bepaald vers is "
"volgende regels in gedachte:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr ""
"Regel 1 - Interpreteer de tekst volgens de precieze betekenis van de woorden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Hoe preciezer wij de oorspronkelijke betekenis van de woorden kunnen "
"stappen:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Stap 1) Definitie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"is de gebruikte vorm ook cruciaal."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Vergelijk schrift met schrift. Zien hoe hetzelfde Griekse of Hebreeuwse "
"VERSCHILLENDE NUANCES WEERGEVEN."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"Testament</emphasis> van Spiros Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Definitie: Als we Joh.20:17 opzoeken, dan zien we dat boven het woord "
"\"Raak ... aan\" staat \"pim680.\" De letters vormen een code die de vorm "
"hebben we dus ontdekt?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"In Jakobus 5:14 wordt zieken opgedragen <emphasis>zich te laten zalven door "
"de oudsten van de gemeente</emphasis>. Wat houdt die zalving in?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Definitie van aleipho (218) - \"zalven met olie\" (Strong's); maar er is ook "
"een ander Grieks woord dat eveneens vertaald wordt als \"zalven\", chrio "
"hoofdwerkwoord vooraf gaat. (zie Zodhiates p.851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Wat is dus het verschil tussen aleipho en chrio? Kijk naar de "
"tekstverwijzingen en de definities, en stel het verschil vast: ALEIPHO IS "
"HEEFT."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Als illustratie (al wordt het woord hier niet gebruikt) van het praktisch "
"ook in gebruik als medicijn in Jezus' tijd."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Laten we eens toepassen op wat we zojuist geleerd hebben door deze "
"woordstudie n.a.v. Jakobus 5:14 <emphasis>\"Is er iemand bij u ziek? Laat "
"Is dat zalven geestelijk of praktisch? Het is praktisch! "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"De vorm die in het Grieks wordt gebruikt is beter vertaald met \"hem met "
"olie gezalfd hebbend\", zodat de volgorde wordt eerst zalven, dan bidden. "
"prachtige balans tussen het praktische en het spirituele bij onze God?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Regel 2 - Interpreteer binnen the bijbelse context"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Interpreteer een bijbelgedeelte in harmonie met ander delen van de bijbel. "
"moeten we verder kijken."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 2A "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"In een voorgaande les behandelden we Joh.3:5 <emphasis>\"geboren ...uit "
"water en geest.\"</emphasis> Wat is volgens de context het water waarover "
"het hier gaat?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"\"Geboren uit water\" is de natuurlijke geboorte."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"maar iedere vrouw, die ...bidt of profeteert...\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Hand.2:38 <emphasis>En Petrus antwoordde hun: Bekeert u en een ieder van u "
"late zich dopen op de naam van jezus Christus, tot vergeving van uw zonden..."
"emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Regel 3 - Interpreteer binnen de historische en culturele context"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Ten eerste vragen we niet \"Wat betekent het voor mij?\" maar \"Wat "
"culturele achtergrond van de schrijver en de geadresseerden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Example 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"\"3 dagen & 3 nachten\" (Matt.12:40) heeft voor sommigen aanleiding "
"gegeven tot een de-kruisiging-was-op-woensdag-theorie, vooral het "
"verklaren."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"We hebben een historisch wetenswaardigheidje nodig: de Joden telden elk "
"de moeilijkheden."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Gen.15:7-21. De historische context is dat het in twee stukken delen van "
"tussendoor gaat, en zo een eenzijdig verbond sluit."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
"Regel 4 - Interpreteer volgens het normale gebruik van woorden in de taal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Laat literaire taal gewoon literaire taal zijn, en laat figuurlijke taal "
"figuurlijk zijn. En kijk uit voor idioom met een speciale betekenis."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "\"slecht oog\" in Matt.6:23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Regel 1, definitie van \"slecht\" en \"oog\" - helpt niets. Regel 2, "
"erop moeten wijzen dat we het niet opvatten zoals het bedoeld is!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Waar we hier mee te maken hebben is een Hebreeuws idioom, \"slecht oog\". "
"Matt.6. Merk op hoe goed deze interpretatie past in de context!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Jes.59:1 <emphasis>\"Zie, de hand des HEREN is niet kort om te verlossen\"</"
"hun positie was."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"gelijkenis en een allegorie"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Elke gelijkenis is een allegorie. Is dat juist of onjuist?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Sommige gelijkenissen zijn allegorieën, bijvoorbeeld de gelijkenis van de "
"is die dat illustreert, dat is dan fijn."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"we als we er een allegorie van maken?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"de rechten van weduwen te beschermen, gebed \"kwelt\" Hem, enz."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Voorbeeld 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"De gelijkenis van de onrechtvaardige rentmeester in Luk.16:1-9. Wat is het "
"punt van vergelijking in deze gelijkenis? Is het een allegorie?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"De rentmeester wordt geloofd om zijn scherpzinnigheid betreffende het "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Bijbelstudie HowTo"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"Bijbelgennotschap (NBG 1951), tenzij anders vermeld "
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Overzicht"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"bestuderen van de Bijbel."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"de Heer Zijn woord in je hart zaait, zal Hij je zeker niet teleurstellen!"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "In de media"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Tekstverwijzingen"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Tekstverwijzingen"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "Het &bibletime; team, info@bibletime.info"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: full\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-12-20 12:18-0200\n"
-"Last-Translator: Saulo\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-25 00:05-0500\n"
+"Last-Translator: Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Português do Brasil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1);\n"
"X-Language: pt_BR\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Bases do Estudo Bíblico"
msgstr "Nosso propósito quando nos aproximamos da Bíblia"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr "Jn.5:39-40"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
"que dão testemunho de mim; mas não quereis vir a mim para terdes vida."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
"Deus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
"InterVarsity 1978, pp.97, 104."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Os judeus com quem Jesus falou.... imaginaram que possuir as Escrituras era "
-"o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, "Aquele que tomou para si as "
-"palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir." Seus "
-"estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam magoados e decepcionados"
+"o mesmo que possuir a vida. Hillel dizia, \"Aquele que tomou para si as "
+"palavras do Torah, tomou para si a vida e o mundo que há de vir.\" Seus "
+"estudos eram um fim em si mesmos. Com isto estavam gravemente enganados. "
+"[...]"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"que haja um ávido desejo de que assim possamos conhecer a Cristo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Aproximando-se da Palavra de Deus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"Ouvir e ler provêem uma visão telescópica das escrituras enquanto o estudo e "
"a memorização provêem uma visão microscópica da escritura. A meditação nas "
-"escrituras unem o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a palavra em "
-"nossas mentes."
+"escrituras combinam o ouvir, o ler, o estudar e o memorizar e fixa a "
+"palavra em nossas mentes."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Ouvir"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"quote>"
"palavra de Deus, e a observam.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Ler"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
"palavras desta profecia.. </quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"quote>"
msgstr "1 Tm 4.13 <quote>aplica-te à leitura, à exortação, e ao ensino</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Estudo"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
"para ver se estas coisas eram assim. </quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
"quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Memorizar"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
"ti.</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Meditar"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
"de dia e noite. </quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"todos os dedos, nós podemos meditar na Palavra como fazemos com qualquer dos "
"quatro primeiros. Meditação é a chave para a revelação. Um cristão novo "
"precisa ouvir e ler a Biblia mais do que ele precisa estudar e memorizá-la. "
-"Isso para que ele se torne familiar com toda a mensagem da Bíblia."
+"Isso para que ele se torne familiar com a mensagem global da Bíblia."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Tipos de Estudo Bíblico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Estudo de Tópicos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"concordância."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Estudo de Personagem"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"Estudando a vida de um personagem da Bíblia, ex: Vida de José em Gn 37-50."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Estudo Expositivo"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Estudando uma certa passagem: parágrafo, capítulo ou livro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Bases da Interpretação Correta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Conteúdo"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"Não leia o que não é dito."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Contexto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
-"O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é "o contexto é muito "
-"importante" -- A passagem precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a "
-"passagem e livro."
+"O que os versos vizinhos dizem? A regra é \"o contexto é rei\" -- a passagem "
+"precisa fazer sentido na estrutura de toda a passagem e do livro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Referencia cruzada"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"outras escrituras."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Um Estudo Expositivo de Mateus 6.1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Vamos estudar juntos Mt. 6.1-18. Leia você mesmo, primeiro procurando pelo "
"versículo-chave, o versículo que resume toda a passagem. Acha que encontrou? "
"numerando-o com o numero um em algarismo romano:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr "Cuidado para praticar o bem diante dos homens para ser notado"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"O que <quote>fazer as vossas boas obras</quote> significa? A passagem dá "
-"algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas está sendo endereçada? "
+"algum exemplo? Qual área de nossas vidas a passagem está sendo endereçada? "
"<emphasis>Nossas motivações!</emphasis> Que tópicos desenvolvem isso?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr "Quando você oferta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr "Quando você jejua"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr "Quando você ora"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"maneiras erradas fazermos nossas boas ações:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
-"não faça tocar a trombeta (como hoje alguem <quote>toca a trombeta</quote>?)"
+"não faça tocar a trombeta (como poderia alguém <quote>tocar a trombeta</"
+"quote> hoje?)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr "faça-o em secreto."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr "etc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Quando você fornecer <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Folha de trabalho: Como Usar uma Concordância"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Para encontrar um versículo particular"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Escolha a palavra-chave ou a palavra menos usual do versículo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Procure essa palavra alfabaticamente."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Desca a coluna da listagem até você achar o seu versículo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Fiéis são as feridas dum amigo</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr "<quote>Nós somos embaixadores de Cristo</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr "A história do rico e de Lázaro."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Encontre os versículos: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Fazer um Estudo de Tópicos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
-"Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra "redenção". "
-"Primeiro procure essa palavra na concordância e procure as referencias "
+"Digamos que você quer fazer um estudo sobre a palavra \"redenção\". "
+"Primeiro, procure essa palavra na concordância e veja as referencias "
"listadas para ela. Então você pode procurar palavras relacionadas e "
-"referencias listadas a partir dela, ex: "remir, remido, resgate," "
-"até "comprar" ou "comprado.""
+"referencias listadas a partir dela, por exemplo: \"remir, remido, resgate,\" "
+"até \"comprar\" ou \"comprado.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Esclarecendo o significado da palavra no Grego e Hebraico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Como encontramos uma contradição na Edição Revista e Atualizada de Almeida "
-"entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais julgados</quote> e 1 Co "
-"2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as coisas</quote>. Talvez "
-"sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas traduzidas como ""
-"julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong a partir daqui)."
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Digamos que você tenha reparado uma contradição na Edição Revista e "
+"Atualizada de Almeida entre Mt 7.1 <quote>Não julgueis para que não sejais "
+"julgados</quote> e 1 Co 2.15 <quote>Porém o homem espiritual julga todas as "
+"coisas</quote>. Talvez sejam duas palavras gregas diferentes aqui, mas ambas "
+"traduzidas como "julgar" em português. (Usaremos Numeros de Strong "
+"a partir daqui)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
-msgstr "Procure "julgar"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
+msgstr "Procure\"julgar\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Desca até a coluna das entradas de Mt 7.1. À direita existe um número, 2919. "
"Essa é a referencia para a palavra grega usada. Anote-a."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
-msgstr "Agora procure "julgado"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
+msgstr "Agora procure \"julgado\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Desca até a coluna de 1 Co 2.15 . . . . . . 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
-"Vá ao dicionário de Grego (lembre, você está no Novo Testamento, entào a "
-"língua é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). Compare o "
-"significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a resposta!"
+"Volte ao dicionário de Grego. (Lembre - se, você está no Novo Testamento, "
+"então o idioma é o grego, enquanto no Antigo Testamento é o hebraico). "
+"Compare o significado de 2919 com o significado de 350 e você terá a "
+"resposta!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Encontre o significado dos nomes"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"ou hebraico."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Procure esses nomes e escreva o seu significado:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Nabal"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Abigail"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Josué"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Barnabé"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Importância da Palavra de Deus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Entender a palavra de Deus é muito importante para todo aquele que clama o "
-"nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das principais formas que nós "
+"nome de Deus. Estudar a Bíblia é uma das formas mais básicas que nós "
"aprendemos a nos comunicar com Deus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Um Livro que é Único"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr "A Bíblia não tem comparação em vários aspectos. Ela é unica em:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
-"Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$500 milhões por "
-"ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto ano-a-ano!"
+"Popularidade. Biblias vendem na América do Norte mais de US$ 500 milhões por "
+"ano. A Bíblia é tanto o best-seller de todos os tempos quanto o ano após ano!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"Autoria. Ela foi escrita em um período de 1600 anos por 40 diferentes "
"por uma única pessoa."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"Preservação. F. F. Burce em <emphasis>Os documentos do Novo Testamento são "
"textos antigos:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr ""
"Comparação dos manuscritos do Novo Testamento com outros textos antigos."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Texto"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Quando foi Escrito"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Cópia mais recente"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Diferença de Tempo"
msgstr "Número de Cópias"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Herodotus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 a.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 d.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 anos"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr "8"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Tacitus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 d.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 d.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 anos"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr "20"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Guerras da Gália</emphasis>de César"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 a.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 anos"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr "10"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>História Romana</emphasis> de Lívio"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 a.C. - 17 d.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 anos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Novo Testamento"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 d.C. - 100 d.C."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 d.C Manuscritos parciais - 350 d.C. Manuscritos completos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 anos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 em Grego & 10.000 em Latim"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Existem dez copias das <emphasis>Guerras Gaulesas</emphasis> de César, a "
-"mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original, etc. "
-"Para o Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., "
-"papiro contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do "
+"mais nova foi copiada 900 anos depois que Caesar escreveu o original. Para o "
+"Novo Testamento nós temos manuscritos completos datando 350 d.C., papiro "
+"contendo a maior parte do Novo Testamento de 200 d.C. e fragmentos do "
"evangelho de João de 130 d.C. Quantos manuscritos nós temos para comparar "
"uns com os outros? 5.000 em grego e 10.000 em Latim!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Critica textual, F. J. A. Hort, \"O Novo Testamento no Grego Original\", "
"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citado em <emphasis>Questões da Vida</emphasis> "
"p. 25-26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"em absoluta e inalcançável posição dentre outras escrituras antigas.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Um Livro Inpirado por Deus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"Deus está conosco para falar a nossos corações de uma forma sempre nova."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
-"2 Tm 3.16 declara \"<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada</"
-"emphasis>\". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, considere a atitude de "
-"Jesus a respeito das Escrituras."
+"2 Tm 3.16 declara \"<emphasis>Toda Escritura é divinamente inspirada [lit., "
+"Soprada por Deus]</emphasis>\". Você acredita nisso? Antes de responder, "
+"considere a atitude de Jesus a respeito das Escrituras."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"InterVarsity 1978, pp.93-95"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Ele se referiu aos autores humanos, mas tinha certeza de que por trás deles "
"havia um único divino Autor. Ele podia igualmente dizer 'Moisés disse' ou "
"falaram. Nenhum dos dois prejudicou o outro..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"Essa, então, era a visão de Cristo a respeito das Escrituras. O testemunho "
"deles era o testemunho de Deus. O testemunho da Bíblia era o testemunho de "
"Deus. E a principal razão pela qual os cristãos acreditam na origem divina "
-"da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo acreditava nisso."
+"da Bíblia é que o próprio Jesus Cristo ensinou isso."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
-"2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, \"<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para repreender, "
-"para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; para que o homem de Deus seja "
-"perfeito, e perfeitamente preparado para toda boa obra</emphasis>\". Se nós "
-"aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, consequentemente "
-"ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta."
+"2 Tm 3.16 conitnua, \"<emphasis>e proveitosa para ensinar, para redargüir, "
+"para corrigir, para instruir em justiça; Para que o homem de Deus seja "
+"perfeito, e perfeitamente instruído para toda a boa obra.</emphasis>\". Se "
+"nós aceitamos que a Bíblia realmente é Deus falando conosco, "
+"consequentemente ela será nossa autoridade em toda questão de fé e conduta."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Um Livro que Funciona"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"O que o Estudo Bíblico pode fazer por você? 1 Ts 2.13 diz que a Bíblia "
-"\"<emphasis>opera em vós que credes</emphasis>\". Do lado de cada escritura, "
-"escreva o que a Palavra faz."
+"\"<emphasis>opera em vós, os que crestes.</emphasis>\". Do lado de cada "
+"escritura, escreva o que a Palavra faz."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "O que o Estudo Bíblico faz para os cristãos?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Referência"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Ação"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Ef 5.26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "At 20.32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"edificação -- \"...e à palavra da sua graça, àquele que é poderoso para vos "
"edificar e dar herança entre todos os que são santificados\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Rm 15.4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"Escrituras, tenhamos esperança\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Rm 10.17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
msgstr "Dá fé -- \"Logo a fé é pelo ouvir, e o ouvir pela palavra de Cristo\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Co 10.11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"aviso nosso...\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Mt 4.4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"homem, mas de toda palavra que sai da boca de Deus\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Um Livro que Liberta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
-"Jo 8.32 \"<emphasis>e conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos libertará</"
+"Jo 8.32 \"<emphasis>E conhecereis a verdade, e a verdade vos libertará.</"
"emphasis>\" Isso normalmente é citado sozinho. Essa é uma promessa "
"incodicional? Ela se aplica a todo o tipo de conhecimento? Encontramos a "
"resposta examinando a primeira parte da frase, no v. 31 \"<emphasis>Se vós "
-"permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sois Meus discípulos...</"
+"permanecerdes na minha palavra, verdadeiramente sereis meus discípulos...</"
"emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Nós vemos que isso é uma promessa condicional, especificamente falando da "
"verdade da Palavra de Deus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"<emphasis>vento violento</emphasis>. \"<emphasis> para que não mais sejamos "
"meninos, inconstantes, levados ao redor por todo vento de doutrina...</"
"emphasis>\". Uma coisa que estudar a Bíblia faz por nós é nos firmar na "
-"verdade, que não nos deixará sermos \"levados ao redor\"."
+"verdade, cujo resultado é não sermos facilmente \"levados ao redor\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>\"Jesus, porém, lhes respondeu: Errais, não compreendendo as "
"Escrituras nem o poder de Deus\"</emphasis> Mt 22.29"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Quais as duas coisas que nós precisamos para escapar do erro?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Palavra de Deus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Poder de Deus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Um Livro que Luta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "Ef. 6.10-18 é uma figura de nossa armadura espiritual."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Armadura Espiritual"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Pergunta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Resposta"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Quantas das armas listas são para defesa?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr "5"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Quantas são para atacar?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr "Uma"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Qual?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "a palavra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Exortações"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
-"2 Tm 2.15 \"Procura apresentar-te diante de Deus aprovado, como obreiro que "
-"não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade\""
+"2 Tm 2.15 \"<emphasis>Procura apresentar-te a Deus aprovado, como obreiro "
+"que não tem de que se envergonhar, que maneja bem a palavra da verdade.</"
+"emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
-"Cl 3.15 \"A palavra de Cristo habite em vós ricamente, em toda a sabedoria; "
-"ensinai-vos e admoestai-vos uns aos outros, com salmos, hinos e cânticos "
-"espirituais, louvando a Deus com gratidão em vossos corações\""
+"Cl 3.15 \"<emphasis>A palavra de Cristo habite em vós abundantemente, em "
+"toda a sabedoria, ensinando-vos e admoestando-vos uns aos outros, com "
+"salmos, hinos e cânticos espirituais, cantando ao Senhor com graça em vosso "
+"coração.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Se você é rico em alguma coisa, quanto disso você tem?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Não só um pouquinho!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
-"Ec 12.11 \"<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões; e como "
-"pregos bem fixados são as palavras coligidas dos mestres, as quais foram "
-"dadas pelo único Pastor. Além disso, filho meu, sê avisado. De fazer muitos "
-"livros não há fim; e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>\""
+"Ec 12.11-12 \"<emphasis>As palavras dos sábios são como aguilhões, e como "
+"pregos, bem fixados pelos mestres das assembléias, que nos foram dadas pelo "
+"único Pastor. E, demais disto, filho meu, atenta: não há limite para fazer "
+"livros, e o muito estudar é enfado da carne.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Apendice: \"De uma vez por todas\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora "
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Cristo, o Controverso,</emphasis>Editora "
"InterVarsity 1978, pp.106-107"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"A verdade a respeito do objetivo da iniciativa de Deus em Cristo é "
-"expressada em uma palavra presente no Testamento Grego, principalmente o "
-"advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
-"foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Versão Autorizada como \"De uma vez "
-"por todas\". É usada no sentido de \"o que foi feito com validade perpétua, "
-"não necessitando de repetição\" e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto em "
-"revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez por "
-"todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos diz, \"<emphasis>Porque "
-"morrendo, ele morreu para o pecado de uma vez por todas</emphasis>\" (Rm "
-"6.10, veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28)."
+"expressada em uma palavra presente no Novo Testamento Grego, principalmente "
+"o advérbio <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> e <foreignphrase>ephapax</"
+"foreignphrase>. É comumente traduzida na Almeida Corrigida Fiel como \"De "
+"uma vez por todas\". É usada no sentido de que o que foi feito com validade "
+"perpétua, não necessitando de repetição e é usada no Novo Testamento, tanto "
+"em revelação e redenção. Portanto Judas refere-se a fé que foi de uma vez "
+"por todas entregue aos santos (Judas 3), e Romanos diz, \"<emphasis>Pois, "
+"quanto a ter morrido, de uma vez morreu para o pecado</emphasis>\" (Rm 6.10, "
+"veja também 1Pe 3.18; Hb 9.26-28)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Portanto, nós podemos dizer que Deus falou de uma vez por todas e Cristo "
"sofreu de uma vez por todas. Isto sifnifica que a revelação Cristã e a "
"redenção Cristã são indistinguíveis no Cristo completo. Nada pode ser "
-"adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as rochas em que a "
-"Reforma Protestante foi baseada -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição das "
-"tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos "
+"adicionado sem ser depreciador de Cristo. Estas são as duas rochas em que a "
+"Reforma Protestante foi construída -- Deus revelou a Palavra sem a adição "
+"das tradições humanas e Cristo terminou o trabalho sem adição de méritos "
"humanos. As principais palavras dos Reformadores foram<foreignphrase>sola "
"scriptura</foreignphrase> para nossa autoridade e <foreignphrase>sola "
"gratia</foreignphrase> para nossa salvação."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Suplemento: Programas de Leitura Bíblica"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Aqui estão alguns programas fáceis para sistematicamente ler a sua Bíblia. "
"Você pode fazer mais de um ao mesmo tempo se você quiser, por exemplo #1 com "
-"#4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para mantê-lo "
-"atualizado!"
+"#4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programa de ano para ano para mantê-lo atualizado!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
"Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um capítulo por dia, 5 dias por semana."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"ao dia do mês."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e& 140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"por dia."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Regas de Interpretação Bíblica (Hermenêutica)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"Nós já aprendemos sobre o \"CCR\" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referencias "
-"Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermeneutica "
+"Nós já aprendemos sobre o \"CCR\" - Conteúdo, Contexto e Referências "
+"Cruzadas. Nós queremos expandir isso examinando brevemente a hermenêutica "
"bíblica, cujo objetivo é descobrir o significado pretendido pelo autor "
"original (e Autor!). Enquanto muitas aplicações da passagem são válidas, "
"somente uma interpretação é válida. A escritura mesmo diz isso dizendo que "
"fazem também com as outras Escrituras, para sua própria perdição</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Como nós descobrimos o significado pretendido para uma passagem? Digamos que "
"nossa atenção voltou-se para um versículo particular, cujo significado não é "
"claro para você. Como você o estuda? Tenha essas regras em mente:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Regra 1 - Interprete de acordo com o exato significado das palavras."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Quanto mais preciso nós conseguirmos ser com o exato significado original da "
"das palavras chave seguindo os seguintes passos:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Definição"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
"conjugação do verbo também é crucial."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Compare escritura com escritura. Vendo como a mesma palavra grega ou "
"significados diferentes.</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Exemplo 1A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
-"Jo 20.17 <emphasis>\"Deixa de me tocar\"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? "
-"Parece que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que "
-"ele era muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso "
-"em <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros "
+"Jo 20.17 <emphasis>\"Não me detenhas\"</emphasis> parece áspero, não? Parece "
+"que Jesus não queria ser tocado agora que ele havia ressucitado, que ele era "
+"muito santo ou algo do gênero. Mas não é bem isso, procuremos isso em "
+"<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</emphasis>, de Spiros "
"Zodhiates (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
-"Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra \"tocar\" nós vemos "
+"Definição: Indo até João 20.17, abaixo da palavra \"detenhas\" nós vemos "
"\"pim680\". As letras são um código para a parte da frase e o numero refere-"
"se à referencia do dicionário de Strong. Vejamos a definição (pág. 879). "
"\"680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Refere-se ao manuseio de um objeto "
"já está ocorrendo. Então, o que encontramos?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Maria já estava se agarrando a Jesus, e ele está dizendo para "
+"parar de segurá-lo!</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Exemplo 1B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
-"Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>\"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da "
-"igreja, e estes orem sobre ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\"</"
-"emphasis>. Que unção é essa?"
+"Em Tiago 5.14, <emphasis>\"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os "
+"presbíteros da igreja, e orem sobre ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do "
+"Senhor\"</emphasis>. Que unção é essa?"
# Falta adaptação à gramática portuguesa
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Definição de aleipho (218) - \"passar oléo em\" (Strong's); mas também "
"existe outra palavra grega traduzida como \"unção\", chrio (5548) - "
"anterior ao verbo principal\" (Zodhiates, p 851)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr "Mt 6.17 Tu, porém, quando jejuares, unge a tua cabeça"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr "Mc 16.1 [as mulheres] compraram aromas para irem ungi-lo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
"os curavam."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr "Lc 7.28 [...] e beijava-lhe os pés e ungia-os com o bálsamo"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
"cabelos"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
+"Referências cruzadas para o aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id="
+"\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
"anunciar boas novas aos pobres [...]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr "At 4.27 [...] Servo Jesus, ao qual ungiste [...]"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr "At 10.28 como Deus o ungiu com o Espírito Santo e com poder"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
"2 Co 1.21 Mas aquele que nos confirma convosco em Cristo, e nos ungiu, é Deus"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
+"Referências cruzadas de chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
-"Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referencia cruzada e as "
-"definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>"Aleipho" é o uso prático "
-"de óleo e "Chrio" é o uso espiritual</emphasis>"
+"Então qual a diferencá entre aleipho e chrio? Veja a referência cruzada e as "
+"definições e note a diferença: <emphasis>\"aleipho\" é o uso prático de óleo "
+"e\"chrio\"é o uso espiritual</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Uma ilustração (embora a palavra não seja usada) do uso prático de óleo "
"tempos de Jesus."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Agora vamos aplicar o que nós acabamos de aprender a Tiago 5.14 <emphasis>"
-"\"Está doente algum de vós? Chame os anciãos da igreja, e estes orem sobre "
-"ele, ungido-o com óleo em nome do Senhor\"</emphasis>. Essa unção é "
+"\"Está alguém entre vós doente? Chame os presbíteros da igreja, e orem sobre "
+"ele, ungindo-o com azeite em nome do Senhor\"</emphasis>. Essa unção é "
"espiritual ou prática? Prática!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"A conjugação do verbo no grego, o passado participativo aoristo, seria "
"melhor traduzido como \"tendo ungido\", então, a ordem é para ungir "
"balanço entre o prático e o espiritual em nosso Deus!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Regra 2 - Intreprete o texto no contexto bíblico"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
-"Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os versos "
-"vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua interpretação se "
-"adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o contexto fornece o "
-"que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a pssagem. Contexo é a "
-"chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado depois que nós "
-"interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais adiante."
+"Interprete a escritura em harmonia com o resto da escritura. O que os "
+"versículos vizinhos dizem? Qual o tema do capítulo? do livro? A sua "
+"interpretação se adapta a isso? Se não, ela é imperfeita. Normalmente, o "
+"contexto fornece o que nós precisamos para interpretar corretamente a "
+"pssagem. Contexo é a chave. Se a confusão persistir quanto ao significado "
+"depois que nós interpretamos o texto em seu contexto então veremos mais "
+"adiante."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Exemplo 2A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"Em uma lição passada, nós consideramos Jo 3.5 <emphasis>\"nascer da água e "
"do Espírito\"</emphasis>. Nesse contexto, qual é a água em questão aqui?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"natural."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Exemplo 2B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
-"1 Co 14.34 <quote>as mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> deve ser "
-"considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher que ora ou "
-"profetiza....</quote>"
+"1 Co 14.34 <quote>As vossas mulheres estejam caladas nas igrejas</quote> "
+"deve ser considerado com o contexo de 1 Co 11.5 <quote>Mas toda mulher [...] "
+"que ora ou profetiza [....]</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Exemplo 2C"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
-msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
-msgstr ""
-"Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: "Arrependei-vos, e cada um "
-"de vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos "
-"pecados..."</quote> está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse "
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgstr ""
+"Atos 2.38 <quote>Pedro então lhes respondeu: \"Arrependei-vos, e cada um de "
+"vós seja batizado em nome de Jesus Cristo, para remissão de vossos "
+"pecados... \"</quote> Ele está ensinando regenração pelo batismo? Se esse "
"fosse o único versículo que a escritura tivesse, nós poderíamos concluir "
"isso. Mas à luz do claro ensinamento que a regeneração acontece pela fé em "
"Cristo, nós quemos que interpretar de outra forma. Pedro está pedindo o "
"batismo como uma forma de seus ouvintes responderem ao evangelho. Se o "
"batismo fosse o caminho para o novo nascimento, como Paulo poderia ter "
-"escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>\"Porque Cristo não me enviou para batizar, mas "
-"para pregar o evangelho\"</emphasis>?"
+"escrito 1 Co 1.17 <emphasis>\"Porque Cristo enviou-me, não para batizar, mas "
+"para evangelizar\"</emphasis>?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Regra 3 - Interprete dentro do contexo histórico e cultural"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Nós não começamos perguntando <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>, "
"destinatários."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Exemplo 3A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"<quote>3 dias& 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "
"\"Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira\". Como Jesus poderia morrer na "
"não ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de "
"no contexto cultural ajuda-nos a livramo-nos de erros."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Exemplo 3B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Gn 15.7-21. O contexto histórico de cortar animais em dois e passar andando "
"somente Deus passou, fazendo um contrato unilateral."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
"Regra 4 - Interprete de acordo com o uso comum das palavras na linguagem"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Deixe linguagem literal ser literal e linguagem figurada ser figurada. E "
"observe as expressões que tem significados especiais."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Exemplo 4A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "<quote>olhos maus</quote> em Mt 6.23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
-"Regra 1, definição de \"mau\" e \"olho\" - nada que ajude aqui. \n"
-"Regra 2, contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não "
-"combina com nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós "
-"não estamos entendendo corretamente!!!"
+"Regra 1, definição de \"mau\" e \"olho\" - nada que ajude aqui. Regra 2, "
+"contexto: parece que apenas nos confunde mais. Parece que não combina com "
+"nada do que vem antes ou depois! Isso deve nos indicar que nós não estamos "
+"entendendo corretamente!!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
-"O que nós temos aqui é uma expressão em Hebraico, <quote>olho mau</quote>. "
-"Vejamos outros usos dessa expressão: Mt 20.15: <emphasis>\"Não me é lícito "
-"fazer o que quero do que é meu? Ou é mau o teu olho porque eu sou bom?\"</"
-"emphasis> Nós descobrimos que um \"olho mau\" em Hebraico é uma expressão "
-"para ser mesquinho ou invejoso. Agora voltemos para Mt 6 e notemos como esse "
-"significado se encaixa perfeitamente no contexto."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Exemplo 4B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr "Is 59.1 <quote>Eis que a mão do Senhor não está encolhida</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"Dt 33.27 <quote>O Deus eterno é a tua habitação, e por baixo estão os braços "
"eternos</quote>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
-"Referencias à partes de corpo de Deus são usados pelos Santos dos Ultimos "
-"Dias para provar que Deus já foi homem um dia. Uma vez que eles convencem as "
-"pessoas disso, eles continuam ensinando que nós também nos podemos tornar "
-"deuses como Ele é! Em uma leitura que eles dão, um grupo de anciãos mórmons "
-"desafiaram Walter Martin (autor de Reino dos Cultos) com uma lista de "
-"versículos como esses. Dr. Martin então pediu aos mórmons que lessem mais um "
-"versículo, Sl 91.4 <emphasis>\"Ele te cobre com as suas penas, e debaixo das "
-"suas asas encontras refúgio\"</emphasis>. W. M. disse \"pelas mesmas regras "
-"de interpretação que vocês usaram para provar que Deus era um homem, vocês "
-"também provam que ele era um pássaro\". Os mormons tiveram que rir, já que "
-"eles perceberam que estavam numa posição ridícula."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"parábola e uma alegoria"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
"significado</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Toda parábola é uma alegoria, verdadeiro ou falso?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Algumas parábolas são alegorias, por exemplo, a parábola do semeador é uma "
"ilustra, ótimo."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Exemplo 5A"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
"nós teremos?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"proteger o direito das viúvas, orações incomodando a Deus, etc."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Exemplo 5B"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"A parábola do mordomo injusto em Lc 16.1-9. O que essa parábola significa? "
"Ela é uma alegoria?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"O mordomo é elogiado por uma única coisa, sua sagacidade em usar o que ele "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr "Estudo Bíblico HowTo"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
-msgstr ""
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
+msgstr "O Time BibleTime"
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Este documento foi originalmente criado pelo Sr. Bob Harman e é licenciado "
-"pelos termos da licença <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"pelos termos da licença<ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
msgstr ""
"Citações das Escrituras no original em inglês são da New American Standard "
-"Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Atualizada de Almeida (Por "
-"AA)."
+"Bible.Na tradução em português foi usada a edição Almeida e Corrigida Fiel "
+"(ACF), exceto quando indicado outro texto."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Resumo"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
"Bíblia."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
-"A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse HowTo incentive os leitores a "
-"estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo particular "
-"foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional em "
-"particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para entender "
-"o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o Senhor "
-"mostre sua Palavra em seu coração ele não desapontará você."
+"A esperança do time do &bibletime; é que esse Como Fazer incentive os "
+"leitores a estudar as escrituras e ver o que elas dizem. Esse guia de estudo "
+"particular foi escolhido porque não promove nenhuma doutrina denominacional "
+"em particular. Nós esperamos que você leia e estude as escrituras para "
+"entender o que elas dizem. Se você começar com a atitude de querer que o "
+"Senhor mostre sua Palavra em seu coração, Ele não desapontará você."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Bíblia"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Encontre esses versículos:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Referencia Cruzada para aleipho:"
-
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Referencia Cruzada de chrio:"
-
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "Time do &bibletime;, (info@bibletime.info)"
+msgstr "Como fazer"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: full\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-20 10:58+0300\n"
"Last-Translator: Vlad Savitsky <vlad_savitsky@mail.ru>\n"
"Language-Team: russain <ru@li.org>\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.0.1\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr "Основы изучения Библии"
msgstr "Цель, с которой мы приступаем к изучению Библии "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"чтобы иметь жизнь.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"делаем это не ради самого изучения, но, чтобы иметь общение с Богом."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
"Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.97, 104."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
-"deceived. [...]"
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to come."
+"\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously deceived. "
+"[...]"
msgstr ""
"Иудеи, с которыми Иисус говорил... считали, что обладать Писанием было "
"равноценно обладанию жизнью. Гиллель говорил: \"Тот, кто приобрёл для себя "
"на самом изучении. В этом они тяжко заблуждались..."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
"встретиться со Христом."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr "Приближение к Слову Божьему"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
"Размышление закрепляет Слово в нашем уме."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr "Слышать"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe it.</"
"\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr "Читать"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture [...]</"
"1 Тим.4:13 <emphasis>\"Доколе не приду, занимайся чтением...\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr "Изучать"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"верно преподающим слово истины.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr "Запоминать"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"пред Тобою.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr "Размышлять"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"он ни делает, успеет.\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
"Библии. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr "Типы изучения Библии"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr "Тематическое изучение"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
"или симфонию."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr "Изучение действующих лиц"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid ""
"Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
"Изучение жизни библейских персонажей, например жизнь Иосифа в Быт.37-50."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr "Экспозиционное изучение"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr "Изучение определённого отрывка: параграфа, главы или книги."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr "Основы правильного истолкования"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Содержание"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
"значениями слов. Не ищите в них того, о чём они не говорят."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Контекст"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
"Что говорится в ближайших стихах? Есть правило - \"Главное - контекст\", "
"отрывок должен иметь смысл в структуре большего отрывка и всей книги."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr "Перекрёстные ссылки"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
"Писания. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr "Экспозиционное изучение отрывка Матфея 6:1-18"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
"Давайте изучим вместе Мтф.6:1-18. Сначала прочтите отрывок, стараясь найти "
"ключевой стих - стих, который суммирует весь отрывок. Нашли? Проверьте его, "
"один в вашем конспекте:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
"Что значит \"выставлять свою праведность\"? Есть ли в этом отрывке какие-"
"либо примеры? Какой сферы нашей жизни это касается? Наших мотивов! Какие "
"подзаголовки развивают эту мысль?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
"Теперь заполните конспект особыми инструкциями о том, как избежать неверных "
"путей проявления своей праведности:"
-# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</"
+"quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr "Рабочий лист: Как пользоваться симфонией"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr "Чтобы найти определённый стих "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr "Выберите ключевое слово или наиболее редкое слово в стихе."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr "Найдите это слово по алфавиту."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr "Просмотрите колонку списка и найдите нужный вам стих."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr "Чтобы сделать тематическое исследование"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, e."
+"g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
"Предположим, вы хотите исследовать слово \"искупление\". Сначала вам нужно "
"найти слово в симфонии и просмотреть ссылки, приведённые для него. Затем вы "
"\"купил\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr "Чтобы выяснить значение слова в греческом или еврейском языке"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
"Что, если вы заметили противоречие в Мтф.7:1 \"Не судите, да не судимы будете"
"\" и 1 Кор.2:15 \"Но духовный судит о всем...\"? Возможно, что два различных "
"используем Словари Стронга здесь и далее)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr "Найдите \"судить\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
"Просмотрите колонку записей и найдите Мтф.7:1. Справа число - 2919. Оно "
"ссылается на использованное греческое слово. Запишите его. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr "Теперь найдите \"судимы\"."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr "Найдите в колонке 1 Кор.2:15 . . . . . 350."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
"Откройте греческий словарь сзади. (Помните, вы находитесь в Новом Завете, "
"поэтому язык греческий; для Ветхого Завета - еврейский). Сравните значение "
"2919 со значением 350. Вот и ответ!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr "Чтобы найти значения имён"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or Hebrew."
msgstr ""
"языке."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr "Найдите эти имена и запишите их значения:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr "Навал (Nabal)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr "Авигея (Abigail)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr "Иисус Навин (Joshua)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr "Варнава (Barnabus)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr "Важность Слова Божьего"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
"Понимание Божьего Слова очень важно для всех, кто призывает имя Божье. "
"Богом. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr "Уникальная Книга"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr ""
"Библия во многих смыслах занимает особое положение. Она уникальна в "
"отношении:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
-"The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per year. "
+"The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
"популярности. В Северной Америке продаётся Библий более чем на 500 миллионов "
"долларов в год. Библия является постоянным и ежегодным бестселлером! "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
"авторства. Её писали на протяжении более 1600 лет 40 разных авторов из "
"разных слоёв общества, но читается она как написанная одним. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?"
"</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts:"
msgstr ""
"сохранности. Ф. Ф. Брюс (F. F. Bruce) в <emphasis>\"Можно ли доверять "
"emphasis> сравнивает новозаветние писания с другими древними текстами: "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr "Сравнение новозаветних Писаний с другими древними текстами."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr "Труд"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr "Когда написаны"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr "Самые ранние копии"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr "Промежуток времени"
msgstr "Число копий"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr "Геродот"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr "448-428 г.г. до н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr "900 г. н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr "1300 лет"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr "Тацит"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr "100 г. н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr "1100 г. н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr "1000 лет"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr "Цезарь <emphasis>\"Галльские войны\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr "50-58 г. до н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr "950 лет"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr "Ливий <emphasis>\"Римская история\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr "59 г. до н.э. - 17 г. н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr "900 лет"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr "Новый Завет"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr "40 г. н.э. - 100 г. н.э."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr "130 г. н.э. Частичные Писания 350 г. н.э. Полные Писания"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr "30 - 310 лет"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr "5000 Греческих и 10000 Латинских"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
"Существует десять копий <emphasis>\"Галльских войн\"</emphasis> Цезаря, "
"10000 на латыни!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</"
+"emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
"Критик текстов F. J. A. Hort, \"Новый Завет в греческом оригинале\" (\"The "
"New Testament in the Original Greek\"), том. 1 стр.561, Macmillan Co., "
"стр. 25-26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
"рукописей.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr "Книга, вдохновлённая Богом"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
"всегда готов говорить к нашему сердцу. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+#| "God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, "
+#| "consider Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., God-"
-"breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
"2 Тим.3:16 провозглашает: \"<emphasis>Все Писание богодухновенно [т.е. "
"обратите внимание на отношение Иисуса к Писанию. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
"Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.93-95 "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
"Он цитировал авторов-людей, но считал само собой разумеющимся, что за всеми "
"ними был один божественный Автор. Для Него было одно и то же сказать "
"говорил. Люди говорили. Ни одну из этих истин нельзя умалять. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
"состоит в том, что Сам Иисус Христос учил этому. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+#| "correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+#| "adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that "
+#| "the Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our "
+#| "authority in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
"2 Тим.3:16 продолжает: \"<emphasis>и полезно для научения, для обличения, "
"для исправления, для наставления в праведности, да будет совершен Божий "
"поведения. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr "Действенная Книга"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+#| "\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside "
+#| "each scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
"Что вам даст изучение Библии? В 1 Фес. 2:13 говорится, что Библия "
"запишите действие, которое производит Слово. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr "Что даёт изучение Библии христианам?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr "Ссылка"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Действие"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr "Еф.5:26"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the word.\""
msgstr ""
"очищает -- \"...чтобы освятить ее, очистив банею водною посредством слова;\" "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr "Деян.20:32"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
"назидает -- \" ...слову благодати Его, могущему назидать вас более и дать "
"вам наследие со всеми освященными. \""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr "Рим.15:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
"утешает -- \"чтобы мы терпением и утешением из Писаний сохраняли надежду.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr "Рим.10:17"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
msgstr "даёт веру -- \"Итак вера от слышания, а слышание от слова Божия.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr "1 Кор.10:11"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
"наставление нам, достигшим последних веков.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr "Мтф.4:4"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
"человек, но всяким словом, исходящим из уст Божиих.\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr "Книга, которая освобождает"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"Ин.8:32 \"<emphasis>и познаете истину, и истина сделает вас свободными.</"
"emphasis>\" Обычно цитируется только эта фраза. Это обещание с условием или "
"Моем, то вы истинно Мои ученики... </emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+#| "truth of God's word."
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
"Как видим, это обещание с условием, говорящее конкретно об истине Божьего "
"Слова."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+#| "wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be "
+#| "children, tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind "
+#| "of doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+#| "ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+#| "away.\""
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent wind."
-"</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
+"</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, tossed "
"here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of doctrine...</"
"emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground us in the "
"truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown away.\""
"будет не просто \"сдуть\". "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+#| "are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the "
+#| "power of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
"<emphasis>Иисус сказал им в ответ: </emphasis>\"<emphasis>заблуждаетесь, не "
"зная Писаний, ни силы Божией</emphasis>\" Мтф.22:29."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr "Какие 2 вещи мы должны знать, чтобы избежать заблуждений?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr "Божье Слово"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr "Божья Сила"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr "Книга, которая воюет"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr "В Еф.6:10-18 есть описание нашего духовного оружия."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr "Духовное оружие"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr "Вопрос"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr "Ответ"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr "Сколько из перечисленного оружия используется для защиты?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr "Сколько для нападения?"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr "Какое?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr "слово - <foreignphrase>рхема (rhema)</foreignphrase>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr "Увещевания"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+#| "workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+#| "truth.</emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.</"
"emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
"неукоризненным, верно преподающим слово истины.</emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+#| "all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+#| "spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</"
+#| "emphasis>\""
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to God.</emphasis>"
"\""
"\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr "Если вы чем-то богаты, то сколько у вас этого?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr "Ведь не чуть-чуть!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the body.</emphasis>"
"\""
msgstr ""
"утомительно для тела. </emphasis>\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr "Приложение: \"Однажды для всех\""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+#| "InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</"
+"emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
"Джон Р. В. Скотт (John R.W. Stott), <emphasis>Христос - Спорщик (Christ the "
"Controversialist)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, стр.106-107"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb <foreignphrase>hapax</"
-"foreignphrase> and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
+"foreignphrase>and <foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually "
"translated in the Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used "
"of what is so done as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, "
-"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
+"and is applied in the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude "
"refers to the faith which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), "
-"and Romans says, \"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
+"and Romans says, \" <emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</"
"emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
"Правда о завершении Божьей инициативы во Христе выражается одним словом в "
"\" (Рим.6:10, см. также 1 Пт.3:18; Евр.9:26-28). "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
-"foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola scriptura</"
+"foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola gratia</"
+"foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
"Таким образом, мы можем сказать, что Бог проговорил однажды для всех, и "
"Христос пострадал однажды за всех. Это значит, что Христово откровение и "
"нашего спасения. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr "Дополнение: Программы чтения Библии"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
-"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with #5. "
+"Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
"Это простые программы для систематического чтения Библии. Вы можете идти по "
"нескольким одновременно, если хотите, например №1 и №4 или №2 и №5. Меняйте "
"программу из года в год для разнообразия!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr "Новый Завет за год: читайте одну главу каждый день, 5 дней в неделю."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
"месяца."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
"го числа вы читаете Пс.20, 50, 80, 110 и 140."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
"главе в день."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
"Завет за 2 года и 2 недели."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr "Правила толкования Библии (Герменевтика)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private interpretation.</"
"quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the correct meaning; by "
"ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on themselves and "
-"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
+"their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things hard to "
"understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also the "
"rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
"погибели, превращают, как и прочие Писания\".</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
"Как мы будем искать значение, заложенное в отрывке? Предположим, что ваше "
"внимание было привлечено к определённому стиху, значение которого не совсем "
"ясно для вас. Как его понять? Держите эти правила в уме:"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr "Правило 1 - Истолковывать в соответствии с точным значением слов."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Чем точнее мы сможем определить действительное, настоящее значение слов, тем "
"ключевых слов, придерживаясь таких шагов: "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
#, fuzzy
msgid "Definition"
msgstr "Шаг 1) Значение слов"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"временных форм это особенно важно."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Сравнивайте места Писания. Наблюдение за тем, как одни и те же греческие или "
"ОТТЕНКИ ЗНАЧЕНИЙ."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr "Пример 1А"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament</"
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
"emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see \"pim680."
"\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers "
-"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
-"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
+"to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879). "
+"\"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an "
"object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from "
"pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of "
"something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right "
"after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for \"present imperative "
-"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
+"active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may "
"indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous "
"or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing "
"something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something "
-"that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
"Значение слова: Возвращаясь к Иоанна 20:17, над словом \"прикасайся\" мы "
"видим \"pim680.\" Буквы дают нам код части речи, а цифра ссылается на "
"уже происходит. Итак, что же мы выяснили?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
#, fuzzy
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr "Пример 1А"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
"В Иакова 5:14, <emphasis>Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров "
"Церкви, и пусть помолятся над ним, помазав его елеем во имя Господне</"
"emphasis>. Что это за помазание?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
-"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service"
-"\" (Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
-"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb."
-"\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" (Strong's). "
+"Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist participle "
+"active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to "
+"continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is temporal, it "
+"usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" (Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
"Значение слова алеифо (aleipho) (218) - \"смазывать маслом\" (по Стронгу); "
"но есть и другое греческое слово, переведённое как \"помазывать\", чрио "
"которое обозначено главным глаголом.\" (Zodhiates стр.851)"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid ""
"Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the cross-"
-"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>""
-"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "chrio" is a "
-"spiritual</emphasis>"
+"references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: <emphasis>"
+"\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
"Итак, какая разница между aleipho и chrio? Просмотрите снова перекрёстные "
"ссылки и значения слов и подведите итог разницы: ALEIPHO - ЭТО ПРАКТИЧЕСКОЕ "
"ИСПОЛЬЗОВАНИЕ МАСЛА, А CHRIO - ДУХОВНОЕ."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
"Иллюстрация практического применения масла в то время (хотя слово не было "
"применялось как медицинское средство. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+#| "<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+#| "church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+#| "the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
"Теперь давайте изучим Иакова 5:14, применяя то, что мы уже узнали об этом "
"слове: <emphasis>\"Болен ли кто из вас, пусть призовет пресвитеров Церкви, и "
"\"помазание\" духовное или практическое? Практическое!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
"И временную форму греческого языка аористическое причастие (aorist "
"participle) лучше перевести как \"помазав\", таким образом порядок был "
"в нашем Боге?!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr "Правило 2 - Истолковывать в библейском контексте"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
"Толкуйте отрывок Писания в гармонии со всем Писанием. О чём говорят "
"глубоко."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr "Пример 2А"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and "
+#| "the Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion "
+#| "here?"
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
"В предыдущем уроке мы рассматривали Ин.3:5 <emphasis>\"рождённый от воды и "
"Духа\".</emphasis> В контексте, что такое вода, о которой говорится здесь?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural birth."
msgstr ""
"естественное рождение."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr "Пример 2Б"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
"молящаяся или пророчествующая...\"</emphasis>"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr "Пример 2В"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
"Деяния 2:38 \"<emphasis>Петр же сказал им: покайтесь, и да крестится каждый "
"из вас во имя Иисуса Христа для прощения грехов...</emphasis>\" Говорит ли "
"а благовествовать</emphasis>\"? "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr "Правило 3 - Толковать в историческом и культурном контексте"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
"Прежде всего мы не спрашиваем \"Что это значит для меня?\", но \"Что это "
"среду, в которой жили автор и первые читатели. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr "Пример 3А"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
"\"3 дня и 3 ночи\" (Мтф.12:40) привели некоторых к изобретению \"Теории "
"распятия в среду,\" особенно культ Армстронгизма (Armstrongism). Как мог "
"\" и \"день\" не помогут объяснить кажущееся противоречие."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
"Нам необходимо учесть интересный исторический факт: Евреи считали любую "
" Толкование с учётом культурного контекста помогает нам избегать ошибок. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr "Пример 3Б"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
"Быт.15:7-21. Исторический контекст таков, что разделение животного на две "
"договор."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
"Правило 4 - Толковать в соответствии с обычным употреблением слов в языке"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
"Пусть буквальный язык будет буквальным, а образный будет образным. И будьте "
"внимательны к идиомам, которые имеют особое значение."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr "Пример 4А"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr "\"худое око\" в Mтф.6:23."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
"Правило 1, значения слов \"худое\" и \"око\" тут не помогут. Правило 2, "
"понимаем данное место правильно!!"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
"Здесь у нас - идиома еврейского языка \"худой глаз\". Давайте посмотрим "
"понимание идеально вписывается в контекст."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr "Пример 4Б"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
"Ис.59:1 \"<emphasis>Вот, рука Господа не сократилась</emphasis>\" Втор.33:27 "
"\" Мормоны вынуждены были отшучиваться, осознав нелепость своего положения. "
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
"Правило 5 - Нужно понять цель притч и разницу между притчей и аллегорией"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a meaning.</"
"emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr "Каждая притча является аллегорией, верно или нет?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
"Некоторые притчи являются аллегориями, например,притча о сеятеле: семя есть "
"ясно предоставлены; и, если притча изображает их на примере, --- это хорошо."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr "Пример 5А"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"мы получим?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
"вдов, молитвы \"досаждают\" Ему, и т.д."
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr "Пример 5Б"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
"Притча о неверному управителе в Луки.16:1-9. В чём смысл притчи? Аллегория "
"ли это?"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
"Управитель получил похвалу только за одно - его догадливость в том, что он "
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of the kapp entity
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr ""
msgstr "Как изучать Библию"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team (bt-"
+"devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
-"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"the terms of the license <ulink url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-"
+"sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"указано."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr "Резюме"
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Библии."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
"чтобы Господь сеял Своё слово в ваше сердце, - Он не разочарует вас."
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Find these verses:"
-#~ msgstr "Пресса о нас"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
-#~ msgstr "Перекрёстные ссылки"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
-#~ msgstr "Перекрёстные ссылки"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
-#~ msgstr "Команда &bibletime;, info@bibletime.info"
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-22 23:08-0500\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-05-31 11:03-0300\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:2
msgid "Bible Study Basics"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:7
msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:8
msgid ""
"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:14
msgid ""
"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:20
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:23
msgid ""
"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
-"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, "He who has gotten "
-"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
-"come." Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, \"He who has gotten to "
+"himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
+"come.\" Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
"deceived. [...]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:28
msgid ""
"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:35
msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:36
msgid ""
"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
-"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
"cements the word in our minds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
msgid "Hear"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
msgid ""
"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe "
"it.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:48
msgid "Read"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
msgid ""
"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
"prophecy [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:52
msgid ""
"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture "
"[...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49 docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:57 docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "Study"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:58
msgid ""
"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:63
msgid ""
"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:69
msgid "Memorize"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:70
msgid ""
"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
"Thee.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:75
msgid "Meditate"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:76
msgid ""
"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:82
msgid ""
"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
-"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
-"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
-"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
-"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first "
+"four. Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and "
+"read the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that "
+"they become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:93
msgid "Topical Study"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:94
msgid ""
"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
"concordance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
msgid "Character Study"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:99
msgid "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
msgid "Expository Study"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:104
msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:109
msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:111
msgid "Content"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:112
msgid ""
"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:117
msgid "Context"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:118
msgid ""
-"What do the verses around it say? "Context is king" is the rule -- "
-"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
-"book."
+"What do the verses around it say? \"Context is king\" is the rule -- the "
+"passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and book."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:123 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
msgid "Cross-reference"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:124
msgid ""
"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:132
msgid ""
-"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
-"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
-"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
-"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
-"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? Test "
+"it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if they "
+"relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as Roman "
+"numeral One of your outline:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:140
msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:144
msgid ""
-"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
-"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
-"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote>mean? Does the passage "
+"give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? <emphasis>Our "
+"motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
msgid "When you give"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
msgid "When you fast"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
msgid "When you pray"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:160
msgid ""
"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:167
msgid ""
-"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
-"today?)"
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a "
+"trumpet</quote>today?)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
msgid "do it secretly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:174
msgid "etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
msgid "When you give <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:181
msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:183
msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:193
msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:201
msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:206
msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:210
msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:197
msgid "Find these verses: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:215
msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:216
msgid ""
-"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First "
-"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
-"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
-"them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or "
-""bought.""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word \"redemption.\" First you "
+"would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed for "
+"it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for them, "
+"e.g. \"redeem, redeemed, ransom,\" even \"buy\" or \"bought.\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:223
msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:224
msgid ""
"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
-"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
-"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
-"both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's "
-"from here out.)"
+"not lest you be judged</quote>and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote>Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated \"judge\" in English? (We're using Strong's from here "
+"out.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
-msgid "Look up "judge"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:232
+msgid "Look up \"judge\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:235
msgid ""
-"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
-"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, "
+"2919. This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
-msgid "Now look up "judgeth"."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:240
+msgid "Now look up \"judgeth\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:243
msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:246
msgid ""
-"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
-"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
-"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so the "
+"language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 with "
+"the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:254
msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:255
msgid ""
"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or "
"Hebrew."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:257
msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:260
msgid "Nabal"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:263
msgid "Abigail"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:266
msgid "Joshua"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:269
msgid "Barnabus"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
msgid "Importance of God's Word"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:3
msgid ""
"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
-"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
"communicate with God."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
msgid "A Book that is Unique"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
-msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:8
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:11
msgid ""
-"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
-"year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+"year. The Bible is both the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:16
msgid ""
-"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:21
msgid ""
-"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
"Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient "
"texts:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:28
msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:33
msgid "Work"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
msgid "When Written"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
msgid "Earliest Copy"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
msgid "Time Lapse"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
msgid "Herodotus"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
msgid "448-428 B.C."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:44 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:59 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:67
msgid "900 A.D."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:45
msgid "1300 years"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
msgid "8"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:49
msgid "Tacitus"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:50
msgid "100 A.D."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
msgid "1100 A.D."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
msgid "1000 years"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:69
msgid "20"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
msgid "50-58 B.C."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:60
msgid "950 years"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
msgid "10"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:64
msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:68
msgid "900 years"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
msgid "New Testament"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:73
msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:76
msgid "30 - 310 years"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:77
msgid "5000 Greek & 10,000 Latin"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:82
msgid ""
"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
-"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
-"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
msgid ""
"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
-"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
-"p. 25-26"
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of "
+"Life</emphasis>p. 25-26"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:93
msgid ""
"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:99
msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:101
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
-"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
-"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12</emphasis> \"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active...</emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>\" "
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
"continually-fresh way."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:109
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \" <emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:114
msgid ""
"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
msgid ""
"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
-"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
-"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
-"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). "
-"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
-"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
-"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
-"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 & Is.29:13). It "
+"is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as true "
+"to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) as "
+"it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
-"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
-"to detract from the other. ..."
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:134
msgid ""
-"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
-"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:140
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
-"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
-"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
-"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
-"faith and conduct."
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \" <emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for "
+"correction, for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be "
+"adequate, equipped for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the "
+"Bible really is God speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority "
+"in all matters of faith and conduct."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:148
msgid "A Book that Works"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:149
msgid ""
-"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
-"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible \" "
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:158
msgid "Reference"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:159
msgid "Action"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
msgid "Eph. 5:26"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:165
msgid ""
"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the "
"word.\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:169
msgid "Acts 20:32"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:170
msgid ""
"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
-"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
msgid "Rom. 15:4"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:176
msgid ""
"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:181
msgid "Rom. 10:17"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:182
msgid ""
"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
"Christ.\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:187
msgid ""
"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
"were written for our instruction\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:192
msgid "Mt. 4:4"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:193
msgid ""
"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
msgid "A Book that Liberates"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:203
msgid ""
-"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
-"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"Jn.8:32 \" <emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
-"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
-"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+"v.31. \" <emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine...</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:211
msgid ""
-"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"We see that this is a conditional promise, specifically speaking of the "
"truth of God's word."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:213
msgid ""
"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
-"wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, "
+"wind.</emphasis>\" <emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, "
"tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of "
"doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
"ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
msgid ""
-"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them,</emphasis>\" <emphasis>You "
"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
-"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+"of God.</emphasis>\" Mt.22:29"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:224
msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:228
msgid "God's word"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:231
msgid "God's power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:236
msgid "A Book that Wars"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
msgid "Spiritual Armor"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
msgid "Question"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:244
msgid "Answer"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:251
msgid "5"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:254
msgid "How many are offensive?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:255
msgid "One"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:258
msgid "Which one(s)?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:267
msgid "Exhortations"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
msgid ""
-"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \" <emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
"truth.</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:272
msgid ""
-"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"Col.3:16 \" <emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to "
"God.</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:277
msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
msgid "Not a little!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:280
msgid ""
-"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \" <emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
-"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the "
"body.</emphasis>\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:288
msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
msgid ""
-"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
-"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the "
+"Controversialist,</emphasis>InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:293
msgid ""
"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb "
-"<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and "
+"<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase>and "
"<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the "
"Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done "
"as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in "
-"the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith "
-"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
-"\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, "
-"see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
+"the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith "
+"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, \" "
+"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, see "
+"also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:305
msgid ""
"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
-"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
-"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
-"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
-"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
-"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
-"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
-"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola "
-"gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to either "
+"without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on which the "
+"Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the addition "
+"of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition of human "
+"merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
+"scriptura</foreignphrase>for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola "
+"gratia</foreignphrase>for our salvation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:320
msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
-"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:327
msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
"the day of the month."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:335
msgid ""
"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, & 140."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:340
msgid ""
"Psalms & Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
"chapter per day."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:344
msgid ""
"Old Testament without Psalms & Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms & Proverbs, you "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:3
msgid ""
-"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
-"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
-"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
-"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. We "
+"want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose "
+"goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private "
"interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the "
"correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on "
-"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some "
-"things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they "
-"do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
+"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some things "
+"hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they do also "
+"the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:17
msgid ""
"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
-"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:22
msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:24
msgid ""
"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
-"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
"words by following these steps:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:30
msgid "Definition"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:31
msgid ""
"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
"tense is also crucial."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
msgid ""
-"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
-"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
-"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
-"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one Greek "
+"word may be translated into the same English word, and the Greek words may "
"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
msgid "Example 1A"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
msgid ""
"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
-"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New "
"Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:61
msgid ""
"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see "
"\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the "
"number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the "
-"definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to "
+"definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to "
"such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon "
"it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to "
"touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in "
"Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "
-"\"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the "
+"\"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the "
"active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which "
"involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to "
"stop doing something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing "
-"something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+"something that is already occurring. So, what have we found?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
msgid ""
"<emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop "
"holding him!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
msgid "Example 1B"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:83
msgid ""
"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
-"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:86
msgid ""
"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" "
-"(Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
-"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
-"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
+"(Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
+"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
+"opposed to continuous action...When its relationship to the main verb is "
"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" "
"(Zodhiates p.851)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:100
msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:104
msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:108
msgid ""
"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing "
"them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:112
msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:116
msgid "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:97
msgid "Cross-references for aleipho: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:125
msgid ""
"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
"to preach [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:130
msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:133
msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:137
msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
msgid "Cross-references of chrio: <placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:142
msgid ""
"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
"cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
-"<emphasis>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and "
-""chrio" is a spiritual</emphasis>"
+"<emphasis>\"aleipho\" is a practical use of oil and \"chrio\" is a "
+"spiritual</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:147
msgid ""
"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
-"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
"Jesus' day."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
msgid ""
"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
-"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis>Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:157
msgid ""
"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
-"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
-"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
-"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of "
+"practical and spiritual in our God!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:167
msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
msgid ""
-"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
-"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
-"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
-"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
-"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? The book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. If "
+"confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
"within its context, we have to look further."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
msgid "Example 2A"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:177
msgid ""
"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
-"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis>In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:180
msgid ""
"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
-"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural "
"birth."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:187
msgid "Example 2B"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:188
msgid ""
-"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote>has to "
"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:195
msgid "Example 2C"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:196
msgid ""
-"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you "
-"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
-"[...]"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
-"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
-"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
-"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
-"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
-"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
-"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, \"Repent, and let each of you be "
+"baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]\"</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was the "
+"only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in the "
+"light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith in "
+"Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a way "
+"for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway to "
+"being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ did "
+"not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:211
msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:213
msgid ""
-"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>but "
"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
-"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:221
msgid "Example 3A"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:223
msgid ""
-"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
-"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
-"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
-"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
-"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+"<quote>3 days & 3 nights</quote>(Mt.12:40) have led some to come up with "
+"a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How could "
+"Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised on the "
+"third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't help "
+"explain the apparent contradiction."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:229
msgid ""
"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
-"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
-"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
-"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
-"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
"us out of trouble."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:240
msgid "Example 3B"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:241
msgid ""
-"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
-"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
-"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
"covenant."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:251
msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:253
msgid ""
-"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:257
msgid "Example 4A"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
-msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:259
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote>in Mt.6:23."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:260
msgid ""
-"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
-"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:264
msgid ""
-"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
-"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
-"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \" <emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to "
+"do what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
-"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:275
msgid "Example 4B"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:276
msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:278
msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:280
msgid ""
"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
-"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
-"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
-"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
-"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
-"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
"ridiculousness of their position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:297
msgid ""
"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
"parable and an allegory"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:299
msgid ""
"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a "
"meaning.</emphasis>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:302
msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:303
msgid ""
"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
-"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
-"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
-"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:311
msgid "Example 5A"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:312
msgid ""
"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:315
msgid ""
"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:320
msgid "Example 5B"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:321
msgid ""
-"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:323
msgid ""
"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
-"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of the bibletime entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of the kapp entity
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:6
msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
msgstr ""
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><firstname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:17
msgid "Bob"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:19
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:18
msgid "Harman"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><authorgroup><author><surname>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:23
-msgid "The BibleTime team"
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:22
+msgid "The BibleTime Team"
msgstr ""
#. TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:29
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:26
msgid ""
-"<copyright> <year>2001-2009</year> <holder>The team of &bibletime; "
-"(info@bibletime.info)</holder> </copyright>"
+"<copyright> <year>1999-2013</year> <holder>The &bibletime; Team "
+"(bt-devel@crosswire.org)</holder> </copyright>"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
msgid ""
"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
-"the terms of the license <link "
+"the terms of the license <ulink "
"url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons "
-"Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+"Attribution-Share Alike\"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:35
msgid ""
"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
"indicated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:39
msgid "Abstract"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:40
msgid ""
"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
"Bible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:43
msgid ""
"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
-"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
-"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:64
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:52
msgid "Bible"
msgstr ""
#. type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><keywordset><keyword>
-#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:66
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:54
msgid "HowTo"
msgstr ""
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation>بيبل تايم</translation>
</message>
<translation>بيبل تايم هو برنامج قوي وسهل الإستخدام لدراسة الكتاب المقدس.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>يصدر بيبل تايم تحت رخصة GPL. تستطيع تحميل وإستخدام البرنامج للأغراض الشخصية،الخاصة،العامة أو التجارية بدون قيود، لكنك تستطيع إعطاء أو توزيع البرنامج فقط إذا قمت أيضاً بتوزيع شفرة المصدر الخاصة به.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>الرخصة الكاملة الملزمة قانونياً أدناه.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, فريق بيبل تايم</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, فريق بيبل تايم</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>خبير سهولة إستخدام</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>قد تكون بعض الاسماء غير موجودة، يرجى مراسلتنا على %1 إذا لاحظت أخطاء أو سهوات.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>يستخدم بيبل تايم مشروع سورد. مشروع سورد هو مشروع برنامج الكتاب المقدس الخاص بجمعية الكتاب المقدس كروس وير، والذي يهدف إلى توفير أدوات مفتوحة المصدر تعمل على مختلف المنصات &mdash; وتستعمل رخصة جنو العمومية &mdash; والتي تتيح للمبرمجين وجمعيات الكتاب المقدس كتابة برامج جديدة للكتاب المقدس بطريقة أكثر سرعة وسهولة.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>مشروع سورد: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&كيوت</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>مجموعة أدوات كيوت النسخة %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>مزيد من المعلومات...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>ال&رخصة</translation>
</message>
<translation>الأشخاص التالي اسماءهم قاموا بترجمة بيبل تايم إلى لغتهم:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&سورد</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>مكتبة سورد النسخة %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>هذا البرنامج يستخدم كيوت النسخة %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>كيوت هو تطبيق وإطار عمل واجهة مستخدم متعدد المنصات،مبني بلغة سي++.وتم إصداره تحت رخصة LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<translation>التقدم</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>إيقاف</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>إيقاف الكل</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>إكتمل</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>ألغي</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>في الإنتظار...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>التحضير للتثبيت...</translation>
</message>
<translation>تقدم التثبيت</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>فشل</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>&ترتيب المجموعات</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>إعداد ترتيب المجموعات للبنود في هذه القائمة.</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">إزالة الكتب المثبتة. اختر الكتب واضغط على زر إزالة.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>اختر ال&كتب التي تريد إزالتها:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>إ&زالة...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>بدء إزالة %1 كتاب:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>بدء الإزالة:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>لقد قمت بإختيار الكتب التالية: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>هل تريد حقاً إزالتها من النظام؟</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">إزالة...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>إزالة الكتب المختارة</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>إزالة الكتب؟</translation>
</message>
<translation>الإختصار الثاني</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>الإختصار للوظيفة المختارة</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>لاشيء</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>إفتراضي</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>مخصص</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>المفتاح الإفتراضي:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>كتب قياسية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>فلترة نصوص</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>المكتب</translation>
</message>
<translation>تجزئة صرفية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>تصدير</translation>
</message>
<translation>خطأ: معطى سطر الأوامر غير صالح: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>يتم إستخدام الكتب الإفتراضية حين لايتم تحديد كتاب محدد، على سبيل المثال حينما يتم الضغط على رابط في الكتاب المقدس أو التفسير.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>الكتاب المقدس:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>تستخدم ترجمة الكتاب المقدس الإفتراضية عندما يتم الضغط على رابط للكتاب المقدس</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>التفسير:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>يستخدم التفسير الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لتفسير</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>المعجم:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>يستخدم المعجم الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لمعجم</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>التأمل اليومي:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>سيتم إستخدام التأمل اليومي الإفتراضي في عرض تأمل قصير في البداية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>معجم سترونج العبري:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>يستخدم المعجم العبري الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لمعجم عبري</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>معجم سترونج اليوناني:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>يستخدم المعجم اليوناني الإفتراضي عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لمعجم يوناني</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>المعجم الصرفي العبري:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>يتم إستخدام المعجم الصرفي الإفتراضي للنصوص العبرية عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لوسم صرفي في النص العبري</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>المعجم الصرفي اليوناني:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>يتم إستخدام المعجم الصرفي الإفتراضي للنصوص اليونانية عندما يتم الضغط على رابط لوسم صرفي في النص اليوناني</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إضافة سطر فاصل بعد كل عدد</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار أعداد الآيات</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار عناوين الفقرات</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار المراجع ذات الصلة بالنص</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار accents في اليونانية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار نقاط الحروف المتحركة في العبرية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار علامات cantillation في العبرية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إظهار التجزئة الصرفية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">إستخدام تنويعات نصية</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">الفلاتر تتحكم بمظهر النص. وهنا يمكنك تحديد الإعدادات الإفتراضية لجميع الفلاتر. تستطيع أن توقف هذه الإعدادات في أي نافذة عرض.</translation>
</message>
<name></name>
<message>
<source></source>
- <translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
-This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
</context>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Save session</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">U&ložit relaci</translation>
+ <translation>U&ložit relaci</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Load session</source>
</message>
<message>
<source>Manually arrange the open windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Rozmístit otevřená okna manuálně</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Information about the BibleTime program</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Informace o programu BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Unlock Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Odemknout dílo</translation>
+ <translation>Odemknout dílo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Close &window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Zavřít okno</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Close the current open window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zavřít otevřené okno</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Open the Bible study HowTo included with BibleTime.<br/>This HowTo is an introduction on how to study the Bible in an efficient way.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Otevřít příručku jak studovat Bibli obsaženou v BibleTime. <br/>Tato příručka je úvod do efektivního studia Bible.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Auto-&tile</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Dlaždice automaticky</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Automatically tile the open windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Automaticky rozmístit otevřená okna dlaždicově</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Tile</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Dlaždice</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Tile the open windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Rozmístit otevřená okna dlaždicově</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show "Whats this widget" dialog</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit dialog "Co je toto"</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Whats this widget?</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Co je toto?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Ta&bbed</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Karty</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Automatically tab the open windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Automaticky umístit okna do karet</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Enter the unlock key for %1.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vložte klíč pro %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Warning: Invalid unlock key!</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Varování neplatný klíč!</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>The unlock key you provided did not properly unlock this module. Please try again.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vámi vložený klíč neodemkl tento modul. Prosím zkuste to znovu.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Main toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Hlavní nástrojová lišta</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Navigation toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Navigační lišta</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Works toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lišta děl</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Tools toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nástrojová lišta</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Format toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Lišta formátování</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show bookshelf</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit knihovnu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show bookmarks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit záložky</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show mag</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit časopis</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Toolbars</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nástrojové lišty</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show toolbars in text windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit nástrojové lišty v textových oknech</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show parallel text headers</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit paralelní záhlaví textů</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>O&pen windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Otevřít okna</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show main toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit hlavní nástrojovou lištu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show navigation bar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit navigační lištu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show works toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit lištu děl</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show tools toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit lištu nástrojů</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show formatting toolbar</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit lištu formátování</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Tip of the day...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Tip dne...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show tips about BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit tipy BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Toggle visibility of the bookshelf window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt okno knihovny</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Toggle visibility of the bookmarks window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt okno záložek</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Toggle visibility of the mag window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt okno časopisu</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BibleTimeApp</name>
<message>
<source>Fatal error!</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Kritická chyba!</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
</message>
<message>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Kompletní závazná licence je níže.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>About BibleTime</source>
</message>
<message>
<source>howto</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>howto</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>documentation</source>
</message>
<message>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Tento program využívá Qt verze %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Qt je multiplatformní aplikační framework pro tvorbu uživatelských rozhraní vytvořený v jazyce C++. Je poskytována za podmínek licence LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&BibleTime</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>We are looking for developers and translators. If you would like to join our team, please send an email to %1.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Hledáme vývojáře a překladatele. Pokud se chcete přidat, prosím pošlete e-mail %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Contributors</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Přispěvatelé</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>project founder</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>zakladatel projektu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>project manager</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>manažer projektu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>artist</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>designér</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>tester</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>tester</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>usability expert</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>expert na použitelnost</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Některá jména mohou chybět, prosím napište nám na %1, pokud něco chybí nebo najdete chybu.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>BibleTime použivá SWORD projekt. Projekt SWORD je softwarový projekt CrossWire Bible Society. Jeho cílem je vytvořit multiplatformní softwarové nástroje &mdash; pod licencí GNU GPL &mdash;, které umožní programátorům a společenstvím kolem Bible vytvářet "Biblický software" snáze a efektivněji.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Projekt SWORD:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Qt</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Qt toolkit verze %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>More info...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Více informací...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&License</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Licence</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&SWORD</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>BibleTime je uvolněn pod licencí GPL. Můžete si tento program stáhnout a používat jej pro osobní, privátní, veřejné nebo i komerční účely bez omezení. Pokud však program distribuujete dále, musíte spolu s ním distribuovat i jeho zdrojové kódy.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
</message>
<message>
<source>Next book</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Další kniha</translation>
+ <translation>Další kniha</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Previous book</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Předchozí kniha</translation>
+ <translation>Předchozí kniha</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Next chapter</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Další kapitola</translation>
+ <translation>Další kapitola</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Previous chapter</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Předchozí kapitola</translation>
+ <translation>Předchozí kapitola</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Next verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Další verš</translation>
+ <translation>Další verš</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Previous verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Předchozí verš</translation>
+ <translation>Předchozí verš</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtBookshelfDockWidget</name>
<message>
<source>Bookshelf</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Knihovna</translation>
+ <translation>Knihovna</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Open</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Otevřít</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Edit</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Upravit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Plain text</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Prostý text</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&HTML</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&HTML</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Unlock...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Odemknout...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&About...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&O ...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Search in %1...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Vyhledat v %1...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Warning: Module locked!</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Varování: modul uzamčen!</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>You are trying to access an encrypted module. Please provide an unlock key in the following dialog to open the module.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zkoušíte přistoupit k uzamčenému modulu. K odemčení modulu vložte prosím v následujícím dialogu klíč.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>There are currently no works installed. Please click the button below to install new works.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Aktuálně nejsou nainstalována žádná díla. Pro instalaci děl klikněte prosím na tlačítko níže.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Install works...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Instalovat díla...</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtBookshelfGroupingMenu</name>
<message>
<source>Category/Language</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Kategorie/Jazyk</translation>
+ <translation>Kategorie/Jazyk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Category</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Kategorie</translation>
+ <translation>Kategorie</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Language/Category</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Jazyk/kategorie</translation>
+ <translation>Jazyk/kategorie</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Language</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Jazyk</translation>
+ <translation>Jazyk</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>No grouping</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Neseskupovat</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtBookshelfModel</name>
<message>
<source>Module</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Modul</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtBookshelfWidget</name>
<message>
<source>Fi&lter:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Fi&ltr:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Grouping</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Seskupování</translation>
+ <translation>Seskupování</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Change the grouping of items in the bookshelf.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Category/Language</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Kategorie/Jazyk</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Category</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Kategorie</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Language/Category</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Jazyk/kategorie</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Language</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Jazyk</translation>
+ <translation>Změnit seskupování položek v knihovně.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show/hide works</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit/skrýt díla</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtDisplaySettingsButton</name>
<message>
<source>Use linebreaks after each verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zalomit řádek po každém verši</translation>
+ <translation>Zalomit řádek po každém verši</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit čísla veršů</translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit čísla veršů</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show headings</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit nadpisy</translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit nadpisy</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Highlight words of Jesus</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova</translation>
+ <translation>Zvýraznit Ježíšova slova</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit hebrejské značky samohlásek</translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit hebrejské značky samohlásek</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit hebrejské značky přízvuku</translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit hebrejské značky přízvuku</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit řecké značky přízvuku</translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit řecké značky přízvuku</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Use alternative textual variant</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Použít alternativní varianty textu</translation>
+ <translation>Použít alternativní varianty textu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Ukázat odkaz v Bibli</translation>
+ <translation>Ukázat odkaz v Bibli</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Ukázat morfologické dělení</translation>
+ <translation>Ukázat morfologické dělení</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Display settings</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Nastavení zobrazení</translation>
+ <translation>Nastavení zobrazení</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Display settings: No options available</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zobrazit nastavení: Žádné volby k dispozici</translation>
+ <translation>Nastavení zobrazení: Žádné volby k dispozici</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show footnotes</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit poznámky</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtEditBookmarkDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Edit Bookmark</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Upravit záložku</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Location:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Umístění:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Title:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nadpis:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Description:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Popis:</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtFontChooserWidget</name>
<message>
<source>Font name:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Jméno písma:</translation>
+ <translation>Jméno písma:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Font style:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Styl písma:</translation>
+ <translation>Styl písma:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Size:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Velikost:</translation>
+ <translation>Velikost:</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtFontSettingsPage</name>
- <message>
- <source>You can specify a custom font for each language.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Můžete vybrat vlastní písmo pro každý jazyk.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>The font selection below will apply to all texts in this language</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Výběr písma bude použit pro všechna díla v tomto jazyce</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Use custom font</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Použít vlastní písmo</translation>
+ <translation>Použít vlastní písmo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Fonts</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Písma</translation>
+ <translation>Písma</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Language:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Jazyky:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Optionally specify a custom font for each language:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Volitelně zvolte vlastní písmo pro každý jazyk:</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<source>Index size</source>
<translation>Velikost rejstříku</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vytvořit nové vyhledávací rejstříky a smazat dříve vytvořené rejstříky u nainstalovaných děl.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Search Indexes</source>
<translation>Vyhledávací rejstříky</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>KiB</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">KiB</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Create...</source>
<translation>Vytvořit...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Indexed Works</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Indexovaná díla</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Unindexed Works</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Neindexovaná díla</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>%1 KiB</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>0 KiB</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation></translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtInstallModuleChooserDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Install/Update works?</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Instalovat/Aktualizovat díla?</translation>
+ <translation>Instalovat/Aktualizovat díla?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Do you really want to install these works?</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Opravdu si přejete nainstalovat tato díla?</translation>
+ <translation>Opravdu si přejete nainstalovat tato díla?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Only one version of a work can be installed at the same time. Select only one if there are items marked with red.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zároveň může být nainstalována pouze jedna verze daného díla. Vyberte pouze jednu položku, pokud jsou některé označené červeně.</translation>
+ <translation>Zároveň může být nainstalována pouze jedna verze daného díla. Vyberte pouze jednu položku, pokud jsou některé označené červeně.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtInstallModuleChooserDialogModel</name>
<message>
<source>Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Dílo</translation>
+ <translation>Dílo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Installation source</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zdroj instalace</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Version</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Verze</translation>
+ <translation>Verze</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<source>Install/Update</source>
<translation>Instalovat/Aktualizovat</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Instalovat a aktualizovat díla. Přidejte vzdálené nebo lokální zdroje, obnovte je, vyberte díla k instalaci/aktualizaci a klikněte na Instalovat. <br/><b>VAROVÁNÍ:</b> Pokud žijete v nesvobodné zemi a nechcete riskovat odhalení, nepoužívejte vzdálené zdroje.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Install...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Instalovat...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Install or update selected works</source>
<translation>Instalovat nebo aktualizovat vybraná díla</translation>
<name>BtInstallPageModel</name>
<message>
<source>Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Dílo</translation>
+ <translation>Dílo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Version</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Verze</translation>
+ <translation>Verze</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Description</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Popis</translation>
+ <translation>Popis</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtInstallPageWorksWidget</name>
<message>
<source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Obnovit seznam děl z tohoto zdroje</translation>
+ <translation>Obnovit seznam děl z tohoto zdroje</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtLanguageSettingsPage</name>
<message>
<source>Language for names of Bible books:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Jazyk jmen biblických knih:</translation>
+ <translation>Jazyk jmen biblických knih:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>The languages which can be used for the biblical booknames</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Jazyky, které je možno použít pro jména biblických knih</translation>
+ <translation>Jazyky, které je možno použít pro jména biblických knih</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Languages</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Jazyky</translation>
+ <translation>Jazyky</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtModuleChooserButton</name>
<message>
<source>Select a work [%1]</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vyberte dílo [%1]</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Select an additional work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vyberte další dílo</translation>
+ <translation>Vyberte další dílo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>NONE</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Žádný modul</translation>
+ <translation>Žádný modul</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtModuleIndexDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Preparing to index modules...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Připravuji indexaci mudulů...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zrušit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Creating indices</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vytváření rejstříků</translation>
+ <translation>Vytváření rejstříků</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Creating index for work: %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1</translation>
+ <translation>Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkAction</name>
<message>
<source>&Open work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Otevřít dílo</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Pořadí &seskupování</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nastaví pořadí seskupování pro položky v tomto menu.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtRefreshProgressDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Refreshing source %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Aktualizovat zdroj %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Cancel</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Z&rušit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Connecting...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Připojování...</translation>
+ <translation>Připojování...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Warning</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Varování</translation>
+ <translation>Varování</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Failed to refresh source %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Chyba při aktualizaci zdroje %1</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
- <message>
- <source>&Remove</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Odebrat</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Odebrat nainstalovaná díla. Vyberte díla a klikněte na tlačítko Odebrat.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Vybrali jste následující dílo(a):</translation>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Opravdu si přejete je odebrat z vašeho systému?</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Remove...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Odstranit...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Odstranit vybraná díla</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Vyberte &díla k odstranění:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Remove...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Odstranit...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Začít s odstraněním %1 děl:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Start removal:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Začít s odstraněním:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Remove</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Odstranit</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePageTreeModel</name>
<message>
<source>Work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Dílo</translation>
+ <translation>Dílo</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Install path</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Instalační umístění</translation>
+ <translation>Instalační umístění</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtSearchModuleChooserDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Works to Search in</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Díla k prohledání</translation>
+ <translation>Díla k prohledání</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Select the works which should be searched.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vyberte díla která mají být prohledána.</translation>
+ <translation>Vyberte díla která mají být prohledána.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtShortcutsDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Configure shortcuts</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nastavit zkratky</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>First shortcut</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Primární zkratka</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Second shortcut</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Sekundární zkratka</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Select first or second shortcut and type the shortcut with keyboard</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zvolte primární nebo sekundární zkratku a stiskněte příslušné klávesy</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtSourceArea</name>
- <message>
- <source>Work</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Dílo</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Description</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Popis</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>&Add...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Přidat...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refresh...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Obnovit...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Obnovit seznam děl z tohoto zdroje</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>&Delete...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Smazat...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Delete this source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Smazat tento zdroj</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Add new source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Přidat nový zdroj</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtSourceAreaModel</name>
- <message>
- <source>Work</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Dílo</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Version</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Verze</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Description</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Popis</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtSourceWidget</name>
- <message>
- <source>Delete Source?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Smazat zdroj?</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Opravdu si přejete smazat tento zdroj?</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zrušit</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refreshing source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Obnovuji zdroje</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Connecting...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Připojování...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refreshing...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Obnovování...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Nebyly nalezeny žádné zdroje v nastavení SWORD a BibleTime nemůže vytvořit výchozí zdroj. Skontrolujte nastavení SWORD a také jestli lze do konfiguračního umístění zapisovat. Potom restartujte Správce knihovny.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Remote:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vzdálené:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Local:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Místní:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Not a directory!</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Není adresářem!</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Not readable!</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Nečitelné!</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Warning</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Varování</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Do cílového adresáře nelze zapisovat nebo neexistuje. Instalace bude selhávat, dokud to nebude opraveno.</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtTextFiltersTab</name>
- <message>
- <source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Filtry kontrolují vzhled textu. Zde můžete nastavit výchozí hodnoty pro všechny filtry. Toto nastavení můžete v každém zobrazeném okně anulovat.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zalomit řádek po každém verši</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show verse numbers</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit čísla veršů</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show section headings</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit nadpisy částí</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Ukázat odkaz v Bibli</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show Greek accents</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit řecké značky přízvuku</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit hebrejské značky samohlásek</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zobrazit hebrejské značky přízvuku</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Show morph segmentation</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Ukázat morfologické dělení</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Use textual variants</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Použít textové varianty</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>BtTextWindowHeaderWidget</name>
<message>
<source>Add/remove/replace</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Přidat/odstranit/nahradit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Replace</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nahradit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Add</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Přidat</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Remove</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Odstranit</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtTipDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Tip Of The Day</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Tip dne</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show tips at startup</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazovat tipy při startu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Next Tip</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Další tip</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>To add multiple Bible works in parallel in your active Bible window select this icon and choose another Bible work.</source>
<name>CAcceleratorSettingsPage</name>
<message>
<source>Main Window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Hlavní okno</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>All text windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Všechna okna s texty</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Bible windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Okna biblí</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Commentary windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Okna komentářů</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Lexicon windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Okna lexikonů</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Book windows</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Okna knih</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Shortcuts</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zkratky</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Choose action group:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zvolte skupinu akcí:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>
"%1" in the "%2" group</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>
+ "%1" ve skupině "%2"</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Tisknout...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Copy chapter to clipboard ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Kopírovat kapitolu do schránky...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Copying</source>
<translation>Kopíruji</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Saving chapter ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Ukládám kapitolu...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Saving</source>
<translation>Ukládám</translation>
<source>The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed.</source>
<translation>Dílo na které záložka odkazuje není nainstalováno.</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Change bookmark description...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Změnit popis záložky...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Print bookmarks...</source>
<translation>Tisknout záložky...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Drag references from text views to this view</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Přetáhněte odkazy z textu do tohoto zobrazení</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Edit bookmark...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Upravit záložku...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Sort folder bookmarks...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Třídit záložky v adresáři...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Sort all bookmarks...</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Třídit všechny záložky...</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
</message>
<message>
<source>Synchronize the displayed entry of this work with the active Bible window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Synchronizovat zobrazený vstup tohoto díla s aktivním oknem s Biblí</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
</message>
<message>
<source>Display templates define how text is displayed.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Šablona zobrazení určuje jak se zobrazí text.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show the BibleTime logo on startup</source>
<source>Forward in history</source>
<translation>Dopředu v historii</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Zoom in</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Přiblížit</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Zoom out</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Oddálit</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Select all</source>
<translation>Vybrat vše</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Change location</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Změnit umístění</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Search with works of this window</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Hledat v dilech v tomto okně</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Work chooser buttons</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Tlaćítka pro výběr děl</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Navigation</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Navigace</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Text area header</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Hlavička textu</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Tool</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nástroj</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Format</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>CFontChooser</name>
- <message>
- <source>Size:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Velikost:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Font name:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Jméno písma:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Font style:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Styl písma:</translation>
+ <translation>Formát</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<translation>Modul nemůže být editován nebo k nemáte oprávnění zápisu.</translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>CInputDialog</name>
- <message>
- <source>Clear</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vyprázdnit</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>CKeyReferenceWidget</name>
- <message>
- <source>Next book</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Další kniha</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Previous book</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Předchozí kniha</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Next chapter</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Další kapitola</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Previous chapter</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Předchozí kapitola</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Next verse</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Další verš</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Previous verse</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Předchozí verš</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>CLanguageSettingsPage</name>
<message>
</message>
<message>
<source>Entries of the current work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Položky aktuálního díla</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Next entry</source>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Tisknout...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Saving entry ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Ukládám položku ...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Saving</source>
<translation>Ukládám</translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>CModuleIndexDialog</name>
- <message>
- <source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Zpět</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Creating indices</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vytváření rejstříků</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Creating index for work: %1</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vytváření rejstříku pro dílo %1</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Indexing Is Cancelled</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Indexování bylo zrušeno</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Indexování bylo zrušeno, protože moduly byly odstraněny.</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>CPlainWriteWindow</name>
<message>
</message>
<message>
<source>Delete current entry (no undo)</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Smazat aktuální položku (bez možnosti návratu)</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Restore original text, new text will be lost</source>
</message>
<message>
<source>Select all</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vybrat vše</translation>
+ <translation>Vybrat vše</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source><div class="moduleinfo"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p><p>Version: %3</p></div></source>
</message>
<message>
<source>An internal error occurred while building the index: %1</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Při vytváření indexu se vyskytla vnitřní chyba: %1</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<source>Save document ...</source>
<translation>Uložit dokument...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Print keys</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Tisknout odkazy</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>BibleTime bookmark files</source>
<translation>Soubory záložek BibleTime</translation>
<source>unknown</source>
<translation>neznámý</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Change description ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Změnit popis ...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vložte nový popis pro zvolenou záložku.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>New folder</source>
<translation>Nová složka</translation>
<source>Version</source>
<translation>Verze</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Settings Migration</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Přesun nastavení</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Encrypted - needs unlock key</source>
<translation>Zašifrováno -je potřeba klíč</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Parsing Strong's Numbers</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Analýza Strongových čísel</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>This shortcut conflicts with the shortcut for the following actions:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Tato zkratka koliduje se zkratkou pro následující akce:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Do you want to clear the conflicting shortcuts and continue?</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Pŕejete si odstranit kolidující zkratky a pokračovat?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Indexed works</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Indexovaná díla</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Unindexed works</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Neindexovaná díla</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show this help message and exit</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit tuto nápovědu a skončit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Open a clean session</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Otevřít prázdnou relaci</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Open the default Bible with the reference <ref></source>
</message>
<message>
<source>Replace</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Nahradit</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Error: %1 expects an argument.</source>
</message>
<message>
<source>See --help for details.</source>
+ <translation>Pro podrobnosti použijte --help.</translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</context>
</message>
<message>
<source>Click the link to get help for search syntax</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Pro nápovědu k syntaxi vyhledávání klikněte na odkaz</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Choose the scope (books/chapters/verses to search in).<br />Applicable for Bibles and commentaries.</source>
<name>Search::BtSearchResultArea</name>
<message>
<source>Text of the selected search result item</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Text vybraná položky výsledků hledání</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Select all</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Vybrat vše</translation>
+ <translation>Vybrat vše</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Copy</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Kopírovat</translation>
+ <translation>Kopírovat</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>Search::BtSearchSyntaxHelpDialog</name>
<message>
<source>Search Syntax Help</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Nápověda k syntaxi vyhledávání</translation>
+ <translation>Nápověda k syntaxi vyhledávání</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>This help is mainly for 'Full syntax' option. 'All words' and 'Some words' options have more limited syntax; <a href='#wildcards'>wildcards</a> and <a href='#fields'>text fields</a> are supported for them. Some other syntax features may give strange or wrong results with All words/Some words.</source>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Tisknout...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Copy search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Kopírovat výsledek hledání...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Copying search result</source>
<translation>Kopíruji výsledek hledání</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Save search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Uložit výsledek hledání...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Saving search result</source>
<translation>Ukládám výsledek hledání</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Print search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Tisknout výsledek hledání...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Printing search result</source>
<translation>Tisknu výsledek hledání</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Works chosen for the search and the number of the hits in each work</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Díla zvolená pro vyhledávání a počet nalezených položek v každém z nich</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<source>New range</source>
<translation>Nový rozsah</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source><invalid name of search range></source>
- <translation type="obsolete"><špatný název rozsahu hledání></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Vyberte rozsah hledání ze seznamu.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>&Add new scope</source>
<translation>&Přidat nový rozsah</translation>
<source>Change the name of the selected search scope</source>
<translation>Změnit jméno vybraného rozsahu vyhledávání</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Úprava rozsahu vyhledávání pro vybranou položku. Jak se definuje rozsah zjistíte z již předdefinovaných rozsahů.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
<source>Search</source>
<translation>Hledat</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>One or more works need indexing before they can be searched.
-This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Jedno nebo více děl potřebuje sestavit rejstřík předtím než může být prohledáno.
-To může trvat dlouhou dobu. Pokračovat v indexování?</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>&Analyze results...</source>
<translation>&Analyzovat výsledky...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show a graphical analysis of the search result</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Zobrazit grafickou analýzu výsledků vyhledávání</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>The following modules need to be indexed before they can be searched in:</source>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Tisknout...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Print search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Tisknout výsledek hledání...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Printing search result</source>
<translation>Tisknu výsledek hledání</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Save search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Uložit výsledek hledání...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Saving search result</source>
<translation>Ukládám výsledek hledání</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Copy search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Kopírovat výsledek hledání...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<source>Copying search result</source>
<translation>Kopíruji výsledek hledání</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Case &sensitive</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>&Rozlišovat velikost písmen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Find the previous location of the text</source>
</message>
<message>
<source>Search with case sensitivity</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Rozlišovat velikost písmen</translation>
</message>
</context>
</TS>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime er et let andvendeligt, men kraftfuldt bibelstudieværktøj.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime er udgivet under GPL licensen. Du kan hente og bruge programmet til personlige, private, offentlige eller kommercielle formål uden restriktioner, men du må kun forære eller distribuere det, hvis du også distribuerer den tilhørende kildekode.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Den komplette bindende licens er herunder.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, BibleTime holdet</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, BibleTime holdet</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>brugervenligheds-ekspert</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Nogle navne mangler muligvis. Skriv en email til %1 hvis du lægger mærke til fejl eller mangler.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime gør brug af SWORD-projektet. SWORD-projektet er CrossWire Bible Society's gratis Bibel-software-projekt. Dets formål er at lave kryds-platform open source værktøjer &mdash; under GNU General Public Licensen &mdash; der tillader programmørere og Bibelselskaber at lave ny Bibel-software hurtigere og nemmere.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>SWORD-projektet: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt toolkit version %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Mere information...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Licens</translation>
</message>
<translation>De følgende personer har oversat BibleTime til deres sprog:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>SWORD bibliotek version %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Dette program bruger Qt version %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt er et kryds-platform program og brugerflade framework, bygget med C++ sproget. Det er udgivet under LGPL licensen.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Fremskridt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Afbryd</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Afbryd alle</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Færdig</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Anulleret</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Venter på tur...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Forbereder installation...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Installations fremskridt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Fejlede</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>&Grupperingsrækkefølge</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Fjern installerede værker. Vælg værkerne og tryk på Fjern knappen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Vælg &værker der skal afinstalleres:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Fjern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Fjern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Begynd fjernelse af %1 værker:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Begynd fjernelse:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Du har valgt følgende værker: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Er du sikker på at du vil fjerne dem fra dit system?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Fjern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Fjern valgte værker</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Fjern værker?</translation>
</message>
genvej</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Genvej for den valgte handling</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Ingen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Standard</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Brugerdefineret</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Standardkombination:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Standardværker</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Tekstfiltre</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Skrivebord</translation>
</message>
<translation>Morf-segmentering</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Eksport</translation>
</message>
<translation>Fejl: Forkert kommandolinje-parameter: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Standard-skabelon "%1" ikke fundet!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Standard værker bliver benyttet når intet bestemt værk er angivet, for eksempel når et link til en Bibel eller et leksikon bliver åbnet.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bibel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Standard-Bibelen der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til en Bibel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kommentar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Standard-kommentaren der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til en kommentar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Standard-leksikonet der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et leksikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Daglig andagt:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Standard-andagten der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et hyperlink til en andagt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebraisk Strong's-leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Det hebraiske standard-leksikon der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et hebraisk leksikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Græsk Strong's-leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Det græske standard-leksikon der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et græsk leksikon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebraisk morfologisk leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Det morfologiske standard-leksikon for hebraiske tekster der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et morfologisk mærke i en hebraisk tekst</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Græsk morfologisk leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Det morfologiske standard-leksikon for græske tekster der bliver anvendt når der trykkes på et link til et morfologisk mærke i en græsk tekst</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Indsæt linjeskift efter hvert vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis vers-numre</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis afsnits overskrifter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis krydsreferencer</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis græske accenter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske vokal mærker</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske kantilations-mærker</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis morf-segmentering</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Brug teksturale varianter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Filtre kontrollerer udeseendet af tekst. Her kan du specificere standard-indstillinger for alle filtrene. Du kan overskrive disse indstillinger i hvert visningsvindue.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Save session</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Sitzung &speichern</translation>
+ <translation>Sitzung &speichern</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&Load session</source>
<translation>&Lizenz</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, das BibleTime Team</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, das BibleTime Team</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<source>See --help for details.</source>
<translation>Siehe --help für Details.</translation>
</message>
+ <message>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>QPushButton</name>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Zeilenumbruch nach jedem Vers einfügen</translation>
+ <translation>Zeilenumbruch nach jedem Vers einfügen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Versnummern anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Versnummern anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show section headings</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Abschnittsüberschriften anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Abschnittsüberschriften anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Querverweise auf Bibelstellen anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Querverweise auf Bibelstellen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Griechische Akzente anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Griechische Akzente anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Hebräische Vokalzeichen anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Hebräische Vokalzeichen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Hebräische Kantillationszeichen anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Hebräische Kantillationszeichen anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Morphologische Segmentierung anzeigen</translation>
+ <translation>Morphologische Segmentierung anzeigen</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Textvarianten verwenden</translation>
+ <translation>Textvarianten verwenden</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen.</translation>
+ <translation>Filter kontrollieren die Text-Erscheinung. Hier können Sie Standard-Einstellungen für alle Filter spezifizieren. Sie können diese Einstellungen in jedem Anzeige-Fenster übergehen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
-<?xml version="1.0" ?><!DOCTYPE TS><TS language="en_GB" version="2.0">
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE TS>
+<TS version="2.0" language="en_GB">
<context>
- <name/>
+ <name></name>
<message>
- <source/>
+ <source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
- <translation type="unfinished"/>
+ <translation></translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<translation>BibleTime is an easy to use but powerful Bible study tool.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>The complete legally binding license is below.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>usability expert</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>The SWORD Project: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt toolkit version %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>More info...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&License</translation>
</message>
<translation>The following people translated BibleTime into their language:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>SWORD library version %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>This program uses Qt version %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progress</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Stop</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Stop All</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Completed</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Cancelled</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Waiting for turn...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Preparing install...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Install Progress</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Failed</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>&Grouping order</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Select &works to uninstall:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Remove...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Remove</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Start removal of %1 works:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Start removal:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>You selected the following work(s): </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Remove the selected works</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Remove Works?</translation>
</message>
shortcut</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Shortcut for selected action name</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>None</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Default</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Custom</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Default key:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Standard works</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Text filters</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Desk</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="154"/>
- <source>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep.
+ <source>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep.
Do you want to continue?</source>
- <translation>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep.
+ <translation>List of sources will be downloaded from a remote server. Sources will be added to the current list. New source will replace an old one if it has the same label. You can later remove the sources you don't want to keep.
Do you want to continue?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/managers/clanguagemgr.cpp" line="164"/>
<source>Names of languages</source>
- <comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment>
- <extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment>
+ <comment>No need to translate - see the longer comment (If there is no longer comment, it doesn't work yet :)) ------ </comment>
+ <extracomment>The string "Names of languages" doesn't actually need translation. It is put here to help translators notice this help text. ------- The names of the languages should follow the conventions of your language. You can write the names with a capital first letter even if your language uses non-capitalized language names (they look better with capital first letter when they are listed). ------- To find the names of all languages from internet try searching for "names of languages in language_x" but in your own language, e.g. "kielten nimet suomeksi" in Finnish or "names of languages in english" in English. ------- You can find the language codes and names by googling for the standards mentioned below. ------- Preference order for locale codes are: ------- ISO 639-1 ------- ISO 639-2 ------- ISO 639-3 ------- x-E-XXX form is deprecated and no modules in repositories use it. If you find a module with x-E-XXX language, update the module.</extracomment>
<translation>Names of languages</translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation>Morph segmentation</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Export</translation>
</message>
<translation>Error: Invalid command-line argument: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation>CSS base template not found!</translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Default template "%1" not found!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bible:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Commentary:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Daily devotional:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Greek Strong's lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Greek morphological lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation>Insert line break after each verse</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation>Show verse numbers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation>Show section headings</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Show scripture cross-references</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Show Greek accents</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Show Hebrew vowel points</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Show morph segmentation</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation>Use textual variants</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime es una herramienta de estudio de la Biblia poderosa pero fácil de usar.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime está publicado bajo la licencia GPL. Usted puede descargar y utilizar el programa para fines personales, privados, públicos o comerciales sin restricciones, pero se puede entregar o distribuir el programa sólo si también distribuir el código fuente correspondiente.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>La licencia legalmente vinculada esta debajo.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, El equipo BibleTime</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, El equipo BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>Experto de usabilidad</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Algunos nombres pueden no encontrarse, mandanos un email a %1 si notas errores u omisiones.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime hace uso del proyecto SWORD. El proyecto SWORD es un proyecto de software libre de CrossWire Bible Society. Su proposito es crear herramientas multiplataforma de codigo abierto &mdash; cubiertas por la licencia GNU General Public License &mdash; que permite a los programadores y sociedades biblicas escribir software biblico mas rapida y facilmente.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>El proyecto SWORD: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt toolkit versión %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Mas informacion...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&License</translation>
</message>
<translation>Las siguientes personas tradujeron BibleTime a su idioma:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>versión de biblioteca SWORD %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Este programa usa la versión %1 de Qt.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt es una aplicación multiplataforma y un framework de interfaz de usuario, creado con el lenguaje C++, Ha sido liberado bajo la licencia LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progreso</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Detener</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Detener Todo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Completado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Cancelado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Esperando turno...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Preparando Instalación...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progreso de la Instalación</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Falló</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Orden de A&grupación</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Establece el orden de agrupación de los elementos de este menú.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Seleccione &obras a desinstalar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Eliminar...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Eliminar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Iniciando eliminación de %1 obras:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Iniciando eliminación:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Seleccionaste la(s) siguiente(s) obra(s): </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Deseas realmente eliminarlos de tu sistema?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Eliminar las obras seleccionados</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Eliminar Obras?</translation>
</message>
atajo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Atajo para la acción seleccionada</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Ninguno</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Predeterminado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Modificado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Llave predeterminada:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Obras Estándar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Filtros de texto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Escritorio</translation>
</message>
<translation>Segmentación de Morfología</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exportar</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">Error: Argumento Inválido en la linea de comandos: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>¡Plantilla predeterminada "%1" no se encuentra!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Las obras predeterminadas son utilizadas cuando ninguna obra es especificada, por ejemplo cuando se hace clic en un hipervínculo dentro de una Biblia.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Biblia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>La Biblia estandar es usada cuando un hipervínculo dentro de la Biblia es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Comentario:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>El comentario estandar es usado cuando un hipervínculo dentro del comentario es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>El léxico estandar es usado cuando un hipervínculo dentro del léxico es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Devocional diario:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>El devocional estandar será usado para mostrar un devocional de inicio</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico Hebreo de Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>El léxico Hebreo estandar es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico Griego de Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>El léxico Griego estandar es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo en un léxico Griego es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico Hebreo morfológico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>El léxico morfológico para textos Hebreos es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo de una etiqueta morfológica en texto Hebreo es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Diccionario léxico griego morfológico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>El léxico morfológico para textos Griegos es utilizado cuando un hipervínculo de una etiqueta morfológica en texto Griego es cliqueado</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Insertar salto de línea después de cada versículo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar números de versículos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar cabeceras de las secciones</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar las referencias cruzadas de las escrituras</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar acentos griegos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar puntos de vocales hebreas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar los acentos de "cantilación" hebreas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Mostrar segmentación de morfología</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Usar varientes textuales</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Los filtros controlan la apariencia del texto. Aquí puedes especificar las configuraciones predeterminadas para todos los filtros. Puedes anular estas configuraciones en cada ventana mostrada.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime on võimas, kuid lihtne tööriist Piibli uurimiseks.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime on välja antud GPL litsentsi all. Te võite programmi alla laadida ja kasutada (kuid mitte levitada) personaalsetel, privaatsetel, avalikel või kommertseesmärkidel ilma piiranguteta, aga te võite programmi edasi anda või levitada ainult kui Te sellega samuti programmi lähtekoodi levitate.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Täielik juriidiliselt siduv litsents on toodud allpool.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime'i meeskond</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime'i meeskond</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>kasutusekspert</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Mõned nimed võivad puududa, palun saatke e-mail aadressile %1 kui märkate vigu või puuduvaid nimesid.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime kasutab SWORD projekti. Projekt SWORD on CrossWire Bible Society vaba piiblitarkvara projekt, mille eesmärk on luua mitmeplatvormilisi vaba tarkvara tööriistu &mdash; litsenseeritud GNU General Public Licence all &mdash; mis võimaldavad programmeerijatel ja piibliühingutel kirjutada uut piiblitarkvara kiiremini ja lihtsamalt.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>Projekt SWORD: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt raamistik, versioon %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Rohkem infot...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Litsents</translation>
</message>
<translation>Järgnevad inimesed tõlkisid BibleTime' enda keelde:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>SWORD teek, versioon %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>See programm kasutab Qt versiooni %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt on multiplatvormne rakenduste ja graafiliste kasutajaliideste raamistik, C++ programmeerimiskeele jaoks. Qt on publitseeritud LGPL litsentsi all.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progress</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Peata</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Peata kõik</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Valmis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Katkestatud</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Ootel...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Paigaldamiseks valmistumine...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Paigalduse edenemine</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Ebaõnnestus</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>&Grupeerimine</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>Muuda selle menüü elementide grupeerimist.</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Paigaldatud teoste eemaldamine. Valige teosed ja vajutage eemaldamisnupul.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Valige &teosed eemaldamiseks:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Eemalda...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Eemalda</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Alusta %1 teose eemaldamist:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Alusta eemaldamist:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Valisite järgmised teos(ed): </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Kas soovite need tõesti enda süsteemist eemaldada?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Eemalda...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Eemalda valitud teosed</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Eemaldada teosed?</translation>
</message>
kiirklahv</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Kiirklahvid valitud tegevuse jaoks</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Puudub</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Vaikimisi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Kohandatud</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Vaikimisi kiirklahv:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Eelistatud teosed</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Tekstifiltrid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Kirjutuslaud</translation>
</message>
<translation>Morfoloogiline segmentatsioon</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Ekspordi</translation>
</message>
<translation>Viga: Vale käsureaargument: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Vaikemalli "%1" ei leitud!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Eelistatud teoseid kasutatake kui ei ole määratud konkreetset teost, näiteks kui kasutatakse hüperlinki, mis viitab Piiblisse või mõnda leksikoni.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Piibel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud Piiblit kasutatakse siis kui vajutatakse mõnele Piibli kirjakohale viitavale hüperlingile</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kommentaarid:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud kommentaare kasutatakse siis kui vajutatakse mõnele kommentaaridele viitavale hüperlingile</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud leksikoni kasutatakse siis kui vajutatakse mõnele leksikoni viitavale hüperlingile</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Igapäevane harduskirjandus:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Eelistatud igapäevast harduskirjanduse teost kasutatakse sellest lühikeste lõikude kuvamiseks BibleTime käivitamisel</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Heebreakeelne Strongi leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud heebreakeelset leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse hüperlingil, mis viitab heebreakeelsesse leksikoni</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Kreekakeelne Strongi leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud kreekakeelset leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse hüperlingil, mis viitab kreekakeelsesse leksikoni</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Heebreakeelne morfoloogiline leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud heebreakeelset morfoloogilist leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse morfoloogilise märgendi hüperlingil heebreakeelses tekstis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Kreekakeelne morfoloogiline leksikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Eelistatud kreekakeelset morfoloogilist leksikoni kasutatakse, kui klikitakse morfoloogilise märgendi hüperlingil kreekakeelses tekstis</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation>Alusta iga salmi uuelt realt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation>Kuva salmide numbreid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation>Kuva tekstiosade pealkirju</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Kuva pühakirjade ristviiteid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Kuva kreeka keele rõhumärke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Kuva heebrea keele vokaalimärke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Kuva heebrea keele laulumärke</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Kuva morfoloogilist segmentatsiooni</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation>Kasuta tekstivariante</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation>Filtrid reguleerivad teksti välimust. Siin võite Te seadistada vaikimisi sätteid kõikidele filtritele. Te saate filtrite sätteid ka igas aknas eraldi muuta.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime on helppokäyttöinen ja tehokas Raamatun opiskelun työkalu.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime on julkaistu GPL-lisenssin alla. Voit ladata ohjelman ja käyttää sitä henkilökohtaisessa, yksityisessä, julkisessa tai kaupallisessa käytössä ilman rajoituksia, mutta voit jakaa ohjelmaa edelleen vain jos jaat myös vastaavan lähdekoodin.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Täydellinen, laillisesti sitova lisenssi on alla.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, BibleTime-tiimi</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, BibleTime-tiimi</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>käytettävyysasiantuntija</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Joitain nimiä voi puuttua, lähetä sähköpostia osoitteeseen %1, jos huomaat puutteita.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime käyttää SWORD-projektia. SWORD-projekti on CrossWire Bible Societyn avoin raamattuohjelmistoprojekti. Sen tarkoitus on luoda alustariippumattomia GPL-lisenssoituja avoimen lähdekoodin työkaluja, jotka antavat ohjelmoijille ja raamattuseuroille mahdollisuuden tehdä uusia Raamattuun liittyviä ohjelmistoja nopeasti ja helposti.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>SWORD-projekti: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt ohjelmistoalusta versio %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Lisätietoa...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Lisenssi</translation>
</message>
<translation>Seuraavat henkilöt ovat kääntäneet BibleTimen omalle kielelleen:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>SWORD-kirjaston versio %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Tämä ohjelma käyttää Qt:n versiota %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt on C++-kielellä tehty alustariippumaton sovellus- ja käyttöliittymäkehikko. Se on julkaistu LGPL-lisenssin alla.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Edistyminen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Pysäytä</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Pysäytä kaikki</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Valmis</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Keskeytetty</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Odotetaan vuoroa...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Valmistellaan asennusta...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Asennuksen edistyminen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Epäonnistui</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Poista asennettuja teoksia. Valitse teokset ja napsauta Poista-painiketta.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Valitsit seuraavat teokset: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Haluatko todella poistaa ne järjestelmästäsi?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Poista...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Poista valitut teokset</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Poista teokset?</translation>
</message>
pikanäppäin</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Pikanäppäin valitulle toiminnolle</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Ei mikään</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Oletus</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Muokattu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Oletusnäppäin:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Oletusteokset</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Tekstisuotimet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Työpöytä</translation>
</message>
<translation>Morfologinen segmentointi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Vie</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Raamattu:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Oletusraamattua käytetään kun hyperlinkki Raamattuun valitaan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kommentaari:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Oletuskommentaaria käytetään kun hyperlinkki kommentaariin valitaan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Sanakirja:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Oletussanakirjaa käytetään kun hyperlinkki sanakirjaan valitaan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Päivittäinen hartaus:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Oletushartauskirjasta näytetään päivittäinen Raamatun jae käynnistettäessä</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hepreankielinen Strongin sanasto:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Standardia hepreankielistä sanastoa käyteään kun hyperlinkki hepreankieliseen sanastoon valitaan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Kreikankielinen Strongin sanasto:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Standardia kreikankielistä sanastoa käytetään kun hyperlinkki kreikankielen sanastoon valitaan</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Heprealainen morfologinen sanasto:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Standardia hepreankielen morfologista sanastoa käytetään kun morfologinen linkki valitaan heprealaisissa teksteissä</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Kreikkalainen morfologinen sanasto:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Standardia kreikankielen morfologista sanastoa käytetään kun morfologinen linkki valitaan kreikkalaisissa teksteissä</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Lisää rivinvaihto jokaisen jakeen perään</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä jaenumerot</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä kappaleiden otsikot</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä kirjoitusten ristiviitteet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä kreikan korkomerkit</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä heprean vokaalipisteet</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä heprean kantillaatiomerkit</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näytä morfologinen segmentointi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Käytä tekstivariantteja</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Näyttösuotimet määrittelevät millä tavoin teksti näytetään. Tässä voit asettaa oletusasetukset kaikille suotimille. Voit kuitenkin ohittaa nämä ja määritellä erikseen jokaiselle ikkunalle omat asetukset.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation>Interface utilisateur BibleTime
-Copyright (C) 2010 L'équipe de BibleTime, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 L'équipe de BibleTime, http://www.bibletime.info
Ce fichier est distribué sous la même licence que le paquet BibleTime.</translation>
</message>
</context>
<translation>BibleTime est un outil facile à utiliser mais puissant outil d'étude biblique.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">BibleTime est sous licence GPL. Vous pouvez télécharger et utiliser le programme pour un usage personne, privé ou public ou même commercial sans restriction mais vous devez donner ou distribuer le programme seulement avec son code source.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>La licence complète juridiquement valable est ci-dessous.</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">Nous recherchons des développeurs et des traducteurs. Si vous souhaitez rejoindre l'équipe, envoyez un e-mail à %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <source>(c)1999-2010, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2010, L'équipe de BibleTime</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2013, L'équipe de BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation type="unfinished">ergonome</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Des noms peuvent manquer, veuillez envoyer un e-mail à %1 si vous remarquez des erreurs ou des oublis.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">BibleTime utilise le projet SWORD. Le projet SWORD est le projet de logiciel libre biblique de CrossWire Bible Society. Son but est de créer un outil libre multi-plateformes &mdash;sous licence GNU General Public Licence&mdash; qui permet au développeurs et aux sociétés bibliques d'écrire de nouveaux logiciels bibliques rapidement et facilement.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished">Le projet SWORD: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished">&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Boîte à outils Qt version %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Plus d'informations...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished">&Licence</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">(c)1999-2010, L'équipe de BibleTime {1999-2011,?}</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished">(c)1999-2013, L'équipe de BibleTime {1999-2013,?}</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<translation>Les personnes suivantes ont traduit BibleTime dans leur langue:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished">&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>Version de la bibliothèque SWORD %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Ce programme utilise la version %1 de Qt.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt est une application multi-plateforme avec Interface-Graphique, développée enlangage C++. Elle est disponible sous la licence LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Avancement</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Arrêter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Arrêter tout</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Terminé</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Annulé</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Attendre son tour...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Préparation à l'installation...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Avancement de l'installation</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Échec</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Ordre de &groupement</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Définir l'ordre de groupement pour les élements de ce menu.</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Supprimer les modules installés. Sélectionnez les modules et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Sélectionner des modules à &désinstaller</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished">&Supprimer...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Supprimer</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Démarrer la suppression de %1 modules:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Démarrer la supression:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Vous avez choisis le(s) modules(s) suivant(s): </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Voulez-vous vraiment les supprimer de votre système?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Supprimer...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Supprimer les modules sélectionnés</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Supprimer les modules?</translation>
</message>
raccourci</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Raccourci pour nom de l'action sélectionnée</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Rien</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Défaut</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Personnalisé</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Touche par défaut:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Modules par défaut</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Filtres de texte</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Bureau</translation>
</message>
<translation>Segmentation morphologique</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exporter</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished">Erreur: argument de la ligne de commande invalide: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Modèle par défaut "%1" non trouvé!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Les modules standards sont utilisés lorsqu'aucun module n'est spécifié en particulier, par exemple lorsque l'on clique sur un lien dans une Bible ou un lexique</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bible:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>La Bible par défaut est utilisée lors d'un clic sur un lien hypertexte vers une Bible</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Commentaire:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Le commentaire par défaut est utilisé quand un lien sur un commentaire est cliqué</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexique:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Le lexique par défaut est utilisé quand un lien hypertexte sur un lexique est cliqué</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Lectures quotidiennes:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>La lecture quotidienne par défaut sera utilisée pour afficher une courte lecture au démarrage</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexique des numéros Strong Hébreux:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Le lexique Hébreu par défaut est utilisé quand un lien hypertexte sur un lexique Hébreu est cliqué</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexique des numéros Strong grecs:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Le lexique grec par défaut est utilisé quand un lien hypertexte sur un lexique grec est cliqué</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexique morphologique Hébreu:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Le lexique morphologique standard pour l'Hébreu est utilisé quand un lien sur une marque morphologique dans un texte Hébreu est suivit</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexique morphologique grec:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Le lexique morphologique standard pour le grec est utilisé quand un lien sur une marque morphologique dans un texte grec est suivit</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Revenir à la ligne après chaque verset</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher les numéros de verset</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher les en-têtes</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher les références croisées</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher les accents grecs</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher les voyelles hébraïques</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher la cantillation hébraïque</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afficher la segmentation morphologique</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Utiliser les variantes textuelles</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Les filtres contrôlent l'apparence du texte. Ici vous pouvez choisir la configuration par défaut pour tous les filtres. Vous pouvez modifier cette configuration dans chaque fenêtre d'affichage.</translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime egy könnyen használható Bibliatanulmányozó eszköz.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>A BibleTime GPL licensz alatt lett kiadva. Letöltheti, használhatja a programot magán, nyilvános vagy akár üzleti célra is korlátozások nélkül, de csak akkor adhatja el, vagy terjesztheti a programot, ha a hozzá tartozó forráskódot is közzéteszi.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>A teljes jogilag érvényes licensz lentebb található. </translation>
</message>
<translation>hasznáhatósági szakértő</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Néhány név hiányozhat a felsorolásból, Küldjön egy emailt %1 ha hibátvagy hiányosságot fedezett fel.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>További információk...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Licensz</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team </translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team </translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<translation>A következő emberek vettek részt a BibleTime fordításában:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>Sword verzió: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>A BibleTime a SWORD Projekt használatára készült. A SWORD Projekt a Crosswire Bible Society ingyenes Biblia szoftver projektje. Célja, hogy olyan keresztplatformos, nyílt forrású &mdash; GNU General Public License által kiadott &mdash; szoftvereket hozzon létre, amelyek lehetővé teszik a programozóknak és a Bibliatársaságoknak, hogy sokkal könnyebben és gyorsabban írhassanak Bibliaszoftvereket.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>A SWORD Projekt:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt eszközkészlet verziója: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Ez a program a Qt %1 verzióját használja.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>A Qt egy keresztplatformos alkalmazás és keretrendszer, C++ nyelven megírva, LGPL licensz alatt kiadva.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Folyamat</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Megállítás</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Minden folyamat leállítása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Kész</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Törölve</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Válaszra vár...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Telepítés előkészítése...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Telepítési folyamat</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Sikertelen</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>&Csoportok rendezése</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>A menü csoportosításának beállítása.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Törlés</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Válassza ki a törlendő &dokumentumokat:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Törlés...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>%1 dokumentum törlése:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Törlés indítása:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>A következő dokumentumo(ka)t választotta ki:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Tényleg törölni szeretné a rendszeréből?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Kiválasztott elemek törlése</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Töröljük?</translation>
</message>
<translation>Második kombinávió</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>KOmbináció a kiválasztott akcióhoz</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Semmi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Alapértelmezett</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Egyéni</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Alapértelmezett kulcs:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Alap dokumentumok</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Szöveg szűrők</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Asztal</translation>
</message>
<translation>Szótő elválasztás</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exportálás</translation>
</message>
<translation>Nem indexelt dokumentumok</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Alapértelmezett "%1" sablon nem található!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett munkákat akkor használjuk, amikor nincs egyéb munka megnyitva, például amikor egy hivatkozásra kattint egy Biblában vagy lexikonban.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Biblia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett Bibliát használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk a Bibliában</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kommentár:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett kommentárt használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy kommentárban</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett lexikont használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy lexikonban</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Napi áhitat:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett áhitat lesz használva, egy gyors áhitat mutatásához</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Héber Strong's lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett Héber lexikont használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy Héber lexikonban</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Görög Strong's lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alapértelmezett Görög lexikont használjuk, ha egy kereszthivatkozásra kattintunk egy Görög lexikonban</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Héber morfológiai lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alap héber morfológiai lexikont használjuk, ha nincs egyéb kiválasztva, például, ha egy morfológiai hivatkozásra kattintunk egy héber szövegben</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Görög morfológiai lexikon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Az alap görög morfológiai lexikont használjuk, ha nincs egyéb kiválasztva, például, ha egy morfológiai hivatkozásra kattintunk egy görög szövegben</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">A szűrők szabályozzák a szövegek megjelenését. Itt adhatja meg az alapértelmezett beállításokat. Ablakonként felülírhatja ezeket a beállításokat.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Sortörés alkalmazása minden vers után</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vers számok mutatása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Fejléc mutatása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Kereszthivatkozások mutatása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Görög kiejtés mutatása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Héber magánhangzó pontok mutatása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Héber hangsúlyozás jelzése</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Szótő elválasztás mutatása</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Szöveges változatok használata</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime è un semplice, ma potente strumento per studiare la Bibbia.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime è rilasciato sotto la licenza GPL. Puoi scaricare e utilizzare il programma a scopo personale, privato, pubblico o commerciale senza restrizioni, ma puoi regalare o distribuire il programma solo se distribuisci anche il corrispondente codice sorgente.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>La licenza completa, giuridicamente vincolante, è sotto.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Stiamo cercando sviluppatori e traduttori. Se vuoi far parte del nostro team, invia una mail a %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <source>(c)1999-2010, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2010, The BibleTime Team</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation type="obsolete">(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>esperto di usabilità</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Potrebbero mancare alcuni nomi, per favore manda una mail %1 se noti errori o omissioni.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime da uso del Progetto SWORD. Il Progetto SWORD è software biblico libero della CrossWire Bible Society. Il suo scopo è creare uno strumento open-source cross-platform &mdash; coperto dalla GNU General Public License &mdash; che permette a programmatori e società di scrivere nuovo software sulla Bibbia più facilmente e velocemente.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>Il Progetto SWORD: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt toolkit versione %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Più informazioni...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Licenza</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<translation>Le seguenti persone hanno tradotto BibleTime nella loro lingua:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>Versione libreria Sword %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Questo programma usa le Qt versione %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt è un'applicazione multipiattaforma e UI framework, scritta in C++. È rilasciato sotto la licenza LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progresso</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Ferma</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Ferma tutti</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Completato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Cancellato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>In attesa del turno...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Preparazione installazione...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progresso dell'Installazione</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Fallito</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>Ordine di &raggruppamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>Imposta l'ordine di raggruppamento per gli elementi in questo menu.</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Rimuovi i documenti installati. Seleziona i documenti e clicca il tasto Rimuovi.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Seleziona &documenti da disinstallare:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Rimuovi...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Rimuovi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Inizio rimozione di %1 documenti:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Inizia rimozione:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Hai selezioni i seguenti documenti: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Vuoi veramente rimuoverle dal sistema?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Rimuovi...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Rimuovi i documenti selezionati</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Rimuovere i Documenti?</translation>
</message>
scorciatoia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Scorciatoia per l'azione selezionata</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Nessuno</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Predefinito</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Personalizzato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Chiave predefinita:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Documenti standard</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Filtri testo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Scrivania</translation>
</message>
<translation>Segmentazione morfologica</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Esporta</translation>
</message>
<translation>Errore: Argomento da linea di comando non valido: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Modello predefinito "%1" non trovato!</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">I documenti standard sono utilizzati quando nessun documento particolare viene specificato, per esempio quando un collegamento ipertestuale in una Bibbia o lessico viene cliccato.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>I documenti standard sono utilizzati quando nessun documento particolare viene specificato, per esempio quando un collegamento ipertestuale in una Bibbia o lessico viene cliccato.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bibbia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>La Bibbia standard viene usata quando un ipertesto è cliccato in una Bibbia</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Commento:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>I commenti standard sono usati quando un ipertesto in un commento viene cliccato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lessico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Il lessico standard viene usato quando un ipertesto è cliccato in un lessico</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Lettura di devozione giornaliera:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Le letture di devozione standard saranno usate per visualizzare uno start up devozionale breve</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lessico Ebraico Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Il lessico standard Ebraico è usato quando un ipertesto dentro a lessico Ebraico è cliccato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lessico Greco Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Il lessico standard Greco è usato quando un ipertesto dentro a lessico Greco è cliccato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lessico Ebraico morfologico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Il lessico standard morfologico per testi Ebraici è usato quando un ipertesto di una nota morfologica in un testo Ebraico è cliccato</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lessico Greco morfologico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Il lessico standard morfologico per testi Grechi è usato quando un ipertesto di una nota morfologica in un testo Greco è cliccato</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation>Inserisci interruzione di riga dopo ciascun versetto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation>Mostra i numeri dei versetti</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation>Mostra le intestazioni</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Mostra i riferimenti incrociati</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Mostra gli accenti greci</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Mostra la punteggiatura vocale ebrea</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Mostra i segni di cantillazione ebraica</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Mostra la segmentazione morfologica</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation>Usa le varianti testuali</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation>I filtri controllano l'aspetto del testo. Qui puoi specificare le impostazioni predefinites per tutti i filtri. Puoi ignorare queste impostazioni in ogni finestra.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime is een makkelijk te gebruiken, maar krachtig hulpmiddel voor bijbelstudie.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>De volledige, wettelijk bindende licentie staat hieronder.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation>De volgende personen hebben BibleTime vertaald naar hun taal:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>SWORD bibliotheek versie %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Dit programma gebruikt Qt versie %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt is een cross-platform applicatie en raamwerk voor gebruikersinterfaces, gemaakt in de programmeertaal C++. Het is uitgegeven onder de LGPL licentie.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Voortgang</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Stoppen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Alles stoppen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Voltooid</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Geannuleerd</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translatorcomment>waiting for what??</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Bezig met voorbereiden van installatie...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Voortgang van de installatie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Mislukt</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Verwijder geïnstalleerde modules. Selecteer de modules en klik op de knop Verwijderen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>U heeft de volgende module(s) geselecteerd: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Wilt u deze werkelijk verwijderen van uw systeem?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Verwijderen...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Verwijder de geselecteerde modules</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Modules verwijderen?</translation>
</message>
sneltoets</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Sneltoets voor geselecteerde actie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Geen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Standaard</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Aangepast</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Standaardtoets:
</translation>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Standaardmodules</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Tekstfilters</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Werkblad</translation>
</message>
<translation>Morfologische segmentatie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Export</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bijbel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>De standaardbijbel wordt gebruikt wanneer er een hyperlink naar een bijbel wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kanttekeningen:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>De standaardkanttekeningen worden gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar kanttekeningen wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Het standaardlexicon wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar een lexicon wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Dagelijkse overdenking:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>De standaard dagelijkse overdenking wordt gebruikt om een korte overdenking te tonen bij het opstarten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebreeuws Strong's lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Het standaard Hebreeuwse lexicon wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar een Hebreeuws lexicon wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Grieks Strong's lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Het standaard Griekse lexicon wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink naar een Grieks lexicon wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebreeuws morfologisch lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Het standaard morfologische lexicon voor Hebreeuwse teksten wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink of een morfologische tag in een Hebreeuwse tekst wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Grieks morfologisch lexicon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Het standaard morfologische lexicon voor Griekse teksten wordt gebruikt wanneer een hyperlink of een morfologische tag in een Griekse tekst wordt aangeklikt</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Nieuwe regel na elk vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon versnummers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon tussenkopjes</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon bijbelse kruisverwijzingen</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon Griekse accenten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon Hebreeuwse klinkerpunten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon Hebreeuwse intonatietekens</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Toon morfologische segmentatie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Tekstuele variaties gebruiken</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Filters bepalen het uiterlijk van tekst. Hier kunt u standaardinstellingen specificeren voor alle filters. U kunt deze instellingen in ieder weergavevenster overstemmen.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Stopp</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Ferdig</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Avbroten</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Ventar på tur...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Fjern</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vil du verkeleg fjerne dei frå systemet ditt?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Fjern...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Fjern dei valde verka</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Fjern verk?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Standardverk</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Tekstfilter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Skrivebord</translation>
</message>
<translation>Morfemoppdeling</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bibel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Kommentar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Andaktsbok:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Ny line etter kvart vers</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis versnummer</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis avsnittsoverskrifter</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis bibelske kryssreferansar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis greske aksentteikn</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske vokalpunkt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis hebraiske kantillasjonsteikn</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vis morfemoppdeling</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Bruk tekstvariantar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime jest łatwym w urzyciu i potężnym narzędziem do studiowania Biblii.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Domyślne moduły</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Wygląd tekstu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Obszar roboczy</translation>
</message>
<translation>Podział morfologiczny</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Eksportuj</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Biblia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Komentarz:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Leksykon:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Rozważania codzienne:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Każdy werset w nowej linii</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pokaz numery wersetów</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pokaż nagłówki</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Wyświetl odsyłacze</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pokaz greckie akcenty</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pokaż hebrajskie znaki samogłosek</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pokaz hebrajskie znaki kantylacji</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Pokaż podział głosek</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Używaj wariantów tekstu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Konfiguruj wyświetlanie tekstu. Możesz zmienić te ustawienia w każdym oknie z modułem.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="236"/>
<source>Bookshelf &Manager...</source>
- <translation>Ge&storr de Livros...</translation>
+ <translation>Ge&stor de Estante...</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="239"/>
<translation>BibleTime é uma poderosa ferramenta de estudo Bíblico e fácil de usar.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>Bibletime é lançado sob a licença GPL. Você pode descarregar e usar o programa para propósitos pessoais, privados, públicos ou comerciais, sem restrições, mas para ceder ou distribuir o programa, você tem que necessariamente distribuir o correspondente código fonte.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Abaixo está a licença completa vinculada juridicamente.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, A equipa do BibleTime</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, A equipa do BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>especialista em usabilidade</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Alguns nomes podem ter sido esquecidos, por favor, envie um e-mail %1 para nos avisar erros e omissões.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime faz uso do SWORD Project. O SWORD Project é um projecto de software livre da sociedade bíblica Crosswire. O seu propósito é criar ferramentas de código aberto e independentes de plataforma &mdash; cobertas pela Licença Pública Geral GNU &mdash; que permite programadores e sociedades bíblicas escreverem novos softwares bíblicos de maneira rápida e fácil.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>O projecto SWORD:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt kit de ferramentas versão %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Mais informações...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Licença</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="142"/>
<source>developer</source>
- <translation>desenvolvedor</translation>
+ <translation>programador</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="154"/>
<translation>As seguintes pessoas traduziram o BibleTime para as suas línguas:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>versão da biblioteca SWORD %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Este programa usa o Qt versão %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt é uma aplicação multiplataforma e um framework de interface gráfica, criado com a linguagem C++. Foi lançado sob licença LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<source>Change the grouping of items in the bookshelf.</source>
<translation>Alterar o agrupamento de itens na estante.</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Use grouping from bookshelf dock</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Use agrupamento para organizar sua estante</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Category/Language</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Categoria/Idioma</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Category</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Categoria</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Language/Category</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">idioma/Categoria</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Language</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Idioma</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>No grouping</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Sem agrupamento</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btbookshelfwidget.cpp" line="164"/>
<source>Show/hide works</source>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtFontSettingsPage</name>
- <message>
- <source>You can specify a custom font for each language.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Você pode especificar uma fonte personalizada para cada idioma.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontsettings.cpp" line="153"/>
<source>&Language:</source>
<source>Index size</source>
<translation>Tamanho do índice</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Create new search indexes and delete created indexes for the installed works.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Criar novos índices de busca e apagar índices criados para os trabalhos instalados.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="123"/>
<source>Search Indexes</source>
<source>Unindexed Works</source>
<translation>Obras não indexadas</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>KiB</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">KiB</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="132"/>
<source>Create...</source>
<source>Install/Update</source>
<translation>Instalar/Actualizar</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Install and update works. Add remote or local sources, refresh them, select the works to be installed/updated and click Install.<br/><b>WARNING:</b> If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Instalar e atualizar trabalhos. Adicione fontes remotas ou locais, atualize-os, selecione os trabalhos para serem instalados/atualizados e clique em Instalar<br/><b>ATENÇÃO:</b>.Se você vive em um país sob perseguição e não quer ter risco de detecção não use fontes remotas.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Install folder:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Instalar pasta:</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>WARNING!!!</source>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="266"/>
<source>If you live in a persecuted country and don't want to risk detection don't use remote sources.</source>
- <translation>Se você vive Num país perseguido e não quer correr o risco de ser detectado, não use fontes remotas.</translation>
+ <translation>Se você vive num país perseguido e não quer correr o risco de ser detectado, não use fontes remotas.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="269"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>Install &folder:</source>
- <translation>Instalar &pasta:</translation>
+ <translation>&Pasta de instalação:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="278"/>
<source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
<translation>Você deseja realmente apagar esta fonte?</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Install...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Instalar...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallpage.cpp" line="281"/>
<source>Install or update selected works</source>
<translation>Progresso</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Parar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Parar Tudo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Completado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Cancelado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Esperando pela vez...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>A preparar a Instalação...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progresso da Instalação</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Falhou</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtLanguageSettingsPage</name>
- <message>
- <source>Select the language in which the Biblical book names are displayed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Selecione o idioma no qual os nomes dos livros bíblicos são mostrados.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btlanguagesettings.cpp" line="134"/>
<source>Language for names of Bible books:</source>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>Ordem de a&grupamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>Define a ordem de agrupamento para os itens neste menu.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <source>&Remove</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">&Remover</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Remove installed works. Select the works and click Remove button.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Remover trabalhos instalados. Selecione os trabalhos e clique no botão remover.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Seleccione &obras para desinstalar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Remover...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Remover</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Iniciar remoção de %1 obras:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Iniciar remoção:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Você seleccionou a(s) seguinte(s) obra(s):</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Quer realmente removê-las do seu sistema?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <source>Remove...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Remover...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Remover as obras seleccionadas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Remover Obras?</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepagetreemodel.cpp" line="55"/>
<source>Install path</source>
- <translation>Instalar Caminho</translation>
+ <translation>Caminho da Instalação</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
atalho</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Atalho para o nome da acção seleccionada</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Nenhum</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Padrão</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Personalizado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Tecla padrão:</translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtSourceArea</name>
- <message>
- <source>Work</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Trabalho</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Description</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Descrição</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>&Add...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Adicionar...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refresh...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Atualizar...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refresh the list of works from this source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Atualizar a lista de trabalhos desta fonte</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>&Delete...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Apagar...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Delete this source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Apagar esta fonte</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Add new source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Adicionar nova fonte</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtSourceAreaModel</name>
- <message>
- <source>Work</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Obra</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Version</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Versão</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Description</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Descrição</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>BtSourceWidget</name>
- <message>
- <source>Delete Source?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Apagar Fonte?</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Do you really want to delete this source?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Você realmente deseja apagar esta fonte?</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Cancelar</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refreshing source</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Atualizar fonte</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Connecting...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Conectando...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Refreshing...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Atualizando...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>No sources were found in the SWORD configuration and BibleTime couldn't create a default source. Check your SWORD configuration and that the configuration path is writable. Then restart the Bookshelf Manager.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Nenhuma fonte foi encontrada na configuração do SWORD e o BibleTime não pôde criar uma fonte padrão. Verifique sua configuração do SWORD e se o caminho da configuração é gravável. Então reinicie o Gerenciador de Livros.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Remote:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Remoto:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Local:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Local:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Not a directory!</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Não é um diretório!</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Not readable!</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Não é permitida a leitura!</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Warning</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Atenção</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>The destination directory is not writable or does not exist. Installation will fail unless this has first been fixed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">O diretório de destino não é gravável ou não existe. A instalação vai falhar se isto não for corrigido primeiro.</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>BtTextWindowHeaderWidget</name>
<message>
<source>Add/remove/replace</source>
<translation>Adicionar/remover/substituir</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>&Remove</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">&Remover</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/bttextwindowheaderwidget.cpp" line="148"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<source>You can save your open windows in a session. Such a session can easily be restored later on. You can save as many sessions as you like. The session feature can be accessed under the Window menu entry.</source>
<translation>Vocẽ pode guardar suas janelas abertas actualmente como uma sessão. Assim, a sessão pode ser facilmente restaurada depois. Você pode guardar quantas sessões desejar. Este recurso pode ser acedido por baixo do menu Janelas.</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>The Bookshelf, Bookmark, and Mag windows can be moved to new locations by dragging them from the title at the top of each window. They can be placed to the left, right, above, or below the works windows. They can be placed on top of each other and tabs will appear so each window can be selected. They can be resized by dragging theborder between the window and another window.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">A Estante, os Marcadores e a janela da Lupa podem ser movidas para novos locais arrastado-as pelo título, no topo de cada janela. Elas podem ser colocadas à direita, esquerda, acima ou abaixo das janelas das obras.Elas podem ser colocados em cima, umas das outras e as abas aparecerão de forma que cada janela possa ser selecionada. Elas podem ser redimensionadas arrastando as bordas entre as janelas.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>You can search for Strong's numbers in a work. Start with a work that has Strong's numbers and hover over a word. Right click the word and use the Strong's Search menu. A search dialog will appear that allows you to see the use of the sameStrong's number in other locations of the work.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Você pode buscar por números Strong numa obra. Inicie com uma obra que possui números Strong e passe o cursor por cima de uma palavra. Clique com o botão direito sobre a palavra e utilize o menu Busca Strong. Um diálogo de busca aparecerá e permitirá que você veja o uso do mesmo número Strong em outros lugares da obra.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/tips/bttipdialog.cpp" line="166"/>
<source>You can save personal notes for specific verses references. You must install the Personal commentary. Open the Bookshelf Manager, choose Crosswire as the source and look under Commentary and English. Once installed, use the Bookshelf window and right click the Personal commentary. Use either the Edit Plain Text menu or the Edit HTML menu to open the work in write mode.</source>
<source>You can view Strong's number information in the MAG window by hovering over a word in a Bible work that has Strong's numbers. You should have the StrongsGreek and StrongsHebrew lexicons from Crosswire installed.</source>
<translation>Você pode visualizar a informação do número Strong na janela Lupa passando o cursor sobre uma palavra na Bíblia que possui os números Strong. Você deve ter os léxicos StrongsGreek e StrongsHebrew de Crosswire instalados.</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>To change a bookmark title or description, right click on the bookmark and select "Edit Bookmark...". After finishing the edit the description can be seen by hovering over the bookmark.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Para mudar um título ou descrição de um marcador. clique com o botão direito no marcador e selecione "Editar marcador...". Depois de editar a descrição, esta pode ser vista passando o mouse por cima do marcador.</translation>
- </message>
</context>
<context>
<name>BtVerseDropdownChooserButton</name>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Imprimir...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Copy chapter to clipboard ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Copiar capítulo para a área de transferência...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="414"/>
<source>Copying</source>
<translation>A copiar</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Saving chapter ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">A guardar capítulo ...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="433"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cbiblereadwindow.cpp" line="451"/>
<source>The work to which the bookmark points to is not installed.</source>
<translation>A obra para a qual o marcador aponta não está instalado.</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Change bookmark description...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Mudar descrição do marcador...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Print bookmarks...</source>
<source>Forward in history</source>
<translation>Para a frente no histórico</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Zoom in</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">ampliar zoom </translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Zoom out</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">reduzir zoom</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp" line="116"/>
<source>Select all</source>
<translation>Formatar</translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>CFontChooser</name>
- <message>
- <source>Size:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Tamanho:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Font name:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Nome da Fonte:</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Font style:</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Estilo da fonte:</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>CHTMLWriteDisplay</name>
<message>
<translation>Ou o módulo não pode ser editado, ou você não tem permissão para escrever.</translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>CInputDialog</name>
- <message>
- <source>Clear</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Limpar</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
-<context>
- <name>CKeyReferenceWidget</name>
- <message>
- <source>Scroll through the entries of the list. Press the button and move the mouse to increase or decrease the item.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Rolar através das entradas da lista. Aperte o botão e mova o mouse para incrementar ou decrementar o item.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Next book</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Próximo livro</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Previous book</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Livro Anterior</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Next chapter</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Próximo capítulo</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Previous chapter</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Capítulo anterior</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Next verse</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Próximo versículo</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Previous verse</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Versículo anterior</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>CLanguageSettingsPage</name>
<message>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Imprimir...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Saving entry ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">A guardar entrada...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="343"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp" line="367"/>
<translation>A guardar</translation>
</message>
</context>
-<context>
- <name>CModuleIndexDialog</name>
- <message>
- <source>Cancel</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Cancelar</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Creating indices</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Criando índices</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Creating index for work: %1</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">criando índice para o trabalho: %1</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Indexing Is Cancelled</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Indexação foi Cancelada</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Indexing is cancelled because modules are removed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">indexação foi cancelada porque os módulos foram removidos.</translation>
- </message>
-</context>
<context>
<name>CPlainWriteWindow</name>
<message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="866"/>
<source>Copyright holder</source>
- <translation>Detentor dos direitos autorais</translation>
+ <translation>Detentor dos direitos de autor</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="867"/>
<source>Copyright date</source>
- <translation>Data do copyright</translation>
+ <translation>Data dos direitos de autor</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="868"/>
<source>Copyright contact name</source>
- <translation>Nome do contacto do copyright</translation>
+ <translation>Nome do contacto dos direitos de autor</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="869"/>
<source>Copyright contact address</source>
- <translation>Endereço do contacto do copyright</translation>
+ <translation>Endereço do contacto dos direitos de autor</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="870"/>
<source>Copyright contact email</source>
- <translation>Email do contacto do copyright</translation>
+ <translation>Email do contacto dos direitos de autor</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.cpp" line="978"/>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Obras padrão</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Filtros do texto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Mesa</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="162"/>
<source>Downloading List</source>
- <translation>A descarregar a Lista</translation>
+ <translation>A transferir a Lista</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/cswordsetupinstallsourcesdialog.cpp" line="172"/>
<translation>Segmentação dos morfemas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exportar</translation>
</message>
<source>Save document ...</source>
<translation>Guardar documento...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Print keys</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Imprimir chaves</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="37"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="48"/>
<source>unknown</source>
<translation>Desconhecido</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Change description ...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Mudar descrição...</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Enter a new description for the chosen bookmark.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Digite uma nova descrição para o Favorito escolhido.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookmarks/btbookmarkfolder.cpp" line="59"/>
<source>New folder</source>
<source>Version</source>
<translation>Versão</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Settings Migration</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Migração de Configurações</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>It appears you have a BibleTime configuration from KDE 3 stored in %1, and you have not migrated it to this version. Would you like to import it?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Parece que você tem uma configuração do BibleTime armazenada em %1, e você não migrou para esta versão. Você gostaria de importá-lo? </translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/tool.cpp" line="187"/>
<source>Encrypted - needs unlock key</source>
<source>See --help for details.</source>
<translation>Veja --help para detalhes.</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>All command-line arguments not recognized by BibleTime or Qt will be silently ignored.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Todos os arguments de linha de comando não reconhecidos pelo BibleTime ou Qt serão silenciosamente ignorados.</translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Error: %1 expects an argument. See --help for details.</source>
- <translatorcomment>--help é um argumento de linha de comando. não deve ser traduzido</translatorcomment>
- <translation type="obsolete">Erro: %1 espera um argumento. Veja --help para detalhes.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/main.cpp" line="111"/>
<source>Error: Invalid command-line argument: %1</source>
<translation>Erro: Argumento de linha de comandos inválido: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Modelo parão "%1" não encontrado!</translation>
</message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="57"/>
<source>Reset</source>
<comment>Dialog Button</comment>
- <translation>Reset</translation>
+ <translation>Reiniciar</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/util/dialogutil.cpp" line="58"/>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Imprimir...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Copy search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Copiar resultado da procura...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="234"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="244"/>
<source>Copying search result</source>
<translation>A copiar resultado da pesquisa</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Save search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Guardar resultado da pesquisa...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="253"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="262"/>
<source>Saving search result</source>
<translation>A guardar resultado da pesquisa</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Print search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Imprimir resultado de pesquisa...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/cmoduleresultview.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>Printing search result</source>
<source>New range</source>
<translation>Novo intervalo</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source><invalid name of search range></source>
- <translation type="obsolete"><invalid nome do intervalo de pesquisa></translation>
- </message>
- <message>
- <source>Select a scope from the list to edit the search ranges</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Seleccione um âmbito da lista para editar os intervalos de pesquisa</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<source>&Add new scope</source>
<source>Change the name of the selected search scope</source>
<translation>Apagar o nome do âmbito de pesquisa seleccionado</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Change the search ranges of the selected search scope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Mude os intervalos de pesquisa do âmbito de pesquisa selecionados. Dê uma olhadela nos âmbitos de pesquisa predefinidos para ver como os intervalos de pesquisa são construídos.</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="158"/>
<source>The search ranges which will be used for the search, parsed to the canonical form</source>
<source>Search</source>
<translation>Pesquisar</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>One or more works need indexing before they can be searched.
-This could take a long time. Proceed with indexing?</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Uma ou mais palavras precisam de indexação antes de serem buscadas.
-Isto pode levar um novo tempo. Iniciar indexação?</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
<source>The following modules need to be indexed before they can be searched in:</source>
<source>Print...</source>
<translation>Imprimir...</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Print search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Imprimir resultado da pesquisa...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="166"/>
<source>Printing search result</source>
<translation>A Imprimir resultado da pesquisa</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Save search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Guardar resultado da pesquisa...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="176"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="194"/>
<source>Saving search result</source>
<translation>A Guardar resultado da pesquisa</translation>
</message>
- <message>
- <source>Copy search result...</source>
- <translation type="obsolete">Copiar resultado da pesquisa...</translation>
- </message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="212"/>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchresultview.cpp" line="230"/>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Obras padrão são usadas quando nenhuma obra é especificada, por exemplo, quando uma hiperligação de uma Bíblia ou de um Léxico é clicado.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bíblia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>A Bíblia Padrão é usada quando um hiperligação para dentro da Bíblia é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Comentário:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>O comentário padrão é usado quando uma hiperligação de um comentário é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico normal é usado quando uma hiperligação em um léxico é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Devocional diário:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>O devocional padrão será usado para mostrar uma curta inicialização do devocional </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico hebraico Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico hebraico padrão é usado quando uma hiperligação em um léxico hebraico é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico grego Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico grego padrão é usado quando uma hiperligação em um léxico grego é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico hebraico morfológico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico padrão morfológico dos textos hebraicos, é usado quando uma hiperligação de uma tag morfológica de um texto hebraico é clicada</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico morfológico Grego:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico padrão morfológico para os textos gregos é usado quando uma hiperligação de uma tag morfológica de um texto grego é clicada</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation>Inserir quebra de linha após cada versículo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation> Mostrar número dos versículos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation>Mostrar titulos de secção</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Mostrar referências-cruzadas das escrituras</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Mostrar acentos gregos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Mostrar pontos vogais Hebreus</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Mostrar sinais da cantilena hebraica</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Mostrar a segmentação dos morfemas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation>Usar variações textuais</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation>Filtros de controle da aparência do texto. Aqui você pode especificar configurações padrão para todos os filtros. Você pode substituir essas configurações em cada janela de visualização.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="54"/>
<source>Case &sensitive</source>
- <translatorcomment>Termo de uso generalizado no português brasileiro</translatorcomment>
- <translation>Case &sensitive</translation>
+ <translation>Sensivel a maiusculas</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/display/bthtmlfindtext.ui" line="92"/>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime é uma poderosa ferramenta de estudo Bíblico e fácil de usar.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>Bibletime é lançado sob a licença GPL. Você pode baixar e usar o programa para propósitos pessoais, privados, públicos ou comerciais, sem restrições, mas para ceder ou distribuir o programa, você tem que necessariamente distribuir o correspondente código fonte.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Abaixo está a licença completa vinculada juridicamente.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation>especialista em usabilidade</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Alguns nomes podem ter sido esquecidos, por favor, envie um e-mail %1 para nos avisar erros e omissões.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime faz uso do SWORD Project. O SWORD Project é um projeto de software livre da sociedade bíblica Crosswire. Seu propósito é criar ferramentas de código aberto e independentes de plataforma &mdash; cobertas pela Licença Pública Geral GNU &mdash; que permite programadores e sociedades bíblicas escreverem novos softwares bíblicos de maneira rápida e fácil.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>O projeto SWORD:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt kit de ferramentas versão %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Mais informações...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Licença</translation>
</message>
<translation>As seguintes pessoas traduziram BibleTime em suas línguas:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>biblioteca SWORD versão %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Este programa usa Qt versão %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt é um aplicativo multiplataforma e um framework para interface gráfica, criado com a linguagem C++ e foi lançado sob licença LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progresso</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Parar</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Parar Tudo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Completado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Cancelado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Esperando pela vez...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Preparando Instalação...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Progresso da Instalação</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Falhou</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>Ordem de a&grupamento</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>Define a ordem de agrupamento dos itens no menu.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Selecione &obras para desinstalar:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Remover...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Remover</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Iniciar remoção de %1 obras:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Iniciar remoção:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Você selecionou a(s) seguinte(s) obra(s):</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Você realmente deseja removê-los de seu sistema?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Remover as obras selecionadas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Remover Obras?</translation>
</message>
atalho</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Atalho para o nome da ação selecionada</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Nenhum</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Padrão</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Personalizado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Tecla padrão:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Obras padrão</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Filtros do texto</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Mesa</translation>
</message>
<translation>segmentação dos morfemas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exportar</translation>
</message>
<translation>Erro: Argumento de linha de comando ignorado: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Modelo parão "%1" não encontrado!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Obras padrão são usadas quando nenhuma obra é especificada, por exemplo, quando um link de uma Bíblia ou de um dicionário é clicado.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Bíblia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>A Bíblia Padrão é usada quando um hiperlink dentro da Bíblia é clicada</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Comentário:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>O comentário padrão é usado quando um hiperlink de um comentário é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico normal é usado quando um hiperlink em um léxico é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Devociona diário:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>O devocional padrão será usado para mostrar uma curta inicialização do devocional </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico hebraico Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico hebraico padrão é usado quando um hiperlink em um léxico hebraico é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico grego Strong:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico grego padrão é usado quando um hiperlink em um léxico grego é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico hebraico morfológico:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico padrão morfológico dos textos hebraicos, é usado quando um hiperlink de um tag morfológico de um texto hebraico é clicado</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Léxico morfológico Grego:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>O léxico padrão morfológico dos textos gregos é usado quando um hiperlink de um tag morfológica de um texto grego é clicado</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation>Inserir quebra de linha após cada versículo</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation> Mostrar número dos versículos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation>Mostrar seção de títulos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation>Mostrar referências-cruzadas das escrituras</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation>Mostrar acentos gregos</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation>Mostrar pontos Hebrew da vogal</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation>Mostrar sinais da cantilena hebraica</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation>Mostrar a segmentação dos morfemas</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation>Usar variações textuais</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation>Filtros de controle a aparência do texto. Aqui você pode especificar configurações padrão para todos os filtros. Você pode substituir essas configurações em cada janela de visualização.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation>Progres</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Opreşte</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Opreşte-le pe toate</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Gata!</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation type="unfinished">Ai selectat următoarele module:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Eşti sigur ca vrei sa le ştergi din calculator?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Module standard</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Filtre text</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Birou</translation>
</message>
<translation>Segmentare morfologică</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Exportă</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Afişează versetele pe rânduri noi</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată numerele versetelor</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată titlurile secţiilor</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată trimiterile biblice</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată accentele greceşti</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată vocalizarea ebraică</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată semnele ebraice de intonaţie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Arată segmentarea morfologică</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Foloseşte variantele textuale</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="728"/>
<source>&Save session</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Сохранить &сессию</translation>
+ <translation>Сохранить &сессию</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/bibletime_init.cpp" line="729"/>
<translation>BibleTime - это простой в использовании, но мощный инструмент для изучения Библии.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>Программа BibleTime выпущена по лицензии GPL. Вы можете скачать и использовать программу в личных, общественных или коммерческих целях без ограничений, но должны распространять созданную на ее основе программу только вместе с соответствующим исходным кодом.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Полный текст лицензии приведен ниже.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, Команда BibleTime</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, Команда BibleTime</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>эксперт по функциональности</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>Если кто-то или что-то упущено или вы нашли ошибку, пожалуйста, сообщите на %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime использует Проект SWORD. Проект SWORD это программный продукт Библейского Общества Crosswire. Он предназначен для создания кроссплатформенного набора инструментов с открытым исходным кодом защищенного GNU General Public License, с помощью которого программисты и Библейские общества могут просто и быстро создавать свои программные продукты.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>Проект SWORD: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Версия Qt %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>Больше информации...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>&Лицензия</translation>
</message>
<translation>Следующие люди перевели BibleTime на свой язык:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>Проект &SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>Версия библиотеки SWORD %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>Эта программа использует Qt версии %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt - это кроссплатформенный фреймворк для создания приложений, написанный на языке C++. Он выпущен по лицензии LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontchooserwidget.cpp" line="97"/>
<source>Font name:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Имя шрифта:</translation>
+ <translation>Имя шрифта:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontchooserwidget.cpp" line="98"/>
<source>Font style:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Стиль шрифта:</translation>
+ <translation>Стиль шрифта:</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btfontchooserwidget.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Size:</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Размер:</translation>
+ <translation>Размер:</translation>
</message>
</context>
<context>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="108"/>
<source>%1 KiB</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>%1 КБ</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>0 KiB</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>0 КБ</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp" line="123"/>
<translation>Прогресс</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Остановить</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Остановить Все</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Завершено</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Отменено</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Ожидание...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Подготовка к установке...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Прогресс Установки</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Не Выполнено</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>Порядок &группировки</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>Задать порядок группировки для элементов в этом меню.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>Выберите &книги для удаления:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>&Удалить...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>Удалить</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>Начать удаление %1 книги:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>Начать удаление:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Вы выбрали следующие книги: </translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Вы действительно хотите удалить их из системы?</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Удалить выбранные книги</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Удалить Книги?</translation>
</message>
сочетание</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Сочетание для выбранного действия</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Ничего</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>По-умолчанию</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Особый</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Клавиша по-умолчанию:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Модули по-умолчанию</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Текстовые фильтры</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Профили</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="175"/>
<source><div class="moduleinfo"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p><p>Version: %3</p></div></source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation><div class="moduleinfo"><h3>%1</h3><p>%2</p><p>Версия: %3</p></div></translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/cinfodisplay.cpp" line="195"/>
<translation>Морфологическое деление</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>Ошибка: неправильный аргумент: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>Стандартный шаблон "%1" не найден!</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="138"/>
<source> (<a href='syntax_help'>full syntax</a>)</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation> (<a href='syntax_help'>синтаксис</a>)</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchoptionsarea.cpp" line="139"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="137"/>
<source>Select a scope from the list to edit the searchranges</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Выберите диапазон для редактирования из списка</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="148"/>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Change the search ranges of the selected searchscope item. Have a look at the predefined search scopes to see how search ranges are constructed.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ <translation>Редактировать поисковые диапазоны выборного элемента. Можно посмотреть предустановленные поисковые диапазоны, чтобы понять, как они устроены.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.cpp" line="157"/>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>Стандартные книги используются, когда не указана конкретная книга, к примеру, нажатие на ссылку в Библии или лексиконе.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Библия:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартная Библия используется, когда нажата ссылка на Библию</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Комментарий:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартный комментарий используется, когда нажата ссылка на комментарии</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Лексикон:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартный лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на лексикон</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Наставления:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Используется для короткого наставления при старте программы</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Еврейский лексикон Стронга:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартный лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на Еврейский лексикон</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Греческий лексикон Стронга:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартный лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на Греческий лексикон</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Еврейский морфологический лексикон:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартный морфологический лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на морфологический тэг в Еврейском тексте</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Греческий морфологический лексикон:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Стандартный морфологический лексикон используется, когда нажата ссылка на морфологический тэг в Греческом тексте</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Вставлять перенос строки после каждого стиха</translation>
+ <translation>Вставлять перенос строки после каждого стиха</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показывать номера стихов</translation>
+ <translation>Показывать номера стихов</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показывать подзаголовки</translation>
+ <translation>Показывать подзаголовки</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показать перекрёстные ссылки Писания</translation>
+ <translation>Показать перекрёстные ссылки Писания</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показывать греческие ударения</translation>
+ <translation>Показывать греческие ударения</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показывать точки еврейских гласных</translation>
+ <translation>Показывать точки еврейских гласных</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показывать знаки еврейской кантиляции</translation>
+ <translation>Показывать знаки еврейской кантиляции</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Показывать морфологическое деление</translation>
+ <translation>Показывать морфологическое деление</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Использовать текстуальные варианты</translation>
+ <translation>Использовать текстовые варианты</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
- <translation type="unfinished">Фильтры влияют на представление текста. Здесь вы можете указать настройки по-умолчанию для фильтров. Вы можете отдельно указать эти настройки для каждого окна.</translation>
+ <translation>Фильтры влияют на представление текста. Здесь вы можете указать настройки по-умолчанию для фильтров. Вы можете отдельно указать эти настройки для каждого окна.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime sa ľahko používa, ale je mocný nástroj na štúdium Biblie.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>Nižšie je možné dokončiť právne obmedzenia.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation>Nasledujúci ľudia preložili BibleTime do svojho jazyka:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>Verzia %1 knižnice SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Tento program pouzíva Qt verziu %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">QT je multiplatformová aplikácia a UI rámec, vytvorený v jazyku C++. Qt bolo vydané pod licenciou LGPL.</translation>
</message>
<translation>Postup</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>Zastaviť</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>Zastaviť všetko</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>Ukončené</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>Zrušené</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>Čakanie...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>Príprava inštalácie...</translation>
</message>
<translation>Postup inštalácie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>Zlyhanie</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Odstrániť inštalované diela. Vyberte dielo a kliknite na tlačidlo Odstrániť.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>Vybrali ste nasledovné dielo/diela:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>Skutočne ich chcete odstrániť z vášho systému?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">Odstrániť...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>Odstrániť označené diela</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>Odstrániť diela?</translation>
</message>
skratka</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>Klávesová skratka pre označenú akciu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>Žiadna</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>Štandardná</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>Vlastná</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>Štandardný kláves:</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>Štandardné diela</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>Textové filtre</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>Plocha</translation>
</message>
<translation>Morfologické delenie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation>Export</translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>Biblia:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardná Biblia sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do Biblie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>Komentár:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardný komentár sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do komentára</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexikón:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardný lexikón sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do lexikónu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>Denné zamyslenie:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>Štandardné denné zamyslenie sa použije na zobrazenie krátkeho zamyslenie pri spustení</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexikón hebrejských strongových čísel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardný hebrejský lexikón sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do hebrejského lexikónu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>Lexikón gréckych strongových čísel:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardný grécky lexikón sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz do gréckeho lexikónu</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Hebrejský morfologický lexikón:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardný morfologický lexikón pre hebrejský text sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz morfologickej značky v hebrejskom texte</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>Grécky morfologický lexikón:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>Štandardný morfologický lexikón pre grécky text sa použije, keď sa klikne na hyperodkaz morfologickej značky v gréckom texte</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Vložiť ukončenie riadku po každom verši</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť čísla veršov</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť nadpisy oddielov</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť krížové odkazy Biblie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť grécke akcenty</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť body hebrejských hlások</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť hebrejské liturgické znaky</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Zobraziť morfologické delenie</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Použiť textové varianty</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">Filtre ovládajú vzhľad textu. Tu môžete určiť štandardné nastavenia pre všetky filtre. Môžete prepísať tieto nastavenia v každom okne zobrazenia.</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>标准著作</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>文本过滤器</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation type="unfinished">桌面</translation>
</message>
<translation>构词学分割</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished"></translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">每节後插入换行符</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示节数</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示标题</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示参照经文</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示希腊文变音符号</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示希伯来文元音符号</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示希伯来文咏诵标记</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">显示构词学分割</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">使用文字变体</translation>
</message>
<message>
<source></source>
<translatorcomment>Bibletime User Interface translation
-Copyright (C) 2010 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
+Copyright (C) 2012 The Bibletime Team, http://www.bibletime.info
This file is distributed under the same license as the Bibetime package.</translatorcomment>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>BibleTime 是個好上手又好用的聖經研讀工具.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="269"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="271"/>
<source>BibleTime is released under the GPL license. You can download and use the program for personal, private, public or commercial purposes without restrictions, but can give away or distribute the program only if you also distribute the corresponding source code.</source>
<translation>BibleTime 採用GPL 授權釋出. 你可以無限制的下載並使用該程式供個人個人,私人,大眾,或商業用途使用.但只有當你願意公開發對應的原始碼方可發布或傳送該程式.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="275"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="277"/>
<source>The complete legally binding license is below.</source>
<translation>完整合法榜定授權如下.</translation>
</message>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
- <source>(c)1999-2011, The BibleTime Team</source>
- <translation>(c)1999-2011, BibleTime 團隊</translation>
+ <source>(c)1999-2013, The BibleTime Team</source>
+ <translation>(c)1999-2013, BibleTime 團隊</translation>
</message>
<message>
<location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="140"/>
<translation>可用性專家</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="218"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>Some names may be missing, please email %1 if you notice errors or omissions.</source>
<translation>有些名字可能消失了, 請寄電子郵件給給 %1 如果你發現任何錯誤或闕漏.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="237"/>
<source>BibleTime makes use of the SWORD Project. The SWORD Project is the CrossWire Bible Society's free Bible software project. Its purpose is to create cross-platform open-source tools &mdash; covered by the GNU General Public License &mdash; that allow programmers and Bible societies to write new Bible software more quickly and easily.</source>
<translation>BibleTime 使用SWORD 專案. SWORD 專案是CrossWire Bible Society的 免費聖經軟體專案. 它的目標是要建立跨平台的開放原始碼工具 &mdash; 以GNU General Public License授權釋出 &mdash; 允許程式設計師和聖經族群能更快也更輕易的撰寫新的聖經軟體.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="243"/>
<source>The SWORD Project: </source>
<translation>The SWORD 專案:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="251"/>
<source>&Qt</source>
<translation>&Qt</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
<source>Qt toolkit version %1</source>
<translation>Qt 工具組版本 %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="260"/>
<source>More info...</source>
<translation>更多資訊...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="263"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="265"/>
<source>&License</source>
<translation>授權&L</translation>
</message>
<translation>以下人員將BibleTime翻譯成他們的語言:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="229"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="231"/>
<source>&SWORD</source>
<translation>&SWORD</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="233"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="235"/>
<source>SWORD library version %1</source>
<translation>SWORD 程式庫版本 %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="254"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
<source>This program uses Qt version %1.</source>
<translation>這個程式使用Qt 版本 %1.</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btaboutdialog.cpp" line="258"/>
<source>Qt is a cross-platform application and UI framework, created with C++ language. It has been released under the LGPL license.</source>
<translation>Qt 是一個跨平台程式與介面架構, 以C++ 建立. 採用LGPL 授權釋出.</translation>
</message>
<translation>進度</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="56"/>
<source>Stop</source>
<translation>停止</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="75"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="80"/>
<source>Stop All</source>
<translation>全部停止</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="128"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="133"/>
<source>Completed</source>
<translation>完成</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="134"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="139"/>
<source>Cancelled</source>
<translation>已經取消</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="61"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="66"/>
<source>Waiting for turn...</source>
<translation>等著...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="200"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="205"/>
<source>Preparing install...</source>
<translation>正在準備安裝...</translation>
</message>
<translation>安裝進度</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="125"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/installpage/btinstallprogressdialog.cpp" line="130"/>
<source>Failed</source>
<translation>失敗</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtOpenWorkActionMenu</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="51"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="45"/>
<source>&Grouping order</source>
<translation>群組次序&G</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="52"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/btopenworkaction.cpp" line="46"/>
<source>Sets the grouping order for the items in this menu.</source>
<translation>設定選單中的項目次序.</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>BtRemovePage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="95"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
<source>Remove</source>
<translation>移除</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">移除已安裝書目. 選擇書目並點選移除按鈕..</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="97"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="101"/>
<source>Select &works to uninstall:</source>
<translation>選取要移除的書目&w:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="99"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="103"/>
<source>&Remove...</source>
<translation>移除&R...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="108"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="112"/>
<source>Start removal of %1 works:</source>
<translation>開始移除%1的書目:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="111"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="115"/>
<source>Start removal:</source>
<translation>開始移除:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="142"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
<source>You selected the following work(s): </source>
<translation>你選擇了以下書目:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="146"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="150"/>
<source>Do you really want to remove them from your system?</source>
<translation>你真的要從你的系統中移除他們?</translation>
</message>
<translation type="obsolete">移除...</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="100"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="104"/>
<source>Remove the selected works</source>
<translation>移除選定的書目</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="148"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/removepage/btremovepage.cpp" line="152"/>
<source>Remove Works?</source>
<translation>移除書目?</translation>
</message>
捷徑</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="253"/>
<source>Shortcut for selected action name</source>
<translation>選定動作名稱的捷徑</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="259"/>
<source>None</source>
<translation>無</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="260"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="264"/>
<source>Default</source>
<translation>預設</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="265"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="269"/>
<source>Custom</source>
<translation>自訂</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="280"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/btshortcutseditor.cpp" line="284"/>
<source>Default key:</source>
<translation>預設按鍵::</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>CSwordSettingsPage</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="388"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="329"/>
<source>Standard works</source>
<translation>標準著作</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="389"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="330"/>
<source>Text filters</source>
<translation>文字過濾器</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="386"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="327"/>
<source>Desk</source>
<translation>桌面</translation>
</message>
<translation>構詞學分割</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/rendering/chtmlexportrendering.cpp" line="240"/>
<source>Export</source>
<translation></translation>
</message>
<translation>錯誤: 無效的命令列參數: %1</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="54"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="48"/>
+ <source>CSS base template not found!</source>
+ <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
+ </message>
+ <message>
+ <location filename="../../src/backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.cpp" line="65"/>
<source>Default template "%1" not found!</source>
<translation>預設模板 "%1" 沒有找到!</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>StandardWorksTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="234"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="204"/>
<source>Standard works are used when no particular work is specified, for example when a hyperlink into a Bible or lexicon was clicked.</source>
<translation>沒有選定特定書目時將顯示標準書目，例如連結到聖經或辭典的超連結被點選時。</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="237"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="207"/>
<source>Bible:</source>
<translation>聖經:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="238"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="208"/>
<source>The standard Bible is used when a hyperlink into a Bible is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示標準聖經，當點選連結到聖經的超連結時</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="240"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="210"/>
<source>Commentary:</source>
<translation>評論:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="241"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="211"/>
<source>The standard commentary is used when a hyperlink into a commentary is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示標準評論，當點選連結到評論的超連結時</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="243"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="213"/>
<source>Lexicon:</source>
<translation>詞彙:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="244"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="214"/>
<source>The standard lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示標準辭典，當點選連結到辭典的超連結時</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="246"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="216"/>
<source>Daily devotional:</source>
<translation>每日靈修:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="247"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="217"/>
<source>The standard devotional will be used to display a short start up devotional</source>
<translation>標準靈修將用來作為啟動顯示的簡短靈修內容</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="249"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="219"/>
<source>Hebrew Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>希伯來文的強調詞彙:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="250"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="220"/>
<source>The standard Hebrew lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Hebrew lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示標準希伯來文辭典，當點選連結到希伯來文辭典的超連結時</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="252"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="222"/>
<source>Greek Strong's lexicon:</source>
<translation>希臘文的強調詞彙:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="253"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="223"/>
<source>The standard Greek lexicon is used when a hyperlink into a Greek lexicon is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示希臘文字典，當點選連結到希臘文字典的超連結時</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="255"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="225"/>
<source>Hebrew morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>希伯來文構詞字彙:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="256"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="226"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Hebrew texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Hebrew text is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示希臘文字的標準構詞字典，當希臘文文本中的構詞學標籤超連結被點選時</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="258"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="228"/>
<source>Greek morphological lexicon:</source>
<translation>希臘文構詞學詞彙:</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="259"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="229"/>
<source>The standard morphological lexicon for Greek texts is used when a hyperlink of a morphological tag in a Greek text is clicked</source>
<translation>將顯示希臘文文本的標準構詞學詞彙，當希臘文文本中的構詞學標籤超連結被點選</translation>
</message>
<context>
<name>TextFiltersTab</name>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="351"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="291"/>
<source>Insert line break after each verse</source>
<translation type="unfinished">每節後插入換行符</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="352"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="292"/>
<source>Show verse numbers</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示節數</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="353"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="293"/>
<source>Show section headings</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示標題</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="354"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="294"/>
<source>Show scripture cross-references</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示參照經文</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="355"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="295"/>
<source>Show Greek accents</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示希臘文變音符號</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="356"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="296"/>
<source>Show Hebrew vowel points</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示希伯來文元音符號</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="357"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="297"/>
<source>Show Hebrew cantillation marks</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示希伯來文詠誦標記</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="358"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="298"/>
<source>Show morph segmentation</source>
<translation type="unfinished">顯示構詞學分割</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="359"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="299"/>
<source>Use textual variants</source>
<translation type="unfinished">使用文字變體</translation>
</message>
<message>
- <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="347"/>
+ <location filename="../../src/frontend/settingsdialogs/cswordsettings.cpp" line="287"/>
<source>Filters control the appearance of text. Here you can specify default settings for all filters. You can override these settings in each display window.</source>
<translation type="unfinished">過濾器控制文本的呈現. 這裡你能夠調整所有過濾器的預設值. 你可以在個別顯示視窗中另行調整這些設定.</translation>
</message>
void BtBookshelfTreeModel::addModule(CSwordModuleInfo *module, bool checked) {
if (m_modules.contains(module)) return;
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
+ beginResetModel();
+#endif
Grouping g(m_groupingOrder);
addModule(module, QModelIndex(), g, checked);
new modules. As a side effect, all attached views will also reset
themselves.
*/
+
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040600
+ endResetModel();
+#else
reset();
+#endif
}
void BtBookshelfTreeModel::addModule(CSwordModuleInfo *module,
module()->setPosition(sword::TOP); // back to the first entry
module()->setSkipConsecutiveLinks(false);
- if (m_entries.count()) {
- m_entries.first().simplified();
-
- if (m_entries.first().trimmed().isEmpty()) {
- m_entries.erase( m_entries.begin() );
- }
- }
+ if (!m_entries.empty() && m_entries.front().simplified().isEmpty())
+ m_entries.pop_front();
qDebug() << "Writing cache file for lexicon module" << name();
}
//then check if the index is there
- return lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toAscii().constData());
+ return lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toLatin1().constData());
}
bool CSwordModuleInfo::buildIndex() {
dir.mkpath( getModuleBaseIndexLocation() );
dir.mkpath( getModuleStandardIndexLocation() );
- if (lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(index.toAscii().constData())) {
- if (lucene::index::IndexReader::isLocked(index.toAscii().constData()) ) {
- lucene::index::IndexReader::unlock(index.toAscii().constData());
+ if (lucene::index::IndexReader::indexExists(index.toLatin1().constData())) {
+ if (lucene::index::IndexReader::isLocked(index.toLatin1().constData()) ) {
+ lucene::index::IndexReader::unlock(index.toLatin1().constData());
}
}
- QSharedPointer<lucene::index::IndexWriter> writer( new lucene::index::IndexWriter(index.toAscii().constData(), &an, true) ); //always create a new index
+ QSharedPointer<lucene::index::IndexWriter> writer( new lucene::index::IndexWriter(index.toLatin1().constData(), &an, true) ); //always create a new index
writer->setMaxFieldLength(BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH);
writer->setUseCompoundFile(true); //merge segments into a single file
// do not use any stop words
const TCHAR* stop_words[] = { NULL };
lucene::analysis::standard::StandardAnalyzer analyzer( stop_words );
- lucene::search::IndexSearcher searcher(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toAscii().constData());
+ lucene::search::IndexSearcher searcher(getModuleStandardIndexLocation().toLatin1().constData());
lucene_utf8towcs(wcharBuffer, searchedText.toUtf8().constData(), BT_MAX_LUCENE_FIELD_LENGTH);
QSharedPointer<lucene::search::Query> q( lucene::queryParser::QueryParser::parse((const TCHAR*)wcharBuffer, (const TCHAR*)_T("content"), &analyzer) );
#include "backend/managers/cdisplaytemplatemgr.h"
-#include <QDebug>
#include <QFile>
#include <QFileInfo>
#include <QStringList>
#include "util/directory.h"
-CDisplayTemplateMgr *CDisplayTemplateMgr::m_instance = 0;
+#define CSSTEMPLATEBASE "Basic.tmpl"
-CDisplayTemplateMgr::CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString &errorMessage) {
- Q_ASSERT(m_instance == 0);
+CDisplayTemplateMgr * CDisplayTemplateMgr::m_instance = 0;
+CDisplayTemplateMgr::CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString & errorMessage) {
+ Q_ASSERT(m_instance == 0);
m_instance = this;
- namespace DU = util::directory;
- QStringList filter("*.tmpl");
- QStringList cssfilter("*.css");
-
- // Preload global display templates from disk:
- QDir td = DU::getDisplayTemplatesDir();
- Q_FOREACH(const QString &file, td.entryList(filter, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable))
- loadTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
-
- // Load app stylesheets
- Q_FOREACH(const QString &file, td.entryList(cssfilter, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable))
- loadCSSTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
-
- /*
- Preload user display templates from disk, overriding any global templates
- with the same file name:
- */
- QDir utd = DU::getUserDisplayTemplatesDir();
- Q_FOREACH(const QString &file, utd.entryList(filter, QDir::Files | QDir::Readable))
- loadTemplate(utd.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
-
- if (m_cssMap.contains(defaultTemplateName())) {
- errorMessage = QString::null;
- } else {
+ {
+ namespace DU = util::directory;
+ const QDir::Filters readableFileFilter(QDir::Files | QDir::Readable);
+ const QDir & td = DU::getDisplayTemplatesDir(); // Global template directory
+ const QDir & utd = DU::getUserDisplayTemplatesDir(); // User template directory
+
+ // Load regular templates:
+ {
+ const QStringList filter("*.tmpl");
+ // Preload global display templates from disk:
+ Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, td.entryList(filter, readableFileFilter))
+ loadTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
+ // Preload user display templates from disk:
+ Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, utd.entryList(filter, readableFileFilter))
+ loadTemplate(utd.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
+ }
+
+ if (!m_templateMap.contains(CSSTEMPLATEBASE)) {
+ errorMessage = QObject::tr("CSS base template not found!");
+ return;
+ }
+
+ // Load CSS templates:
+ {
+ const QStringList cssfilter("*.css");
+ // Load global app stylesheets
+ Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, td.entryList(cssfilter, readableFileFilter))
+ loadCSSTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
+ // Load user app stylesheets
+ Q_FOREACH(const QString & file, utd.entryList(cssfilter, readableFileFilter))
+ loadCSSTemplate(td.canonicalPath() + "/" + file);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!m_cssMap.contains(defaultTemplateName())) {
errorMessage = QObject::tr("Default template \"%1\" not found!")
.arg(defaultTemplateName());
+ return;
}
+
+ // Create template names cache:
+ m_availableTemplateNamesCache = m_templateMap.keys();
+ const bool b = m_availableTemplateNamesCache.removeOne(CSSTEMPLATEBASE);
+ Q_ASSERT(b);
+ m_availableTemplateNamesCache.append(m_cssMap.keys());
+ qSort(m_availableTemplateNamesCache);
+
+ errorMessage = QString::null;
}
-QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::fillTemplate(const QString &name,
- const QString &content,
- const Settings &settings)
+QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::fillTemplate(const QString & name,
+ const QString & content,
+ const Settings & settings) const
{
- const QString templateName = m_cssMap.contains(name) ? name : defaultTemplateName();
+ Q_ASSERT(name != CSSTEMPLATEBASE);
+ Q_ASSERT(name.endsWith(".css") || name.endsWith(".tmpl"));
+ Q_ASSERT(!name.endsWith(".css") || m_cssMap.contains(name));
+ Q_ASSERT(!name.endsWith(".tmpl") || m_templateMap.contains(name));
+ const bool templateIsCss = name.endsWith(".css");
QString displayTypeString;
QString moduleName;
if (moduleCount >= 2) {
//create header for the modules
- qDebug() << "There were more than 1 module, create headers";
+ // qDebug() << "There were more than 1 module, create headers";
QString header;
- Q_FOREACH(const CSwordModuleInfo *mi, settings.modules) {
+ Q_FOREACH(const CSwordModuleInfo * mi, settings.modules) {
header.append("<th style=\"width:")
.append(QString::number(int( 100.0 / (float)moduleCount )))
.append("%;\">")
}
QString langCSS;
- CLanguageMgr::LangMap langMap = CLanguageMgr::instance()->availableLanguages();
-
- foreach(const CLanguageMgr::Language* lang, langMap) {
- //const CLanguageMgr::Language* lang = *it;
-
- //if (lang->isValid() && CBTConfig::get(lang).first) {
- if (!lang->abbrev().isEmpty() && CBTConfig::get(lang).first) {
- const QFont f = CBTConfig::get(lang).second;
-
- //don't use important, because it would reset the title formatting, etc. to the setup font
- QString css("{ ");
- css.append("font-family:").append(f.family())/*.append(" !important")*/;
- css.append("; font-size:").append(QString::number(f.pointSize())).append("pt /*!important*/");
- css.append("; font-weight:").append(f.bold() ? "bold" : "normal /*!important*/");
- css.append("; font-style:").append(f.italic() ? "italic" : "normal /*!important*/");
- css.append("; }\n");
-
- langCSS +=
- QString("\n*[lang=%1] %2")
- .arg(lang->abbrev())
- .arg(css);
+ {
+ /*
+ At first append the font standard settings for all languages without
+ configured font. Create a dummy language (the langmap may be empty).
+ */
+ const CLanguageMgr::Language lang(QString("en"), QString("English"), QString::null);
+ const QFont f = CBTConfig::getDefault(&lang);
+ langCSS.append("#content{font-family:").append(f.family())
+ .append(";font-size:").append(QString::number(f.pointSizeF(), 'f'))
+ .append("pt;font-weight:").append(f.bold() ? "bold" : "normal")
+ .append(";font-style:").append(f.italic() ? "italic" : "normal")
+ .append('}');
+ }
+ {
+ const CLanguageMgr::LangMap & langMap = CLanguageMgr::instance()->availableLanguages();
+ Q_FOREACH (const CLanguageMgr::Language * lang, langMap) {
+ if (!lang->abbrev().isEmpty() && CBTConfig::get(lang).first) {
+ const QFont f = CBTConfig::get(lang).second;
+
+ langCSS.append("*[lang=").append(lang->abbrev()).append("]{")
+ .append("font-family:").append(f.family())
+ .append(";font-size:").append(QString::number(f.pointSizeF(), 'f'))
+ .append("pt;font-weight:").append(f.bold() ? "bold" : "normal")
+ .append(";font-style:").append(f.italic() ? "italic" : "normal")
+ .append('}');
+ }
}
}
- //at first append the font standard settings for all languages without configured font
- // Create a dummy language (the langmap may be empty)
- CLanguageMgr::Language lang_v(QString("en"), QString("English"), QString::null);
- CLanguageMgr::Language* lang = &lang_v;
-
- if (lang && !lang->abbrev().isEmpty()/*&& lang->isValid()*/) {
- const QFont standardFont = CBTConfig::getDefault(lang); //we just need a dummy lang param
- langCSS.prepend(
- QString("\n#content {font-family:%1; font-size:%2pt; font-weight:%3; font-style: %4;}\n")
- .arg(standardFont.family())
- .arg(standardFont.pointSize())
- .arg(standardFont.bold() ? "bold" : "normal")
- .arg(standardFont.italic() ? "italic" : "normal")
- );
- }
-
- // Template stylesheet
-
-
-// qWarning("Outputing unformated text");
- const QString t = QString(m_templateMap[ "Basic.tmpl" ]) //don't change the map's content directly, use a copy
- .replace("#TITLE#", settings.title)
- .replace("#LANG_ABBREV#", settings.langAbbrev.isEmpty() ? QString("en") : settings.langAbbrev)
- .replace("#DISPLAYTYPE#", displayTypeString)
- .replace("#LANG_CSS#", langCSS)
- .replace("#PAGE_DIRECTION#", settings.pageDirection)
- .replace("#CONTENT#", newContent)
- .replace("#THEME_STYLE#", m_cssMap[ templateName ])
- .replace("#MODTYPE#", displayTypeString)
- .replace("#MODNAME#", moduleName)
- .replace("#MODULE_STYLESHEET#", QString("")); // Let's fix this!
-
- return t;
+ namespace DU = util::directory;
+ QString output(m_templateMap[templateIsCss
+ ? QString(CSSTEMPLATEBASE)
+ : name]); // don't change the map's content directly, use a copy
+ output.replace("#TITLE#", settings.title)
+ .replace("#LANG_ABBREV#", settings.langAbbrev)
+ .replace("#DISPLAYTYPE#", displayTypeString)
+ .replace("#LANG_CSS#", langCSS)
+ .replace("#PAGE_DIRECTION#", settings.textDirectionAsHtmlDirAttr())
+ .replace("#CONTENT#", newContent)
+ .replace("#MODTYPE#", displayTypeString)
+ .replace("#MODNAME#", moduleName)
+ .replace("#DISPLAY_TEMPLATES_PATH#", DU::getDisplayTemplatesDir().absolutePath());
+
+ if (templateIsCss)
+ output.replace("#THEME_STYLE#", m_cssMap[name]);
+
+ return output;
}
QString CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName() {
return tn;
}
-void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadTemplate(const QString &filename) {
+void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadTemplate(const QString & filename) {
+ Q_ASSERT(filename.endsWith(".tmpl"));
+ Q_ASSERT(QFileInfo(filename).isFile());
QFile f(filename);
if (f.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) {
- QString fileContent = QTextStream(&f).readAll();
-
- if (!fileContent.isEmpty()) {
- m_templateMap[QFileInfo(f).fileName()] = fileContent;
- }
+ const QString fileContent(QTextStream(&f).readAll());
+ if (!fileContent.isEmpty())
+ m_templateMap.insert(QFileInfo(f).fileName(), fileContent);
}
}
-void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadCSSTemplate(const QString &filename) {
- QFile f(filename);
- m_cssMap[QFileInfo(f).fileName()] = QString("file://") + filename;
+void CDisplayTemplateMgr::loadCSSTemplate(const QString & filename) {
+ Q_ASSERT(filename.endsWith(".css"));
+ const QFileInfo fi(filename);
+ Q_ASSERT(fi.isFile());
+ if (fi.isReadable())
+ m_cssMap.insert(fi.fileName(), fi.absoluteFilePath());
}
#ifndef CDISPLAYTEMPLATEMGR_H
#define CDISPLAYTEMPLATEMGR_H
-#include <QMap>
-#include <QString>
+#include <QHash>
#include <QStringList>
+#include "../drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.h"
-class CSwordModuleInfo;
-
/**
Manages the display templates used in the filters and display classes.
\note This is a singleton.
*/
struct Settings {
- inline Settings() : pageDirection("ltr") {}
+ inline Settings()
+ : langAbbrev("en")
+ , textDirection(CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight) {}
+
+ inline const char * textDirectionAsHtmlDirAttr() const {
+ return textDirection == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight ? "ltr" : "rtl";
+ }
/** The list of modules */
- QList<const CSwordModuleInfo*> modules;
+ QList<const CSwordModuleInfo *> modules;
/** The title which is used for the new processed HTML page */
QString title;
/** The language for the HTML page. */
QString langAbbrev;
- /** The language direction for the HTML page. */
- QString pageDirection;
-
/** The CSS ID which is used in the content part of the page */
QString pageCSS_ID;
+ /** The language direction for the HTML page. */
+ CSwordModuleInfo::TextDirection textDirection;
+
};
public: /* Methods: */
\param[out] errorMessage Set to error string on error, otherwise set
to QString::null.
*/
- explicit CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString &errorMessage);
+ explicit CDisplayTemplateMgr(QString & errorMessage);
/**
\returns the list of available templates.
*/
- inline const QStringList availableTemplates() const {
- return m_cssMap.keys();
+ inline const QStringList & availableTemplates() const {
+ return m_availableTemplateNamesCache;
}
/**
\returns The full HTML template HTML code including the CSS data.
*/
- QString fillTemplate(const QString &name, const QString &content,
- const Settings &settings);
+ QString fillTemplate(const QString & name,
+ const QString & content,
+ const Settings & settings) const;
/**
\returns the name of the default template.
/**
\returns The singleton instance of the instance of this class.
*/
- static inline CDisplayTemplateMgr *instance() {
+ static inline CDisplayTemplateMgr * instance() {
Q_ASSERT(m_instance != 0);
return m_instance;
}
private: /* Methods: */
/** Preloads a single template from disk: */
- void loadTemplate(const QString &filename);
- void loadCSSTemplate(const QString &filename);
+ void loadTemplate(const QString & filename);
+ void loadCSSTemplate(const QString & filename);
private: /* Fields: */
- QMap<QString, QString> m_templateMap;
- QMap<QString, QString> m_cssMap;
- static CDisplayTemplateMgr *m_instance;
+ QHash<QString, QString> m_templateMap;
+ QHash<QString, QString> m_cssMap;
+ static CDisplayTemplateMgr * m_instance;
+ QStringList m_availableTemplateNamesCache;
};
CDisplayTemplateMgr::Settings settings;
settings.modules = modules;
- settings.langAbbrev = ((modules.count() == 1) && lang->isValid()) ? lang->abbrev() : QString::null;
+ if (modules.count() == 1 && lang->isValid())
+ settings.langAbbrev = lang->abbrev();
if (modules.count() == 1)
- settings.pageDirection = (modules.first()->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight) ? "ltr" : "rtl";
- else
- settings.pageDirection = QString::null;
+ settings.textDirection = modules.first()->textDirection();
return tMgr->fillTemplate(CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName(), text, settings);
}
const CSwordModuleInfo * const firstModule = settings.modules.first();
const CLanguageMgr::Language * const lang = firstModule->language();
settings.langAbbrev = lang->isValid() ? lang->abbrev() : "unknown";
- if (firstModule->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::RightToLeft) {
- settings.pageDirection = "rtl";
- }
+ settings.textDirection = firstModule->textDirection();
} else {
settings.langAbbrev = "unknown";
- settings.pageDirection = QString::null;
}
return CDTM::instance()->fillTemplate(QObject::tr("Export"), text, settings);
public: /* Methods: */
+ virtual inline ~CTextRendering() {}
+
const QString renderKeyTree(const KeyTree &tree);
const QString renderKeyRange(
/** Creates a new presenter in the MDI area according to the type of the module. */
CDisplayWindow* BibleTime::createReadDisplayWindow(QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules, const QString& key) {
qApp->setOverrideCursor( QCursor(Qt::WaitCursor) );
- qDebug() << "BibleTime::createReadDisplayWindow(QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules, const QString& key)";
+ // qDebug() << "BibleTime::createReadDisplayWindow(QList<CSwordModuleInfo*> modules, const QString& key)";
CDisplayWindow* displayWindow = CDisplayWindowFactory::createReadInstance(modules, m_mdi);
if ( displayWindow ) {
displayWindow->init();
<meta name="GENERATOR" content="BibleTime - www.bibletime.info" />
<meta name="AUTHOR" content="BibleTime - www.bibletime.info" />
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" />
- <!-- Link to the application default stylesheet -->
- <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="#THEME_STYLE#" />
- <!-- Link to module stylesheet, if applicable -->
- #MODULE_STYLESHEET#
-
<style type="text/css">
/* <![CDATA[ */
#LANG_CSS#
/* ]]> */
</style>
+
+ <!-- Link to the application default stylesheet -->
+ <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="file://#THEME_STYLE#" />
+ <!-- Link to module stylesheet, if applicable -->
+
</head>
<body id="#DISPLAYTYPE#" class="#MODTYPE# #MODTYPE#_#MODNAME#">
newFolder->setText(0, element.attribute("caption"));
}
QDomNodeList childList = element.childNodes();
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000
for (unsigned int i = 0; i < childList.length(); i++) {
+#else
+ for (int i = 0; i < childList.length(); i++) {
+#endif
QDomElement newElement = childList.at(i).toElement();
QTreeWidgetItem* newChildItem = handleXmlElement(newElement, newFolder);
newFolder->addChild(newChildItem);
m_statusWidget->setRootIsDecorated(false);
m_statusWidget->setHeaderLabels(QStringList(tr("Work")) << tr("Progress") << QString::null);
m_statusWidget->header()->setStretchLastSection(false);
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000
m_statusWidget->header()->setResizeMode(1, QHeaderView::Stretch);
m_statusWidget->header()->setMovable(false);
+#else
+ m_statusWidget->header()->setSectionResizeMode(1, QHeaderView::Stretch);
+ m_statusWidget->header()->setSectionsMovable(false);
+#endif
//m_statusWidget->setColumnWidth(1, util::tool::mWidth(m_statusWidget, 2));
Q_FOREACH(const CSwordModuleInfo *module, modules) {
m_bookshelfWidget->showHideAction()->setVisible(false);
m_bookshelfWidget->showHideButton()->hide();
m_bookshelfWidget->treeView()->header()->show();
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000
m_bookshelfWidget->treeView()->header()->setResizeMode(QHeaderView::ResizeToContents);
+#else
+ m_bookshelfWidget->treeView()->header()->setSectionResizeMode(QHeaderView::ResizeToContents);
+#endif
wLayout->addWidget(m_bookshelfWidget);
m_uninstallGroupBox = new QGroupBox(this);
"<li>Vlad Savitsky</li>"
"<li>Henrik Sonesson</li>"
"<li>Johan van der Lingen</li>"
+ "<li>Konstantin Maslyuk</li>"
"<li>Jean Van Schaftingen</li>"
"<li>Roland Teschner</li>"
"<li>Giovanni Tedaldi</li>"
{
connect(this, SIGNAL(aboutToShow()),
this, SLOT(slotAboutToShow()));
- connect(this, SIGNAL(aboutToHide()),
- this, SLOT(slotAboutToHide()));
connect(this, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)),
this, SLOT(slotActionTriggered(QAction*)));
}
QAction *childAction = new QAction(parentMenu);
// Set text:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(displayData)) {
+ if (displayData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childAction->setText(displayData.toString());
}
// Set icon:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QIcon>(iconData)) {
+ if (iconData.canConvert(QVariant::Icon)) {
childAction->setIcon(iconData.value<QIcon>());
}
// Set tooltip:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(toolTipData)) {
+ if (toolTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childAction->setToolTip(toolTipData.toString());
}
// Set status tip:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(statusTipData)) {
+ if (statusTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childAction->setStatusTip(statusTipData.toString());
}
// Set whatsthis:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(whatsThisData)) {
+ if (whatsThisData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childAction->setWhatsThis(whatsThisData.toString());
}
QMenu *childMenu = new QMenu(parentMenu);
// Set text:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(displayData)) {
+ if (displayData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childMenu->setTitle(displayData.toString());
}
// Set icon:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QIcon>(iconData)) {
+ if (iconData.canConvert(QVariant::Icon)) {
childMenu->setIcon(iconData.value<QIcon>());
}
// Set tooltip:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(toolTipData)) {
+ if (toolTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childMenu->setToolTip(toolTipData.toString());
}
// Set status tip:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(statusTipData)) {
+ if (statusTipData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childMenu->setStatusTip(statusTipData.toString());
}
// Set whatsthis:
- if (qVariantCanConvert<QString>(whatsThisData)) {
+ if (whatsThisData.canConvert(QVariant::String)) {
childMenu->setWhatsThis(whatsThisData.toString());
}
QMenu *childMenu = newMenu(parentMenu, childIndex);
if (childMenu != 0) {
- // Add to menu:
+ // Add the child menu and populate it:
parentMenu->addMenu(childMenu);
-
- // Populate the menu if not prohibited:
- QVariant populate(childMenu->property("BtMenuView_NoPopulate"));
- if (!populate.isValid() || populate.toBool()) {
- buildMenu(childMenu, childIndex);
- }
+ buildMenu(childMenu, childIndex);
}
} else {
QAction *childAction = newAction(parentMenu, childIndex);
}
void BtMenuView::slotAboutToShow() {
+ // The signal "aboutToHide" comes before the signal "triggered" and
+ // leads to executing a deleted action and a crash. It is much safer
+ // to remove the menus here.
+ removeMenus();
delete m_actions;
m_actions = 0;
m_indexMap.clear();
postBuildMenu();
}
-void BtMenuView::slotAboutToHide() {
+void BtMenuView::removeMenus() {
+ // QMenu::clear() is documented only to delete direct child actions:
clear();
+
+ // Delete submenus also:
+ Q_FOREACH (QObject * const child, children())
+ delete qobject_cast<QMenu *>(child);
}
void BtMenuView::slotActionTriggered(QAction *action) {
private:
void buildMenu(QMenu *parentMenu, const QModelIndex &parentIndex);
+ void removeMenus();
private slots:
void slotAboutToShow();
- void slotAboutToHide();
void slotActionTriggered(QAction *action);
protected:
m_postFilterModel->setSourceModel(m_treeModel);
setModel(m_postFilterModel);
- m_groupingMenu = new BtBookshelfGroupingMenu(false, this);
-
connect(this, SIGNAL(triggered(QModelIndex)),
this, SLOT(slotIndexTriggered(QModelIndex)));
- connect(m_groupingMenu, SIGNAL(signalGroupingOrderChanged(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping)),
- this, SLOT(slotGroupingActionTriggered(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping)));
-
- retranslateUi();
}
BtOpenWorkActionMenu::~BtOpenWorkActionMenu() {
void BtOpenWorkActionMenu::postBuildMenu() {
addSeparator();
+ m_groupingMenu = new BtBookshelfGroupingMenu(false, this);
+
+ connect(m_groupingMenu, SIGNAL(signalGroupingOrderChanged(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping)),
+ this, SLOT(slotGroupingActionTriggered(BtBookshelfTreeModel::Grouping)));
+
+ retranslateUi();
addMenu(m_groupingMenu);
}
QObject* parent = tab->parent();
if (parent == this) {
tab->setTabsClosable(true);
+// As of version 4.8, Qt does the close for us.
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x040800
disconnect(tab, SIGNAL(tabCloseRequested(int)), this, SLOT(closeTab(int)));
connect(tab, SIGNAL(tabCloseRequested(int)), this, SLOT(closeTab(int)));
+#endif
}
}
}
CDisplayTemplateMgr::Settings settings;
//settings.modules = modules;
settings.pageCSS_ID = "printer";
- settings.langAbbrev = ( lang && (modules.count() == 1) && lang->isValid() ) ? lang->abbrev() : "unknown";
+ if (modules.count() == 1 && lang->isValid())
+ settings.langAbbrev = lang->abbrev();
- //the previous version gave compiler error for some strange reason
- //(well, I don't like ?: anyway, let alone nested)
- if (modules.count() != 1) {
- settings.pageDirection = QString::null;
- }
- else {
- settings.pageDirection = ( modules.first()->textDirection() == CSwordModuleInfo::LeftToRight ) ? "ltr" : "rtl";
- }
+ if (modules.count() == 1)
+ settings.textDirection = modules.first()->textDirection();
CDisplayTemplateMgr *tMgr = CDisplayTemplateMgr::instance();
return tMgr->fillTemplate(CDisplayTemplateMgr::activeTemplateName(), text, settings);
#include "frontend/display/bthtmljsobject.h"
+#include <QDrag>
#include <QSharedPointer>
-#include <QObject>
#include "backend/config/cbtconfig.h"
#include "backend/keys/cswordkey.h"
#include "backend/managers/referencemanager.h"
// Scroll QWebView to the correct location as specified by the anchor
void BtHtmlReadDisplay::moveToAnchor( const QString& anchor ) {
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x040700
+ mainFrame()->scrollToAnchor(anchor);
+#else
slotGoToAnchor(anchor);
+#endif
}
// Scroll the QWebView to the correct location specified by anchor
continue;
QVariant variant = settings->value(key);
- qDebug() << variant << " | " << variant.typeName();
+ // qDebug() << variant << " | " << variant.typeName();
if (variant.type() != QVariant::List
&& variant.type() != QVariant::StringList)
{
varList.append(shortcut.toString());
}
settings->setValue(iter.key(), varList);
- qDebug() << ">>" << settings->value(iter.key()).typeName();
+ // qDebug() << ">>" << settings->value(iter.key()).typeName();
}
settings->endGroup();
length = word.length() - 1;
word.replace('*', "\\S*"); //match within a word
findExp = QRegExp(word);
- findExp.setMinimal(TRUE);
+ findExp.setMinimal(true);
}
else if (word.contains("?")) {
length = word.length() - 1;
word.replace('?', "\\S?"); //match within a word
findExp = QRegExp(word);
- findExp.setMinimal(TRUE);
+ findExp.setMinimal(true);
}
else {
length = word.length();
*/
CSwordModuleInfo* activeModule();
- virtual QSize sizeHint() {
+ virtual QSize sizeHint() const {
return m_size;
}
const std::list<sword::SWBuf> locales = sword::LocaleMgr::getSystemLocaleMgr()->getAvailableLocales();
for (SBLCI it = locales.begin(); it != locales.end(); ++it) {
- const char * abbreviation = sword::LocaleMgr::getSystemLocaleMgr()->getLocale((*it).c_str())->getName();
+ const char * const abbreviation = sword::LocaleMgr::getSystemLocaleMgr()->getLocale((*it).c_str())->getName();
const CLanguageMgr::Language * const l = CLanguageMgr::instance()->languageForAbbrev(abbreviation);
if (l->isValid()) {
QStringList headerList;
headerList << tr("Action\nname") << tr("First\nshortcut") << tr("Second\nshortcut");
table->setHorizontalHeaderLabels(headerList);
+#if QT_VERSION < 0x050000
table->horizontalHeader()->setResizeMode(QHeaderView::Interactive);
+#else
+ table->horizontalHeader()->setSectionResizeMode(QHeaderView::Interactive);
+#endif
table->horizontalHeader()->resizeSection(0, 180);
table->horizontalHeader()->resizeSection(1, 100);
table->horizontalHeader()->setStretchLastSection(true);
m_currentRow = row;
QKeySequence defaultKeys = item->getDefaultKeys();
- m_defaultLabelValue->setText(defaultKeys);
+ m_defaultLabelValue->setText(defaultKeys.toString());
QTableWidgetItem* item1 = m_table->item(row, 1);
QString shortcut = item1->text();
QKeySequence defaultKeys = item->getDefaultKeys();
item->deleteHotkeys();
item->setFirstHotkey(defaultKeys);
- m_customPushButton->setText(defaultKeys);
- m_table->item(m_currentRow, 1)->setText(defaultKeys);
+ m_customPushButton->setText(defaultKeys.toString());
+ m_table->item(m_currentRow, 1)->setText(defaultKeys.toString());
m_table->item(m_currentRow, 2)->setText("");
}
}
if (m_table->item(row, 2)->text() == keys) {
m_table->item(row, 2)->setText("");
- item->setSecondHotkey(QKeySequence(""));
+ item->setSecondHotkey(QKeySequence("").toString());
}
}
}
StandardWorksTab
*******************************************************************************/
-class StandardWorksTab: public QWidget {
-
- public: /* Methods: */
-
- StandardWorksTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent);
-
- void save();
-
- protected: /* Methods: */
-
- void retranslateUi();
-
- private: /* Fields: */
-
- QLabel *m_explanationLabel;
-
-#define STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(name) \
- QLabel *m_ ## name ## Label; \
- QComboBox *m_ ## name ## Combo
-
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardBible);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardCommentary);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardLexicon);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardDailyDevotional);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewStrongsLexicon);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekStrongsLexicon);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewMorphLexicon);
- STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekMorphLexicon);
-};
-
StandardWorksTab::StandardWorksTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent)
: QWidget(parent)
{
TextFiltersTab
*******************************************************************************/
-class TextFiltersTab: public QWidget {
-
- public: /* Methods: */
-
- TextFiltersTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent);
-
- void save();
-
- protected: /* Methods: */
-
- void retranslateUi();
-
- private: /* Fields: */
-
- QLabel *m_explanationLabel;
-
-#define TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(name) QCheckBox *m_ ## name ## Check
-
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(lineBreaks);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(verseNumbers);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(headings);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewPoints);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewCantillation);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(morphSegmentation);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(greekAccents);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(textualVariants);
- TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(scriptureReferences);
-
-};
-
TextFiltersTab::TextFiltersTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent)
: QWidget(parent)
{
m_textualVariantsCheck->setText(tr("Use textual variants"));
}
+
/*******************************************************************************
CSwordSettingsPage
*******************************************************************************/
class CConfigurationDialog;
-class StandardWorksTab;
-class TextFiltersTab;
+class CSwordSettingsPage;
+class QCheckBox;
+class QComboBox;
+class QLabel;
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ StandardWorksTab
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+class StandardWorksTab: public QWidget {
+
+ Q_OBJECT
+
+ public: /* Methods: */
+
+ StandardWorksTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent);
+
+ void save();
+
+ protected: /* Methods: */
+
+ void retranslateUi();
+
+ private: /* Fields: */
+
+ QLabel *m_explanationLabel;
+
+#define STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(name) \
+ QLabel *m_ ## name ## Label; \
+ QComboBox *m_ ## name ## Combo
+
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardBible);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardCommentary);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardLexicon);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardDailyDevotional);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewStrongsLexicon);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekStrongsLexicon);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardHebrewMorphLexicon);
+ STANDARD_WORKS_TAB_FIELD(standardGreekMorphLexicon);
+};
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ TextFiltersTab
+*******************************************************************************/
+
+class TextFiltersTab: public QWidget {
+
+ Q_OBJECT
+
+ public: /* Methods: */
+
+ TextFiltersTab(CSwordSettingsPage *parent);
+
+ void save();
+
+ protected: /* Methods: */
+
+ void retranslateUi();
+
+ private: /* Fields: */
+
+ QLabel *m_explanationLabel;
+
+#define TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(name) QCheckBox *m_ ## name ## Check
+
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(lineBreaks);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(verseNumbers);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(headings);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewPoints);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(hebrewCantillation);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(morphSegmentation);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(greekAccents);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(textualVariants);
+ TEXT_FILTERS_TAB_FIELD(scriptureReferences);
+
+};
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ CSwordSettingsPage
+*******************************************************************************/
class CSwordSettingsPage: public BtConfigDialog::Page {
#endif
bool showDebugMessages = false;
-void myMessageOutput( QtMsgType type, const char *msg ) {
+void myMessageOutput(
+ QtMsgType type,
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+ const QMessageLogContext&,
+ const QString& message ) {
+ QByteArray msg = message.toLatin1();
+#else
+ const char *msg ) {
+#endif
// We use this messagehandler to switch debugging off in final releases
switch (type) {
case QtDebugMsg:
#else
debugStream.reset(new QFile);
debugStream->open(stderr, QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text);
- qInstallMsgHandler(myMessageOutput);
+#if QT_VERSION >= 0x050000
+ qInstallMessageHandler(myMessageOutput);
+#else
+ qInstallMsgHandler(myMessageOutput);
+#endif
#endif
#ifdef Q_WS_WIN
dir.setCurrent(homeSwordDir);
#endif
- // This is needed for languagemgr language names to work, they use \uxxxx escape sequences in string literals
- QTextCodec::setCodecForTr(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8"));
//first install QT's own translations
QTranslator qtTranslator;
qtTranslator.load("qt_" + QLocale::system().name());
projects / bibletime.git / commitdiff